PROCEEDINGS

OF 'JHR

ilopl ^aiietu of f irtorm-

VOL. XXII. (New Serfes).

PART I.

Edited under the Authority oj the Council.
ISSUED SEPTEMBER, igog.

{Cotitniniiig Papers read before the Society during the vioiiths of
March to July, lyog .

TIIK AUTHORS OK THK SBVERAL PAPRRS ARE SEVKRALLY RKSP0NS1B1,K KOR THK

SOUNDNKSS OF THK OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THK

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
b^ORD k SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:
WIl.LfAiMS & NORGATE, U HENRIETTA STREET, COVEXT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whoiu all cominunicatioiis for transniissioti to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1909.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII. , Pt, I.

PAGK

Akt. 1. — On a New Species of Leperditia from the Silurian

of Yass, New South Wales. By Frederick
Chapman, A.L.S., F.E.M.S.. (Plates I.-II.) ... 1

Il^^Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 11. By
Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc , Ph.D.. F.L.S. ; Jean
White, D.Sc. : and Bertha Rees ; with
Appendices by J. R. Tovey and .1. W. Audas.
(Plates III. -X.) ... ... ... ... fi

in.— Description of Two Terrestial Species of Talitridae

from Victoria. By O. A. Satce, (Plates XI., XII.) 29

IV.— Description of a New Marine Shell of the Genus
Larina (?). By J. H. Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel
(Plate XIII.) ... 35

V^ — Additions to the Ci..talogue of the Marine Shells of

Victoi'ia. By J. H. Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel. 37

VI. — Preliminary Communication on Fifty-three Tas-
manian Crania, Forty-two of which are now
recorded for the first time. By Richard J. A.
Berry, M.D., Edin. et Melb., F.R.S. Edin.,
F.R.C.S. Edin., and A. W. D. Robertson, M.B.
Ch.B., Melb. ... ... ... 4.7

VII. — Contributions to our knowledge of Australian
Earthworms.— The Blood Vessels - Part I. By
Gwynneth Buchanan, B.Sc. (Plates XIV.-
XVII.) ... ... ... ... ... 59

VIII. — Notes on the Structure of Asymmetron bassanum,
Gvinther. By Ethel Remfrey Morris, M.Sc,
and Janet Raff, B.Sc. (Plates XVIII. -XX.) So

IX. — Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. By
Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., P.L.S., and
Jean White, D.Sc. (Plates XXI.-XXVI.) ... 91

llSX-i

[Proc. Eoy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1909.]

Ak']'. I. — On a Neiv Species of Leperditia from the
Silurian of Fas-s, Neiv South Wales,

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., F.R.M.S,

National Museum, Melbourne.

(With Plates I., II.)

[Read 15th April, 1909.]

Preliminary Remarks.

The princij^al published descriptions of the Yass Silurian
fauna are to be found in C. Jenkins' paper " On the Geology of
the Yass Plains/'i and Prof. T. W. E. David's '•' Report on the
Fossiliferous Beds, Yass. "2 The former author records '' Pter-
inea " and " ModiolojJsis " from the horizon whence our speci-
mens were obtained, and it is probable that our Leperditia and
Jenkins' Modiolopsis are one and the same. In the vertical sec-
tion in Prof. David's Report, ostracoda are recorded from bed
L, associated with Pterinea laminosa ( = (?) Rhoinhopteria) and
'' Sjjirifer yassensis'' ( = S. aff . plicatellus, L. sp.). Beyond
the above references, no other information concerning the Yass
Lejjerditiat appears to have been recorded.

In November, 1903, Mr. A. J. Shearsby, F.R.M.S., of Yass, pre-
sented to the National Museum, among other fossils, a good series of
Leperditiae on blocks of shaly micaceous mudstone from Clifton-
wood, Yass, N. S. Wales. This genus of ostracoda has been
recorded from Australia,^ but no species have yet been described.

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. iii., 1878, pp. 21-32.

2 Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines, N. S. Wales (for 1882), 18^3, p. 148 ; and especially sections
(vertical and horizontal), with accompanying notes.

3 Prof Ralph Tate, in his "Cambrian Fossils of S. Australia," Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Australia, vol. xv., 1892, p. 187, records two forms of Lejjerditia in the Cambrian Lime-
stone of (?) Curramulka, one of which he says " has much resemblance to L. dermatoides,
Walcott." These examples of Tate's have been kindly lent me by my friend Mr. W. Howchin,
and in addition two other specimens from Mr. Sweet's collection will presently be described.

Frederick Chaio'^nan

Leperditia shearsbii, sp. nov. (Plate I.).

Be^cription. — Carapace elongate, sub-oval. Eight valve larger,
and with the ventral overlap well-marked. Seen from the side,
dorsal line straight, ventral margin evenly curved ; narrowly
rounded in front and incurving at a sharp angle to the antero-
dorsal angle ; widely rounded behind and meeting the
dorsal border with little or no angularity, differing in this
respect from the allied L. marginaia. Keyserling sp.^ Central
tubercle situated in the middle of a large, well-defined pro-
minence, and somewhat anterior in position. In front of this
tumid area the surface of the valve is strongly compressed, and
this is extended, as a narrow marginal flange, more or less all
round the caraj^ace. Casts of this ostracod show the marginal
compression more uniformly. This latter feature was noticed
by Keyserling, especially in his (?) adult or large example, and
was ascribed to the presence of an inverted ventral plate. Some
of the casts in the present series also support the idea of an
internal flange. Behind the central tubercle the surface of the
valve slopes, at first rather rapidly, and then gradually, to with-
in the area of the posterior third. The lucid or muscle spot is
best seen on the interior of the valves, appearing as a circidar
depression marked by a network of fine polygonal grooves with
a general radial arrangement. Anterior tul)ercle (eye-spot)
small, round and always conspicuous ; situated closer to the
antero-dorsal angle than in L. haJfliica, His. sp., and more
exactly in the position shown by L. manjinaia. The structure
of the valves is clearly brought out in weathered examples, and
the coarse pittings and radial grooving in proximity to tlif
central tubercle is then well seen.
M cnsinu'inexts (in millimetres). —

Len!,'th

Hei-lit

Thickness

S[)ec. A.

o.vn

2.25

—

Spec. B.

.")

3

1 (I't. valve)

Spec. C.

T.-"'

4.75

—

1 " dipridina inari/inata," Keyscrlinif. Wisscnscliaftliche lieobaehtuiigen auf <
lleise in das Petschora-Land (UeoiJfnosHsclK' r.(.oliac'htuni;on), 184(5, p. 288, pi. xi., f. 10.

NeiD Species of Leperditia, 3

Affinities. — ^The well-known L. halthica, Hismger sp./ bears
some points of resemblance to the above-described form, as in
the structure of the carapace around the central tubercle ; but
the united valves are much thicker, the postero-dorsal angle is
sharper, and the central tubercle is more median than in our
species. Our fig. 2 is near L. eichivaldi of Schmidt,'^ in general
outline, especially in his fig. 29. In L. eichvaldi, however, and
the next to be noticed, there is a decided difference, in the
sharp truncation of the postero-dorsal angle, already remarked
upon, and whicli in our species is evenly rounded off. L. eichwaldi
possesses a marginal flange, but not so well developed as in
L. marfjinata, Keys. The figures of L. marginata given with
Keyserling's original description shoAv a great variation in size,
but the essential characters are the same. Prof. T. Eupert
Jones," in reviewing this sjDecies, remarked that he suspected
the smaller individual to be an adult form of a distinct species.
The present extensive series shows just such a large amount of
variation in size, which naturally leads us to conclude that
Keyserling's species, like ours, was really subject to great dimen-
sional variation. In the relative thickness of the carapace
and the position of the central tubercle, the Australian and
Petschora-Land specimens agree, leaving the fundamental ;ind
characteristic differences of the shape of the hinder end of the
carapace as sufficiently striking to warrant a new designation
for the Yass examples.

Other s^Decies of the L. marginata type which may be com-
pared with L. sliearshii are L. isochilinoides, Jones, '^ from
schistose sandstone of Devonian age. Spitzbergen, and L.
nordenskjoe.ldi, Schmidt,"' from Upper Silurian rocks in the
Island of Waigatsch. The latter species, however, is not so
narrow in front (side aspect), nor so roundly truncate at the
dorsal anaie of the hinder end.

1 " Cytherina balthica," Hisinyer. Lethfea Suecica, 1837, p. 10 and 118, pi. i., fit;s. 2, a,
b ; pi. XXX., fig-. 1.

2 " Ueber die Russischen silurLschen Leperditien." Mem. Acad. Imp. Sei. St. Petersb.,
ser. 7, vol. xxi., 1874, p. 17, pi.— figs. 19-21.

3 " Notes on the Palaeozoic Bivalved Entomostraca, Xo. iii. Some species of Leperditia."
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xvii., 1856, p. 94.

4 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 5, vol. xii., 1883, p. 247, pi. ix., figs. 1-9.

5 Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., ser. 7, vol. xxxi., No. 5, 1883, pi. i., figs. 29-32.

2a

4 Frederick Ghaiwian :

L. marginata, Keys., which may be regarded as the nearest
related form to ours, has been recorded from Upper Silurian
strata of the Swedish and Russian Baltic area. The form
recorded by Prof. Jones from Silurian Limestones, Pine Island
Lake, on the English or Great River, Canada, under the above
name\ was later re-determined as Isochilina grandis. A British
example of L. marginata is known from the Downtonian Sand-
stone of Kington, Herefordshire^.

Occurrence. — In flaggy micaceous sandstone of Upper Silurian
age. Cliftonwood, Yass, N. S.Wales.

Notes on the Lepbrditia Bed and Associated Strata.

The following note on the bed has been kindly supplied by
Mr. Shearsby. — '' Leperditiae. These are found in large numbers
in a thin layer of micaceous mudstones shown in the photograph
(PI. TI.) by a thin white line. Myriads of these occur in a layer
which is not more than an inch thick. Only a few are to be
found just above or below this zone ; perhaps the matrix —
sandstone — was unsuitable for their preservation. In this thin
layer, also, are to be found enormous numbers of a bivalve shell,
probably referable to RhomhopteriaJ'

Mr. Shearsby has kindly forwarded an interesting collection
of fossils associated with the Leperditiae, and has supplemented
these with notes of other genera and species as given below. ^

The Leperditia Bed. — The bivalve shell referred to by Mr.
Shearsby is closely allied to Rhomhopteria, and may prove to be
identical with De Koninck's Pterici lat/iinosa, which that author
recorded'* from '" argillaceous limestone, Yass District." In the
same bed there is a Loxonema (casts), and some crashed shells
of a Spirifer allied to S. plicatellus, L. sp.

Below the Leperditia Bed. — Spirifer cf. plicatellus (narrow
var.) ; Favosites sp., a branching form (Mr. Shearsby has traced
one example for over a foot in length, giving off many branches).
This latter occurs 12 inches below the Spirifer bed. Near the

1 Ann. Maj,'. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xvii., 1856, p. 94, pi. vii., %. 14.

2 Loc. supra cit., p. 95, pi. vii., fij^. 15.

3 Details of the separate horizons and their fossil faunas will t)e shortly };iven in a paper
hy Mr. Shearsby.

4 Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Palseont., No. 6, 1898, p. 92, pi. iii., ti«-. 12.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate I.

F.C. del.

Leperditia shearsbii, sp. nov.. Up. Silurian, Yass.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate II.

A. .J. Shearsby, Photo.

Section of Upper Silurian Beds, Cliftonwood, Yass, N.S.W.

Leperditia zone shown by white line.

New Species of Leperditia. 5

base of this laminated and calcareous mudstone series, (?) crus-
tacean tracks were noticed ; also a Lingula and some bivalve
remains.

Above the Leperditia Bed. — 10 feet of calcareous mudstone
with no fossils. Then 3 feet of comparatively fossiliferous lime-
stone with Heliolites sp. and Spirifer plicatellus. Above this
again, 18 inches of unfossiliferous micaceous sandstone. Then
3 feet of calcareous mudstone, highly fossiliferous, containing
of. Cystiphyllum sp., Rliizoj^hylhtm inter punctatwtn, De Kon. ;
R. robustuin, Shearsby ; Try plasma sp. ; Favosites sp. ; Helio-
lites cf. inter stincta, L. sp. ; Orthothetes shearshii, Dun ; Spirifer
aff. plicatellus, L. sp. ; Murchisonia sp. ; and Encrinurus cf.
punctatus, Briinn. sp. Laid down upon this are 150 feet of
shales and mudstones capped by a few feet of impure limestone
containing an enormous number of fossils, some of which are : —
Cyathophyllum sp. ; Heliolites sp. ; Crinoid remains ; Lingula
aff. lewisi. Sow.; Orthothetes shearshii; Atrypa reticularis,
L. sp. : cf. Meristina australis, Dun ; Spirifer aff. *S'. fimbriatus,
Conrad ; (cf.) Paracyclas sp. ; (cf.) Megamhonia sp. ; Bellerophon
sp. ; (?) Endoceras sp. Over this there are about 150 ft. of
grits, sandstones and calcareous shale, which is finally cut off by
porphyry.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. — Leperditia shearshii, sp. nov. A right valve of a small
individual, la, dorsal edge view. x 10.

Fig. 2. — Z. shearshii, sp. nov. Type. Carapace from the right
side of a normal-sized individual. 2a, ventral edge
view. X 10.

Fig. 3.— Z. shearshii, sp. nov. Cast of a large individual, show-
ing the deep marginal depression. x 10.

Fig. 4. — Z. shearshii, sp. nov. Portion of interior of a valve,
showing " eye-spot " with vascular markings. x 20,

Plate IL

Photograph of section of the Upper Silurian strata at Clifton wood,
Yass. (The white line marks the Leperditia bed).

[Pboc. Kot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I-, 1909.]

Art. 11. — Contributions to the Flora of Australia,
No. 11}

BY

ALFRED J. EWART, D.Sc, Ph.D., F.L.S.

(Government Botanist),

JEAN WHITE, D.Sc. ; and BERTHA REES

(Victorian Government Eesearch Bursars);

V^riTH APPENDICES BY

J. R. TOVEY AND J. W. AUDAS,

Of the National Herbarium.

(With Plates III.-X.)
[Read 13th May, 1909.]

Acacia Mackeyana, n. sp., Ewart and White (Leguminosae).
In recognition of the services of the Hon. J. E. Mackey
towards the establishment of the National Park at Wilson's
Promontory.

Cowcowing, W. Australia, M. Koch. No. 101-3.

Branches minutely pubescent. Phvllodia shortly petiolate,
about 1 cm. in length, pungent, pointed, terete, with from 16
to 20 longitudinal striae, pale green, rigid, 1-2 mm. in diameter,
fairly numerous, alternate, glabrous ; stipules, if present,
deciduous. Flowers grouped into small Heads with about 12 to
20 on each head, the peduncles average 5 mm. in length, the
heads usually solitary. Five sepals, free except at the extreme
base, each sepal has a distinct stalk and himina, both pro-
vided with simple transparent hairs, yellow. There are gene-
rally 2 larger and 3 smaller sepals to each flower, nearly as long
as the petals. Corolla of 5 petals, which are membranous and

1 No. 10 ill I'roc. Koy. Soc. Yictoria. vol. xxi., 1909, p. 540.

Flora of Aiisfirdia. 7

deep yellow in colour, with a fairly prominent midrib, united
for al)Out three-quarters of their length. Stamens very nume-
rous, free except at the extreme base, anthers two-celled.

Legume usually curved sharply at the base so as to form
various shapes, about 1 to 2 cm. long in these specimens,
stalked, dark brown and rather rigid, slightly compressed and
sparsely provided with liairs, which are more abundant at the
tip. Fully ripe fruit noc seen.

The plant bears some resemblance to a s-pecimen of "A. aci-
phylla '' (Planta Preissiana, 976) placed under A. campylophylla,
but the specimen is sterile and the phyl lodes are considerably
longer. It comes from Steetz's Herbarium, and was marked near
to A. rolletioides and A. striatida.

Acacia sericocakpa, W. V. F. = Acacia Merrallii, F. v. M.

(Leguminosae).

Beyond a greater tendency to hairiness in the young stem and
fruits no valid specific distinction can be seen, as regards flower,
leaf, stem, or fruit betw^een Fitzgerald's specimens and those of
A. MtrraJlii, F. v. M. Fitzgerald admits that ■" carpologically
the two species are very close," but considers that A. Merrallii
differs in being " almost or quite glabrous, the margins of the
phyllodia much thickened, and the venation hardly discernible."
These are, however, all variable features, and specimens con-
sidered to be A. Merrallii, when submited to Fitzgerald, were
marked A. ■iericocarpa, W. v. F. This is in fact merely a form
of A. Merrallii, F. v. M., in which the young fruits are con-
spicuously hairy.

Allenia,! Ewart (Euphorbiaeae). After Prof. H. B. Allen.

Flowers monoecious. Male flower — solitary, or two together
in axils of leaves. Perianth, ^ segments in two whorls, concave,
petal-like, red ; outer with broad base and narrow tip, inner
with narrower base and broader tip, imbricate in bud. Stamens
4, anther lobes separate and reniform in shape, dehiscing longi-

1 Apart from the different second vowels, AUania Benth. is now Aldinia Endl., and
Allania Meissn. is now Alania Endl.

8 Ewart, White and Rees :

tudinally by two valves. Stamens opposite segments of perianth,
filaments apparently curved in bud, and attached to central disc.
Disc small and quadrilateral, 4-partite.

Female flower — solitary and axillary. Perianth persistent, 4
segments in two whorls. Each segment with wide base and
narrow, pointed tip ; two outer smaller and somewhat refiexed.
Ovary — 2 carpels and 2 tongue-like stigmas, thick, fleshy,
diverging.

Fruit oblong, 2-celled capsule with persistent perianth. One
seed in each cell, oblong, smooth, with caruncle. Embryo
green, straight, linear, cotyledons slightly longer and about
same width as radicle.

Allenia Blackiana, Ewart and Rees.

(MiCRANTHEUM DEMISSUM, F. V. M.).

Small heath-like shrubs. Leaves on very short petioles,
small, entire linear, coriaceous, in alternate twos or threes, hairy
to glabrous ; with prominent midrib and slightly thickened
margin. Stem woody, with short, stiff hairs.

Mt. Victor, 1881, Tepper ; St. Vincent Gulf, 1882, Tepper.

Mount Compass, Kangaroo Island, Nov., 1908, J. M. Black.

The type form has the leaves glabrous or slightly hairy,
linear, alternate, i to J inch long. Capsule oblong, rather
elongated, glabrous.

Var. MiCROPHYLLA, n. var.

Small, rigid, much branched shrub. Leaves very small, J inch
long, hairy, capsule oblong, rather shorter, and covered with
hairs.

E. H. H. Griffith, Snug Cove, Kangaroo Island.

Specimens of the plant were forwarded by J. M. Black, who
pointed out that if they were Mueller's Micrantheum demissum
the numbers of parts in the flower and fruit differed from that
proper to the genus Micrantheum. This was found to apply
to all the specimens, and hence it became necessary to raise a
new genus Allenia, distinguished from Micrantheum and Pseu-
dant/ius, by the perianth four-partite instead of six-])artite, by
the four instead or 3, 6 or more stamens, and by the 2-celled

Flora of Australia. 9

ovary forming a 2-celled capsule with one seed in each cell.
The leaves are like those of Micrantheum, but are in twos as
well as in threes. In the absence of srood material the general
resemblance to J/, ericoides naturally led Mueller to place it in
that genus. As can be seen from the original description
quoted Ijeneath, Mueller's material was too imperfect for him
to distinguish the peculiarities of the male and female flowers,
and of the fruit.

MiCRANTHEUM DEMISSUM, F. v. M. In Vict. Nat., vol. vii.,

p. 67, 1890.

Dwarf : branchlets beset with short spreading hairlets ;
leaves ovate or lanceolar-elliptic, generally soon almost glabrous,
at the margin hardly or narrowly recurved ; pistillate flowers
axillary, solitary : sepals longer than the pedicels, almost
elliptic ; fruit hardly thrice longer than the sepals, nearly ovate,
at the base blunt, towards the summit more attenuated : seeds
brownish, shining ; strophiola pale, turgid, nearly semi-ovate.
about thrice shorter than the seed.

Closely allied to M. ericoides, but still more dwarfed, the
leaves mostly broader, the pedicels usually shorter, the sepals
somewhat larger, the styles less elongated and the fruit smaller ;
perhaps the staminate flowers will also prove different.

M. hexandra, to which the South Australian species was in
the first instance referred, chiefly on geographic considerations,
is a tall highland-plant, larger in all its parts, thus already quite
distinct, it produces stamens up to nine in number.

Argophyllum Nullumense, R. T. Baker. Proc. Linn. 8oc.
N. S. Wales, xxii., 1897, p. 23L> ; xxiv., 1899, p. 439 =
A. NiTiDUM, Forst. (Saxifrageae).

It is not possible to distinguish this plant from A. nitichnn
by any well-defined, constant characters. Distinctions derived
from the shape and appearance of the leaves are rarely wholly
reliable. The first Australian specimens appear to have been
identified by Baron von Mueller, and the plant was recorded
under this name in Bailey's Queensland Flora.

10 Ewo/rt, White mid Bees:

Three varieties are recognisable under this species.

(1) Variety fulva, Avith rusty-coloured leaves. This has been
raised to specific rank as A. crypto phi ehum by Dr. Marg.
Zemann. (Herb. Musei Palat, Vindob.).

(2) Variety cryptophleba is wrongly given in Bailey's Flora
of Queensland under A. Lejourdanii. The leaves are larger,
whiter, and do not possess the numerous short, sharp teeth
mentioned by Bailey. Various localities in Queensland.

(3) Variety null u me use. (A. nullumense, R. T. Baker.) This
is intermediate, having more the leaf shape and smaller leaves
of variety fulva. but the silvery under-surface of var. crypto-
phleba.

Atkiplex lobativalve, Y. v. M. Icon. Austr. Salsol., pi. 6 ;
and Vict. Nat., ix., 1893, p. 187.

This species is wrongly given as A. lativalre in the Kew
Index, 1st Suppl., 1886-1895.

Calkya Sullivaxi, F. v. M. (Orchidaceae).

Recorded by C. French for Gisborne in the Vict. Nat., vol. 22,
1906, p. 163."^

The plant proves to be a form of Caleana minor, R. Br. Only
a single authentic specimen of C. Siillivani is known, and this
is from, the Grampians. It may prove to be merely a somewhat
aberrant form of C. minor.

Calochilus paludosus, K. Br. (Orchidaceae).

Recorded by Mr. F. M. Reader as new to Victoria in Vict.
Nat., 1909, vol. xxv., p. 171.

The specimen proves to be C. Rohertsoni, Benth., a Victorian
species. It has the shortly-rostrate anther of that species, and
tallies exactly with specimens identified by Mueller and by
Bentham, and also with an earlier specimen of Mr. Reader's.
Mueller proposed at one time (Fragm., v. 96) to unite the 3
Australian species, but subsequently abandoned this view.
Though close, the species seem to be distinguished by valid con-
stant characters.

Flora of Australia.

11

Centrolepis platychlamys, F. M. Reader
(Centrolepideae).

C. GLABRA, Hier.

This genus is a difficult one, and the boundary of the species
somewhat hard to define, but there seems to be no sound reason
for maintaining this species as distinct from C. glabra, as can
be seen from the following comparison : —

C. GLABRA, Hier.
Benth. FL, vii., p. 204.

A small glabrous plant, with the
habit of C. miiscoides, but more
slender.

Leaves capillary ; scapes very
slender, sometimes slightly ex-
ceeding the leaves, but more fre-
quently shorter.

Floral bracts close together,
narrow, erect, the outer one about
one line long, besides the point or
awn at least half as long ; the
inner one narrower, without any
point.

Flowers four, of which two
usually without any stamen, and
no hyaline scales.

Carpels of the ovary about 8,
rarelv 10.

C. PLATYCHLAMYS, F. M. Reader.
Vict. Nat., 1906, p. 23.

A minute, slender, glabrous
moss -like plant, usually under 1
inch.

Leaves subulate filiform ; in the
larger plants shorter ; in the
smaller as long as, or slightly
longer than, the scape.

Floral bracts close together,
erect or sj^reading, with the awn
scarcely more than one line long ;
inner bract shorter, margin
broadly membranous, no awn,
and obtuse.

Flowers, 3-5, two with a stamen
and no scales ; the others devoid
of either.

Carpels of the ovary usually 5-9.

The membranous bases to the leaves, and the membranous
edges of the bracts, are also shown by type specimens of C.
glabra, and slight variations in the shape and size of the bracts
and awns hardly justify the distinction of a new species. The
features used to distinguish the "" species "' from C. muscoideii,
G. pulvinata and C. j^usilla are precisely those which distin-
guish C. glabra from the same species. C. glabra is only
recorded from a few localities in Victoria, viz. : Mt. Emu Creek,
F. Mueller (1853) ; Richardson River, Miss Beal ; Shire of
Dimboola, Reader (1898) ; Lowan, Reader (1900) ; Hawkesdale,
H. B. Williamson (1904 and 1908). It is also recorded from a
few localities in West Australia, South Australia and Tasmania.

12 Etvart, White and Rees :

Davisiea Graiiami, Ewart and White, n. sp. (Leguminosae).
(xA.fter the Hon. G. Graham, Minister for Agriculture).

A small shrub with quadrangular or ris^id, slightly-scabrous
stems. Leaves sessile, with a horizontal articulation, but the
laminas vertical and flat or somewhat curved ; reaching 6 cms.
in length and 1 to IJ cms. in breadth at tlie base of the stem, but
smaller and narrower towards the top ; pungent, the tips tending
to become hooked ; lanceolate and narrowed at the base, some-
what coriaceous and distinctly veined.

Bracts small, but larger than in D. daphnoides ; inflorescence
axillary in small clusters of usually 3 or more flowers, each on a
btalk of 2-4 mm. Calyx 3-4 mm., not turbinate, the teeth nearly
half as long as the tube, tapering to blunt points and all of
equal length. Petals purplish-brown and yellow, standard
almost reniform, yellow with dark streaks, longer than the alae
or carina, more than half the length of the calyx. Fruit
apparently attaining h cm. or more on a stalk of 1 mm.

.Tibberding and Watheroo Rabbit Fence, West Australia, M.
Koch, 1905, No. 1365.

Specimens of the plant in Herb., N.S. Wales, were determined
by W. V. Fitzgerald as D. daphnoides, Meissn. It difiers from
that species in the leaves, calyx and inflorescence. In spite of
the dissimihir facies, its nearest affinities seem to be D. acicularis
and D. uliciria. Some varieties of the latter develop fairly large
and broad leaves.

Dhosbra Huegelii, Endl. var. flaviflora, n. var., W. V.
Fitzgerald = D. Menziesii, R. Br., var. flavescens, Benth.
(D. intricata. Planch.).

Cowcowing, W.A., Max Koch, Dec, 1904, No. 1039. New
locality for latter is L. Bonney, S. Australia, Mrs. Wehl, 1874.

Eucalyptus corrugata, Luehmann.

In Vict. Nat., vol. xiii., p. 168, 1897.

This species is given by Diels, in Engler's Bot. Jahrb., vol.
XXXV., p. 443, 1905, as a Herbarium name and queried as E.

Flora of Australia. 13

goniantlia, Turcz. In the Kew Index, :3rd Suppl. (1908), the
name is queried similarly. The plant is fully described in the
Victorian Naturalist, and its nearest affinities are to E. in-
crassatjr and E. jxirhyjjhyUa. In the 2nd supplement of the
Kew Index (1904) the name is given as valid, with the proper
reference.

Freycinetia Gaudichaudii, Bennett. (Pandanaceae).

This is ofiven bv Warburs: in Enp^ler's Pflanzenreich as from
Java only, and Bailey's record of the plant from Queensland
dismissed as probably incorrect. Queensland specimens of this
plant exist, however, in the National Herbarium which were
examined both by Bentham and by Mueller, and referred to this
species. Warburg also omits F. insignis from the Queensland
Flora without any reason being given. It is given from Queens-
land on Baron von Mueller's authority and is included in the
Census and in Bailev's Flora.

GiLRUTHiA, Ewart, n. gen. (Compositae, Inulae-Gnaphalinae).

Simple heads of homogamous tubular florets without any
subtending scales on the convex receptacle. Involucre of 5 or 6
rows of appressed scarious bracts, with a green midrib and
short yellowish appressed tips, more conspicuous in the inner
bracts. Pappus of a basal membranous ring with ascending
teeth tapering into a small number of plumose filaments, of the
length of the corolla. Corolla 5-toothed, golden-yellow anthers
slightly tailed. Styles 2, almost terete, not thickened below the
middle, truncate at the top.

Achene glabrous or faintly papillose, angular, not beaked,
slightly flattened.

The heads are either single or in close, nearly sessile clusters
of 3 or more, but quite distinct, and with a well-developed in-
volucre. The pappus resembles that of some species of Caloce-
phalus, while the style approaches that of some species of
Angianthus or Helipterum. The genus forms an interesting
connecting link between the Inulae-Angianthinae and the Inulae-

14 Eivart, Wldte and Rees :

Guaphalinae (Angianthus-Calocephalus-Helichrysum). Its simple
homogamous heads, bracts in several rows, with yellowish tips,
truncate styles, etc., place it in the Guaphalinae, near to
Helichrysum, between it and Helipterum, and indicate that the
simple head of the latter is derived from the compound head of
Angianthinae by the reduction of the partial heads to one flower
and the suppression of the subtending scales. Indeed, a few
scales are sometimes present betAveen the central florets of
Helichrvsum.

GiLiiUTHiA OsBORNi, Ewart and White, n. sp. (after Professors
Osborne and Gilruth).

A herb of 1 to 2 inches, branching at the base, stems woody,
and, as well as the leaves, covered with soft white hairs.
Leaves lanceolar, about -J cm. long, woolly on both sides, nar-
rowed at the base, but no distinct petiole, obtuse or somewhat
pointed, flat or slightly re volute. Heads on short pedicels
terminal, solitaiy or more usually in close clusters of three or
more at the ends of the branches. Innermost bracts twice the
length of tlie outermost series, which exceed a millimetre in
length, and have only few hairs. The inner bracts with a
double tuft of woolly hairs on the bract, below the tip.

Mt. Malcolm (north of Kalgoorlie), West Australia. F. Kodway,
123, Nov., 1906.

This puzzling little plant was placed by Hemsley, at Kew, as
near to Calocepliahis Sonderi, probably on account of the
pappus, l)ut the simple heads necessitate its inclusion in the
Guapholinac. and the other peculiarities raise it to the rank of
a new <renus.

GllKViLLEA Uehhvana, Kwart and White, ii. sp. (Protenceae.
Gi'oup Cycle )ptei'a). After Professor Berry.

Sluul) u}) to 20 ft. high. Stems woody and slightly glaucous,
pubescent when young. Lc.ivcs allei-natc, petiolate, exstij^ulate,
6 to 9 inches long. com})ound, with 4 to 7 alternately arranged
segments, the h»west segments (> to 7 inches, the upper shorter,

Flora of Australia. 15

and aJl coriaceous, rigid, linear, with entire margins. Each
segment has 3 faint longitudinal grooves on the upper surface,
and 2 conspicuous grooves on the under surface, which latter are
somewhat sparsely pubescent ; the midril) prominent on the
under surface. The inflorescence is a raceme., the axis of Avhich
is 1^-3 inches long, generally there are several racemes
arranged in a panicle. Axis and peduncles are hairy, the latter
being about one-twelfth inch in length. Flowers small, perianth
about ^ inch, the tube being slightly hairy outside, and the
limb densely hairy outside, pale yellow in colour and glabrous
inside. Limb globular, the segments concave, the tube curved
under the limb, the segments cohering for a long time after the
tube has opened. Anthers sessile in the concave lo])es of the
limb, all 4 perfect and 2-celled, almost globular. Style nearly
J inch long, curved, the stigma enclosed in the limb of the
perianth and laterally situated. Ovary on a long stalk, glabrous.
Torus small, straight, gland fairly conspicuous, horse-shoe
shaped. Fruit large, almost spherical, compressed, ^ to ^ inch
in diameter, hard and fairly thick-walled, glabrous. Seed
single, cordate, with a very distinct wing all round.

F. A. Rodway. Malcolm, W. Australia. Dec, 1907, No. 321.

It differs from G. leucadendron in having a hairy inflorescence
and perianth, and a laterally placed stigma. Pritzel considered
it might agree with G. nematoijhylla, of which he had found
compound leaved specimens, but the stigma is oblique instead
of a cone, and the leaves, pedicels, inflxorescences and flowers
all differ from those of G. stenobotrya, F. v. M., and of G.
Purdieana. Diels.

Heliptehum Troedelii, F. v. M. (Compositae).

In the type form of this species the heads are aggregated in
dense cymose clusters at the ends of the branches. A variety
with the inflorescence more diffuse, and one or two heads at
the end of branch is equally common, and may be termed
variety patens, n. var.

Mt. Lyndhurst, M. Koch, No. 1644, 1899 ; Fraser Range, W.
Austr., R. Helms, 1891.

16 Ewm't, White and Rees:

Hakea dactyloides, Cavanilles. (Proteaceae).

Collected a few yards west of the entrance to Mallacoota Inlet
by C. C. Lacaita, 1909, and new for Victoria. This is another
instance of a N. S. Wales, species extending down the coast line
into Victoria.

KocHiA Atkinsiana, W. F. Fitzgerald. (Chenopodiaceae).

Near Champion Bay, West Australia, 1888. New locality.

This specimen was marked by Baron von Mueller, " lobes of
calyx very large. With Kochia villosa." The erect lobes are
flatter and broader than the type, but the other differences are
trivial.

Kochia Murrayana, n. sp. Ewart and Rees. (Chenopodiaceae).
In recognition of the addition by the present Victorian
Government of £1000 to the Annual Research Endowment
Fund.

Isaac Tyson, 1908, Mt. Narryer, Murchison River, W.A.

Apparently a small shrub, stems and leaves covered with
woolly hairs. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, obtuse, flattened,
half to one inch long, densely covered with woolly hairs.
Flowers, solitary, axillary. Styles 2, persistent. Fruiting
perianth convex and extending over fruit, surrounded by hori-
zontal, membranous, finely-veined wings connected in a ring
about half an inch in width. Total diameter, including fruit,
about \^ inches. Perianth woolly tomentose, the latter character
extending partly over surface of wings. Calyx-tube woody.
Pericarp thin and membranous.

The species is easily distinguished from K. villosa hj the
convex fruiting perianth, as well as by the large expansion of
the wings and by the larger leaves.

MiNUHiELLA, Tate. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii., 1899, p. 288
= MiNURiA, D. C. Benth. Fl., iii., p. 497. (Conipositae).

Only one species was included under Minuriella, M. annua,
Tate, which in the connate pappus of the disc florets shows an ap-
proach to Minuria suaedifolia. Minuriella is separated mainly

Flora of Australia. 17

on account of the herbaceous habit of its only species, by its
lateral, not terminal, flower heads, and by the longer corolla
tube of the ray florets. The second feature is an error, the
flower heads are as much terminal as in any species of Minuria.
Tate's plant differs widely in external habit from any other
species of Minuria, but not more than the species of this
pleomorphic genus do among themselves. As Tate gives both
generic names, the authority for the species need not be altered.

MoNOTAXis GRANDiFLORA, Endl. (Euphorbiaceae).

Unrecorded localities from recently determined specimens are :
Max Koch, Wooroloo, W.A., Sept., 1907, No. 1759 ; sources of
the Swan R., W.A., Alice Eaton, 1889, Mrs. Heal, 1893,
F. Mueller, Nov., 1877, Serpentine R., F. Mueller, Dec, 1877.

Yar. MINOR, new var., Ewart.

Occurs in short, compact clusters of 4 to 9 cms. height and
breadth from one tap root, the leaves shorter and more closely
set.

R. Helms, Nr. Warangering, W.A., Nov., 1891; and near
Gnarlbine, W.A., Nov., 1891.

Panda Nus Forsteri, Mooro et F. v. M. (Pandaneae). Det.
by U. Martelli.

Bald Hill Water-hole, Atherton Station, Queensland, J.
Dallachy, 9th May, 1863; previously recorded from Lord Howe's
Island.

Pandanus spiralis, R. Br.

Bentham made this species a synonym to P. odoratissimus,
L. fil. Prof. U. Martelli proposes to restore it. On one speci-
men from Escape Cliff, Baron von Mueller had marked, " P.
odoratissimus L. var. j P. spiralis, R. Br. Fruit always large,
therefore perhaps R. Brown species to be restored." The species

18 ■ Eivart, White and Recf^ :

come from N. Australia, but one specimen is marked Geograplie
Bay. This is in W. Australia, below latitude 33 deg., which is
very far South for a tropical plant. Many tropical Queensland
plants run down the coast into N. S. Wales, however, and N.S.
Wales plants are found far down the east coast of Victoria.
The moister conditions along the coast render temperature less
inoperative as a limiting factor on distribution, and the prox-
imity to the sea lessens the extremes of temperature. It is
possible that tropical plants may also travel down the W. coast
of Australia and reach sheltered localities, where they survive,
as apparently in this case.

Warburg, in Enger's Pflanzenreicli, 1900, p 46, makes both
P. odoratissimus and P. spiralis synonymous to P. tectorius, Sol.,
(Prim. fl. in ins. pacif. inedit, 350. Parkinson's Journal of a
Voyage to the S. Seas in H.M.S. Endeavour, 1773), L. odora-
tissimum dates from 1781. This is another instance of changing
an established name for trivial priority reasons.

Polygonum platycladum, F. v. M. Trans. Phil. 8oc. Vict.,
1858, vol. ii., p. 73 = Muehlenbkckia platyclada, Meissn.
Bot. Ztg., 1865, vol. xxii., p. 313. (Polygonaceae).

The two species are kept apart in the Kew Index, and tlie
locality for the latter given as Salomon Islands, and for the
former New Caledonia. The plant is occasionally grown in
gardens in Australia on account of its curious habit (flattened
branches, deciduous leaves, and lateral clusters of small flowers
and fleshy fruits). It is evidently a native ])oth of the Salomon
Islands and of New Caledonia. The flesliy periantli, darkening
from red to almost black, is quite different to that of Poly-
(joiiuin. In the figure in Engler's Pfl;in/.enfamilien (III., 2,
]). 32) the stigmas are exaggerated, and the i)erianth represented
as 6 instead of 5 partite. The plant was transferred by Mueller
in 1863 to Cnrcoloha platyclada, F. v. M. (Curtis's Botanical
Magazine, Tab., 5382), and by Meissner in 1865 to its present
jiosition. He apparently overlooked its flrst locality. It also
occurs in New Ireland, Papua. (Mueller, Notes on Papuan
plants, IV., 1876, p. 60).

Flora of Australia. 19

Prasophyllum Tkppkri, F. v. xM.

This name is accepted as valid in the Kew Index, although
in the reference given (Tepper's Plants of Ardrossan, Oct., 1880)
the name occurs practically as a nomen nudum without p)roper
description, and no subsequent publication appears to have been
made. Owing, perhaps, to this fact, many specimens of another
later species {P. fusco-viride, Reader, Vict. Xat., 1898, p. 16-3)
were placed under this species. Only a single specimen of P.
Tepperi exists at the Herbarium, whereas F. fusco-riridf
appears to have a much wider range. To avoid future error.
Mueller's MS. description is published herewith, without altera-
tion or amendment.

" Prasox)hyllum Tejjperi, Diff. a P. brevilabre, folio defi-
ciente, floribus minoribus, germine turgidiore, sepalo dorsali
latiore ; an var. ?

" Flores viriduli. Sep. dorsale lanceolato-ovatum, brevi-
acuminatum ; sep. 2 inferiora (resupinatione-superiora, lanceo-
lata, sensim acuminatji, semiconnata. sepalo dorsali paulo
longiora, Sep. infer. (Pet.) lineari-lanceolata, sepalis exterioribus
breviora, labellum aequantia ; lab. brevissime unguiculatum
inarticuL, rhombo-ovatum, acuminatum, undulato-crispulum."

Yorke's Peninsula, Tepper. 410.

Prasophyllum fusco-viride (Header) differs in the following
respects from Prasophyllum Tepperi (F. v. M.) in: —

1. The long circular sheath which completely surround* the
inflorescence in P. Tepperi is absent in P. fusco-viride, in which
there is a simple short bract at the base of the inflorescence.

'1. The flower of P. Tepperi is much larger, about twice the
size of P. fusco-viride.

3. The lateral sepals in P. Tepperi are united for fully half
their length, whilst in fusco-viride they are only united at the
extreme base.

4. The dorsal sepal in P. Tepperi is almost ovate, while in
P. t'usco-vi ride it is relatively much narrower.

5. The labellum of P. Tepperi is very shortly stipulate, and
not articulate, and in P. fusco-viride the stalk of the labellum is
very pronounced, and it is distinctly articulate.

■6. The i^redominant colour of the petals of P. Tepperi is
green, and of P. fusco-viride is purple.

3a

20 Ewart, White and Rees :

P. fusco-viride has the following range : — Wimmera, Reader
(under P. ansatum) ; Wimmera, Reader. 1894 (under P. Woolsii) ;
Yorke Peninsula, S. Austr., Tepper, 1879 (under P. Tepperi).

Salicornia Lylei, Ewart and White. (Chenopodiaceae).

In the description given in Journal of Proc, R.S. of N.S.
Wales, vol. xlii., 1908, p. 195, for " very much branched " read
" very sparsely branched."

Stylidium (Candollka) Yilgarnense, Pritzel.

Max Koch, Cowcowing, W.A., 1904, No. 1207.

This appears to be close to *S', elongatum, and maj' possibly
prove to be a strongly marked variety, with a more spreading
panicle and the lower stalks, especially, longer. Drummond's
4th coll., No. 170, has also a shorter, looser panicle, but
was placed by Bentham under *S'. elongatum. For the present,
however, Pritzel's species must stand.

Additional Localities for Victorian Plants.

Tillaea pedickllosa, F. v. M. (CrassLilaceae).
Geelong, H. B. Williamson, October and November, 1905.

Toxanthus MuELLiati, Beuth. (Compositae).
Geelong, H. B. Williamson, October and November, 1905.

Naturalised Aliens.

Berkheya (Stobaea) rigida, Thuub. (Compositae).

Geelong, H. B. Williamson, 1906 ; Coode Island, J. R. Tovey
and C. French, jnr., October, 1908.

This determination was verified at both Kew and Berlin as
Stobaea rigida, Thunb.

Flora of Australia. 21

Professor Hoffmann agrees with Bentham in placing Stobaea
as a sub-genus to Berkheva, but no transference of this species
has been made hitherto.

This pest is spreading along the shores of Port Phillip, and
may therefore be considered naturalised.

Chenopodium (Roubieva) multifidum, L. (Chenopodiaceae).
"Scented Goosefoot."

Geelong, December, 1906, H. B. Williamson ; Kailway Re-
serve, North Melbourne, March, 1909, J. R. Tovey and C.
French, jnr.

The plant is apparently naturalized around the shores of Port
Phillip Bay, and is a native of South America. Introduced
sparingly in the coastal districts of North America, Italy and
France. It is sometimes classed as a separate genus (Roubieva).
on account of the calyx enclosing the fruit, but the same
peculiarity is shown by Chenopodiurri ambrosioides, L. " Mexi-
can Tea," which has also established itself in many parts of
Victoria.

Ranunculus repens, L. (Ranunculaceae). " Creeping
Buttercup."

Outtrim, Victoria, 1904, Dow; Emerald, 1907, J. W. Audas,
and now widely spread.

RuBUS LACINIATUS, Willd. (Rosaceae). "Jagged-leaved
Bramble."

Creswick, April, 1909, Prof. Ewart; Thorpdale, Gippsland,
Victoria, 1909, A. W. Vroland ; near Gloucester, New S. Wales,
Betche, January, 1882.

Probably sufficiently established to be considered naturalized.

This species being without definite locality, is sometimes
placed under E. fruticosus. Its peculiar leaves and 3-fid petals,
as well as minor features, appear to justify specific rank.

22 Etvart, White and Rees :

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plates III., IV. —Acacia Mackkyana, Ewart and White.

Fig. 1. — Portion of flowering branch [natural size].
2. — Phyllode [magnified].
3. — Diagram of transverse section of a pliyllode [magnified].

(a) Cuticle.

(b) Stoma.

(c) Assimilating tissue.

(d) Sclerenchyma.

(e) Phloem.

(f) Xylem.

(g) Pith.

Fig. 4. — Smaller sepal [magnified].
5. — Larger sepal [magnified].
6. — ^Single flower [magnified].
7. — Unripe fruit [magnified].
8, 9. — Lnripe fruits [less magnified] [diagrammatic].

Plate V. — Allenia Blackiana, Ewart and Rees.

Fig. 1. — Whole plant of Allenia Blackiana. Ewart and Rees.
2. — Male Flower of same.
3. — a.b. Anther before and after dehiscing.
4.— Fruit.
5. — Seed and embryo.

Var. microphylla.

Fig. 6. — Sprig of A. Blackiana, var. microphylla.
7. — Female flower.
8. — Fruit of same.

Plate VI. — Daviesia Grahami, Ewart and White

Fig. 1. — Side view of leaf.

2. — Small portion of branch showing axillary inflorescence.
3. — Calyx of D. Grahami, magnified.

D. daphnoides.
Fig. 4. — Calyx of D. daphnoides, magnified.

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1909, Plate III.

Acacia Mackeyana, Ewart and White.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate lY

«^ * \ • .7%,

Acacia Mackeyana, Ewart and White.

Froc. R.8. Yictoria, 19()'.>. Plate V

Figs. 1-5.— Allenia Blackiana, Ewart and Rees.
Figs. 6-8. — Allenia Blackiana, var. microphylla, Ewart and Rees.

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1909. Piute VI.

<i

4

Figs. 1-3— Daviesia Grahami, Ewart and White.
Fig-. 4— Daviesia daphnoides, Meisn.

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 19U9. Plate VII.

Gilruthia Osborni. Ewavt and White.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate \'III.

Grevillea Berryana, Ewart and White.

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate IX.

I V

Koch i a Murrayana, Ewart and Eees.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate X.

Figs 1-4- Prasophyllum Tepperi, F. v. M.
Figs. 5-8.— Prasophyllum fusco-viride, Eeader

Flora of Australia. 23

Platk VII. — GiLRUTHiA OsBORXi, Ewai t and White.

Fig. 1. — Plant, natural size.
2. — Inner bract.
3.— Floret.
4. — Floret cut open.
5. — St vie arms.

Plate VII F. — Grevillka Bekryana, Ewart and White.

Fi^^ 1. — Leaf [half natural size].
2. — Inflorescence [natural size].
3. — Single flower [magnified about 3 times].
4. — Gynsecium [magnified about 5 times] (cut open).
5.— Fruit.

(a) Wall of fruit.

(b) Seed.

(c) Wing of seed.

Plate IX. — Kochia Murrayana, Ewart and White.

(Fig. 1-4 natural size. Fig. 5 x 2.)

Fig. 1. — Fruiting branch.

2. — Upper surface of fruit.
3. — Lower surface of fruit.
4. — Vertical section of fruit.
5. — Embryo.

Plate X. — Prasophyllum Tepperi, F. v. M.

Fig. 1. — Lateral sepals.
2. — Dorsal sepal.
3. — Labellum.
4. — Lateral petal.

Prasophyllum rrsco-viRiDE, Reader.

Fig. 5. — Lateral sepals.
6. — Dorsal sepal.
7. — Labellum.
8. — Lateral petal.

24 J. R. Tovey :

APPENDIX I., BY J. R. TOVEY.

Unrecorded Introduced Plants not yet sufficiently estab-
lished TO BE considered NATURALISED.

Amaranthus deflexus, L. (Amarantaceae).
Banks of the River Yarra, at Hawthorn, March, 1909, T. J.
Hughes.

CiSTUS salvifolius, L. (Cistineae).
Coode Island, Victoria, J. R. Tovey, November, 1908.

DiMORPHOTHECA PLUViALis, Moench. (Compositae).
Coode Island, October, 1908, J. R. Tovey and C. French, jnr.

GiLiA ACHILLEAEFOLIA, Benth. (Poleuiouiaceae).
Beaconsfield, October, 1908, C. French, jnr.

LiNARiA Pelisseriana, L. (Sci'ophularineae). " Pelisser's

Toad-flax."
Mitta Mitta River, near Chiltern, H. B. Williamson.

Malva moschata, L. (Malvaceae). "Musk Mallow."
Garmandale, Victoria, W. J. Power, February, 1909.

Mesembryanthemum angulatum, Tliunb. (Ficoideae).
Coode Island, J. R. Tovey and C. French, jnr., October, 1908.

Physalis angulata, L. (Solanaceae).
Dookie, 1907 and 1909, H. Pye.

SoLANUM elaeagnifolium, Cav. (Solanaceac),
Railway Reserve, North Melbourne, March, 1909, J. R.
Tovey and C. French, jnr.

Tetragona decumbens, Mill. (Ficoideae).
Coode Island, October, 1908, and Railway Reserve, North
Melbourne, March, 190'9, J. R. Tovey and C. French, jnr.

Unrecorded Introduced Plants. 25

Tetragon A fruticosa, L. (Ficoideae).
Coode Island, October, 1908, J. R. Tovev and C. French, jnr.

Ursinia chkysanthemoides, Harv. (Compositae).
Coode Island, October, 1908, J. R. Tovey and C. French, jnr.

ZyGOPHYLLUM SESSILIFOLIUM, L. (Zvgopliyllaceae).
Coode Island, October, 1908, J. R. Tovey and C. French, jnr.

Additions to the Flora of the National Park, Wilson's
Promontory.

The following list is supplementary to that issued in the
Vict. Nat., 1909, vol. xxv., p. 142, and is partly composed of
new records and partly of old ones from specimens since found
in the National Herbarium. In addition Mr. Reader writes to
point out that some plants recorded from the National Park in
Bentham's Flora have been omitted from the list. In regard to
the Beech (Vagus Cunninghcuni), specimens have been received
from the Ranger, Mr. McLennan, so that this interesting tree
is still found in the Park, The first specimen of it appears to
have been collected in 1853 by Baron von Mueller. The Bul-
rush (Typha angustifolia, L.) was found by Prof. Ewart and
Dr. Hall near to the boundary of the Park, in the Darby River,
so that in this case also Mr. Hardy's record was correct.

Introduced plants are marked thus {*). The record of
Grevillea Victor iae in 1853 is of interest, since this is the only
record of a Grevillea from the National Park. It is to be
hoped that the plant has not been completely destroyed by the
recent bush fires. A few plants were recorded from Wilson's
Promontory by Gregory and Lucas (Vict. Nat., vol. ii., 1885-6,
p. 150). The Callistemon salignus recorded by them may,
however, be an error in identification for C. hinceolatiis, while
no such species as Zanthorrhoea major exists, Z. australis being
probably meant. Only one plant, Asi^lenium marinum, re-
corded by Gregory and Lucas, was not included in the previous
list.

26 ./. W. Audas

Q

fo

a:

00

o

o

Oi

Oi

'~~

r

CO

^

o

JO

o

00
-; GO

^

i-X 1—1

r-T

^

^

^

rgco

O GO 05 00 O

o r o

'-H 5 -^^ . Oi ^ lO

"^ ^ r»o

5 % ^ p^^;^'^^^p^^4^'5^r|'' ^l-^^

'73

■ V- - =^ .

O 'T ^ ^ — -^^

m Li- i-s — — ^

c

o c . r- o c c ^ . c r- o

>> b

^ o ^ r^

ce ceo,--— JS icDa;>^rf 55 .S

< < t^< < cq ^^O t^O 0000 WW

<

I— I CO"— icr>o<Moooo^oioo»oO'— t <:oc^

Flora of National Park.

27

CO yj

o o

en o

o c

C _p

i P^ s-^^-^ =^

C -- CO c X c

6. .=o r r . -• c d c

^ m

CO H-J
X .

'V, ^

-^ P^

i .^'

2 ^ ;ih

g- >.

2 S , g S o X

^ r Pl; -Q ;=•■ Ph

Q

=: ^ i t- ^ ^- <

cc >

r -x -"^

«-q Oi ■"" -^

o r^

> CTi i"!^ "^

,- • -^

^ o^ >■ '^^

-^If^P^"

O CD .

B S ^

'S S 32 »2

w =^ ^

re o c .

3

§^

^ r^ --,_:; r^ ^ ^j -r P- ^

O "^ rH T! i-H ~ riS

vnT^-_5 o 3

^2: Bf^ sio^

&J0

— *

H

^ .2-. 2

IS i^ 2

i: -2 '5
>, >^ ^

-+j ->^ rr
o o i^

00:=^

3; i.'

Q hJ ;= c :v;

^PP
^P^

^ :e O "^

- — rt aT^

ir 03

ci = r; a; -i:
'^ ^ ^. S 1^

^1

■43 o

O Q-

C O

o >^

O Oi CO Oi CO CO X O O ^ iC;

XXOOr-Hl— Ir-lr-H ^^(M(M

, — I ^-1 (M t>T C^T CM (M (M (M (M (M

28

J. W. Auda-s: Flora of National Park.

C5

o

o

1 § §

1 — 1

CO

o

00

o

S ^ c^

f

C5

^

Ci

I— 1 >— '

c

I— (

ri

l-H

.^CO CO ^ -

7i

^

S

^

ctor.

, Nov

, 185

, 185

53

Nov.,

53

Nov.

1-5
tco

>

o

do.
)f. Ewart, J
M., 1853

>

c

of Collet
. John,
. V. M.
, V. M.
M., 18
John,
M., 18

John,

^ ^ 00

S

i^r.>:^^-^

0^ >•

cZ2

PM >

jcord or

. H. R

coll. b
coll. b

• by F
H. R.

• by F.
H. R.

. 1 — 1

o

o >:^

OS —

Source of R(
as, and P
3rbarium,
grbarium,
ustr., coll
as and P.
ustr., coll
as and P.

-d1

i

Ph'

6^

^ g "^

T3

5S

•^1

XT.

s

^sa^^^-S

1^

^

5

l<

5

< ^^t<t<

K g

£

-^

X fz

<1

. cS c5 _0 . O .

. o

. o

^^;zip^^S^

QSQ^

.PS

•^" d

I— " r^ .

o . ^

6

o . ^

o o

^ HH M M l-j h^ h-^

Q<1^

<i

^-^

QP^M

Qh^P

p:^

PM

cTP

uq^

- ^ cf ^'~^•-
8 li s .^ s

!/J ? ci3 O :£

^ -^ -5 ri - ^

■^ CD 1^ ^-n-— '
O J2

O ^ :t ^ C ^

r>; ^ O f^ Ph Ph

CD ■" '"

d^P5

^:5

PhPh

pq^.

C/}

«j of

C/2 CO

ce ^

'■^ • — '

zr. CO

^H

, J

^ §

^>*.^

o ?D CO O t^ ^+1 Oj (M Cl fM CX) CM CO 00 »0 lO tC O r- 1 t^

<< (McMco'^iO'iDcociaiaiO'— i^H'f-f'+O'Oio

<M (M (M (M CM (M CM fM CM Ol CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO

[Proc. Eot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1909]

Art. III. — Description of Tivo Terrestrial Species of
Talitriclae from Victoria.

By 0. A. SAYCE.

(With Plates XL, XII.)
[Read 13th May, 19u9.]

The only terrestrial x\mphipod so far recorded as occurring
in Australia and Tasmania is Talitrus sylvaticus, Haswell. I
have received specimens from New South Wales, Tasmania, and
many parts of Victoria, ranging from the seaboard to the tops
of our highest mountains, and they all agree closely with one
another morphologically. The original description is somewhat
meagre in the light of what is now known of the genus, so that
I have in this treatise more fully described it.

Another well-defined species referable to the same genus is
to be met with commonly throughout the forest lands of Vic-
toria, outside of which it has not so far been found. I here-
with give a description of it.

The characters of each of these species are mostly in close
agreement with other members of the genus Talitrus, the most
important variation being in the shape of the palp of the
maxillipeds, which possesses a rudimentary but definite fourth
joint, clearly marked off from the preceding one by a line of
articulation in T. sylvaticus, whereas in T. kershawi it is
coalescent, but of the same conical shape and tipped with a
single long spinule. Another character of difference worthy
of note is that the carpal joint of the first gnathopod is some-
what expanded, whereas typically it is elongated and linear in
form.

30 0. A. Sayce :

Talitpus sylvaticus, Haswell.
(Plate XL)

T. sylvaticus, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. iv.,

p. 245, pi. vii., fig. 1.
T. assimilis, Haswell. Proc. Linn. 8oc. N.S.W., vol. v.,

p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 1.
T. assimilis and T. affinis, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W., vol. X., p. 95, pi. X., fig. L
T. sylvaticus, G. M. Thomson. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas.

1892, p. 15, figs. 1-10.
T. sylvaticus, Sayce. Proc. Roy. Soc. Yict., xiii. (n.s.),

pi. ii., p. 225.

Body smooth and rather slender, cephalon as long as the
first and half of the second segment of mesosome combined.
First pair of side-plates distinctly narrowing distally. Third
pair of epimeral plates of metasome with margin below slightly
and evenly curved, antero-lateral corners evenly rounded,
postero-lateral corners right-angled and margin above minutely
crenulated. Branchiae vesicular, large, remarkably so on
the second gnathopoda and fourth pereiopoda, the latter
bilobed proximally. Incubatory lamellae very small, lanceolate,
with a few setae at the distal extremity.

U/Jper antennae, extending to the middle of the last pedun-
cular joint of the lower pair : the fiagellum of subequal length
to the peduncle.

Lower antennae, varying in length considerably in speci-
mens from different localities ; usually long and slender, last
joint of peduncle almost twice as long as the preceding one, no
perceptible sexual difference.

Upper lip large and prominent, broadly rounded distally.

Mandihhs, without any trace of palp ; that of right-hand
side with the cutting edge containing four teeth, and the
secondary plate bidentate ; that of the left-hand side with the
cutting edge of six teeth, and the secondary plate with a single
series of four teeth. In each the molar tubercle is very large, and
set with numerous rows of stout denticles ; the spine-row has
about four j)lumose sette, and near their base is a tuft of tine
cilia.

Td.litfldae from Victoria. 31

Lower lip. nieinbranous, lol)es wide, and broadly rounded
distally.

First iiKixillae. — Inner jDlate narrow, extendinpf nearly to
the end of the outer plate, and tipped with two plumose
spinules ; outer-plate broad, and bearing apically a double series
of nine denticulated spines. Palp formed of one well-defined
minute joint, tipped with the vestige of a second one.

Second inaxilhie. — Inner and outer plates broad and almost
of similar length to each other ; each fringed distally with
simple spinules, besides which the inner plate bears a long,
stout, feathered spine at the distal extremity of the inner
margin.

MaiilJ ijjeds. —Outei- masticatory plates small, each broad
proximally, but rapidly narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex
directed obliquely inwards, and bearing, submarginally, a single
transverse row of short stiff set?e. Inner plates of usual form,
each bearing at the extremity two large teeth, and one small
one, also a few plumose setae. Palp of four joints, the ultimate
one being minute, and of conical shape, tipped with a long
spinule. It is usual for the members of this genus to have but
three joints in the palp, the fourth wanting or entirely coalescent
with the third, but in this species it is clearly marked off by
a distinct line of division from the previous one.

GuatJiopoda. — First pair with carpus expanded distally. and
fully twice as long us its greatest breadth : propodus shorter in
length, and gradually narroAving to the dactykis. The second
pair agreeing in both sexes, of similar form to others of the
same genus, and without any specific characteristic.

Pereiopoda. — -The first and second pairs similar to each other
and much longer than the gnathopoda. Third of equal length
to the preceding ones ; the fourth and fifth subequal in length
to each other, much longer than the preceding ones. Bases
of last pair Avidely expanded behind, with margin minutely ser-
rated.

Pleopuda. — Only first and second pairs existing, and, as in
other terrestrial amphipoda, these are more or less atrophied
from disuse. Relative to the following species they are w^ell
developed — First pair very short with two well-developed
rami, the outer one (exopod) a little longer than the inner

32 0. A. Sayct:

one (endopod), which is of equal length to the peduncle,
and each is fringed with long feathered setae. Second pair con-
siderably shorter than the first, but of similar form and cloth-
ing. No vestige of a third pair is to be found.

Uropoda. — In the first and second pairs the peduncle extends
at least as far as the end of the telson, the third pair, two
jointed, minute, and of normal form.

Telson. — Broad at the base, and curving to a narrowly
truncated tij), margin entire, and the surface bearing a few
little setae.

Sexes. — No apparent sexual difference.

Colour when alive variable, usually dark brown, but some-
times reddish-brown, and occasionally pale yellow.

Length. — The largest specimen measured from front of head to
telson, 12 mm., but in most of the gatherings they measured
about 8 mm.

Occurrence. — Very common throughout Victoria at all eleva-
tions, under logs and dead leaves in forest and scrub lands,
preferably in damp situations, but also frequently in dry places,
and often in association with the following species. I have also
found them just above the tide-level at several places on our
coast, under dead seaweed, lying on sand.

Di>itrihution. — Very common in Tasmania, and relatively in
fewer numbers along the coastal and mountainous regions of
New South Wales.

Talitrus kershawi, n. sp.

(Plate XII.)

Body rather stouter and usually of a larger size than the
preceding species. Cephalon scarcely longer than the first seg-
ment of the mesosome. First pair of side-plates subquadrate,
quite as wide distally as proximally, antero-distal corner abruptly
rounded, postero-distal corner broadly rounded, and margin
between almost straight. Third pair of epimeral plates of
metasome with antero-lateral comer produced downwards to a
conspicuous triangular projection, the posterior corner being
right-angled, and hind margin minutely ci'enulated.

Talitridae from Victoria. 33

Antennae agreeinfr essentially with the previous species in
relative len<_^th and form.

Buccal area. — The anterior and posterior lips, and first and
second maxillae, agree precisely with the former species, the
mandibles only differ slightly in the teeth of the cutting edges.
The maxillipeds have the ultimate joint (dactylus) of the palp
coalescent with the penultimate one (propodus), and terminates
in a minute conical piece (the remnant of the dactylus), pos-
sessing one or two spinules, and at the apex a long single
spinule. Except for this difference the palp agrees closely with
T. sylvaticus. The inner masticatory plate quite agrees with
that species, and the outer plate also agrees in form, except
that the apex is rather broader, distinctly indented, and clothed
with tw^o tufts of setae, separated by the indentation.

GnatJiopoda. — The first pair has the carpus widely expanded
distally, being fully three-quarters as wide as its length, and
is minutely but distinctly lobed. The second pair is without
any special characteristic, and quite normal to the genus. Like
the previous species, there are very large branchiae attached.

Pereiopoda. — These are rather more spinulose than T. sylva-
ticu-?, and possess rather smaller branchiae. Tlie incubatory
lamellae are similar, and in all other respects are in close agree-
ment,

Pleopucla. — These are quite rudimentary, nmcli more so than
in the preceding species. The first pair has a stout peduncle,
with a single minute outer ramus articulated to the stem subapi-
cally. Beyond the articulation of this ramus the peduncle is
produced a little at the apex, evidently the vestige of the inner
ramus, but it is quite coalescent with the stem. The second
pair exist only as a minute cylindrical process, being but a
vestige of a former peduncle. Each pair possess a few little
setules, but no feathered setae.

Uropoda. — These agree in form and armature with the pre-
ceding species, but are relatively rather shorter and stouter.

Telson. — Quite similar to the preceding species.

Sexes. — There is no apparent sexual differentiation.

Colour. — Varying from reddish-brown to black, and some-
times pale yellow.

34 0. A. Sayce : Talitridae from Victoria.

Len(/fJi. — The largest measured 15 iiini. in length, but are
usually about 11 mm.

Occurred re. — I haA^e gatherings from a considerable number of
localities throughout Victoria. They are often associated with
T. sylvaticus. and rather more numerous than that species.

Distribution. — Out of Victoria it does not appear to have been
observed.

Remarks. — The specific name is given in compliment to Mr.
J. A. Kershaw, curator of the National Museum.

It may easily be distinguished from T. sylvaticus by the con-
spicuous triangular downward projection of the epimeral plate
of the third segment of the metasome (noticeal)le in the smallest
specimens), and also by the rectangular form of the first eoxal-
plate, which in T. sylvaticui< is distinctly narrower distally than
proximally.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XL

TaHtj'us sijlvaticus, Haswell.

Plate XII.
Talitrus kersluiwi, n. sp.

The following lettering is used in each of the plates to desig-
nate the corresponding parts: — vi^. first maxillae; m^. second
maxilhie ; mp. maxillipeds : Gn^. and Gn^. first and second pair
of gnathopods ; Pr'^. fourth pair of peraeopods ; Pl^., FV^ . first
and second pair of pleopods ; T. telson.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XI.

Talitrus sylvaticus, Hasw.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1009. Plate XII.

Talitrus kershawi, n. sp.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1909/

Ah'I'. IV. — Description of a New Marine Shell of the
Genus Larina. (()

Bv J. H. (lATLIFF anj) C. J. GABRIEL.

(With Plate Xiri.)

;Pvead ]<)th June, 1909.]

Larina (?) turbinata, sp. nov.

Shell fragile, turbinate, umbilicate, white, semi-traiibparent,
vitreous interiorly, whorls six, including the minute embryonic
apex of two whorls, which are of a brown colour and appear to be
smooth, but under the microscope they are densely spirally
pitted. Whorls very rapidly increasing, the last and penulti-
mate comprising nearly the whole of the shell, the whorls are
ventricose, suture deeply impressed. Sculi^ture, faint ; under
the lens it is densely, irregularly, spirally striate, the striae
being somewhat undulating, and crossed by growth lines of
about similar strength.

Tlie mouth is circular, peristome continuous, slightly re-
flexed : umbilicus small, deep, almost hidden by the reflexion of
the lip.

The shell is partly covered with an olivaceous epidermis.

The operculum of the type Avas lost. Ijut a microscopic ex-
amination of the embryonic form shows a lioniy operculum,
annular, and with the nucleus intramarginal.

Dimensions of TS^pe. — Height, 15 mm. : width. IG mm. ;
width of radula, .54 mm. ; embryonic forms, height .625 mm.,
width .597 mm.

Hab. — Dredged in about five fathoms, between Phillip and
French Islands, Western Port.

Obs. — The genus Larina was established by A. Adams for a
shell obtained at Moreton Bay, Queensland, and he included it
in the family Viviparidae. When obtained our type had the
animal in it, which, upon extraction, was found to contain about

36 Gatliff and Gabriel: Neiv Marine Shell.

400 embryonic shells, most of which are shown in Figure 3.
Upon another occasion an almost entire, empty shell was
dredged, and at other times a half-grown specimen and portions
of the shell have been similarly obtained.

Judging from the description and figure (we have not seen
the type) the main points of difference in our shell when com-
pared with the typical Larina are : ours is umbilicate and
the peristome is continuous ; and in consequence of these differ-
ences we have only placed it provisionally in the genus.

A very incomplete half-grown specimen has been sent to us by
Miss Lodder, Tasmania ; it Avas found by her years ago on the
North Coast.

Mr. E. A. Smith remarks^ : '" The genus Larina supposed by
Adams to be marine ; it has, however, very close relationship to
Vivipara on account of similarity of the opercula, and it is
undoubtedly a fresh-water form, as is clearly shown in the
British Museum specimen obtained in McKenzie River by the
Port Essington Expedition during the year 1845." The ques-
tion arises. Was it obtained at a portion of the river beyond
tidal influence ? Our specimens were dredged in the sea fully a
mile from the shore, and there are no running streaujs in the
vicinity.

We are indebted to Mr. F. Chapman, of the National Museum,
Melbourne, for his skilful w^ork in photographing the specimens.

Type in Mr. C. J. Gabriers collection,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL

LaKIXA (?) TLRBINATA, Sp. UOV.

Fig. L — Position of body whorl of emlnyonic form.

Fig. 2.— Radula of type.

Fig. 3. — Group of embryonic forms.

Fig. 4. — Embryonic forms.

Fig. 5.— Dorsal aspect of type.

Fig. 6. — Front aspect of type.

Fig. 7. — Basal aspect of type.

All of the flgures vai'iously magnifled.

1 Jour. liiiiii. Soc. [>oiid., ISSI, \ol. \vi., p. -iGO.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XIII.

^^v^;^^^

Larina turbinata, sp. nov

[Proc. Koy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.)- Pt. \., 1909/

Airi'. V. — Additions to the C<dalo<jite of the Mitrine
Shells of Victoria.

By J. H. GATLTFF and C. J. GABRIEL.
[Read 10th June. 1909.]

In the previous jDarts of the Catalogue, 840 species have been
dealt with ; the present paper records 36 additional species,
including four more genera, namely, Teinostoma. Pugnus,
Larina and Bornia.

We hope to make many additions to the Catalogue from the
material being obtained by the Commonwealth Trawler " En-
deavour."

Sepia braggi, Verco.

1907. Sepia braggi, Verco. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxxi., p.

21.3, pi. 27, f. 6, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d.

1908. Sepia braggi, Hedley. Rec. Aust. Mus.. vol. vii.
Hab.— Heytesbury Coast (G. B. Pritchard).

Obs. — The form of this cuttlebone is narrow. Size of type,
" 60 mm. long by 11 mm. broad at its w^idest part, with a maxi-
mum thickness of 4.75 mm."

Marginella allpopti, T. Woods.

1876. Marginella allporti, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p.

28.
1901. Marginella allporti, Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., p. 362, pi. 26, f. 80.
Hab.— Bass Strait.

Obs. — vSize of type : Length 9, breadth 5 mm. ; a biconic,
banded form, quadriplicate.

Daphnella cassandra, Hedley.

1904. Daphnella cassandra, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W.,
vol. xxix., p. 187, pi. 8, f. 17.
Hab.— Port Albert (T. Worcester).

38 J. H. Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel:

Vanikopo recluziana, Adams and Angas.

1863. Vanieoro reculziana, Adams and Angas. P.Z.S

Lond., p. 424.
1867. Vanikoro recluziana, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

212.
1884. Vanikoro recluziana, Sowerby. Tlies. Conch., vol.

v., p. 170, f. 2.
1908. Vanikoro recluziana, Smith. P. Mai. S. Lond.,
vol. viii., p. 112.
Hab.— Portland (T. Worcester).

Obs. — In his review of the genus Vanikoro, Mr. E. A. Smith,
in the paper above quoted, ren)arking upon Vanikoro sigareti-
formis, Potiez and Michaud, says he thinks there is very little
doubt that it is the same species as V. recluziana.

Calyptraea scutum, Lesson.

1830. Trochita scutum. Lesson. Voy. Coquille. Zool.,

vol. ii., p. 395.
1880. Trochita scutum, Hutton. Man. X.Z. Moll., p.
86.
Hab. — Dredged between Phillip and French Islands, Western
l>ort ; Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Obs. — By its almost central and conical spire, it may be
readily separated from our other species, C. calyptraeformis.

Turpitella atkinsoni, Tate and May.

1877. Turritella tasmanica, T. Woods (non Reeve).
P.R.S. Tas., p. 140.

1900. Turritella atkinsoni, Tate and May. T.R.S. S.A.,

p. 95.

1901. Turritella atkinsoni, Tate and May. P.L.S.

X.S.W., vol. xxvi., p. 378, pi. 23, f. 15-17.
Hab.— Bass Strait.

Turritella sinuata, Reeve.

1849. Turritella sinuata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. v.,
pL 11, f. 62.

Additums to CdtiUoguc of SheU-s. 89

1900. Turritella quudruta, Donald. P. Mai. Soc, vol.
iv., p. 5:3. pi. 5, f. 8, 8a, 8b.
Hal).- Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Turritella smithiana, DoinM.

1900. Turritella (Colpospira) smithiana, Donald. P.
Mai. Soc, vol. iv., p 52, pi. 5, f. 1 — Ic.
Hab. — San Remo (T. Worcester).
Obs. — Our smallest species in the genus.

Seal a morchi, Angas.

1871. Scala (Cirostrema) morchi, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 15, pL 1, f. 17.
190-6. Scala morchi, Verco. T.R.S. 8. A., vol. xxx. p. 147,
pi. 4, f. 1-2 (Operculum).
Hab. — Western Port (T. Worcester).

Obs. — Tliis may be readily separated from S. translucida,
Gatliff, by its rounded base, much finer sculpture, and the
absence of the encircling basal ridge.

Eulima topaziaca, Hedley.

1908. Eulima topaziaca, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.
xxxiii., p. 470, pi. 10, f. 29.
Hab. — Western Port ; Port Albert (T. Worcester).
Obs. — Mr. Hedley observes : " The shape of this eccentric
Eulima is like that of a Rissoa." We agree with him, and think
it will have to be re-classified. A semi-transparent shell when
fresh usually of a brown colour, weathering into opaque white.

Leiostraca lodderae, Hedley.

1884. Eulinui vitrea, Petterd. Jour, of Conch., vol. iv.,

p. 136 (non A. Adams, 1854).
1903. Leiostraca lodderae, Hedley. Mem. Aust. Mus.,
vol. iv., p. 360, f. 82.
Hab.-^ Western Port.

Obs. — A small species; type: Length 7.7, breadth 1.2 mm.;.
usually banded.

40 /. H. Gdtliff and C. J. Gabriel:

Turbonilla acicularis, Adams.

1853. Turbonilla acicularis, Adams. P.Z.S. T.ond., p.

182.
1877. Turbonilla macleavana, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 151.
1886. Turbonilla macleavana, Tryon., Man. Conch.

vol. viii., p. 334, pi. 76, f. 44.
1001. Turbonilla acicularis, Tate and May. P.L.S
N.S.W., vol. xxvi., p. 384.
Hab. — Dredged off Portsea, Port Phillip ; also Western Port ;
Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Obs. — Kindly compared with the type of T. acicularis in the
British Museum by Mr. E. A. Smith. Pritchard and Gatliff
considered it to be a narrow and small form of T. mariae (T.
Woods), which it much resembles.

Larina turbinata, Gatliff and Gabriel.

1909. Larina turbinata, Gatlif! and Gabriel. Ante page.
Hab. — Dredo:ed, Western Port.

Genus TEI NOSTOMA, H. and A. Adams, 1853.

Teinostoma cancellata, Tate.

1879. Ethalia (?) cancellata, Tate. T.R.S. S.A.. vol. ii.,
p. 139, pi. 5, f. lla-llc.
Hab.— Poit Albert (T. Worcester).

Rissoa disslmilis, Watson.

1877. Hissoina cylindracea, T. Woods. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

p. 266, (non Krynicki, 1837).
1886. Eulima dissimilis, Watson. Chall. Zool., vol. xv.,

p. 522, pi. 37, f. 5.
1899. Kissoia isclma, Tate (nom. mnt. instead of R.

cylindracea). T.R.S. S.A., p. 233.
1901. Rissoia dissimilis, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

vol. xxvi., p. 391.

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. 41

Hab. -Port Fairy.

Obs. — In the last reference above quoted, Tate and May
wrongly cited Eulima tasmanica, T. Woods, as conspecific, but
subsequently in P.R.S. Tas., 1902, p. 110, May corrected the
mistake.

Rissoa incompleta. Hedley.

1908. Rissoa incompleta, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.
xxxiii., p. 468, pi. 10, f. 36.
Hab. — Dredged in aliout 5 fathoms between Phillip and
French Islands, Western Port.

Rissoa imbrex, Hedley.

1908. Rissoa imbrex, Hedley. P.L.8. X.S.W., vol. xxxiii.,
p. 469, pi. 10, f. .33.
Hab. — In shell sand, San Remo, Western Port.
Obs. — A small elongate white shell, with encircling ridges,
two on the penultimate whorl.

Rissoa devecta, Tate.

1877. Alvania u-racilis. Angas (non MacGillivray).

P.Z.S. Lond., p. 174, pi. 26. f. 16.
1887. Alvania gracilis, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. ix.,

p. 364, pi. 66, f. 47.
1899. Rissoia devecta, Tate (nom. mutand). T.R.S. S.A.,
vol. xxiii., p. 235.
Hab. — In shell sand. Ocean Beach, Flinders.
Obs. — A brown elongate shell, sometimes banded with white.

Rissoina hedleyi, Tate.

1899. Rissoina hedleyi, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxiii.,
p. 241, pi. 7, f. 8.
Hab. — Western Port.

Obs. — Prof. Tate states that he received this species from
Dr. Pulleine, obtained by the latter at " Port Western, Victoria.''

42 J. H. GcUllf and C\ J. Gabriel:

Rissopsis buliminoides, Tate ami May.

19(i0. Rissopsis buliminoides, Tate and May. T.R.S.

S.A., vol. xxiv., p. 101.
1901. Rissopsis buliminoides, Tate and May. P.L.S.
X.S.W., vol. xxvi., p. 394, pi. 26, f. 75.
Hub.— Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Obs. — '' Shell small, cylindroid, thin, oi)aque-white " ; size of
type: Length, 4.25; breadth, 1.3 mm.

Rissopsis consobpina. late and May.

1900. Rissopsis consobrina, Tate and May. T.R.S. S.A.,

vol. xxiv., p. 101.

1901. Rissopsis consobrina, Tate and May. P.L.S.

N.S.W., vol. xxvi., p. 394, pi. 27, f. 94.
Hab. — In shell sand, Ocean Beach, Point Nepean.
Obs. — The shell is hyaline, turreted, and has rounded whorls.
Size of type: Leng-th, 3.5 ; width, 1.0 mm.

Gibbula tasmanica, Petterd.

1879. Gibbula tasmanica, Petterd. Jour, of Conch., vol.

ii., p. 103.
18(S9. (libbula tasnumica, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. xi.,,
p. 237, pi. 40. f. 20.
Hab.^Bass Strait.

Obs. — A small shell about the size of (t. legrandi, I^etterd,
but it has spiral lirae. Our two specimens are of a rose colour.

PlaxiphoPa glauca, Quoy and (laimard.

1S34. Chiton j^daucus, i^Mioy and (iainuird. Astrolabe,
Zooi., vol. iii., p. 376, pi. 74, f. 7-11.

1892. Plaxiphora glauca, Pilsl)ry. Tryon's Man. Conch.,
vol. xiv.. p. 325, pi. 68, f. 68-72.

1897. Plaxiphora ixhiuca. Bednall. P. Mai. S. Lond.,
vol. ii., }). 154.

Additions to Catalogue of S/tells. 43

Hab. — Kilcunda.

Obs. — Very similar to P. petholata. Soweiby. Pilsbry sur-
mises that P. glauca " is probably the form Angas collected at
Guichen Bay, South Australia, and listed as P. ciliata," and
Bednall considers he is ri^ht in his surmise.

Acanthochites coxi, Pilsl)ry.

1894. Acanthochites coxi, Pilsbry. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, p. SO, pi. 3, f. 21-26, and
pi. 4, f. 34.
Hab. — Dredjied, Western Port.

Obs. — The description states, •" Girdle fleshy, densely clothed
with short hyaline spinelets, the tufts beinir represented by in-
conspicuous clumps of somewhat longer spines." The size of
type is: ""Length 23, breadth 13 mm. (alcoholic specimen).'"
Our single specimen is not quite one third of these dimensions.

Geiuis PUG N US, Hedley, 1896.

Pugnus parvus, Hedley.

1896. Pugnus parvus, Hedley. Records Aust. Mus.,
vol. ii., p. 5, pi. 23. f. 1.

Hab. — Bass Strait.

Obs. — The size of the type is : Length 1|, breadth 1 mm.
This minute shell in shape resembles a Cylichna, but may be
readily distinguished from that genus by the absence of an
umbilicus at the top, the presence of three folds on the
columella, and a thickened outer lip. It is decussately sculp-
tured. Mr. Hedley has placed the genus in the family
Ringiculiclae.

Philine columnacia, Hedley and .May.

1908. Philine columnaria, Hedley and May. Rec.
Australian Museum, vol. vii., p. 123, pi. 24.
f. 25, 26.

44 /. H. Gatliff and (J. J. Gabriel:

Hab. — Dredged, Western Port (alive).

Obs. — A small milk white species : size of type : length 6.5.
breadth 5 mm. Compared with P. angasi. ' it is more trape-
zoidal, has distinct spiral lines, and an axial hollow above.'"
Our identification has been confirmed by Mr. May,

Dental ium platyceras, Sharp and Pilsbry,

1898. Dentalium platyceras, Sharp and Pilsbry. Man.
Conch., vol. xvii., p. 126, pi. 22, f. 58-60.
Hab.— Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Corbula coxi, Pilsbiy.

1897. Corbula coxi, Pilsbry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, p. 363, pi. 9, f. 1-3.
Hab.— Port Phillip : Western Port ; Port Albert (T.
Worcester).

Obs. — The concentric sculpture in this species is much finer
than in C. tunicata. Hinds., and it is about the same size.

Circe (Crista) navig-atum, H^dley.

1906. Gafrarium navigatum, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W\,
vol. xxxi., p. 476. pi. 38, f. 33.
Hab. — D?-edged in about 6 fathoms between Phillip and Frencli
Islands, Western Port. One valve only was found.

Obs. — A small species. Size of type : Length 6 mm., height
5.4 mm., breadth of single valve 1.6 mm. Compared by one
of us with the type.

Circe angasi, Smith.

1865. Gouldia australis, Angas (non Circe australis.

Smith). P.Z.S. Lend., ]). 459,
1885. Circe Angasi, Smith. Cliall. Zool., vol. xiii.,

p. 148, pi. 2, f. 4-4e.

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. 45

Hab. — Bass Strait.

Obs. — A small rose tinted species. Size : Length 6, height
5, diameter 3.5 mm.

Venerupis iridescens, Tate.

1889. Venerupis iridescens, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. x.,
p. 61. pi. 11, f. 10.
Hab. — Port Albert (Thos. Worcester).

Cyamiomactra nitida, Hedley.

1908. Cyamiomactra nitida, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W.,
vol. xxxiii., p. 477, pi. 9, f. 19, 20.
Hab. — Dredged off Portsea, Port Phillip, also Western Port.
Obs. — A small, smooth, brown shell. Our identification has
been confirmed bv Mr. Hedlev.

Genus BORN I A, Philippi, 1836.

Bornia lepida, Hedley.

1906. Bornia lepida, Hedley. P.L.S. X.S.W., vol. xxx.,
p. 543. pi. 32. f. 22, 23.
Hab. — San Remo, Western Port.

Obs. — Size of type : Height 4 mm., length 6.3 mm. Our
shell is much smaller ; it '" has fine, dense, radiating threads."

Diplodonta sublateralis, E. A. Smith.

1884. Diplodonta sublateralis, E. A. Smith. Alert ZooL,
p. 104, pi. 7, f. K.
Hab. — Port Albert (T. Worcester; : dredged off Point Cook,
Port Phillip, 9 fathoms.

Obs. — Size of type : Length 19^, height iSi, diameter 10 mm.
The specimens obtained in the last-named locality exceed these
dimensions, and have been compared with others from Queensland
and Torres Straits.

46 Gatlif tmd Ga'hriel : CaUdogua of Shells.

Diplodonta striata, 'Hutton.

1850. Lucina novae-zeulandiae. Reeve (non Gray).

Conch, Icon., vol. vi., pi. 9, f. 14.
1878. Diplodonta striata, Hutton. Jour, de Conch., p.

51.
1880. Diplodonta striata. Hutton. Man. X.Z. Moll., p.
156.
Hab.— Western Port.

Obs. — A globose shell, rudely concentrically striate : whitish,
with a light broAvn epidermis ; size of type : Height .4, length .4
inch. Our specimens are much smaller.

Condylocapdia crassicosta, Bernard.

1896. Condylocardia crassicosta, Bernard. Etudes Com-
paratives sur La Coquille des Lamellibranches
Condylocardia. p. 2, pi. 6, f. 1.
1908. Condylocardia crassicosta, Yerco. T.R.8. S.A., vol.

xxxii., p. 360.
1908. Condylocardia crassicosta. May. P.R.8., Tas.,
p. 54, pi. 6, f. 6.
Hab. — Frankston, Port Phillip (Thos. Worcester) : dredged
Western Port.

01)s. — Similar to C. pectinata. but the radial ribs ave fewer
jind stronorer.

Troc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.8.), Pt. I., 19C)9.]

Art. Vi. — Prelhninary Communication on Fifty -three
Tasmanian Crania, Forty-two of tchicli are
noiv recorded for tJie Jird time.

By RICHARD J. A. BERRY, M.D., Ki>in. kt Melb.,
F.R.S. Edin, F.R.C.S. Kdin.,

AND

A. W. D. ROBERTSON, M.B., Cii.B., Melb.,

Govei'nment Eesearch Scholar in the University C)f Melbourne.

[Read nth March. 19(>9).

It does not, we feel sure, need anv words of ours to emphasise,
in a learned Society, the singular importance of the discovery
indicated by the title of this paper ; suffice it to say that in the
whole annals of scientific Tasmanian literature there has never
yet l)een recorded in a sin^-le communication such a large
luunber of Tasmanian crania as we have the privilege to lay
before the Royal Society of Victoria to-night.

When we reflect that the Tasmanian aboriginal carried with
him into the nineteenth century, even into our own times, the
primitive culture of palaeolithic man. and into his bodily
organism many of the structural peculiarities of Homo Neander-
thalensis, we shall perhaps commence to realise the scientific
importance of the study of Tasmanian remains.

Of the far-reaching significance of the discovery in the
twentieth century of the forty- two undescribed Tasmanian
crania which it has been our privilege to find during the
last few weeks, two lines of proof will suffice: —

First : The distinguished craniologist, Principal Sir William
Turner,'!' in his " The Craniology. Racial Affinities, and De-
scent of the Aborigines of Tasmania,'' published so recently as
October, 1908, commences his remarks by stating that " the
opportunity of collecting additional (Tasmanian) specimens no
longer exists."

48 Berry and Robertson :

Second : Turner, in the same memoir, has been at much pains
to locate all the Tasmanian crania known to be in existence in
the world's museums, and he states that '" the crania catalogued
in museums as Tasmanian, including those recorded in his own
memoir, which have been studied and described by anthropolo-
gists, and the measurements of which have been more or less
fully recorded, are seventy-nine in number."

These seventy-nine Tasmanian crania are located as follows: —

1. Various Museums in London - - - 38

2, Tasmanian Museum, Hobart - - - 1 2
3 University of Edinburgh, Anatimiy Museum - 10

4. Various Museums in Paris - - - - 9

5. University of Oxford, Anatomy Museum - 6

6. University of Cambridge . . . _ 2

7. Museum at Breslau . - . . _ 1

8. Museum at Philadelphia _ - _ . 1

Total - - 79

From the two extracts from the memoir just quoted it should,
we think, be sufficiently clear that a communication which now
brings forward a totally new series of forty-two Tasmanian
crania, that is, more than one-half of those previously known
to be in existence, must be regarded as of paramount im-
portance.

Passing next to the fifty-three Tasmanian crania with which
this communication deals, eleven are common to this paper and
to the seventy-nine quoted by Turner as known to be in exist-
ence, the remaining forty-two have hitherto been absolutely
unknown to the world of science, and of these, eleven were
obtained for the first time so recently as February last, and our
acknowledgments for the privilege of doing so will be made in
due course.

Dealing first with the eleven common to this paper and to
Turner's paper, they comprise eleven of the twelve mentioned
by him. as being in the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart, and
which have been described and measured by Harper and
Clarke(2) in the " Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Tasmania" for 1897, pages 97 to 110. The explanation of

Tasmanian Crania. 49

the deficiency of one is due to the fact that when we were pro-
secuting our researches on these skulls in January and February,
1909, we discovered that one, number three of Harper and
Clarke's memoir, was missing from the museum, and its w^here-
abouts could not be ascertained. As a point of very particular
interest, it may be mentioned that this series of eleven com-
prises the cranium of Truganini or Lalla Rhook, the last of her
race.

Of the remaining forty-two, three are those which Harper and
Clarke state in their memoir are the crania of half-castes, and
three others are those which the same authors rejected iti toto
as not being Tasmanian. We differ from these authors on both
points. We have no hesitation whatsoever in stating that all
six crania are the crania of pure-blood Tasmanians, and we do
so for the following reasons : —

1. TTiese six crania are now, and always have been, cata-
logued by the Hobart Museum authorities as those of pure-
bred Tasmanians. They have therefore always been differen-
tiated from the crania of other races in the possession of the
Museum, and there is ample evidence that Hobart Museum
Curators, both past and present, have exercised due precautions
in the verification of their material.

2. Harper and Chirke do not in their monograph give any suffi-
cient reasons for rejecting these six crania. All they say is that
'■ of this number we rejected at once three skulls as being
incorrectly classed, and upon comparing the skulls after measure-
ment, we decided to exclude three others, which in our opinion
are those of half-castes. The measurements of these three
crania are given in our table, but they are otherwise disre-
garded."

Attaching, as we did, considerable weight to the work of
Harper and Clarke, we were at the outset of our investigations
in Hobart prepared to accept their conclusions, but as our
research progressed we were forced to the opinion that their
data respecting these six crania were erroneous, and we decided
to interview Mr. Clarke as to the precise reasons why he and
his coadjutor had rejected these crania. Mr. Clarke very
kindly came to the Museum and made another examination of
the doubtful crania, with the ultimate result that his opinion

50 Berry and Robertson :

seemed to be decidedly weakened, and he stated that so far as
he could remember the only reason for rejecting such crania
was their rather large cubic capacity, the largest being not
more than 1450 c.c

To this we rei)ly that, although unusual, such a large cubic
capacity is not unknown amongst Tasmanian aboriginals.
Skull No. 7 in Turner's paper, which we have alieady quoted,
has a capacity of U30 c.c, whilst Klaatsch,'^* speaking of the
Australian, says : '" Owing to the great variation met with m
the capacity of rlie l)rain cavity, as shown by all observers, e.g.,
Turner, Krausc. it is not to be wondered at that there are
some Australian skulls \\bich are comparaV)le with the average
type of higher races, wli'le there are others which even exceed
the European average. This does not prove any closer relation-
ship of the larger Australian skulls with those of other races,
but demonstrates an independent specialisation taking rise from
a common pithecanthropoid root, in conjunction with other
races, at a stage when the brain capacity was relatively small."

3. Our third reason — the last and weightiest — -for including
these six crania as genuine Tasmanian pure bloods, is that
every one presents over 90 per cent, of the features so charac-
teristically found in the skull of the Tasmanian a1)original, and
this, we think, should finally set at rest any doubts as to their
authenticity.

It will easily l)e understood that the long isolation of the
Tasnumians. the prolonged inbreeding, and the total absence of
any extraneous racial crossings, have caused certain morpho-
logical cliaracteristics to be absolutely ingrained in the crania.
Anyone who has hjindled Tasmanian crania in large numbers
will have forced u^Don him the striking similarity of these
crania, and in a very short space of time will l)e educated up to
the recognition of a Tasmanian skull from amongst any others.

In a preliminary communication such as this we cannot enter
into the question of these characteristics. They are fully set
forth in almost all recent meujoirs on the sul)ject. It will sutHce
to point out some of the more striking peculiarities.

In tiornia verticalis there is the characteristic keeling along
the line of the sutura sagittalis, the well-defined tul)cr parietale,
th€ ol)ovate (jutline, the dolichoccphaly, tlie small si/.c of tlie

Tasniaiiiaii Crania. 51

post-orbital diameter as compared with the maximum orbital
diameter, and which gives to all genuine Tasmanian crania
such a striking resemblance to that of the Neanderthal frag-
nient. All these signs were, with the exception of one sign in
one skull, present in the doubtful crania.

In norma hderalis there is the uniformity in the recession of
the forehead which we carefuUr tested for by the ingenious
methods of Schwalbe, the arcus or torus supraorbitalis. the
deep depression of the nasion — all of which were easily recog-
nisable in the alleged spurious crania.

In itoriiKt facialu thei'e is the platyrrhine nasal index, the
high position of the nasion relative to the orbits, the rect-
angular orbital outline and the parabolic palate — all of which
were present in the six crania with the exceptions of two
features, one from each of two skulls.

Lastly, there were the highly characteristic cranial sutures,
the ossa suturarum, and the epipteric bones, the last being
present in two of the six —a high percentage — whilst the ossa
suturarum were present in no less than three of the doubtful
skulls.

In our opinion, therefore, there can no longer be any reason-
iible doul)t that all six skulls rejected by Harper and Clarke
are undoubtedly those of absolutely pure-bred Tasmanians, and
we have therefore included them in our series, and we do so
with ever}^ confidence.

We also discovered in the Hobart Museum fragments of three
other Tasmanian skulls which are incorporated in our v'ork.
This brings the total of Tasmanian crania in the Tasmnnian
Museum, Hobart, up to twenty, nine of which are now presented
to the scientific world for the first time. Had one of Harper
and Clarke's original twelve not disappeared, there would, of
c<..urse, be twenty-one.

Sixteen other Tasmanian skulls were discovered by us in
Hobart. (M these, one was in the private possession of Inspector
Cook, two were in tlie possession of Mr. A. J. Taylor, chief
librarian of the Carnegie Library, Hobart, and thirteen were
in the possession of Dr. E. L. Crowther,. eleven of which were
first obtained during our visit to Hobart. The whole of these
.sixteen crania are now dealt with for the first time. Mr.

52 Berry and Robertson :

Taylor was also good enough to present us with a cast of
number two of Harper and Clarke's series, numbered 4291, in
the Hobart Museum, and this has been deposited in the Anatomy
Museum of the University of Melbourne.

Passing up into the interior of Tasmania, nine more, includ-
ing two fragments, were discovered in the possession of Mr. E.
0. Cotton, Kelvedon, and these also are new to scientists.

In the museum at Launceston we dealt with all tive skulls in
their collection, numbered 1201 to 1205, both inclusive. One
more we discovered in the possession of Mr. Leslie Jolly of
Launceston, and lastly, we succeeded in discovering two more in
the possession of the Devonport Town Board. These eight
skulls have not previously been known to scientists.

The extent of our new discovery of Tasmanian crania may
therefore be summarised as follows : —

1. Tasmanian Museum, Hobart - - - 9

2. Dr. E. L. Crowther, Hobart - - - - 13

3. Mr. A. J. Taylor, Hobart - - - . 2
4r. Inspector Cook, Hobart . _ . . 1

5. Mr. E. O. Cotton, Kelvedou - - - - 9

6. Launceston Aluseum ----- 5

7. Ml'. Leslie Jolly, Launceston - - - 1

8. Devonport Town Board ----- 2

Total - - 42

The details are set forth in Table 2.

Pending the settlement of the question as to where these-
relics of Palaeolithic Man's sojourn in Tasmania are to be ulti-
mately housed, our problem was how to leave them, in the
meantime, in the hands of their lawful owners and at the same
time make them available for scientific study in all parts of the
world.

This problem we have partially solved by taking accurate^
dioptrographic tracings of every skull in four normae, namely,
norma verticalis, norma lateralis, norma facialis, and norma
occipitalis, all of which are recorded, life size, by means of
Professor Martin's ingenious instrument. We have therefore
taken no less than 212 tracings of these Tasmanian crania.

Tasinanian Crania. 53

168 of which comprise fresh material. If this work is to be
attended with the ultimate results that its importance demands,
it is imperative that these 212 drawings be published in their
original form, and that as soon as possible.^ This for four
reasons : —

1. If the crania be left in private ownership, as the majority
of them are at the present moment, they will inevitably, on
the demise of their present proprietors, be either dispersed or
lost, and there will be no traces of them left.

2. Publication in life size will render the material available
to craniologists all the world over.

.'). As craniological methods have been revolutionised during
the last few years by the discoveries of Pithecanthropus,
Neanderthal, Spy, Canstatt, Egisheim, etc., and also by the
new investigational inetitods of SchAalbe, Kiaatsch, the Sarasins
and others, it is not improbable that another fifty years may
elicit still more startling discoveries with the introduction
of still more revolutionary craniological methods, in which
case these Tasmanian crania may require fresh investigation,
which cannot well be undertaken if the present-day material be
not imperishably recorded.

It is not too much to say, in view of these possibilities and
suggestions, that all known existing Tasmanian crania, whether
in Europe. America or Australasia, ought to be similarly
recorded, and thus made available for study in all parts of the
world, and for all time.

4. A fourth and last reason for publication in life size is the
fact that all measurements can be made upon the tracings.

Concerning the question of measurements, we measured all
the crania that passed through our hands. Craniologists differ
very markedly as to what measurements ought or ought not to
bo taken, with the consequent result that thousands of useless
figures have been, at one time or another, recorded. Sir
William Turner has very properly set his face against this use-
less recording of redundant figures, but in view of the fact that
the British Association for the Advancement of Science,'^)
and, further, a European International Commission,^^) have

* The Oo\ eninieiit of Victoria has nenerously undertaken the cost of publication of this
work.

54 Brrri/ diid Roheiisov :

recently dealt with this question, and laid down the measure-
ments which should be taken, we have adopted their suggestions
and taken our measurements accordingly.

The tracings which we have recorded will suffice for almost
all such measurements to be recorded upon them, and for all
angular work upon the median sagittal sections, and therefore
for almost all of the exquisite methods recently introduced by
the distinguished Schwalbe. They will not, however, serve
for the horizontal and coronal curves introduced by the Sarasins
in their investigation on the Veddah.^^') and more recently
adoj^ted with so much success by Klaatsch in his investigation
of the Australian aboriginal skull. '2) Such tracings require to
be taken by a special instrument termed the diagraph. This
instrument in its improved form was not on the market when
the first order for anthropological instruments was despatched
to Europe from the Anatomy Department of this University,
and although it was subsequently ordered it was not to lumd
at the time of the investigation. We were, therefore, unable to
take these curvilinear outlines.

One of the earliest purjDoses to which it is proposed to utilise
the present material is the determination of the relationship of
the Tasmanian to the anthropoids and primitive man on the
one hand, and to the Australian aboriginal on the other hand.
Sehwaibe's fine study of the Pithecanthropus erectus<7) may
serve as a basis for the former purpose, and Klaatsch's recent
work'^' for the latter, though it, must be remembered that
innumerable authors have contril)uted to both subjects.

As regards the relationship of the Tasmanian to the Aus-
tralian aboriginal, one of us has already made a connnunication
to this Society.' 9) Since the date of that paper, Klaatsch'^) has
enunciated the view that both the Australian and Tasmanian
aboriginal peoples have sprung from a common root, of which
the Tasmanian is the type, and which has become very distinct
through local isolation. He utterly scouts the idea of the
Australian ])eing a mixed race, though he admits an occasional
intermixture with Papuan blood on the north-east coast of
Australia, and also admits the possibility of the occurrence of
two Australian types, as originally put forward by Topinard.
Klaatsch exi)lains the occurrence of two such types, not by a

Tasmanidn Crania. 55

racial aduiixtiire, but l)y local isolation on a vast continent due
to defective communication. " In this way," says Klaatsch,
" there has been time and room enough to effect local specialisa-
tions in the primitive unitary type which must be accepted
as the common root from whence sprung all the Australian and
Tasmanian people."

This view is, of course, in direct opposition to Ling Roth,'iO'
who supported the opinion that the cuily-iiaired Tjismanian was
the primitive inhabitant of Australia, and was subsequently dis-
placed by the much straighter-baired Australian Aboriginal.

To those members of this Society v,ho heard Berry's'^) paper
of 1907, it is not without interest to note that Turner,^!' the
latest contributor to this subject, concludes his statement with
the following words : —

'^ Tlie evidence seems to be in favour of the descent of the
Tasmanians from a primitive Negrito stock, which migrated
across Australia, rather than by the route of the Melanesian
Oceanic islands lying to the north and east of the Australian
continent."

This preliminary communication, brief though it be, must
conclude with a lengthy expression of thanks. It need hardly
be said that such a large collection of undescribed material
could not possibly have been obtained without much kind assist-
ance. We desire, therefore, to express our most grateful thanks
to Dr. J. S. C. Elkington, the permanent head of the Tasmanian
Public Health Department, who prepared the way for us, and
who at all times rendered us the most courteous assistance :
ii the Trustees of the Hobart Museum for the use of their
invaluable material ; to Mr. Hall, the Curator of the Museum :
to the President and Council of the Royal Society of Tasmania
for the use of their rooms and library ; to the Trustees of the
Launceston Museum and its Curator, Mr. Scott ; to the Devon-
port Town Board and Mr. B. C. Green, the Secretary,
for so kindly forwarding their material for use m Launceston ;
to all the private owners of crania whose names have already
been mentioned ; to Drs. E. L. Crowther and A. H. Clarke for
much kind assistance ; and lastly to Messrs. W. L. Crowther and
W, J. Clark, who did all in their power to make our visit to
Tasmania a successful one. A word is also due to Mr. Arnold,

56 Berry and Robertson :

the caretaker of the Hobart Museum, for his uniform kindness
and courtesy.

We can only conclude with the hope that this unexpected
discovery of material, said by the European savants to be now
beyond all hope of redemption, may stimulate us to further
efforts in the same field.

TABLE I.

Number, Location and Sex of Extant Tasmanian Crania,

DESCRIBED PRIOR TO THE BeRRY AND ROBERTSON DISCOVERY.

^ z o gj o

»5 i. K- CC»3 H

1. Eoyal College of Surgeons. England. Owen,

Flower ------- 9 7 3 1 20

2. Royal College of Surgeons, England. Bar-

nard Davis Collection - - - - 9 B 15

3. British Museum of Natural History, South

Kensington, London - - - - 1 1

4. Museum of Army Medical Department,

Millbank, London _ . - - i i 2

5. Museums in Paris. Topinard, L)e Quatre-

fages and Hamy -..--531 9

6. Breslau (fragment only) . - - - i 1

7. University of Oxford. Anatomy Museum.

Turner 2 4 6

8. Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. Harper and

Clarke ------- 6 (I 12

9. University of Cambridge (fragments).

Duckworth 2 2

10. PhiJadelphii 11

11, University of Edinburgh. Anatomy Mus-

cxmi. Turner ------811 10

44 27 6 2 79

Subtract one lost fi-om Hubert I

7s
3

Tasmanian Crania.

TABLE II.

Number, Location and Sex of the 42 Tasmanian Crania

DISCOVERED BY BeRRY AND EOBERTSON.

S 'Z

Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. Complete skulls.

Nos. 4320 M., 4297 M., 4290 F., 4295 F.,

4296 M., 4303 F., 1572 F. -
Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. Fragments.

FYonto-occipital fragment, F. Fiontal

fragment, M.

Museum, Launceston. Nos, 1201 M., 1202 F.,

1203 M., 1204 M., 1205 M. -
Devonport. Nos. 1 M., 2 F.

Mr. Leslie Jolly. Launceston - - - -
Inspector Cook. Hobart - - - - -
Mr. A.J. Taylor. Specimen with face attached

M. Specimen with face detached F. -
Dr. E. L. Crowther. Hobart . - - -
Mr. E. O. Cotton. Kelvedon - - - -

4

1

5

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

8

3 1

1

13

7

2

9

Totals of Berry and Robertson Collection 27 11 1 3 42

Carried forward from Table I.
Totals of Tasmanian Crania -

43* 27 6

'8*

70 38

120

''After

itractioii of missing- skull from Tasmania.

List of Works refkrred to in thk Text.

1. Turner, Sir William. — "The craiiiology, racial affinitie.s, and

descent of the Aborigines of Tasmania." Trans. Royal
Soc. Edin., vol. xlvi., part ii., Xo. 17, 1908, pp. 365-
403.

2. Harper and Clarke. — "Notes on the measurements of the

Tasmanian Crania in the Tasmanian Musemn, Hobart."

58 Berry aiul Robertson : Tdsmanla Crania.

Papers niul Proceedings (>t" the Uoyal 8oc. of Tasmania,
1897, pp. 97-110.

3. Klaatsch, H. — "The skull of the Australian Aboiiginal.''

Reports from the Path." Lab. of the Lunacy Depart-
ment, N. 8.W. Government, vol. i., part iii., 1908, pp.
i3-167.

4. British Association for the Advancement of Science. 1905.

5. International Agreement for the unification of Craniometric

and Cephalometric Measurements. Monaco, 1906.

6. Sarasin, P. and F. — " Ergebnisse naturwissenschaftlicher

Forschungen auf Ceylon in den Jahren 1884 bis
1886. '•' Band iii. Die Wedda, Wiesbaden, 1892-93.

7. Schvvall)e, G. — " Studien iiber Pithecanthropus erectus

Dubois." Zeitschrift flir Morph. und Anthropologie.
Band i., heft i., 1899, pp. 16-240.

8. Schwalbe, G. — " Ueber die specifischen Merkmale des

Neanderthalschadels." V^erhand der Anat. Gesell. ;
Erganzungsheft 7Aim xix. Band Anat. Anz., 1901, pp.
44-61.

9. Berry, R. J. A.^ — ''A living descendant of an extinct

(Tasmanian) Race." Proc. Royal Soc. Victoria, vol.
XX. (new series), 1907, pp. 1-20.
10. Rotii, H. Ling, — "The Aborigines of Tasmania." 2nd
edition. Halifax, 1899.

Troc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. 1., 1909.]

Aii'i. VII. — Cunfr'ihutum^ to our liiouiedge of
A vstralian Earth u'orms.

Thk Blood Vesskls — Part I.

By GAVYXXETH BUCHANAN, B.Sc,

Government Research Scholar in the ^Melbourne University.

(Plates XlV.-XVir.).
Read Hth July;;.

Mr. J. J. Fletcher and Professor Spencer, in their general
descriptions of Australian earthworms, have dealt briefly with
certain of the main features of the arrange)nent of the blood
vessels. In connection with an extended series of investigations
into the structure of Australian earthworms, which is now being
carried on in the Biolog'cal Laboratory of the Melbourne Uni-
versity, Professor Spencer has sua-gested that I should under-
take the portion concerned with the blood vessels. The pre-
sent communication forms the first instalment of this work, and
I am indebted to Professor Spencer for the use of specimens
from his collection, as well as for much valuable advice during
the progress of the work, further instalments of which I hope
to publish shortly.

The species examined belong for the most part to the Genera
Megascolides, Megascolex, Perichaeta, Diporochaeta and Crypto-
drilus, and I have to thank Miss Bage, M Sc, for the use and
explanation of her lists of the names and synonyms of the speci-
mens in the collection. I have only given descriptions of dis-
sections in most cases, as, for the present paper, I have not
examined microscopicallj' more than three worms — viz., Peri-
chaeta feJderi, FletclierndrUus iinicu'^ and ('n/ptodrilu-'^ {irpp^-
landicus. Of the first of these, serial sections were taken at
the anterior and tail end ; of the latter two, only at the
anterior end of the recfion of the hearts. These two were

60 Girynnetlt Bncluinaa :

specially selected on account of the double dorsal vessel in C.
gippslandicus, and of the large vessels in F. unicus, which
made the structure of valves, etc., easier to make out in detail.
Of course it is very hard, even with a dissecting microscope,
to make out some of the very fine connections (especially with-
out the aid of living specimens, which might be injected), and
a later examination which I hope soon to undertake with the
aid of serial sections, may disclose junctions between vessels not
noticeable before, or their absence, where they were thought
to exist — for instance, in the relation between the dorsal and
ventral vessel in the first and last segments ; and the method
of ending of the supra and subintestinal at the anterior end.
Bourne (11) in his paper on MegascoJex cocrul pah^ describes the
dorsal vessel as ending abruptly at the posterior end, and
breaking up at the anterior, while he states that Jacquet figures
peripharyngeal commissures between the dorsal and ventral
vessels, sometimes as very fine threads, so that the presence or
absence of this connection is apparently not a constant feature.

Xomenclatui'e of Vessels.

The accompanying diagrams (Plate XYI.. Figs. A, !>, C, D)
will serve to indicate the nomenclature of the blood vessels that
I propose to employ during the course of this investigation.

In none of the worms examined have I found a subneural
vessel. Bourne (11) says this is absent in all the simpler, and
many of the more complex forms, e.g., many, if not all, the
Perichaetidae, Pontodrilus and Microcliaeta He uses the
term " ventral " for the subintestinal which, he saj's, is con-
stant in all Oligochaetes, evidently meaning the main ventral
vessel of Australian forms, and not that which I have called
Bubintestinal. This latter, together with my lateral, forms
what he calls the Intestino-tegumentary vessels of Perrit'r
(Reel), pour servir al' hist, des Lon)briciens terrestres," Nouv.
Arch, du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1872), or his latero-longi-
tudinal vessels, which, he says, are exaggerated anterior repre-
sentatives of a series of similar vessels, which occur in every
segment, and to which whole series he gives the name intestino-
tegumentary. He defines Hearts as those vessels which are

Austrcdian Eo/rtlncomis. 61

rhythmically contractile, circularly disposed, and which may
be (1) all connected with the dorsal, or (2) some only and
some with the supra-intestinal, or (3) some with the dorsal
vessel only and some with both. He calls the first lateral ;
those which only connect with the Supra-intestinal, Intestinal ;
and those which connect with both Latero-intestinal. I have
kept the word Heart for only those vessels Avhich arise from
the Supra-intestinal, and pass to the ventral, with or without
branches from the dorsal (except in the case of D. daval/ia,
where sections would probably shoAv the connections between
dorsal and supra-intestinal), and have called those passing
from the dorsal to the ventral anterior to these, anterior com-
missural vessels. These Benham (5) also calls '' lateral hearts."
My supra-intestinal evidently corresponds to Bourne's dorso-
intestinal, while those vessels at the extreme anterior end, which
break up without joining the ventral, belong to his dorso-
tegumentary system. In the post-cephalic region (Bourne 11,
note page 73) the branches may be posterior commissural, or
dorso-intestinal, or tegumentary, the chief difference being, in
those specimens I have examined, that the anterior one arise at
the posterior end of the segment, and the posterior from the
m.iddle.

The generic names employed are those given by Beddard in his
" Monograph of the order Oligochaeta."

1. — Megascolides gippslandicus, Spencer.

Cryptodrilus gippslandicus, Spencer. P.R.S. Yict.,

1892.
Plate XIV.. Fi.o-s. 1, la, and Plate XVIL, Fig. 20.

Dissect i ON. — The specimen examined was broken for some
distance behind segment 14. There is a double dorsal vessel
becoming single at the tail end, the two halves alternately join-
ing at the septa, and becoming divided on passing through
them in the anterior region, and running forward thus to the
front of segment 6, where they finally unite to form a single
vessel, which breaks up in the first segment.

62 Gtrynvdh. Buch(tna)} :

In segments 10, 11, and 12, there are no commissural vessels
arising from the dorsal, but behind this, one main one arises
on each side about the njiddle of the segment, and runs down
to join the ventral one, sending" branches to the alimentary
canal on its way. In segments 9, 8, 7, 6 and 5 there are com-
jnissural vessels arising from the dorsal. That in segment 4
does not reach the ventral, but runs back as far as segment 9
as the lateral. In segnients 10, 11 and 12 this receives a
branch from the plexus on the alimentary canal, forming a
SI ih- intestinal on each side.

The ventral vessel is single, and runs forvrard to the first
segment, breaking up there. In segments 6, 7, 8, and 9 the
vessels connecting it with the dorsal give out marked branches
to the ventral body-wall before joining it. The supra-intes-
tinal vessel arises from the dorsal posteriorly in segment 12,
and runs forward to the front of 8. It gives off three pairs of
hearts in 10, 11 and 12, and in these segments also are marked
branches to the alimentary canal arising from the supra-intes-
tinal and running round to join the sub-intestinal. Professor
Spencer (15) describes six pairs of hearts in segments 6-12. His
anterior ones are evidently in this as in other cases, those I
have called anterior cdimnissural.

Section x.— l\i^ blood sujiply in one segment in the region
of the hearts, a> rL'construcTed from serial sections, is seen to
be complicated. At each mesentery the double dorsal vessel
unites to form a single one. At the point of junction a valve
(Fig. 20 V.) is formed, and the vessels there divide again. In
tlie hinder ]»ai-t of each segment the supra-intestinal unites
with the vessel forined by the union of the two hearts of the
segment, at which jioint a valve is placed : and the supra-in-
testinal runs forward u^ the next segment, giving off marked
vessels to the abmcnt.uy canal, on whose walls is formed a
close plexus.

The ventral vessel in each segment receives the heart, the
junction ])eing guarded by a valve, and just ])efore the point
of union a branch is given off to the ventral body wall and
nephridia (Fig. 20, Af. Ne) - tlie veutro tegiuneut;i,ry of Bounu',
A short distance up, the heart, wliic-h is here luucii smaller
in section thiin on tlie dorsal surface, w-;ves otf from a valved

Australian Eartliworms. 63

opening a branch to the sub-intestinal vessel (Fig. 20). From
the alimentary canal a vessel passes on each side uniting in
the middle line (Fig. 20, M. V.), and then passing to the sub-intes-
tinal as a single vessel on each side. Close to this opens
a branch from the ventral body wall and nephridia (Fig. 20
Ef. Ne). Since that to the excretory organs is given off from
the heart just before the latter joins the ventral vessel, the
blood is propelled to them with the full force of the contraction
of the heart. This agrees with Bourne's (11) description of the
course of the blood supply to the large nephridia, and with
Benham's (6) of that in Lumbricus, though these two authors
are not at one as to the course of the blood throuirh these
vessels.

2. — Megascolex goon murk, Spencer.

Perichaeta goon murk, Spencer. P.R.S. Vict., 1892.
Plate XIV., Figs. 2, 2n.

Dissection. — The dorsal vessel is double (Fig. 2a, D.D.V.)
along the greater part of its length. l>nt thirty-one segments
from the })Osterir)r end it l)econies single, and at each mesen-
tery the t\v(» halves unite as far forward as the front of seg-
ment 10, then remain double till the front of 5. where they
unite to divide again, joining at the front end, and giving off
a comviissurdl vessel on each side to join the ventral, which
is single along the wliole length of the body. It is united with
the dorsal by a pair of commissural vessels in each setrment at
the posterior end, and this arrangement is continued forward
as far as segment V^. From the posterior part of segment 12
the dorsal gives oft' a supra-intestinal which runs forward to
the front of 9, giving oft' in segments 10, 11 and 12 a pair of
hearts posteriorly ir> each segment, which run round and join
the ventral vessel. I have been unable to find the double supra-
intestinal vessel described by Professor Spencer in this form
(13). From 9-5 the dorsal gives oft' in the posterior part of
eack segment a pair of commissural vessels, and ia 4 one which,
after ruianing a short distance, divides into two, one passing
forward to the cerebral ganglion to form part of the intestino-

64 (Tiryniietli Biu-haunu :

tegumentiiiy plexus of Bourne ; unci one buck as the lateral
at first, and then as the sub-intestinal one each side, and ending
on the posterior sejDtum of 13. This vessel receives, in segments
9, 10, 11 and 12, branches from the alimentary canal which
derive their blood from the supra-intestinal, and in segments
5, 6, 7 and 8, it gives off branches to the ventral body wall
whose origins in some cases are marked by swellings (Fig. 2.
Sw.), which probably are contractile, and serve to propel the
blood. Bourne (11) has also noted such muscular swellings on
his " anterior lateral hearts."

3.— Dipopochaeta davallia, Spencer. P.R.S. Vict., 1900.
Plate XIV., Fig. 3.

Dissection. — The dorsal vessel is single, sw^ollen in segments
13-15, and running forward to the first segment, where it divides
into two, and joins the ventral one. At the posterior end of the
body the dorsal and ventral are connected by a commissural
vessel on each side, and this arrangement is continued forward,
in segment 15 there being tw^o such connections in the specimen
examined. From the hinder part of segment 13 the dorsal
gives off a supra-intestinal running forward to the front of 10,
and, in segments 10, 11 and 12 hearts arise from the dorsal
running round to the ventral vessel, one pair in the hinder part
of each segment. From 9-4 the dorsal gives off a pair of com-
missural vessels posteriorly in each segment, and in 4 this beanch
gives rise to a lateral which divides into two, one half running
forward and one back ; the latter giving in segments
4-9 marked branches to the ventral body wall, and uniting
in the anterior part of segment 10 wdth its fellow of
the opposite side to form a single sub-intestinal vessel which
receives branches from the alimentary canal in segments 10-12,
deriving their blood from the supra-intestinal, which also gives
a vessel on each side to the ventral in segment 13. The branch
from the dorsal in segment 3 does not reach the ventral vessel,
but the ventral becomes much branched in this region, and is
single for the whole length of the body.

Australian Earth wo nns. 65

4. — Megascolex tenax, Fletcher.

Perichaeta tenax, Fletcher. P. Linn. 8oc., N.S.W.,
vol. ii., 1887.

Plate XIV., Fig. 4.

Dissection. — The dorsal vessel is single, swollen in segments
10-15, and joining the ventral by a commissiiral branch on
each side, supplying the alimentary canal on the way, at the
posterior end of the body. The dorsal and ventral vessels are
thus connected as far forward as segment 14, there being no such
vessel in .segment 13. From the hinder part of eacii segment, from
9-5, a pair of commissurals arises, and in 9, 8, 7, and 6 each
gives off marked branches to the ventral body wall (Br.W.),
in some cases from a distinctly swollen patch, which probably
has a propelling function (cf. similar structures in M. goon-
murk). A well-marked vessel arises from the dorsal on each
side in the posterior part of segment 4, but does not reach the
ventral, dividing instead inio two, one of which runs forward
to segment 1, in which dorsal and ventral also break up ; and
the other passes as a lateral through segments 5, 6, 7, 8
and 9, and as a suh-intestinal through 10, 11, 12 and 13, end-
ing in this last. Small vessels, only running a short distance
down and then breaking up, arise from the dorsal in segments
2 and 3, forming the anterior network of the dorso-tegumentary
of Bourne. A supra-intestinal vessel arises from the dorsal in
the posterior part of segment 13, and runs forward to the front
of 10. From this branches are given off on each side, supplying
the alimentary canal, in segments 10, 11, 12 and 13, and join-
ing the sub-intestinal on each side on the ventral surface. In
10, 11 and 12 heart'< also arise from the supra-intestinal, one
pair posteriorly in each segment, and pass to the ventral
vessel — the anterior pair being not very conspicuous in the
specimen examined.

The ventral vessel is single, running the whole length of the
body, and joining the dorsal at the anterior end by a very fine
branch.

66 Gwyii n etJt Bachana n :

5. — Perichaeta obscura, Spencer. P.R.8. Vict., 1892.
Dipopochaeta obscura, Spencer.

Plate XIV., Fig. :•).

Dissection. — Th<- dorsal vessel is single and swollen in
segments 13-17, running the whole length of the body, and
breaking up in segment 1, but connected with the ventral by
a commissural Yessel on each side at the posterior end of the
body. It gives off from the posterior part of segment 12 a
supra-iutesfi/ial, and from this point also a heart arises on each
side. The supra-intestinal gives off a pair of hearts in segments
10 and 11, in the posterior part of the segment, and also, in 9,
10, 11 and 12, a vessel to the alimentary canal, raid joins the
dorsal at the front of segnient 0. From 9-4 the dorsal gives
oft* posteriorly in each segment a pair of commissurals, but in
3 this vessel does not seem to pass to the ventral surface, and^
in 4 it gives off on each side a lateral which runs back and
forms the sub-intestinal ending on the posterior septum of 13,
and receiving in segments 9, 10, 11 and 12 branches from the
alimentary canal derived from the supra-intestinal.

The ventral vessel is single along its Avhole length, and breaks
up in segment 1.

6. — Perichaeta manni, Spencer. P.R.S. Vict., 1900.
Diporochaeta manni, Spencer.

Plate XI\\, Fig. 6.
Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, breaking up in segment 1
and swollen in 13-17. Connected with the ventral by a commis-
sural vessel on each side in 13, and giving off in this segment
a supra-intestinal, running forward to the front of ;!<. In seg-
ments 10, 11 and 12 this gives rise to a pair of hearts pos-
teriorly in each segment, and also n branch to the alimentary
canal. From 9-5 the dorsal gives oft' commissurals in the hinder
part of each segment, that in 6 sends a liranch forward to 5 and
back to 9, as the lateral to be continued in segments 10, 11 and
12, as the suh-intes final. If vessels come off from the dorsal in
front of 4 they are too small to trace round. The ventral is
single, and runs forward to break up in segment 1.

Australian Eartliwoinns. 67

7. — Perichaeta macquariensis, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. hsoc.
N.8.\V., vol. iv., 18c^9.

Megascolex macquapiehsis, Fletcher.
Plate XV., Pig. 7.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single and swollen in segments
10-18, running forward to break up in the first segment.

The ventral also is single, and breaks up in the first segment,
giving off marked branches to the ventral body wall in seg-
ments 5, 6. 7, 8 and 9, and receiving in these segments a
commissural vessel from the dorsal. Commissurals also arise
from the dorsal from segment 13 backwards. That in 4: does
not reach the ventral, but divides into two, one running forward
to segment 1, and the other back as the lateral in 5-9, and as
the sub-intestinal in 10. 11 and 12 in the last of which it ends.
In these last three it gives off vessels ending on the posterior
septum of the segment. Bourne (11) also remarks that in M.
■coertdeiis the anterior of bis lateral hearts do not reach the
ventral vessel, but give off branches to connect with the intes-
tino-tegumentary system,

A supra-intestinal arises from the dorsal vessel posteriorly
in segment 12, and runs forward to the front of 10, givincr off
in 10, 11 and 12, in the hinder part of the segment, a pair of
hearts, which pass to the ventral vessel, and also from this
vessel branches arise which supply the alimentary canal and
join the sub-intestinal. *

8. - Perichaeta valida, Kletcher.
Plate X\'., Fig. 8.

Dissection. — Single dorsal vessel, swollen in segments 13-16,
less so in 12-9. From 13 backwards it gives off a conuaissural
vessel in each segment, supplying the alimentary canal on the
way, and this arrangement is continued tu segn^eut 13 in
which there is no connection between the dorsal and ventral.
These latter both run forward, breaking up and apparently
joining in segment 1, and the dorsal gives off a supra-intestinal
ill the hinder ])jirt of 13, which runs forward to the front of 7.
Commissural vessels arise from the dorsal in 9-4:. and reach

68 GtvijnncfJt Buchai)aii :

the ventral, but that in 3 turns back and runs to the posterior
mesentery of 13 as the lateral, as far as 9, and afterwards as
suh-irifestinaJ, giving off in 4 a branch manning forward to seg-
ment 1. There is a very strongly marked development of
blood vessels on the uall of the alimentary canal in segment 5.
and in 7, 8 and 9 a branch arises from the supra-intestinal and
breaks up on the wall of the oesophagus. In segments 10, 11
and 12 this vessel joins the sub-intestinal. The hearts are 3
pairs, arising from the supra-intestinal posteriorly in segments
10, 11 and 12, and run round to join the ventral, which passes
along the whole length of the body, breaking up in segment 1.

9. — Dipopachaeta richardi, .Spencer.

Pepichaeta pichardi, Spencei-. P.R.8. Vict.. 19U0.
Plate XV., Fig. 9.
Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in 13-15, and breaking
up in segment 1. At the posterior end it seems to be connected
as in other forms with the ventral, but the latter is here very
small. Professor Spencer (14) describes the dorsal as breaking
up in the second or third segment. The dorsal gives off a
supra-intestinal posteriorly in segment 12, which runs forward
to the front of 10; giving rise, in the hinder parts of segments
10, 11 and 12. to paii-s of hearts to join the ventral, and a vessel
on each side to the alimentary canal. In segments 5, 6, 7, 8
and 9, the dorsal gives off- conim issiirals, that in 5 sending a
branch Ijack as the lateral, at first and, later, as the sah-
intestinal on each side which receives branches in 10, 11 and
12 from the alimentary canal. If the dorsal gives off any vessels
in front of 5, they must be small, and break up soon. The
ventral runs forward to segment 5, where it breaks up.

13. - Fletchepodpilus unicus, Fletcher.

Cpyptodpilus fascial us, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc.
IX.S.W., 1889.

Plate XV., Fig. 10, and Plate X VIL, Figs. 21, 22, 23.
Dissection. Single dorsal vessel, very much swollen from
10-16, and running forward to divide into two in the posterior

Australian Earth tvorms. 09

part of segment 3, and to break up in segment 1. At the
extreme posterior end commissural vessels, supplying the ali-
mentary canal on the war, arise, one pair in each segment, but
seven segments from the end and forward for some distance
there are two of these vessels to the segment, probably one
belonging to the dorso-intestinal or tegumentarv system of
Bourne (11). The ventral runs forward and ends in the first
segment. There is no commissural between it and the dorsal
vessel in 13, but behind this segment one main one passes
round in each segment, supplying the alimentary canal on the
way.

From segments 9-5 a similar vessel is found, arising as usual
in the case of the anterior commissurals in the hinder part of
the segment. In 4 this vessel does not reach the ventral one.
but half way round it divides into three. One branch runs
forward to break up definitely in segment 1 ; one back to end
on the posterior mesentery of 13, forming the lateral in 5, 6,
7, on each side, and in 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 the suh-intestinal
receiving in each of these segments vessels from the alimentary
canal wall. The third branch from the commissural m 4 unites
with its fellow of the opposite side in segment 4 to form a
short transverse vessel under the alimentary canal.

The supra-intestinal arises from the dorsal in the posterior
part of 13, and runs forward to the front of 8. Three pairs of
hearts are present, one in each of segments 10, 11 and 12, arising
from the supra-intestinal posteriorly in eacli, and receiving a
small branch from the dorsal close to their point of origin.

Sections. — In the region of the hearts, the blood supply is
seen to be fairly simple. In the hinder part of each segment,
on either side, the dorsal vessel sends a branch, whose opening
is guarded by a valve, to join the supra-intestinal, which opens
by a valve (Figs. 21, 22v. 23a^) into the heart (Figs. 22 and
23Ht.); and then runs on. giving various branches to the ali-
mentary canal, forming a plexus on its walls (Figs. 22 and
23 PI.). The heart passes to the ventral surface, and opens by
a valve (v.) into the ventral vessel, which is a single tube. The
blood from the plexus (PI.) round the alimentary canal is col-
lected into the sub-intestinal vessel (Sub. I.V.), which is double
to the end of segment 13.

70 Gwynactlt Buchanan :

The nephridia are supplied by vessels opening directly from
the hearts (Fig. 23 Af. Ne.), while the blood is brought back
in small vessels opening into the sub-intestinal (Ef. Ne.). Ben-
ham (6), in describing the vascular supply to the nephridium
in Lumbricus, says the course of the blood is along the com-
missural, which receives blood from the nephridia and body
wall, to the dorsal, which then supplies the alimentary canal.
Bourne (11) says blood passes from the nephridia to the sub-
intestinal, and from the alimentary canal plexus to the dorsal
vessel, in this agreeing with Vejdovsky. The valves (Figs. 21,
22a, 22b) are shown in section to be membranous, almost funnel
shaped structures, stretching across the vessel, with a circular
opening in the middle. The most marked sets are those in the
dorsal vessel at each mesentery, which are attached to a well-
marked muscular thickening on the wall ; and those leading
from the supra-intestinal to the hearts, which, however, do not
seem to be connected with any such thickenings.

The branch from the dorsal vessel to the heart is also
guarded by a similar, though very small, valve, and the whole
structure has very little the appearance of a functional vessel.

In the case of the dorsal vessel the action of the valve is
clearly that of guiding the blood forwards and preventing it
from flowing backwards. In the event of the blood attempt-
ing to flow backwards, it is evident that the pressure of the
fluid on the wall of the funnel would close the opening in the
latter. The valves leading towards the hearts are so small that
it is difiicult to determine their exact structure and relation-
ships. The valves guarding the entrance of the supra-intesti-
nal into the hearts have the convex face of the funnel facing
into the heart. Pressure of blood on the heart — that is, the
convex side — would close the small opening in the funnel.

11. — Megascolex fielderi, Spencer.

Pepichaeta fielderi, Sj-eiuer, P.lv.S. Virt., 1892.

Plate XV., Fio- 11, and Plate XV] i, Fi- 24.

DU=<cH'uni. The siiKjIt dorsal vessel is much swollen in seg-
ments 16-9, and runs forward to break up in the first segment.
At the posterior part there is a commissural vessel supplying

Audrallan EarthAvonns. 71

the alimentary canal on the way. This arrangement apparently
persists in the last segment, and is continued forward in each
to the region of the swellings in the dorsal vessel.

In segments 9, 8, 7, 6, 5 and 4, a commissural arises from
the back of the segment on each side. In segment 5 this vessel
divides into two after a short distance, one half running for-
ward to break up in the salivary gland ; and one passing back
as the lateral, forming a double sub-intestitial in 10, 11, 12 and
13, and ending in 13. In these segments it receives branches
from the plexus on the alimentary canal, derived from the
supra-intestinal, which rises from the dorsal in the hinder part
of the segment 14, and runs forward to the front of segment
8, receiving a small branch from the dorsal in 10, 11, 12 and
13 on each side, and giving off from the point of junction of this
in each of these segments a pair of hearts to the ventral
vessel. The most anterior of these is smaller than the others,
and there seems to be a tendency to a more than ordinary
development of hearts in this species, as, in addition to the 4
pairs commonly met with in M. fiehleri, a s'ngle heart was
found in one specimen in segment 14 on the left side (c£. Bed-
dard, 1). In 14 there seems to be no commissural, but a vessel
arises from the supra-intestinal apparently ending on the ali-
mentary canal wall.

The ventral vessel is single, and runs forward to break up
segment 1.

Sections. — The blood supply in the heart region is fairly
simple. In the interior part of each segment the dorsal vessel
gives off a pair of small branches with valvular openings (Fig.
24, v.), to the supra-intestinal, and from, or close to, the junc-
tion of those two the supra-intestinal gives off a pair of hearts,
their openings being guarded by valves. The hearts join the
ventral vessel on its under surface by a valvular opening. The
supra-intestinal gives oft* a branch to the alimentary canal,
forming a thick plexus ou its walls (PL), from which a main
vessel passes on each side to the sub-intestinal. In the region
of the hearts the nephridia are micro-nephric, and the origin
of their blood supply is indefinite, but is probably from the
ventral vessel or its ventro-tegumentary branches. At the
hinder end, where the excretory organs are meganephric, they

72 Gtci/iineth Bacltanan :

seem to derive their blood from the main commissural vessel
soon after its origin, branches passing to the nephridia on one
side and alimentary canal on the other, all the way down the
segment (compare F. ufiicus, Fig. 23, in which the nephridial
vessel arises from the heart). The vessel from the alimentary
canal on the ventral side is small and median, and opens into
the ventral.

12.— Megascolex dorsal is, Fletcher.

Perichaeta dorsalis, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8.W.,
Vol. II., 1887.

Plate XV., Fig. 12.

Dissection.— -The dorsal vessel is single, swollen in segments
11-17, joining the central by a single commissural vessel on
each side, at the posterior part of the body, in each segment,
and dividing at the anterior end into a very fine branch on
either side, running round to the ventral, which is here small.
Forward from the tail end a pair of main commissural are
given off in each segment, but posteriorly in segment 13 a
suiyra-intestinal arises from the dorsal, giving off a pair of
hearts at its point of origin, and runs forward to break up
on the alimentary canal in segment 8. In the hinder part of
segments 10, 11 and 12 also, a pair of hearts arise, making
four pairs in all, and each receives a small branch from the
dorsal close to its origin. In 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 the supra-
intestinal gives a branch to the alimentary canal. In segments
9-6 a pair of commissural vessels rise from tlie dorsal, pos-
teriorly in each segment, and pass to the ventral, giving a
branch to the alimentary canal (B.A.), and ventral body wall
(Br.W.) on the way. In segment 5 the commissural gives off
a lateral one each side before joining the ventral, and this
lateral divides into three, one branch running forward to break
up, one passing under the alimentary canal to join its fellow
of the opposite side, and one back as the lateral, and later as
the suh-iufestiual, which gives a branch to the septum (B.S.) in
each segment from 6-12, and ending posteriorly in segment 13.
The sub-intestinal receives branches from the alimentary
canal, derived from the supra-intestinal in segments 9, 10, 11,
12 and 13.

Australian Earthivornis. 73

The ventral vessel is single, occurring the whole length of
the body.

13. — Digaster excavata, Fletcher.

Penissogastep excavata, Fletcher. Proc Linn. Soc,
N.S.W., 1888.

Plate XV., Fig. 13.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 13-15,
less so in 12-10, and running forward to segment 1, where it
divides into two, one branch running round to each side to
join the ventral. From 19 backwards the dorsal sends a co77i-
jfiissural to join the ventral in each segment, supplying the
alimentary canal on the way, but from 18-14 there are two of
these branches to the segment. In segment 13 the dorsal is
not connected with the ventral at all. but gives off at the
posterior mesentery a su pra-intestinal , which runs forward to
the end, apparently lilindly, in the front of 8. Posteriorly in seg-
ments 10, 11 and 12 a pair of hearts arise, each having a
double origin — from the dorsal and supra-intestinal vessels
— and runs round to the ventral. In segments 9-4 the
dorsal gives oft a commissural on each side in the
under part of the segment, passing to the ventral,
and giving a branch to the ventral body wall (Br.W.),
and back septum (B.S.) in 9-5, and in 8-5 one to the alimentary
canal (B.A.). That in segment 4 gives rise to the lateral.
which runs back as the suh-intestinal, and also, apparently,
forward to break up in the salivary gland, but both this and its
junction with the commissural vessel in segment 4 are indis-
tinct, owing to the large development of this sland. The sub-
intestinal remains distinct on each side, and runs back to
segment 16, giving branches to the posterior septa of segments
13 and 14 (B.S.). It receives in 9. 10. 11, 12 and 13 vessels
from the alimentary canal derived from the supra-intestinal.
The ventral is single along its whole length, breaking up in
segment 1, and receiving, as described, a branch from the
dorsal in this segment.

74 G'Wijnnetlt Biichauan :

14. — Megascolex coxii, Fletcher.

Pepichaeta coxii, Fletcher. Pioc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W,,

1888.

PhiteXV., Fig. 14.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 10-15.
though not much so. It runs the whole length of the body,
and in segment 1 divides into two, passing round on each side
to join the ventral vessel. Tlie dorsal and ventral are also ap-
parently connected as usual at the posterior end, the dorsal
giving off a pair of commissural to join the ventral in each
segment, as far forward as the region of the hearts. In 14 and
15 these branches are two in number at their origin from the
dorsal, though it is not clear if both reach the ventral. This
latter becomes double in segment 14 in one specimen examined,
but this is probably only an individual variation, as it was not
noticed in the other, nor in any other species. In the hinder
part of segment 13 the dorsal gives off a pair of hearts to the
ventral, joining it on the under side, and this arrangement is
continued forward to 10, the cnlj- other worms in which four
pairs of hearts were observed being- P, fielder i, F. dur sails and
C. grandis (see Beddard, 1). That in segment 13 may be said
to give rise to the supra-intestinal, which runs forward to the
front of 7, or, the hearts may be taken as having a double
origin, but the supra-intestinal does not appear to run back
beyond the first pair, seeming rather to arise from the dorsal
through them. From the back of 9-4 the dorsal gives oft* in
each segment the usual cumniissuraJ re.^sel-s, which send
branches to the ventral body-wall (B.W.) in 9-6. In segment
4 the commissural gives off close to its origin a media ji vessel,
whicli runs back to break up in a large plexus over the alimen-
tary canal in segment 5. The whole of the anterior part of the
digestive tract and the salivary glands are particularly well
supplied with blood in this form, especially in segments 4, 5
and (). In segment 3 a vessel arises from the dorsal, but ap-
pears not to reach the ventral, while from the commissural in
segment 4 arises, on each side, as well as the median, a
latirol vessel, which sends branches forwards to the salivary
gland, and one backwards, forming later on the sub-intestinal.

Australian Earthivorms. 75

In segment 6 there is an umisually large development of
branches from the lateral, one supplying the alimentary canal
in this segment, and two running forward to do so in the more
anterior ones ; while one large vessel passes to the ventral
surface. In segments 6-9 the lateral gives branches to the
posterior septum (B.S.) in each segment, and in 7-13 it re-
ceives branches from the alimentary canal, derived from the
supra-intestinal in 13-8, and proljably in 7 also, though here
the latter vessel is small, and the origin of the branch to the
alimentary canal indistinct, appearing in one specimen to be
from the commissural vessel close to where it arises from the
dorsal.

The ventral vessel runs the whole length of the body, uniting
with the dorsal as described, and sending off a good many
branches from segment 4 forv.ards. From 14 back it gives
marked vessels to the ventral l^ody-wall in the posterior mesen-
teries of the segments.

15. — Cpyptodrilus hulmei, Speiic< r.

Megascolides hulmei, 8peiicei-. P.R.S. Vict., 1892.

Plate XVI., Fig. lo.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, running the whole length
of the body. From segment 17 back it gives off a pair of
commissural vessels in each segment to join the ventral, supply-
ing the alimentary canal on the way. This arrangement is ap-
parently continued to the posterior end, but at the very end
of the body the mesenteries are so thick that the vessels, which
are here small, are hard to make out. From segment 13 for-
ward the mesenteries also become extraordinarily thickened,
very much obscuring the blood supply, especially that connected
with the ventral vessel. From 16 forward the branches from
the dorsal become irregular. In segment 16 theie are two
on each side, one running to the ventral and only supplying the
alimentary canal (Dorso-intestinal, Bourne). In 15 there are
also two. but neither of these reaches the ventral, both ending —
after supplying the alimentary canal — in the xiih-ii)testi)iaL
which ends on the posterior mesentery of this segment. The
anterior pair of these vessels forms a small plexus on the roof of

76 Giri/nnefJi BacJia/nan :

the nlimeiitarv canal, and from this the supra-intestinal arises,
which runs backwards to the posterior mesentery of 15, and
forwards to the front of 8. In 13 and 14 it gives off a vessel
on each side to the alimentary canal, which opens into the
sub-intestinal, there being- no branch from the dorsal in these
segments. In segments 10, 11 and 12 a pair of hearts arise
from the dorsal and supra-intestinal in the posterior part of
the segment, opening into the ventral, markedly on its under
side. In segments 9-5 the dorsal gives off posteriorly in each
segment a commissura] vessel on each side, having a small
connection with the ventral, and ending clearly on the septum.
From segment 9 forwards the ventral is very small indeed, and
its connection with these vessels becomes more and more in-
distinct. It seems to break up soon after its junction with
that in segment 5, but may continue to the most anterior end.
In segments 4, 3 and 2 the branches from the dorsal break up
on' the wall of the alimentary canal, while that in 5 gives off a
lateral, running forward and downward for a short distance,
and backwards and upwards at first, then dipping down as the
sub-intestinal on each side, ending at the back of 16 as de-
scribed. From 8-14 this vessel receives branches from the
alimentary canal, derived from the supra-intestinal which ends
blindlv in front of segment 8.

16. — Dipopochaeta yarpaensis, Spencer.

Pepichaeta yappaensis, Spencer. P.R.S. Vict., 1892.

Plate XYI., Fig. 10.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 13-18,
less so in 10-12. At the front end it divides and runs round,
apparently joining with the ventral, but both vessels are here
small. At the hinder end the dorsal and ventral are joined by
a single pair of commissural vessels, one on each side. Ten
segments from the last, these, in one specimen, appeared to
come off, not in the middle of the segment as is the case
further forward, but down the mesentery. As, however, this
arrangement was less marked in the next examination, and as
the muscles in the mesentery are here very thick, this ap}>ear-

Australian EayrtUivorius. 77

ance niav have been due to the vessels being covered by the
muscles. In the hinder part of 13 the dorsal gives off a supra-
intestinal, running forward to end in 8. This gives rise in the
posterior part of segments 10, 11 and 12 to a pair of hearts,
each receiving, as in many others, a small branch from the
dorsal. In the same position in segments 9-4 the dorsal gives
off a pair of conunissural vessels in each segment, running
round to the ventral, and giving branches to the alimentary
canal (B.A.) and ventral body-wall (Br.W.) on the way in seg-
ments 9-6, and in 5 sending back a /rt^e/r//. which is continued as
a sub-intestinal on each side in 9, 10. 11 and 12. and which in
these segments receives branches from the alimentary canal,
derived from the supra-intestinal, and perhaps also in segment
8.

The ventral is connected with the dorsal as before described,
and behind the hearts gives clear branches to the ventral body
M all. beinof sin^rle along: the whole length of the body.

17. — Dipopochaeta tanjilensis, Spencer.

Pepichaeta tanjilensis, Spencer. P. U.S. Vict., 1892.

Plate XVL, Fig. 17.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 13-16,
and joining the ventral by a single commissural branch on each
side at the posterior end of the body. This arrangement con-
tinues in each segment till 13, in which the dorsal gives off as
well a suijra-intestinal, swollen in segments 10-12, and run-
ning forw^ard to the front of 8. The dorsal runs forward to
the first segment, possibly passing to the ventral surface, but
is here very small, and gives off a pair of commissural vessels
on each side in the posterior parts of segments 9-5, those in
9-6 giving branches to the ventral body wall (Br.W.), that in
y giving a branch running back as the lateral on each side, and
receiving vessels from the alimentary canal, derived from the
supra-intestinal in segments 8-12. A pair of J-ea-fs arise at the
back of the segment from the supra-intestinal in 10, 11 and
12, and run round to the ventral vessel, each receiving a very
small branch from the dorsal at their point of origin.

78 Giuynneth Biuhanan :

The ventral is single, giving off from segment 13 backwards
clear vessels to the ventral body wall. This form, though not
identical with D. yarraensis, is closely similar to it in cir-
culatory system, as in others (compare Professor Spencer 13).

18. — Dipopochaeta copelandi, Spencer.

Perichaeta copelandi, Spencei-. P.R.S. Vict., 1S92.

Plate XVI., Fig. IS.

Dissection . — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 10-17,
and breaking up in segment 1. It is connected with the ventral
by a pair of commissural vessels in each segment, as far for-
ward as 14. and gives out in the hinder part of segment 13 a
suiyra-intestinaU which runs forward to break up in 8. From
the back of 10, 11 and 12 this receives a small branch from
the dorsal on each side, and from the junction of the two a
])air of Itearts arise in each segment, or, as in most cases in
which there is a branch from the dorsal in these segments, the
hearts may be regarded as having two jDoints of origin. The
hearts run round to*join the ventral vessel, and from segments
9-5 the dorsal gives off from the back of the segment a pair
©f commissural vessels, which do likewise. In 5 this vessel is
very small and indistinct, and in 6 it runs through a curious
glandular structure. In' 7 it seems to give off backwards, from
the middle of a similar gland, a lateral vessel on each side.
In 10 these become the sub-intestinal, and that of the right
side sends a. l)ranch to that of the left, running on for a
y^hort distance, and then disappearing, while the left continues
as the single sub-intestinal, ending in the posterior part of
segment 13, and receiving in 10, 11, 12 and 13, branche^^ from
ilie alimentary canal, derived from the supra-intestinal.

The ventral vessel l)ecomes very small at the anterior end,
and does not ai)i)ear to unite with the dorsal. It gives off
branches to the posteiior system of the segment from 14 back-
wards.

Australian Earthivorms. 79

19. — Diporochaeta bakeri, Fletcher.

Perichaeta bakeri, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. N.S.W.,

vol. ii., 1897.

Plate XVI., Fig. 19.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, running forward to break
up in segment 1, and joining the ventral by a commissural
vessel on each side at the most posterior end. It is swollen
in 10-17, and connected with the ventral by a pair of com-
missurals in each segment, till the posterior part of segment
12, where it gives off a supra-intestinal, running forward to
break up in 8. The supra-intestinal apparently receives u small
branch from the dorsal on each side in 10 and 11, and in 10,
11 and 12 from the back of the segment, at the junction of
the branch from the dorsal with the supra-intestinal arises a
Veart on each side. In segments 9-5 commissurals arise from
the dorsal, and pass to the ventral vessels, giving blanches to the
ventral body-wall (Br.AV.) on the way. In segment 4 this vessel
from the dorsal seems to end on the alimentary canal wall, and
in 6 it apparently gives off a branch, running backwards as the
lateral, though the point of junction in the specimens examined
was not very clear. The lateral runs on as the suh-intestinal
on each side, in 10, 11 and 12 receiving branches from the
alimentary canal, derived from the supra-intestinal, and ending
on the posterior mesentery of segment 13.

The ventral is single along the whole length of the body,
breaking up in segment 1, and appearing to give branches t#
the ventral body-wall behind the hearts.

From the foregoing description it will be seen that, as far as
may be stated from the limited number of worms examined: —

1. The number of hearts seems to be fairly constant, three
being the usual ; but they may tend to increase as in P.
dorsalis, P. coxii and P. fielderi, the last showing thiv«5 charac-
teristic markedly. Beddard (1) remarks that the j^osition of
the last heart is not a character subject to variation.

2. That the hearts may be always distinguished from mere
swollen vessels by their connection with the supra-intestinal,
except in the case of D. davallia, as described.

80 GivynnetJi Buchanan :

3. That as far as can be made out from dissections there
seems to be a correhition between the anterior ending of the
supra-intestinal vessel and the origin of the hearts — when the
former opens into the dorsal vessel at the anterior end the
hearts having no connection with the dorsal ; but if the supra-
iniestinal merely breaks up, the hearts take origin from both
it and the dorsal, except in the case of D. daralUa and (\
gi%ipsJ an (liens, in which the anterior junction of the supra-
intestinal and dorsal is very fine, if present. This worm, how-
ever, is aberrant in other particulars, e.g., the double dorsal
vessel, so it may not be possible to place it under any
generalised heading.

i. That the function of the hearts is mainly propelling,
though they may give off branches, supplying organs in their
course — e.g., nephridia ; and the place of the ordinary one or
more commissural vessels, passing from the dorsal to the
ventral behind the hearts, and supplying the alimentary canal
on tlie way, is in their region, taken by the branch from the
supra-intestinal, which is in some cases very large.

5. That the supra-intestinal varies in the position of its
origin, but is apparently ahvays connected with the dorsal at
^r close to its hinder end.

6. That the lateral is a constant feature, tliou^h varying in
its point of origin — seeming, however, most frequently to ariye
from the commissural vessel in segments 4 or 5. That it is
not always observed to divide into a forward and a backAvard
running portion may be due to the small size of the former,
though in many it was most marked. Bourne (11), in a note
on p. 62, says. '' These vessels (Intestino-tegumentary), or at
Hny rate, some h.iving similar relations, have been stated to
communicate directly with the dorsal vessel in Limbricus."
In M. coeruleus, however, the only direct connection of the in-
testino-tegumentary with the dorsal, which he describes, is in
the capillary network at the anterior end. The lateral usually
runs on as a separate sub-intestinal on each side, but occasion-
ally the two become united ; while in some cases, as in P.
dorsal in and 1\ ten ax, at the anterior end it seems to take an
important function in relation to the supply of the ventral
body-wall, and presumably of the nephridia. Howes (12)

Australian Earthvjorwis. 81

figures an infra-intestinal vessel, and Beddard (2) describes a
single sub-oesophageal vessel in Acanthodrilus, while in
Typhaeus gemmii (3) he mentions the lateral, which supply
the gizzard, and run below the intestine close to each other ;
so that the single or double character of the sub-intestinal
is evidently a variable feature.

7. There seems to be no evidence in Australian forms of the
existence of the subneural vessel. Beddard (2), in reference to
this structure, says (p. 473), '' The subneural blood-vessel, which
does not appear to be present in any genera of Oligochaeta,
which have been referred to Claparede's division of the
Limicolae, is also wanting in some earthworms. Perrier has
denied its existence in Portodrilus and Perichaeta, and Benham
states it is also absent in Microchneta. It is therefore of sonxe
little importance to note that this blood vessel is not in-
variably absent in the genus Perichaetay

8. That the general rule is for the dorsal to be a single
vessel, and that even where it is double, as in M. goonmurk
and C. gippslandicus the ventral is single. Beddard (4), quot-
ing from Balfour, Comparative Embryology, vol. i., p. 282,
says that the existence of a double dorsal vessel seems an
embryonic character, because the single vessel in Lumbricus
and Criodrilus is formed by coalescence of two vessels at first
distinct. In the same paper he describes the double vessel in
Microcliaeta rappi ; and in (2) one in Acanthodrilus annec-
tens: iihoin AcantJindrihis antarcticus {3). There are many otiier
recorded examples, e.g., Benham (7) in Microcliaeta papillata ;
Acanthodrilus haplocrystis (8) ; at the anterior end of Pleu-
rochaeta (9) ; in Dinodrilus heddardi (10) ; and others, e.g..
Bourne (11).

9. That the blood supply to the alimentary canal and
related structures at the anterior end is generally more or less
in the form of a plexus (compare Bourne, 11), which may be
associated with the much-divided structure of the salivary
gland. At the hinder end the supply is simple, being mainly
from the conimissural vessels.

82 GwynvetJt Buchanan

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Beddard. — "A Revision of Earth vvurins of tlie Genus Amy-

utus (Periohaeta) Schmarda." Pioc. Zoo. 8oc. Lond.,
May, 1900.

2. Beddaid. — " Contributions to the Anatomy of Earth woi-ms,

with descriptions of some new species." Q.J. M.S., vol.
XXX., n.s., pt. iv.

3. Beddard. — " Structure of three new species of Earthworms."

Q.J. M.S., vol. xxix., U.S., pt. ii.

4. Beddard. — ''On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of a

Gigantic Earthworm (Microchaeta rappi), from the Cape
Colony." Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. xii., pt. iii., 1896.

5. Benham. — "A New Earthworm from Ecuador." Annals

and Mag. of Nat. Hist., March, 1892.

6. Benham. — " Nephridium of Lumbricus." Q.J. M.S., vol.

xxxii., n.s.

7. Benham. — Descriptions of Three New Species of Earth-

worms." Proc. Zoo. Soc. Lond., Feb., 1892.

8. Benham.- — " On some Earthworms from the Islands around

New Zealand." Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1900.

9. Benham.— " Studies on Earthworms." Q.J. M.S., vol. xxvi.

10. Benham. — " Earthworms from New Zealand." Proc. Zoo.

Soc. Lond., Nov., 1901.

11. fJourne. — ''On Megascolex coeruleus." Q.J. M.S., vol. xxxii.

12. Howes. " Atlas of Biology."

13. Spencer. — "Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earthworms.

Part II." Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1900.

14. Spencer.— " Fvnther Description of Australian Earthworms,

Part iV' Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, 1900.

15. Spencer, "Description of Victorian Earthworms, Parti."

Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1891.
Fletcher. — Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. ii., 1887 ; do. vol.

iv., 1889; do. vol. iii. 1888.
Michaelsen. — Hamb. Wiss. Aust., v(>l. viii., 1891.

! 3 u i 6 ; e f

''ij I CRYPTODRILUS G IPPSLA NDICUS

i

i

Ti

R, 2 MfGASrnLEx GooN^^uR^

7 g 9 'o " '} '3 '*

F.li, MEGASCOLEX TENAX

i' 3 4 .' 6 7 g V "^ " '' '^

■i^ S PERICHAETA OBSCURA

F.,6 PE.RICHAETA MAN^

L B

Fi^ 7 PERICHAETA MflCQUARIEN SIS

^, 8 PERICHAETA VAL/OA

iiKSiyf''!

Fi, 10 FLETCHERODRILUS UNICL

■ 1 2 u

''ITP

^V'Tfr^

13 PtRICHAETA PORSALIS

FijJ3 OIGASTLR EXCAVATA

PERICHACr* VARR«ENSI3

to

Fig. A

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XYII.

Fyj20

Fla 23

Australian Earthivorms. 83

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIY.-XVIL

Figs. 1-19 — Side views of cephalic blood vessels of the earth-
worms named.

,, la, 2a — Dorsal views of those of C. gijyi^slandicus and
Meyascolex yoonmurk, to sliow the double vessel.

„ 20--Blood supply in one segment in the region of the

hearts in C. gijJpslandicus, constructed from serial
sections.

„ 21 — High power of a valve of ventral vessel of F.

unions.

„ 22 — Compiled low power drawing of a transversa

section of the blood vessels of one segment in the
heart region of F. nnicns.

,, 22a — Low power of horizontal section of the supra-

intestinal vessel and hearts in F. amicus.

^, 22b — Lower power of horizontal section of dorsal vessel
in /'. unions, showing connection with heart.

^, 23 — Blood supply in one segment in the region of the

hearts in F. unions, constructed from serial
sections.

^, 24 — Blood supply in one segment in the regions of the

hearts in P. fielderi, constructed from serial
sections.

A — Diagram of longitudinal arrangement of vessels in
anterior part of earthworm.

B — Diagram of vessels in transverse section in region
anterior to hearts.

C — Diagram of vessels in transverse section in region
of hearts, showing two subintestinals.

D — Diagram of vessels in transverse section in region
of hearts, showing one subintestinal.

84 Gwynneth Buchanan : Aastralian Earthtvornis.

REFERENCE LETTER^.

xVl. c.

Alimentary Canal.

Af. Ne. -

- Afferent nephridial vessel

B. -

- Branch of ventral and body wall.

B. A.

- Branch to alimentary canal from commissural

vessel

B. D.

Branch from dorsal to heart.

B. D. A. -

- Branch from dorsal to alimentary canal.

Br. -

- Branch of lateral to body wall.

Br. A.

- Branch to alimentary canal from supra-

intestinal.

Br. W. -

Branch from commissural vessel to body walh

B. S.

- Branch to septum from subintestinal.

C. -

- Anterior commissural vessel.

D. D. V. -

Double dorsal vessel.

D. Sub. I. V.

- Double subintestinal vessel.

I). V.

Dorsal vessel.

Ef. Ne. -

- Efferent nephridial vessel.

E. C.

- Flattened cells.

Ht. -

- Heart.

L. -

Lateral vessel.

M. -

- Muscle.

M. C.

Muscle cells.

M. V.

- Median vessel.

Ne. -

Nephridium,

P. C.

- Posterior connnissural vessel.

PI. -

Plexus on alimentary canal wall.

S. D.-

- Swellin<^s on dorsal vessel.

S. -

- Septum.

S. I. V. -

- Supi-a-intestinal vessel.

Sub. I. V. -

- Subintestnial vessel.

Sw. -

- Muscular swellings.

T. V.

- Posterior commissural vessels.

Y. -

- Valve.

V. V.

- Ventral vessel.

W. -

- Wall of blood vessel.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1909.]

Art. Vin. — Xotes on the Structure of Asymmetron
hassanum, Gilnther.

By ETHEL REMFREY MORRIS, M.Sc,

AND

JANET RAFF, B.Sc.

(Plates XVIII.— XX.).

[Kead 8th July, 1909.]

Whilst working in the Biological Laboratory of the Mel-
bourne University, our attention has been drawn to certain
points in the structure of Asym7netron hassanum, which either
have not hitherto been noticed, or have not been adequately
described. This species is not uncommonly met with at
depths up to twenty fathoms in certain rather restricted areas
along the Victorian coast, and, as it is commonly employed in
our laboratories in substitution for the genus Amphioxus, the
description of which is given in all text-books, we have, at
the suggestion of Professor Spencer, placed on record the fol-
lowing brief notes: —

1. — External Structure.

The average length of twelve specimens is 39 mm. ; the
average number of myotomes, 75 ; the average myotome for-
mula, 44, 17, 14.

The ventral fin has chambers and fin rays, which are single
(Fig. 4), but which may appear double when cut at certain
angles (Fig. 9). The rostral fin is large.

At the anterior end there is always present an incomplete
ring of pigment (Fig. 11), just in front of the first myotome.

The oral cirri are 24-26 in number, and bear sense papillae.
The velum is placed at the level of the seventh myotome, and
bears 16-18 tentacles.

86 ' . Morris and Raff :

The gonads are arranged in a single series on the right side,
and vary in number from 25-30.

The left metapleiir stops behind the atriopore ; the right is
continuous with the median ventral fin.

2. — Pigment Ring.

A very marked feature of the species is the presence of an
incomplete ring of pigment in the rostral fin. It is situated
about .6350 mm. from the tip of the snout immediately in
front of the first myotome, and is about .0635 mm. in thickness
(Fig. 11). The pigment material lies in the cuticle, and extends
dorsally and ventrally to varying distances in different speci-
mens. In some of the sections examined the pigment was con-
tinued right over the dorsal surface, and stops short ventrally,
thus forming an incomplete ring (Fig. 12). In others it did
not extend over the whole doisal surface, but continued fur-
ther ventrally into the oral folds for a short distance. It is
always present, however, as two thick bands on each side of
the body, and varies only in its extension dorsally and ven-
trally. The olfactory pit and eye spot lie in the ring of
pigment .

Pigment material is also developed in the dift'erent spaces in
the body. In front of and in the region of the pigment ring
it is thickly developed in the dorsal and ventral portions of
the fin, and also in the spaces surrounding the notochord.
Beyond the ring the pigment surrounds the nerve cord and
notochord, and lines the dorsal fin space and the coelum. It
runs down the right and left portions of the oral hood, where it
is very thickly developed (Fig. 13).

3. — Atrial Cavity.

At the anterior end of the body the atrial cavity forms a
large space around the ventral and lateral regions of the
pharynx. It extends backwards surrounding the alimentary
canal, and separating the coelom from the body-wall, and
opens to the exterior by means of the atriopore about two-
thirds of the way down the body (Fig. 1). Beyond the atriopore
the cavity is continued back (F'ig. 2), and divides into two
caeca surrounding the intestine, and separating the coelom

Asyiivnietron hassaniiin, Gimther. 87

from the body wall, except on the ventral surface (Figs. 3 and
4). The left post-atrioporal caecum stops a short distance
behind the atriopore (Fig. 5) ; the right is longer and extends
almost to tlie anus (Fig. 6).

In Fiu'. ."^ the relative lengths of the caeca and coelom are
represented.

Taking the distance between the termination of the right
atrioporal caecum and the anus as one, the following are the
relative proportions: —

Between the atriopore and the posterior termination of the
left atrial caecum — 8.

Between the posterior termination of the left caecum and
the posterior end of the right — 20.5.

Between the end of the right caecum and the anus — 1.

Extension of coelom behind the atriopore, i.e., to the anus —
29.5.

4. — Coelom.

The coelom extends from the anterior end of the body to
the anus. In the region of the pharynx it is much I'educed by
the atrial cavity being represented by paired cavities on its
dorsal surface, with prolongations down the primary gill-bars
communicating with the endostylar coelom on the ventral
surface. Beyond the pharynx it is a small cavity surrounding
the intestine, the atrium occupying the greater part of the
sjDace within the body wall. Just beyond the atriopore the
coelom is still confined to a small space owing to the prolonga-
tion of the atrial cavity (Fig. 2), and becomes more spacious
as the caeca die out (Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6), and ends in the region
of the anus (Fig 7).

5. — Classification.

There is some uncertainty as to the position of Asi/mmetron
hasxanum. Miss J. W. Kirkaldy, in a paper in the Q.J. M.S., vol.
xxxvii., divides the family Brancliiostomidae into two genera— -
Branchiostoma and Asymmetron. The former she sub-divides
into tAvo sub-genera — Amphioxus and Heteropleuron — and
classifies the species in question as Heteropleurnn hassanum.
But the chief features m the species — viz., the unilateral
nie:apleural folds, and the single series of gonads, were found

88 Morris and Buff:

to agree more closely with the characters of the genus Asym-
metron than with those of the genus Branchiostoma, so a new
classification was formed by W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc, in his
paper in the Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc, vol. xvii., where he
places the species in the genus Asymmetron. He divides up the
genus as follows : —

A. — Species in which a urostyloid process is absent ; oral
cirri are present, and bear sense papillae ; ventral fin is divided
up into fin chambers ; single post-atrioporal caecum,
(i) Ventral fin possesses both chambers and rays.

A. hassanum.

A. hectori.

A. inaldivense.

A. cingalense.
(ii.) Ventral fin has fin chambers, but no rays.

A. cultellum.
B. — Species with a long urostyloid process, into which the
notochord is prolonged ; oral cirri have no sense papillae ;
post-atrioporal caecum jDaired ; ventral fin has neither fin rays
nor chambers.

A. Jucayanuvi.

A. caudatum.
From the description of the species we see there is a paired
post-atrioporal caecum present, so we need to alter Tattersall's
classification slightly, and arrange group A as follows: —

Genus Asyvimetro?i.

A. — Species in which a urostyloid process is absent ; oral
cirri are present, and bear sense papillae ; ventral fin is divided
up into fin chambers.

(i.) A single post-atrioporal caecum.

(a) Ventral fin possesses both chambers and rays.

A. hector i.
A. maldivense.
A. riur/alense.

(b) Ventral fin has chambers but no rays.

A. cuUelhim.
(ii.) k paired post-atrioporal caecum.
A. hassanum.

Asymmetron bassanum, Gilnther. 89

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

In* all figures

B. C. Coelom.

D. F. C. Dorsal tin chambers.

E. S. Eye spot.

F. S. Fin space.
MY. Myotome.
N. C. Nerve cord.
NT. Xotochord.
O. C. Oral cirri.
O. H. Oral hood.

O. P, Olfactory pit.

PI. Pigment.

P. R. Pigment ring.

Plate XVIII.
Fig. 1 — Transverse section through region of atriopore,

showing atrial cavity extending between coelom

and body wall except in mid-dorsal region.
,, 2-6 — Transverse sections behind atriopore.
,, 2 — Atrial cavity still separating coelom from body wall

except dorsally.
,, 3 — Atrial cavity divided into two caecae, right and left.

,, 4 — Showing right and left atrial caecae — the left close

to its termination. Ventral fin ray also shown.
„ 5 — Left atrial caecum has disappeared completely.

,, 6 — Termination of right atrial caecum.

J, 7 — Transverse section through region of anus. Atrial

cavity has completely disappeared.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 8 — Diagrammatic longitudinal section showing (1)
atriopore, (2) anus, (3) coelom extending poster-
iorly on either side as far as the anus, (4) right
and left atrial caecae extending posteriorly between
coelom and body wall.
J, 9 — Diagrammatic longitudinal horizontal sections of

ventral fin rays cut at various angles.

90 Morris and Raff: Asynimetron bassanum.

Plate XX.

Fig. 10 — Diagrammatic transverse section behind atriopore

showing right and left atrial caecae as in Fig. 3.
,, 11 — Anterior end showing incomplete ring of pigment

around anterior end of notochord.
„ 12 — Drawing compiled from a series of transverse sections

through the pigment ring.
,, 13 — Transverse section through oral hood showing

pigment in spaces

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1909. Plato XYIII.

Fvq.4

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XIX.

LEFT ..
ATRIAL
CAECUM

LEFT

COELOMIC
SPACE

BODY WALL

Fiq.^

TRIOPORE.

.RIGHT COELOMIC
SPACE

RIGHT ATRIAL CAECUM

NTESTINE

ANUS

f,q 9

Proc. R.S. Victoria 1900. Plate XX.

INTESTINE.

....NOTOCHORD

.COELOIVI.

...ATRIAL
CAVITY

[Pboc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1909.]

Art. IX. — Contributions to tlte Flora of Australia,

lYa 12}

ALFRED J. EWART, D.8o., Ph.D., F.L.S.

(Professor of Botany in Melbourne University
and Government Botanist),

AND

JEAN WHITE, D.Sc.

(Victorian Government Research Bursar.)

(With Plates XXI.-XXVI.).
[Read Sth July, 1909.]

Acacia leucosperma, F. v. M., iued., and E. Pritzel, n. sp.
(Leguminosae). Fragm. Phyt. Au.st. Occid., p. 302 ;
Engler's Botanische Jahrbiicher, Bd. xxxv., 1905, p. 302.

Under this head Pritzel has described a West Australian
Acacia partly from new material and partly from a specimen
from near L. Austin, West Australia, H. S. King, labelled by
Mueller '" Acacia leucosperma, F. v. M." This plant was, how-
ever,- published as A. ■spodiosj)erma, F. v. M., in the Proceed-
ings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales, 1868, vol. 3,
13. 161. Pritzel gives broader phyllodes (2.4 mm.) than in the
type specimen; but a later one from the Gascoyne River (Mrs.
Gribble, 1886) has equally broad single-nerved phyllodes. The
name A. leucosperma is tlierefore merely a synonym for A.
spodiosiperma. F. v. M.

1 No. 11 in I'roc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxii., pt. i., 1909, p. (>.

92 Eivart and W J cite :

Acacia ramulosa, W. V. Fitzgerald. Journal \V. Aust. Nat.
Hist. Soc, p. 15, 1904 = A. bkachystachya, Beiith.
(Leguminosae).

Watheroo Rabbit Fence, West Australia. Max. Koch, Sep.,
1905. No. 1662. New for W. Australia.

The specimen was labelled from another source (probably
Diels and Pritzel), " Acacia stereoj)hyUa, Meissn., syn. A.
cibaria, F. v. M., and A. ramulnsa, W. V. Fitzgerald.'' It has,
however, the rounded heads of A. hrachystachya instead of the
more elongated ones of the two first-named species. Otherwise
A. cibaria, F. v. M., appears close to A. hrachystachya, and
was, in fact, marked by Mueller, " Forsan A. hrachystachya.^'
Fitzgerald's species was described from a specimen without
flowers. The cylindrical fruit at once distinguishes all these
" species " from the flat-fruited A. aneura.

Angianthus micropoides, Benth., var fllaginoides. (Compositae).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides, Steetz. PI. Preiss, I., 437,
No. 37.

This was reduced by Bentham to a synonym of A. micro-
jjoides, but there seems sufficient distinction to recognise a
variety. The plants are more slender and branching, the floral
leaves of the general involucre are narrower and longer, the
flowers and achenes a deeper colour, pappus scales and awn
shorter, the former more jagged.

Angianthus strictus, var. lanigerus, n. var. (Compositae).

Differs from the type in the outer floral leaves deijsely
covered with white wool, with bare minute reddish tips. The
main stem is well developed and woolly.

Intermediate forms occur.

Woorooloo, West Australia, Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.

Calotis PLUMULiFERA, F. v. M. (Compositae).

Watheroo Rabbit Fence, W. Australia. Max Koch, Dec,
1905. No. 1897. No. 1896 is a dwarf form of tlie same species.

Flora of Australia. 93

Cryptandra apetala, Ewart and White, n. sp. (Rhamnaceae).

A shrubby plant, more than 10 inches high, with divaricate
branches which do not bear spines. The ends of the young
branches are slightly pubescent. Leaves linear-lanceolar, situ-
ated in tufts on short lateral branches, shortly petiolate, some-
what obtuse and covered with short felt-like greyish hairs,
especially on the under surface ; the margins are so revolute
as to make the leaves almost terete.

Flowers situated in clusters on short lateral shoots, to-
wards the upper branches of the shrub ; each flower is sessile,
and there are from 2 — 8 flowers in each cluster. The brown
bracts are much shorter than the calyx lobes, and are obtuse ;
the whole calyx is about 1 line long, and both limb and tube
are densely covered with an appressed pubescence of small,
greyish hairs. The calyx is tubular, urceolate to slightly cam-
panulate in shape, the lobes about the same length as the
tube, sepals 5, brownish pink in colour, and slightly thickened
at the tips The petals are absent, and there are 5 stamens
with comparatively large anthers, the filaments being inserted
on the calyx at their base, between each pair of sepals.

Disc pubescent, forming a prominent rim round the small
central depression in which the style arises. Stigma shortly
trilobed. Ovary attached to the calyx tube.

CoAvcowing, W. Australia; M. Koch, Sept., 1901. No. 1596.

The plant resembles C. polyclada, Diels, externally, but differs
entirely in the bracts and flower. Its nearest aflftnity is C.
tomeiitosa, Lindl., a specimen of C. tomentosa from L,
Albacutya, having the tomentose character of the calyx equally
well developed ; but it is easily distinguished from that species
by the absence of petals, the calyx tomentose all over the out-
side, and the sessile more sparsely scattered flowers. In the absence
of petals and in the disc it shows an approach to Colletia
(Discariaj, from which, however, it differs v.'idely in habit.

Droskra Andersoniana, W. Y. Fitzgerald, ined. Ewart and
White, n. sp. (Droseraceae).

Rootstock apparently not bulbous. Stems more or less erect,
6 to 9 inches long, not so slender as in Drusera peiiicillaris.

94 Ewart and White:

Lower leaves well developed, rather large, in fine specimens
about 3 lines in diameter, rosulate, orbicular, not peltate.
Stem leaves situated usually in grouiDs of three, of which one is
larger and has a much longer pedicel than the other two, the
smaller leaves being about 1 line in diameter, the larger 2 to 2J
lines, all with long marginal glandular hairs, and the stem
leaves ver}^ slightly angled. Pedicels slender and from i to J
inch in the lower leaves, and f to 1 inch long in the larger
stem leaves. Stipules absent.

Flowers, several, situated on a loose cyme, peduncles as long
or longer than the flowers, and slightly hairy. Sepals 5, free,
except at the base, somewhat hairy, about 1 line long. Petals
5, free, pink or red, about twice the length of the sepals.

Stamens 5, anthers 2-celled and almost circular. Ovary com-
paratively large, style much divided into numerous dichotomous
branches.

Cowcowing, W. Australia, Max Koch, 1904. No. 1106 (with
the unpublished manuscript name, D. Andersoniana, W. Y.
Fitzgerald).

Although the plant bears some resemblance to Drosera
2)enici1laris, Benth. {D. Driimmondii, Planch.), it is easily
distinguished by the basal leaves, non-flexuose stem, and
dichotomously divided styles. The size of the leaves readily
separates it from D. Menziesii, R. Br., and D. jnacrantJia, Endl.
Investigations upon the amount and degree of variation in the
character and brandling of the styles in the genus Drosera would
be of great value. It is possible that too much importance is
attached to this feature in the classification of species.

Euphorbia Duummondii, Boiss. (Euphorbiaceae).
This little weed, spread over the whole of Australia and
Tasmania, is endemic to Australia, and though very common,
does not appear to Jiave 1)een figured. As noted by Bentham,
the plant, apart from its glabrous character, bears a strong-
resemblance to E. chauKusyce, L. Owing to a typographical
error, this name is given in Bentham's Flora Australiensis
(vi., p. 49) as E. cliamaesgee^ which is repeated in the Ivew
Index as E. clumiaesgec. Mueller (Native Plants of Victoria,
p. 105) suggests that E. Drummondii may be a variety only of

Flora of Australia. 95

E. chamaesyce. It is true that some specimens of the hitter
are nearly, or quite, ghibrous ; that the capsules and seeds are
much alike, beintr quadranjjfular and reddish-brown turning to
a grey and Avhite, somewhat wrinkled surface, and that the
stipules show similar variations of shape in both species, but
E. Brummondii is a perennial instead of an annual, the
involucre and its glands differ, and the " flowers "' are more
sparsely scattered and less clustered. Apart from that, it is
unlikely that a species (E. chamaesycej restricted to the coun-
tries around the Mediterranean, including N. Africa, should
be represented by a variety spread over the whole of Australia,
without any intervening forms or varieties occurring in the
intervening districts, which include large tracts of country
similar in character to those in which the two species flourish.

E. Brummondii has long been regarded as intensely
poisonous to stock, mainly on the authority of Baron von
Mueller. Careful investigations by Stanley (Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales, 1890; 1896, p. 319) have, how-
ever, shown not only that the plant is not poisonous, but that
it has a certain fodder value, especially for sheep. By causing
hoven or tympanitis, the plant may cause the death of sheep,
but in precisely the same way as all succulent fodders may do,
when sheep are allowed to gorge upon them, especially after
being weakened hx starvation or exhausted by travelling.

E. rluuiiaesyce was a medicinal plant -svell known to the
ancients, and was used by them internally as a purge, and
externally for painful ulcers, warts, scorpion stings, spots on
the nails, and weak eyes. Many attempts have been made to
extract a poisonous principle from both these species, especially
from E. Brumnioudii, but without success, so that their non-
poisonous character may be regarded as definitely established.

Grevillea Pkitzelii, Diels. Fragm. Phytog. Austr. Occid.
Engler's Bot. Jahrb., xxxv., p. 150, 1905. (Proteaceae).
M. Koch, Dec, 1904, No. 991.

Specimens of this shrub have been received, labelled, from
one source, Grevillea conciiinn,, R. Br. ; syn. G. Pritzelii, Diels,
and from another source, labelled as G. anniyrra, Meissner.

96 jEivart and White:

While near to both G. conciniia and G. Hool-eriana, the very
prominent concave and tongue-like hypogynous gland readily
distinguishes it from both species. Other differences lie in the
frequently segmented but hardly compound leaves, more rigid
and paler ; the hairs outside the perianth and ovary whitish
instead of brown ; pedicels slightly longer ; stalk of ovary
somewhat shorter.

Monti A fontana, L. (Portulaccaceae).

This small cosmopolitan was originally recorded (in Aus-
tralasia) from Tasmania, and later was found in Victoria and
New South Wales. A specimen of it in the Herbarium from
Perth was originally queried as Tillaea, and was apparently
collected by W. V. Fitzgerald. It will probably be found over
the whole of the south of Australia. Some of the specimens
approach the variety recognised as a species by Gmelin (M.
minor, Gmelin, Fl. Bad., i., 301). The plants are, however,
practically identical. (See PI. XIX., Fig. 4).

PoDOPETALUM Ormondi, F. v. M. (Leguminosae).

This Queensland plant was made the type of a new genus
by Mueller (Melbourne Chemist and Druggist, June, 1882), but
without describing the species, which is accordingly referred
in the Kew Index to "F. v. M. Census^ nomen." Bailey refers
the species to the first citation. The specific description is,
however, given in the Garden and the Field, April, 1884, p. 174,
and as that may be inaccessible, is here repeated.

" Pod on a stipe of rather more than half an inch, somewhat
compressed; valves coriaceous, tardily separ^ating, hardening
through exsiccation, to J inch or more wide, contracted
between the seeds, dorsally undulating, becoming black out-
side ; pithy cross walls imperfect or absent ; funicle thick, very
short, strophiole none ; seeds few, roundish to quadrangular,
J to J inch, slightly compressed ; hilum roundish oval, about
1 line long ; testa thinly crustaceous, smooth, bright scarlet ;
albumen, none ; embryo pale yellowish, horny when dry ;
radicle very short, next to the hilum."

Flora of Australia. 97

\ tree fifty feet high, bark smooth and greyish, flowering for
several months, so that blossoms and pods are present at the
same time (December).

The accompanying figures were prepared from the pencil
sketches of R. Graff, with a few small corrections. A plate
appears to have been actually lithographed, since a proof exists
at the Herbarium, but not to have been issued.

In Engler's Pflanzeii Familien, iii., '^), 193. the species is
given as native to New Zealand, which is an error for Queens-
land.

Trichinium (Ptilotus) incanum, R. Br, var. intermedium,
1). var. ( Amarantaceae).

R. Helms (Elder exploring expedition), Warrina, S. Aust.,
May. 1891.

The plant has the cylindrical inflorescence and transparent
woolly bracts of T. incanum, but the indumentum of the stem
and the larger flowers of T. ohovatum, Gaud. The T. incanum
of Moquin is referred by Bentham to T. ohnvcdum, and it is
possible that the two species may ultimately prove to be
varieties of one species.

Var. PARViFLORUM, u. var. (Ptilotus Helmsii, F. v. M. and
Tate, ined.).

Eider exploring expedition, Camp 4, S. Australia, R. Helms,
July, 1891. The flowers have constantly 3 stamens, the heads
are fewer flos^-ered, the bracts are darker in colour, the hairs
of the woolly indumentum are longer and looser, and the young
shoots less denselv white and woollv.

98 Eivart and White:

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XXI. — Crtptaxdra apetala, Ewart and White.

Fig. 1. Part of branch of CryptancUa. Nearly natural size.

2. Leaf of Cryptandra. Enlarged.

3. Diagram of a leaf cut across. Enlarged.

4. Small portion of a brand), showing the inflorescence.

5. Longitudinal section through flower. Enlarged.

6. One of the brown bracts. Enlarged.

Plate XXII. — Drosera Andersoniana, Ewait and White.

Fig. 1. Plant of Drosera Andersoniana. Nearly natural size.

2. Peltate cauline leaf. Magnified.

3. Flower with jDetals removed. Magnified.

4. Montia fontana, L., var. minor.

(a and b) corolla; (c) calyx (the front segment bent
downwards) ; (d) foliage leaf ; (e) fruit surrounded
by the persistent calyx lobes ; (f) scarious bract ;
(g) ovary.

Plate XXIII. — Euphorbia Drummondii, Boiss.

Fig. 1. Plant, entire.

2. Portion of vegetative shoot.

3. Flowering leafy shoot.

4. 5, 6. Forms of stipule.

Plate XXIV.— Euphorbia Drummondii, Boiss.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. Front, side, and back views of inflorescence with
female and male flowers.
4 Involucre laid open, with only the stalk of the female

flower.
5, 6. Male flowers.
7. Pollen grains. •

Flora of Aastmlia. 99

8. Styles and stigmas. Enlari^ed.

9. 10. Ripe and dehiscing' fruits.

11. Fniit in section; not yet fully angular.

12. Seed.

13. Section of seed.
11. Embryo.

Plate XXV. — Podopetalum Okmondi, F. \. M.
Inflorescence and compound leaf.

Plate XXVI. — Podopetalum Okmoxdi, F. v. M.

Fig. 1. Flower.

2. Petals.

3. Flower cut open.

4. The same, ovary removed.

5. Stamen from back.

6. Stamen from front.

7. Pollen grains.

8. Ovary.

9. Ripe fruit opened.

10. Seed.

11. Seed shewing hilum.

12. Seed opened.

END OF VOLUME XXII.

[Part I. Issued September. 1909.]

MELBOURNE :

FORD AND SON, PRINTEUS,

CARLTON.

Proe. R.S. Virt-.ria, IDOil. PI itn XXI.

4 1 S t>

Cryptandra apetala, Ewait and White.

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1900. Plate XXI F.

Figs. 1-3. — Drosera Andersonianas, Ewart and White.
Fig 4.— Flower of Mantia fontana, L. var. minor.

Proc. U.S. Victoria, 19(H>. Plate XXIII.

Euphorbia Drummondii, Boiss.

I'r.K-. Iv'.S. Vic1..ii;u UH)\K ri;it.' XXIV

Euphorbia Drummondii, Boiss.

Proc. E.S Victuria, 1909. Plate XXV.

Podopetalum Ormondi, F. r. M.

Proc. R.8. Victoria. 1009. Plate XXVI.

Podopetalum Ormondi, F. v. M.

PROCEEDINGS

looal ^oxietn of llirtoria.

VOL. XXII. (New Series).

PART II.

Edited under the Authority oj the Couiuil.
ISSUED APRIL, igio.

{Cnntniniug Papers read before the Society duriuo the mmitlis of
September to December, igog).

THK AUTHORS OK I'HK SKVKRAL PAPKRS ARK SKVKRAUjY RKSl'ONSIliLK KOR THK

SOUNDNESS OK TlIK OPINIONS GIVKN AND KOR TIIK ACCURACY OK THK

STATEMENTS MADK THEREIN.

MELHuUKNE:
FOKD <t SOx\, PKi:sTEKS, DRUMMOND STREET, OARLTuN.

AGESTS TO THE SOClblTY :
WILLIAMS & .NORGATE, U HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria.
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1910.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII,, Pt, II,

Art. X.^ — Xo^v c.r Little-known Victorian Fossils in the
Xational Museum — Part X.: Some Palaeozoic
Worms and (,'rustacea. By Frederick Chap-
man, A.L.S., cV<-. (Plates XXYII., XXVIII..
XXIX.) ... ... ... ... ... 101

XI. — Uu Australian and Tasmanian Coleoptera. with
Descriptions of X^ew Species — Part I. By
Arthur M. Lea. (Plate XXX.) ... ... 113

XII. — A Contribution to the Pliysical History of the
Plenty River; and of Anderson's Creek,
Warraudj-te, Victoria. By J. T. Jtjtson.
(Plates XXXI., XXXIL. and two Text Fifirures) 153

XIIL— The Building Stones of Victoria— Part I.: The Sand-
stones. By Henry C. Eichards, M.Sc. (Plates
XXXIII.-XXXVI.) 172

XIV. — The Structure of the Truncus Arteriosus in Species
of the genera Hyla, Limnodynastes, Chiroleptes,
Heleioporus, Pseudophryne and Notaden. By
Kathleen K. Oliver. (Plates XXXVII.-
XXXIX.) ... ... ... ... ... 198

XV. — Contributions to our knowledge of Australian
Earthworms — The Blood Vessels, Part II. By
Ctwynneth BrcHANAN, B.Sc. (Plates XL.-
XLII.) ... ... ... ... ... 209

XVI. — Note on the Accessory G-lauds of Cryptodrilus
saecarius (Fletcher). By Gwynneth Buch-
anan, B.Sc. (Plate XLIII.) . ... 221

XVII. — Contributions to our Knowledge of Australian
Earthworms — The Xephridia. By Freda Bac^e.
M.Sc. (Plates XLIV.-XLVII.) "^ ... ... 224

XVIII. — Contributions to our Knowledge of Australian
Earthworms — The Alimentary Canal. Part I.
By Janet \V. Raff, B.Sc. (Plates XLVIII.-
XLL) 244

Art. XIX. - On the JBacclius Marsh Sandstones and their Fossils.
By G. B. Pritchakd, B.Sc, F.G.S. ...

XX. — A Study of the Batesford Limestone. By Fred-
erick Chapma-n, A.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Plates
LII.-LV.) ..

XX [. — Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13.
By Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., F.L.S.,
and Jean White, D.Sc. (Plates LVI.-LX.)

XXII. — Notes on the Woinl>at, Phascolomys nrsinus, Shaw,
from Flinders Island. By J. A. Kershaw,
F.E.S. (Plate LXI).

Annual Report and Balanck; Sheet for 1908

Annual Report and Balanc

Office-Bearers

Committees

List of Members ...

Index

E Sheet for 1909

2m

:sio

:«()

335

,. 341

349

350

351

... 357

Fkoc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1910.]

Art. X. — New or LUtle-knoiun Victorian Fossils in the
Natio nal Musewm.

Part X. — Some Palaeozoic Worms and Crustacea.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., kc,

National Museum.

(With Plates XXVII., XXVIIL, XXIX.).

[Read 9th September, 1909.]

Preliminary Remarks. — The present paper relates to a short
series of fossils from the Silurian beds in the neighbourhood of
Melbourne. The fossils described are the following : —
Tr achy derma crassituha, sp. nov.

„ cf. squamosa, Phillips.

Turrilepas ornatus, sp. nov.

„ yeringiae, sp. nov.

C eratiocaris pinguis, sp. nov.

„ cf. pardoeana, Jones and Woodward.

Xiphidiocaris falcata, sp. nov.
Hitherto, no remains of Trachyderma seem to have been re-
corded from Australia. The genus, however, is well known in
the English Ludlow fauna, and has lately been collected from
the Silurian of Burma, in beds containing an assemblage of
fossils strikingly similar to the Silurian of this State.

Turrilepas has already been described by Mr. Etheridge,
junr., from the Bowning beds of New South Wales, and it is
therefore of exceptional interest to find their remains in the
Victorian Silurian, where they occur in both the Melbournian
and Yeringian series.

The commonest genus of the " pod-shrimps," C eratiocaris, is
a fairly abundant fossil in the mudstones and shales of South
Yarra (exposed in the Yarra Improvement Works), but owing
to the irregular fracture and soft texture of the rock it is very

102 Frederick Chapman :

difficult to secure good specimens for description. The numerous
carbonaceous nodules and twig-like remains found there are to
be generally attributed to that genus ; the former representing
the internal casts of the carapace, the latter the abdominal
segments, the telson and lateral spines.

One of the most important fossils noticed here is Xiphidio'
caris, a generic type whose species was first described by Salter,
and later by Jones and Woodward under the name of Xipho-
caris. It has hitherto been collected only from the Lower
Ludlow beds of England, where it is exceedingly rare. It
appears to be related to the ceratiocarids.

(?) VliRMES ErKANTIA.

Genus — Trachyder>/ia, Phillips.

This genus was founded to include some more or less prob-
lematic fossils which occur in the Ordovician (Caradoc beds)
and the Silurian (Woolhope Limestone and Upper Ludlow) in
England. In his original description^ John Phillips says : " It
may be ranked anionoj Serpulidae, having a meiubraiious
covering, and a remarkable, though not quite regular, alterna-
tion (due, perhaps, to a peculiar spirality) of the successive
laminae of growth. There are, however, some appearances in the
specimens of T. coriacea, which may possibly be adduced in
favour of a reference of this fossil to a different group of
Annelida."

Good examples, referable to the above genus, occur very
frequently in the sandy mudstones of the Melbournian division
of the Silurian, particularly near Melbourne, and also spar-
ingly in the mudstones of later Yeringian age in the Upper
Yarra district. The additional evidence of structure and habit
furnished by some of the specimens now described, shows that
the tubular lining or strengthening secretion of the walls of the
burrow may have been, in at least one of the Australian species,,
partially calcified, or possibly of the nature of a mud tube
similar to that made by the polynoids of the present day. The

1 .>fem. Geol. Siirv. Gt. Riit., vol. ii., i)t. i., 1848, !>. :m.

Victorian Fos;sils, Fart X. 103

majority of the Victorian fossils of the above genus belong to
a type characterised by a tubular covering thicker than that in
the English examples, in which the tubes were typically mem-
branous and thin. That these fossils may with good reason be
regarded as the crypts of burrowing worms, is shown by the
form and disposition of the tuloes in the surrounding matrix,
which, with their solid infillings, traverse the bedding planes
at all angles, but are usually inclined from 20-45 deg. Several
specimens have Ijeen collected by Mr. Spry which show a vertical
direction of the tube at the commencement, but soon after
change to the oblicpie position, and continue meandering for
some distance ; the longest specimen found, up to the present,
measuring a little more than 10 cm. This habit of passing
downwards through layers of the soft black or grey mud (shale)^
suggests an affinity with the burrows of such of the polychaetes
which secrete a parchment-like tube. Any reference to the
s.edentary worms, like the Scrpulidae, as suggested by Phillips,
is untenable, since the buried tip or termination is completely
and evenly rounded, as shown in Plate XXTX.. Fig. 1 ; whilst the
sides of the tubes are often irregularly and quite suddenly
constricted, instead of gently tapering, as in most so-called
sedentary forms.

Tpachyderma crassituba, sp. nov.
(PI. XXYIL, Figs, la, lb, 2, 3, ?(4); PI. XXIX., Fig. 1).

Description. — Tube comparatively thick. Near the entrance,
the burrow is usually quite cylindrical, but becomes elliptical in
section in its oblique course through the shaley mudstone ; long
and slightly tapering, with rounded extremity. Externally the
tube is marked with coarse corrugations or annuli. Internal
surface of tube and casts of the interior are closely ornamented
with annulate striae, sometimes disposed obliquely and often
imbricated. Sides of tube bulging at intervals ; occasionally
the whole tube is arcuately bent. Interior of tube filled with a
solid core of hard mud, frequently arenaceous, and stained with
carbonaceous or organic matter.

Dimensions. — Length of tube in the holotype, cir. 100 mm. ;
width, 16 mm. : thickness of tube, cir. 4 mm.

2.4

104 Frederick Clufpinan :

Occurrence. — Abundant in the Silurian (Melbournian) of the
Yarra Improvement Works, South Yarra. Coll. by F. P. Spry
and the writer.

Affinities. — T. crassituba seems most nearly allied with T.
squamosa, Phillips, ^ but differs in the thicker and consequently
more rigid tube. The English specimens of T. squamosa were
found at two different horizons in the Silurian, viz., the
Woolhope Limestone and the Upper Ludlow beds. 2

Remarks. — ^Many less perfect specimens of Tracliyderma have
been found at South Yarra, which, although apparently refer-
able to 2^. crassituha, show only a stain around the core, as if
the wall of the tube had been dissolved away (see Fig. 4). In others
the tube is still existent, but nearly of the same substance as the
surrounding shale, although of harder texture, so that a frac-
ture in the right direction reveals its tubular nature. The cores
or infillings of the burrows show a tendency to crack into short
joints, owing to differential shrinkage. It is evident that the
departure from the circular section in the contour of the tube
is due to pressure of the superposed layers of hardened mud,
for the nearer the burrow to the horizontal position, the more
compressed does it tend to become. This points to the inevit-
able conclusion that the tube, however thick it may have been,
was always more or less membranous and compressible.

Tpachyderma cf. squamosa, Phillips.
(PI. XXVII., Fig. 5).

2\ squamosa, Phillips, 1848, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol.
ii., pt. 1, p. 332, pi. iv. figs. 3, 4,

Remarks. — An example of Trachy derma, which does not show
the thick tube of the Melbournian specimens, occurs at another
horizon, the Yeringian. In this specimen there are some traces
of the plaits and fine striae of Phillips' species, so that we may
provisionally refer it to that form. The tube passes at an
oblique angle into the shale bed, and is elliptical in section.

1 Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii., pt. i., 1848, p. o32, i)l. i\ ., fi^'s. o, 4.

2 Fossils of the British Islands, litlicridse, H., vol. i., Palaeozoic, 1S88, \>. 37.

Victorian Fossils, Part X. 106

The specimen here figured measures 27 mm. in length, and its
greatest width is 6 mm.

It is of much interest to note that Mr. Cowper Reed has
already identified a form of Trachyderma, which he provision-
ally refers to the above species, in the Silurian (Zebingyi Beds)
of Burma. 1

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In olive brown mudstone,
Geol. Surv., Vic. coll. B23, at junction of the Woori Yallock
and Yarra. Also a doubtful specimen, in grey shale, of the
same series from View Hill Creek, near Yering ; Geol. Surv.
Vict., coll. BU.

Class, Crustacea. Super-order, Cirripedia.

Tnrri/epas, H V^^oodward.

Turrilepas ornatus, sp. nov.

(PI. XXVI 1 1., Fig. 1 ; PI. XXIX., Fig. 2).

Description. — The characters of this species are based on two
plates from different localities, in the same division of the
Silurian. That selected as the holotype is a single lateral or
kite-shaped plate, not quite perfect in outline, but sufficiently so
to enable a comparison to be made with the other described
forms, and especially with T . mitchelli, Eth. fil.,2 from Bowning,
N.S. Wales. This plate is preserved in a grey mudstone, and
a ferruginous stain brings out the details of the surface orna-
ment. The outline of the plate is ovate or leaf-shaped, and
pointed at the apex, but the point is not so extended as in
T. scotica, Eth. fil.,^ a difference also remarked by Mr.
Etheridge in the case of the Bowning specimen.^ The line of
the central fold is marked by a strong rounded keel, which

1 Mem. Geol. Surv. India, Pal. Ind., N.S. vol. ii., Mem. 3, 1906, p. 129, pi. vil., fig. 17.

2 Etheridge, R., jnr., "On the occurrence of the Genus Turrilepas, H. Woodw., and
Annelid Jaws in the Upper Silurian (? Wenlock) Rocks of New South Wales." Geol. Mag.,
N.S., dec. iii., vol. vii., 1890, p. 338, pi. xi., figs. 1, 2, 4, 5.

3 Silurian Fossils of the Girvan District, vol. i., 1880, p. 214, pi. xiv., figs. 22-27 (cf.
figs. 22-24).

4 Op. supra cit., p. 338. yv v*^,---

IujILIBRARY

106 Frederick (Jhdpiixtn :

proves that the internal surface of the pUite is exposed.^ The
hiteral, imbricating hinienae cross the plate from keel to margin
in a wide sigmoidal curve, excepting near the marginal border,
where they turn, with a sharp curve, towards the apex. Traces
of fine, interrupted, radial striae cross the lamellar surfaces.
This feature constitutes a distinctive character from that of
T. mitchtlli.

Dimensions of Holotype. — Length, 5.75 mm. ; greatest
breadth, 3.83 mm.

The second example of this species, here taken as a paratype,
may be a median plate since it is of exceptional breadth. It is,
however, of comparatively large size as compared with the
median plates of other species. The lamellar ornament is well
marked and the lateral upturned edges are seen to be distinctly
undulate, especially on the convex side of the fold. This plate
is exposed on the outer side, and the median fold is broad and
distinct. On the concave side of the median fold there is
another wide and shallow fold, which is feebly repeated on the
opposite side. The radial striae are more distinct in this
specimen, and are seen to extend over the area of the upturned
portion of the lamellae.

Occurrence. — Type specimen from the grey mudstone of the
Yan Yean Reservoir tunnel, near Whittlesea ; coll. and pre-
sented by Mr. A. J. Shearsby, F.R.M.S. The ( ]) median plate,
from the mudstone of South Yarra ; coll. by Mr. F. P. Spry.
Silurian (Melbournian).

Tuppilepas yeringiae, sp. ik.v.
(PI. XXVITI, Fig. 2).

Description. — Remains of five covering plates with their
external surfaces exposed, arranged in a short conical group.
Two (?)me(lian plates rather shorter than the laterals, and not
quite so sharply folded in the median line ; in apposition.
Lateral or kite-shaped plates more elongate and acuminate ;

1 For a description of tlie relationship of fold and keel, see F. R. C. Reed, " I'he
Structure of Turrilepas pcaelii and its Allies.' Trans. K. Soc. Fdin., vol. xlvi., i)t. iii.>
No. 21, 1908, p. 520.

Victorian Fossils, Part X. 107

apex curved. Central fold stronger than in the median or tri-
angular plates. In the median area of each lateral half, u
minor and broader fold occurs. Imbricating lamellae closely-
set, sinuous, and somewhat unequally spaced at different parts
of the same plate ; this, however, may be due to a slight dis-
tortion of the surface. The lamellae crossing the plates nearly
at right angles and when within the last third towards the
margin, turn up sharply towards the apex.

Dimensions. — Length of entire group, 9.5 mm.; breadth,
7 mm. Length of a lateral plate, 7 mm. ; breadth at base, cir.
3 mm. Length of median plate, cir. 3.66 mm. ; breadth at base,
cir. 2.33 mm.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian) ; coll. by Geol. Surv. Vict.,
B16, about IJ miles below Simmons' Bridge Hut on the Yarra
(Upper Yarra Distr.). At another Yeringian locality, B23,
G.S.V., at the junction of the Woori Yallock and Yarra, some
separate plates of a Turrilepas occur. They are not very
well preserved, but show a strong median fold like that in the
above species.

Remarks. — This form differs from Etheridge's T. mitchelli^ in
the greater proportionate length of the plate, in the exceptional
width of the median fold seen on the exterior of the plate, and
in the sharply upturned outer edges of the lamellae. In out-
line, our species bears a marked resemblance to T. scotica, Eth.
fil.,2 but the plates in that species are wider at the base, and
more extended and pointed at the apex.

Order — Phyllocarida (Pod-shrimps).

Genus — Ceratiocaris, McCoy.

Cepatiocapis pinguls, sp. nov.

(PI. XXVIIL Figs. 3-5).

Description of Holotype. — Carapace subovate, sides very
tumid. Anterior margin straight, sloping downwards and back-

1 Op. supra cit. , p. 338.

2 Mon. Sil. Foss. Giivaii, 1S80, pi. xiv. fi-.

108 Frederick Cha'priian :

wards to meet the gently sinuous ventral margin at a moderately
wide angle ; dorsal border widely curved and sloping rapidly
towards the back to meet the short posterior margin ; the latter
nearly straight or slightly concave, and sharply angled above
and below.

Description of Young Forms. — These are more regularly
ovoid, with stronger dorsal and ventral curvatures, and absence
of angulation at the extremities. One of the examples shows
the existence of a moderately broad ventral flange.

Dimensions of Holotype. — Length of carapace, 23.5 mm. ;
greatest height, 13 mm. ; length of exposed abdominal series of
segments, 11 mm. Average length of abdominal segments,
cir. 3 mm.

Silurian (Melbournian). South Yarra ; in mudstone. Found
by Mr. P. Taverner.

Affinities. — This is a peculiar form of the genus on account of
the inflated appearance of the carapace, and the highly curved
dorsal line. There seems to be no very closely related form to
this, the nearest being Ceratiocaris cassioides, T. R. Jones and
H. Woodward,^ a species found in the Lower Ludlow of Leint-
wardine, Shropshire, associated with small brachiopods and
Cardiola cornucopiae.

Remarks. — Examples of the present species are very numerous
in the grey and brown mudstone of South Yarra (Yarra Im-
provement Works), but are nearly all indifferently preserved.
It was apparently gregarious in habit, since one slab of mud-
stone showed traces of nearly a score of individuals crowded
together. The general appearance of the specimens is that of a
swollen subovate carapace-cast, which is almost invariably
stained with carbonaceous material. In the type-specimen
there is a circular elevation of the matrix on the upper anterior
area of the carapace, suggestive of an ocular spot ; but since
several of the earlier described so-called ocular-bearing phyllo-
carids, owing to illusionary cavities and fragments of matrix,
have now turned out to be really referable to Ceratiocaris, it
necessitates great care in their interpretation. Should an

1 Mon. Brit. Palaeozoic Phyllopoda, Pal. Soc, 188S, p. 59, pi. iii., fij^-. 9 ; pi. iv., fig. 7
pi. vii., figs. 4-6.

Victorian Fossils, Fart X. 109

ocular spot be demonstrable in this form it ^YOllld require to be
removed to the genus Emmelozoe ; but this genus, by the way,
has hitherto furnished no evidence of appendages to the cara-
pace.

Ceratiocaris cf. PARDOEA>'A, J. and W. (Plate XXVIIT., fig. 6).

C. ('■ pardoensis ") pardoeana. La Touche (nom. emend.
T.R.J, and H.W.), Jones and Woodward, 1888, Mon. Brit. Pal.
Phyll., pt. i., p. 30. pi. v., figs. 1. 2.

Description. — An imperfect example of a carapace, wanting
the anterior region, and with two abdominal segments, occurs
in the mudstone of South Yarra. It is closely allied to the
above species, if not identical with it. The dorsal margin is
nearly straight, with not quite the decided curvature of C.
pardoeana ; the ventral margin is truncated anteriorly, and
sharply rounded posteriorly. There is a large amount of varia-
tion in the English examples of C . pardoeana from the Lower
Ludlow, which helps to make our comparison better founded.
The two abdominal segments, as in C . pardoeana. are broad and
short.

Diinensions. — Approximate length of carapace when complete,
28 mm. Greatest height, 19 mm. Height of first abdominal
segment, cir. 14 mm. ; length, 5 mm.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Melbournian). In bluish mudstone ;
South Yarra. Coll. by F. P. Spry.

Genus — Xiphidiocaris, J. M. Clarke.

Note. — The phyllocarid genus Xiphocaris ^^■as published by
Prof. Rupert Jones and Dr. H. Woodward in 1886. The name
was preoccupied, however, by a genus of the Palaemonidae
(prawns), published by Martens in 1872. In Zittel's Text Book
of Palaeontology (Engl., ed. by Eastman, 1900), at p. 655,
Prof. J. M. Clarke makes the following reference : — *' Xipkidio-
caris. Jones and Woodw. (emend.).'" The altered name must
therefore stand as above.

110 Frederick Cliapman :

Xiphidiocaris falcata, sp. nov.
(PI. XXVTII., Figs. 7, la-d).

Description. — Telson slender, incurved, widely sickle-shaped,
gradually tapering from the broad, flattened proximal end to the
bluntly-pointed distal extremity. Edges nearly smooth ; a few
remnants of small spines present on the concave or inner
border. Surface (side) bearing a subcentral ridge, at first flat
at proximal end, contracting to a strong ridge passing obliquely
toAvards the outer border, where it persists to the apex. So far
as can be seen, the surface was relieved by an imbricated, scaly
ornament near the base, whilst the distal surface bore series
of pittings parallel with the inner side. Surface also marked
with fine longitudinal striae, especially on the outer side of the
ridge of the convex border, where they become oblique. In
cross section the form would be subrhomboidal, with flattened
sides and broad grooves along the outer and inner borders.

Dimensions. — Length of telson, 58 mm. ; width at proximal
end, 9 mm. ; width at 20 mm. from base, 5 mm. ; width at
50 mmi. from base, 2.25 mm.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Melbournian). In the blue mudstone
of South Yarra. Coll. F. P. Spry.

Remarks. — The originally described examples of this genus
were found in the Lower Ludlow of Shropshire. The only
species hitherto known is X. ensis, Salter sp.,i a form distin-
guished from ours by the wider curvature of the telson, the
more regularly ovate section, and the conspicuous and regular
serration of the edges. The surface pits visible in the English
examples are interpreted by Messrs. Jones and Woodward as the
bases of spines ; a character also seen in the telsons of Cera-
tiocaris, to which genus this imperfectly understood form seems
allied.

1 See Xiphocarin ensia, Salter sp. .Tones and Woodward, Mon. Hrit. I'al. Ph.\ llopoda,
Pal. Soc, 1888, p. 62, pi. v., figs. 7a-d.

Victorian Fossils, Fart X. Ill

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XXVII.

Fig. la,b. — Tube and cast of burrow of Trachyderma crassituba,
sp. no v.: la, upper portion showing the circular
contour of the burrow where vertical to the bedding;
lb, continuation of same burrow, less part of speci-
men at gap, showing, by section(.?) the compressed
outline where nearly horizontal with plane of bed-
ding. 16 is turned through 180 deg. to show the
burrow on the same plane as la, but which is in
reality on the relatively opposite face in regard to
la, the slab having been fractured through to the
underside of the specimen. Holotype. Silurian
(Melbournian). S. Yarra. Coll. by F. P. Spry.
Nat. size.

Eig. 2. — 2\ crassituba, sp, nov., in hard dark grey niudstone.
Paratype. Silurian (Melbournian). Between Hoyte s
Paddock and Punt Road, South Yarra. Coll. by
R P. Spry. Nat. size.

Fig. 3. — T. crassituba, sp. nov, A specimen showing the outer,
corrugated surface of the tube. Paratype. Silurian
(Melbournian). S. Yarra. Coll. l)y F. P. Spry.
Nat. size.

Fig. 4. — Trachyderma cf. crass i tuba, sp. nov. Specimen oblique
to plane of bedding, showing cast only. Silurian
(Melbournian). S. Yarra ; between Hoyte's Paddock
and Punt Road. Coll. by F. P. Spry. Nat. size.

Fig. 5. — Tracliydernia cf. squaf/iosa, PhilliiDs. Cast of burrow,
oblique to the bedding plane. Silurian (Yeringian),
Junction of Woori Yallock and Yarra. Coll. Geol.
Surv. Vict. B23.
N.B. — ^All figures on this plate of the natural size. j- = trans-
verse section.

Plate XXV ill.

Fig. 1. — Turrilepas ornatus, sp. nov. Holotype. Inner sur-
face of plate. Silurian (Melbournian). Yan Yea
Coll. bv A. J. Shearsby. x 6.

UJ LIBRARYja:

112 F. Chcqwian : Victorian Fossils, Pt. X.

Fig. 2. — Turrilepas yeringiae, sp. nov. Holotype. Portion of
individual, comprising five plates ; outer surface ex-
posed. Silurian (Yeringian). Junction of Woori
Yallock and Yarra. Coll. Geol. Surv. Vict, x 6.

Fig. 3. — Ceratiocaris pinguis, sp. nov. Holotype. Cast of cara-
pace and five abdominal segments. Silurian (Mel-
bournian). S. Yarra. Coll. by P. Taverner. Nat.
size.

Fig. 4. — C. pinguis, sp. nov. Cast of carapace and part of
abdominal segment of an immature specimen, having
a more ovoid body and vestige of a ventral flange.
Silurian (Melbournian). S. Yarra. Coll. by P.
Taverner. Nat. size.

Fig. 5. — C. pinguis, sp. nov. Cast of carapace and abdominal
segment of a young, rotund-shaped individual.
Silurian (Melbournian). S. Yarra. Coll. by P.
Taverner. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. — Ceratiocaris cf. pardoeana, Jones and Woodward. Por-
tion of carapace and two abdominal segments. Silu-
rian (Melbournian). S. Yarra. Coll. by F. P. Spry.
Nat. size.

Fig. 7a-d. — Xiphidiocaris falcata, sp. nov. Telson. Nat. size.
a, h, sections showing superficial contour at two
places, X 2 ; <r, surface enlarged, x 2 ; d, outline at
apex, showing serrated concave margin and an
apical pit, x 3. Silurian (Melbournian). S. Yarra.
Coll. by F. P. Spry.

Platk XXIX.

Fig. 1. — Cast of worm burrow of Tr achy derma crassituba, sp.
nov., showing tlie rounded base. (A mould of JVuculites
maccoyianus on the same slab). In niudstone. Sil-
urian (Melbournian). S. Yaria. Coll. by F. P.
Spry. Two-thirds nat. size.

Fig. 2. — Tui'rilepas ornatus, sp. nov. Kxteinal surface of
(?) median plate. Silurian (Melbournian). S. Yarra.
Coll. by R P. Spry. x 6.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXVII.

F. C. del.

Trachyderma (Worm burrows), Silurian: Victoria.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXVIII.

F. C. del.

Turrilepas and Phyllocarids, Silurian: Victoria.

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXIX.

2

X 6

F. C. del.

Trachyderma and Turrilepas, Silurian: Victoria.

[Proc. Eoy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1909.]

Ar'J'. XI. — On Australian and Tasmanlan Coleoptera,
'with Descriptions of Neiu Species. Part I.

By ARTHUR M. LEA.

(With Plate XXX).

[Read 9th September, 1909].

In Masters' Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera 7201 species
of beetles are listed. Since then about 6000 additional species
have been described or recorded ; but probably considerably
over 10,000 species remain to be treated.

The large and showy species have been comparatively well
worked out, at any rate from the more settled districts. But
the desert portions of Australia, containing in favourable sea-
sons many large and handsome species, have been hardly
touched for insects. Many extremely rich parts of 'Queensland
have never been systematically collected in, or even traversed
by collectors. The Northern Territory and N.W. Australia,
except for a slight fringe of coastal country, have been practi-
cally untouched.

When we come to the families of small and obscure species,
however, it is no unusual circumstance for an entomologist to
find that in his collection is a greater number of species than is
recorded for the entire family he may be working at. And at
least two collections in Australia (the Macleay Museum and
my own) contain more species than are recorded for the whole
of the continent.

The nests of ants, bees and termites, on careful examination,
yield many singulax forms of beetles ; but probably less than a
dozen entomologists have systematically examined such nests
in Australia.

Species are numerous at the roots of beach-growing plants,
but not one has been recorded from the whole of the tropical
portions of Australia, except a few from, the north-west.

114 Arthur M. Lea:

Mosses and lichens are extraordinarily productive of beetles,
of small size mostly, but many of great beauty or singular
form. And yet most collectors never even cursorily examine
moss, let alone tear it to pieces or sieve it over white paper.

Tussocks of grasses and sedges are also very productive in
autumn and winter, and are usually neglected by collectors. As
are also fallen leaves in forests.

Of our common trees the casuarinas produce many species
that are found on no others ; the genus Misophrice, for instance,
is practically confined to them. Several entomologists have
carefully searched for species of this genus in N.S. Wales, S.
and W. Australia, and Tasmania, with the result that numerous
species have been recorded from those States. But from north
of the 29th deg. apparently not a single species has been taken ;
and yet it is probable that in the northern parts of the con-
tinent they are at least as numerous as in the southern.

In New Zealand many beetles are to be obtained in the dead
fronds of the larger ferns ; but this source has been practically
untouched in Australia.

Breeding, except for a few species of economic importance,
is also a neglected source of specimens. A few grubby sticks
of even our common wattle and gum trees will often yield
beetles in abundance that are seldom or never found in the
open. Even such highly important timber-destroying species
as the Scolytidae have been neglected ; plain proof of this being
the description or record, in the present paper, of a greater
number of species than all hitherto recorded from Australia.

Of other families that have been more or less neglected there
may be mentioned Hydrophilidae, Staphylinidae, Pselapliidae,
Scydmaenidae, Silphidae, TricJiopterygidae, {Phalacridae,
Cryptophagidat, Dermestidae, Elateridae, Dascillidae, Ptini-
dae, Cistelidae, Melandryidae, AnfJncidae and C orylophidae ;
and several sub-families of Chrysonielidae and Curculionidae.
And it may be taken for granted that any entomologist desirous
of describing new species would be certain of finding such
species in even a small collection of any of the families men-
tioned, whilst new species are far from being exhausted even in
such showy groups as the Cicindelidae, Buj^restidae, Ceramhy-
cidae and Cetonides.

Coleoptera, Part I. 115

Stapjiylinidae.

Calodera tenuicornis^ ii. sp.

Reddish-testaceous, elytra and abdomen somewhat darker,
base of abdomen paler than apex, tibiae darker than femora or
tarsi, antennae infuscate except at base and apex. Moderately
densely clothed with short greyish pubescence, sparser and
longer on abdomen than elsewhere ; sides of abdomen with
moderately long brownish hairs.

Head densely and finely punctate. Antennae rather long,
first joint almost as long as second and third combined, second
distinctly longer than third, the others decreasing in length to
tenth, but none transverse, eleventh almost as long as ninth
and tenth combined. Prothorax about twice as wide as long,
base and sides rounded, base considerably wider than apex ;
punctures rather sparse and very small. Elytra about as long
as head and prothorax combined, at base wider than the latter,
the width increasing to apex, each inwardly oblique to suture
at apex ; densely and rather finely punctate. Ahdomen almost
parallel-sided to apical segment ; rather sparsely and irregularly
punctate. Length 3 J, to apex of elytra H mm.

Hah.—^.^. Wales: Dalmorton.

In outline somewhat like inaequalis, but the punctures very
much finer and the joints of the antennae differently propor-
tioned.

Ca/odeni iiiarirmicollis, n. sp.

Reddish-testaceous, middle of antennae slightly darker, apical
half of elytra (except the apical angles) and the fifth abdominal
segment piceous : metasternum slightly infuscate. Moderately
clothed with rather short yellowish pubescence, longer and
sparser on abdomen than elsewhere.

Head subopaque, ind stinctly punctate. Antennae stout, first
joint almost as long as second and third combined, these two
subequal in length, third feebly, fourth to tenth strongly trans-
verse, eleventh briefly subconical. Prothorax about once and
one-third wider than long, base and apex almost equal, sides
rounded, but towards base directed slightly outwards, the pos-

115 Arthur M. Lea:

terior

xe.-,u. angles almost right angles; densely and moderately
coarsely punctate, with a shallow but distinct median Ime.
Elytra wider than prothorax and about once and one-half as
long, not much wider at apex than at base, each separately
rounded at apex; punctures rather coarser and sparser than on
prothorax Abdomen almost parallel-sided to apical segment;
densely coarsely and irregularly punctate, four basal segments
each with a deep transverse sulcus at base. Length 2^, to apex

of elytra 1 mm.

Hab.—\V. Australia : Bridgetown.

A specimen from Karridale differs in being considerably paler
with a patch at the outer apex of each elytron, and the fifth
abdominal segment rather lightly infuscate. The species appears
somewhat out of place in Calodera. but it is certainly congeneric
with eritima.

Calodera rufipen?iis, ii. sp.
Red • head, abdomen (except apical half of the subapical and
the whole of the apical segments) meso and metasternum
piceous or black; antennae piceous, three (or four) basal joints
paler; femora slightly infuscate. Moderately clothed with
rather short yellowish pubescence, sparser on metasternum and
upper surface of abdomen than elsewhere.

Read (for the genus) rather coarsely punctate: joints of
antennae as in the preceding species, except that the filth to
tenth are decidedly more transverse. Frothorax about once
and one-half as wide as long, base and sides rounded, base not
much 'Wider than apex; punctures evenly distributed and
rather coarse, mytra slightly wider and (along suture) not
much longer than prothorax, apex not much wider than base,
each separately rounded at apex ; punctures coarser than on
prothorax. Ahdomen almost parallel-sided to apical segment;
moderately coarsely and somewhat irregularly punctate ; four
basal segments with a strong transverse impression at base.
Length 2 J, to apex of elytra 1 mm.
Ilab.—y^. Australia : Pinjarrah.
In -eneral appearance somewhat like a small Altochara.

Coleoptera, Fart I. 117

Calodera alfer/ians, n. sp.

Bright-red ; head sometimes slightly darker than prothorax,
elytra (usually obscurely diluted with red along suture and
apex) and four apical segments of abdomen piceous or black ;
legs testaceous, antennae reddish-brown, the basal joints paler.
Rather sparsely clothed with greyish-yellow pubescence, sides
with moderately long hairs.

Head with distinct but rather sparse and small punctures.
Antennae moderately long ; first joint not much longer than
second, second and third subequal, fourth and fifth feebly, sixth
to tenth more distinctly transverse, eleventh as long as the two
preceding combined. Prothorax about once and one-half as
long as wide, base moderately, the sides more noticeably
rounded, base scarcely wider than apex : disc with a. large
shallow impression towards base ; with moderately large but
not very regularly distributed punctures. Elytra distinctly
wider than, and about once and one-third the width of pro-
thorax, sides parallel, each feebly separately rounded at apex ;
punctures coarser than on prothorax, and almost regular.
Ahdomeii parallel-sided to apical segment, with strong punctures
only in a distinct transverse impression at the base of each
segment. Length 3^, to apex of elytra U mm.

Hah. — W. Australia : Bridgetown, Swan River.

In the (four) specimens under examination the prothorax
appears to be flattened or very slightly excavated for about a
third of its width from the base, but much less towards the
apex, the part affected being almost pear-shaped.

Calodera juicrops, n.sp.

Testaceous-red, legs paler, abdomen piceous except the apical
third of the three basal segments, extreme apex of the fourth,
apical half of the sixth and the whole of the seventh ; antennae
piceous-brown, the basal joints (and the apical to a slight
extent) paler ; base of metasternum clouded with brown. Rather
sparsely clothed with moderately short golden pubescence.

Read longer than wide, with rather small and sparse punc-
tures. Antennae as in the preceding species, except that the

118 Arfhar M. Lea:

eleventh joint is distinctly longer than the two preceding com-
bined. Prothorax rather more convex than usual, sides rounded,
base scarcely, if at all, wider than apex ; densely and moderately
strongly punctate, with a shallow transverse impression in the
middle of the base. Elytra wider than, and about once and
one-fourth the length of prothorax, shoulders rounded, sides
parallel behind them, each feebly separately rounded at apex ;
densely and coarsely punctate, the punctures much smaller
posteriorly. Abdomen parallel-sided to apical segment, with
coarse punctures only in a distinct transverse impression at the
base of each segment. Length 3 (vix), to apex of elytra IJ mm.

Hah. — Victoria : Emerald.

A small narrow species not very close to any with which I am
acquainted ; it should perhaps be placed near inaequalis. The
eyes are smaller and much less prominent than is usual in the
genus.

Calodet a i?i aeqini //s, Fvl.

A specimen from Bunbury (W.A.) under examination appears
to represent a variety of this species (I have typical specimens
from New South Wales and Tasmania). It differs from the
normal form in being smaller, narrower and paler, the median
line on the i:)rothorax scarcely pronounced (except at base), with
the punctures everywhere sjDarser and much smaller.

Calodera erifinia, Oil.

A specimen from Benalla (Victoria) agrees exactly with the
description of this species ; two others from Albury (N.S.
Wales) differ in having a distinct spot on each side of the
elytra, in addition to the basal one ; another from Hobart
(Tasmania) has the lateral spots also, but they are obscurely
connected with the basal one. The specimens from Albury and
Hobart also have the fourth abdominal segment almost as dark
as the fifth.

C(>7i()s<>})ia barycepJialiim, \\. sp.

Shining. Reddish-testaceous, appendages paler ; suture nar-
rowly infuscate. Clothed with short golden pubescence, longer
on abdomen than elsewhere : a rather long black hair on each

Coleopteva, Part I. 119

side of apex of elytra and of each of the abdominal segments ;
the two apical sefrments, however, with numerous hairs.

Antennae comparatively short. ^ Prothorax large, strongly
convex, moderately transverse, closely enveloping the bead,
posterior angles rounded hut pnxluced and enveloping the
elytra ; indistinctly punctate. Elytra narrower than prothorax
at base and much narrower at apex, posterior angles strongly
rounded, shorter along suture than towards sides, rapidly di-
minishing in vertical height from base to apex, sides just
perceptibly projecting outwards and downwnrds; densely and
finely punctate. Length 3, to apex of elytra IJ mm.

Hah. — W. Australia : Bridgetown.

A very distinct species, appearing top-heavy from the un-
usually large and convex prothorax and peculiar elytra : the
punctures and pubescence of the latter are very sparse in the
vicinity of the scutellum. Numerous specimens were seen in the
nest of a species of " sugar " ant under a stone.

Conosonia ;n\r>necophihiui, n. sp.

cT. Moderately shining. Dull reddish-testaceous, appendages
paler : base of prothorax, apex of elytra and middle of abdomen
slightly infuscate. Densely clothed with short and somewhat
golden jDubeseence, longer on abdomen than elsewhere ; front of
head, sides of prothorax, elytra and abdomen with long brownish
or blackish hairs, denser on abdomen than elsewhere.

Antennae rather stout, fifth to tenth joints transverse.
eleventh almost as long as three preceding combined. Prothorax
decidedly transverse, base gently emarginate throughout ; indis-
tinctly punctate. Elytra comparatively large, outline con-
tinuous with that of prothorax, and not much wider at base
than at apex, slightly longer than prothorax ; apex truncate,
the posterior angles very slightly rounded ; sides slightly flat-
tened out but not upturned ; with dense subasperate punctures.
Subapical segment of abdomen deeply triangularly excised.
Length 3, to apex of elytra \\ mm.

Hah. — W. Australia : Swan River.

1 Although I have now foui- specmiens, I have not been able to place the antennae of
any of them in a satisfactoiT position for close exaniination.

3a

120 Arthur M. Lea :

Although at a glance this species has a very commonplace
appearance, it is not very close to any with which I am ac-
quainted, and the long terminal joint of the antennae should
render it easy of recognition. The long hairs on the head and
prothorax are scarcely half the length of those on the elytra
and abdomen, and are visible with difficulty from certain direc-
tions. The unique specimen under examination was taken from
an ants' nest.

Coil soma bipaj-iituni^ n. sp.

$. .Shining. Testaceous-red, head (muzzle excepted) glossy
black ; metasternum and abdomen infuscate, two apical seg-
ments and the apex of each of the others paler ; legs and an-
tennae reddish-testaceous, base of antennae and the palpi paler.
Clothed with short golden pubescence, longer on abdomen than
elsewhere ; sides of the latter with long brownish or blackish
hairs, becoming rather numerous on the two apical segments.

Antennae rather long; sixth to tenth joints transverse,
eleventh scarcely as long as two })receding combined. Pro-
thorax strongly transverse, base truncate ; with sparse and in-
distinct punctures. Elytra slightly narrower and slightly longer
than prothorax, the sides slightly upturned and diminishing in
width from shoulders to apex, shortest along suture, posterior
angles scarcely rounded ; with moderately dense, subasperate
punctures. Length 3 J, to apex of elytra 1^ mm.

Hah. — Victoria : Emerald.

A rather depressed species somewhat resembling triangulum,
but flatter, the elytra differently coloured and the antennae
different, the six terminal joints being considerably flatter than
is usual; in general appearance it closely resembles sertum, but
besides being rather narrower it may be at once distinguished
from that species by its parti-coloured head.

Co)ios(>ina ortjiodoxum^ n. sj^.

$. Shining. Dark reddish-testaceous; licad (nui/zle ex-
cepted) almost black ; elytra, sterna and abdomen clouded with
piceous, the apical segments and the apex of each of the others
paler ; legs clear reddish-testaceous ; antennae infuscate, their

Goleoptera, Part I. 121

basal joints and the palpi considerably paler. Clothed with
short golden pubescence, longer and somewhat sparser on the
apical half of each of the abdominal segments than elsewhere ;
apical segments with long blackish hair.

Anttnnae moderately long, sixth to tenth joints transverse,
eleventh decidedly shorter than the two preceding combined.
Prothorar moderately transverse, base almost truncate ; indis-
tinctly punctate. Elytra slightly narrower and slightly longer
than prothorax, slightly shorter along suture than towards
sides ; sides almost straight, the margins narrowly upturned ;
posterior angles feebly rounded ; rather densely and finely
punctate. Length 3j, to apex of elytra 1^ mm.

Hah. — W. Australia : Karridale.

In appearance somewhat resembling triangulum, but nar-
rower, the elytra unicolorous, and the apical segments only
with long hairs ; from impenne, ^vhich it resembles in colour, it
differs in its much shorter and stouter antennae and longer
elytra.

Co?ioso/na teriium, Lea.

This appears to be a variety of activnm judging from a Tas-
manian example of the latter.

Conosoma e/onoafuluni, ]\[acl.
I am inclined to regard this name as a synonym of fumatum.

C. aiistra/e, Er.
Had. — Tasmania, Victoria.

C. exiniiuni, Oil.
Hab. — Swan River.

C. ?wnuffi^ Lea.
Hab. — W.A.: Donnybrook.

Qiiedius inediofuscus, n. sp.

Reddish-castaneous, head infuscated between eyes. Head and
prothorax glabrous except for a few long hairs at the sides ;

122 Arthur M. Lea :

elsewhere with comparatively long and sparse pubescence, sides
and apex of abdomen with long hairs.

Head, including neck, distinctly longer than wide, without it
just about as long as wide ; upper surface with two setiferous
punctures close to each eye, and four close to the neck. An-
tennae extending to base of prothorax, first joint as long as
second and third combined, these subequal in length, the others
to the tenth gradually decreasing in length, but only the
eighth-tenth distinctly transverse. Prothorax with sides and
base strongly rounded, with a few marginal setiferous punctures
at sides, base and apex, and two simple ones on disc. Elytra
lightly transverse ; with small and comparatively sparse punc-
tures. Abdomen with sparse but not very small punctures,
becoming small posteriorly, and absent at base of three first
segments. Basal joint of middle tarsi stout, and with a blackish
upper rim. Length 7, to apex of elytra 3 mm.

Hah. — Tasmania : Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

In general appearance close to xylophilus, but more robust,
elytra concolorous with prothorax and abdomen, and with de-
cidedly sparser punctures on both elytra and abdomen. There
are two specimens before me, both apparently males.

Lithocharis fentiicor?us, n. sp.

Depressed, subopaque. Dull testaceous, legs paler, uppei' sur-
face of head piceous. Clothed with short greyish pubescence,
a few long hairs at the sides and at the apex of abdomen.
Densely and finely punctate all over.

Head large. Antennae thin, passing base of prothorax, first
joint as long as second and third combined, second almost as
long as third and fourth combined, fourth to tenth feebly de-
creasing in length but none transverse, eleventh thinner and
distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax transverse, narrower
than head, apex wider than base, anterior angles feebly, the
posterior strongly rounded. Elytra wider than, and about once
and one-third longer than prothorax, sides feebly increasing in
width to apex, each slightly rounded and inwardly oblique to
suture at apex. Abdomen parallel-sided to about middle, thence
decreasing rather rapidly in -width to apex. Length 2, to apex
of elytra 1 mm.

Coleoptera, Part I. 123

Hab.—^.W. Australia : Upper Ord River (R. Helms).

In general appearance much the same as tristis, but the size
much smaller, the head considerably larger and the prothorax
decidedly transverse.

Lithocharis tristis, IVIacl.

No part of this insect could fairly be called " black." Its
darkest part (the upper surface of the head) is piceous-brown.
I have specimens from the Clarence and Hawkesbury Rivers.

Bledius seniicircu/aris, n. sp.

Piceoiis-black, apex and sides of elytra and appendages
flavous, tibiae and terminal joints of antennae slightly infuscate.
Clothed with moderately long whitish pubescence, becoming
golden on head and abdomen, on the latter longer and sparser
than elsewhere.

Head with moderately small and rather sparse punctures, and
with dense minute punctures ; antennary tubercles prominent
and tipped with red. Clypeus with denser punctures than else-
where, its sutures distinct. Antennae rather long, first joint
almost as long as the second to fifth combined, second as long as
the third and fourth combined. Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, subcordate, base largely and suddenly narrowed, with a
narrow and moderately deep continuous median line : with small
depressed minutely punctured granules, the interspaces of equal
size and equally punctate. Elytra wider and about once and
one-fourth longer than prothorax, sides parallel, each feebly
separately rounded at apex ; densely and moderately finely punc-
tate. Abdomen feebly dilated from base to beyond middle,
each segment very feebly transversely corrugated and sparsely
punctate, the margins distinctly punctate ; under surface
scarcely corrugated, but with dense minute punctures, in addi-
tion to the small ones. Length 5, to apex of elytra 3 mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Brisbane (A. J. Coates).

The shape and punctures of the prothorax and colour of the
elytra should render this a remarkably distinct species. The pro-
thorax can scarcely be called granulate, though from some direc-
tions it appears to be so, the elytral punctures cause a some-

124 Arthur M. Lea :

what similar (but much less pronounced) appearance. The
darker part of the elytra is semi circularly bounded by the paler,
the two colours being very sharply defined ; the shoulders, how-
ever, are diluted with flavous.

Bkdius parvulus^ n. sp.

Piceous-brown, elytra red or piceous-red, the legs paler, an-
tennae infuscate, the basal joints paler. Clothed with rather
sparse greyish pubescence, rather longer and decidedly sparse on
abdomen than elsewhere.

Head rather large ; indistinctly punctate ; antennary tuber-
cles feeble. Clypeus with indistinct sutures. Antennae mode-
rately long, first joint almost as long as the second to fifth com-
bined, four terminal joints rather stouter than usual. Pro-
thorax rather strongly transverse, base largely but not suddenly
narrowed ; with a narrow and moderately distinct median line ;
with moderately dense and comparatively small punctures, the
interspaces densely and minutely punctate. 'Elytra distinctly
wider than and al)Out once and one-half the length of prothorax,
sides subparallel to near apex, each feebly separately rounded ;
densely, strongly and almost regularly punctate. Abdomen
almost parallel-sided to near apex, scarcely visibly punctate and
transversely corrugated. Length 2, to apex of elytra 1 mm.

Kah. — W. Australia : Beverley, Pinjarrah.

In general appearance much resembling mandibular is, but
not half the size of that species.

B. aterrinuis, Fvl.
Had. — N. S. Wales, W. Australia.

B. phytosinus., Fvl.
Hab. — Sydney, N. S. Wales.

B. Jiiandibiilaris., Macl.
//<?/;.— Windsor, Tamwortli, N. 8. Wales.

B. cafoii, Blackb.
Nab. — S. Australia.

Coleoptera, Part /. 125

B. niinax, B hick I).
Hab. — Vasse, W. Australia.

B. i?isigfiu'ortii<;, Blackb.
Had. — Victoria.

Sariallus signatus, Sharp.
Hab. — Sydney, N. S. Wales.

Trogophlaeus apicirufus, n. sp.

Very narrow and subopaque. Piteous-black, prothorax and
antennae obscure reddish-brown, apex of elytra somewhat paler,
legs pale testaceous. Rather sparsely clothed with A'ery short
greyish pubescence.

Head densely but very indistinctly punctate, a shallow im-
pression on each side in front, antennary tubercles not pro-
minent. Prothorar lightly transverse, subcordate, moderately
convex : a feeble impression on each side of middle terminated
some distance before apex, and towards base terminated in a
very feeble transverse impression ; densely and finely punctate.
Elytra considerably wider than, and about once and one-half
the length of prothorax, each inwardly oblique to suture at
apex ; punctures stronger than on prothorax. Abdomen almost
parallel-sided to near apex : densely and finely punctate. Length
IJ, to apex of elytra § mm.

Hab. — N.S. Wales : Clarence River.

The tip of the elytra is red as in adelaidae, but the size is
much smaller (Mr. Blackburn gives the length of his smallest
spccinit-n of adelaidae as 2| mm.), and the prothorax is dif-
ferently sculptured.

Tfogopklaeiis nodivagus, n. sp.
Narrow, depressed, opaque. Black, prothorax and elytra
piceous-black ; legs piceous, base and apex of tibiae and the
tarsi paler, antennae infuscate but paler towards base. Densely
clothed with very short, greyish pubescence. Densely and finely
punctate throughout.

126 Arthur M. Lea:

Head with a very shallow longitudinal impression on each
side in front, antennaiy tubercles feeble. Prothorax feebly or
not at all transverse, apex distinctly (but not much) wider than
base, each side of middle with a feeble longitudinal impression.
Elytra flat, considerably wider than, and about once and one-
half the length of prothorax. Abdomen increasing in width
from base to near apex. Length IJ. to apex of elytra | mm.

Hab. — W. Australia : Swan River, Beverley.

Dijffers from exiguus in having moderately distinct pro-
thoracic impressions ; the elytra rather longer and with smaller
punctures, the abdomen less parallel-sided and the legs darker.
All the (numerous) specimens under examination were obtained
at lights. The impressions on the prothorax sometimes appear
as two regular longitudinal depressions ; they are, however,
frequently interrupted, when each appears as two shallow foveae ;
in two specimens they are conjoined so that a large part of the
disc is slightly concave.

Trogophlaeus pictipes^ n. sp.

Comparatively wide, depressed, opaque. Of an uniform
piceous-black, antennae scarcely paler, base and apex of tibiae
and the tarsi testaceous. Densely clothed with short greyish
pubescence, becoming moderately long on the sides of prothorax
and head and on the sides and apex of each of the abdominal
segments.

Head densely and minutely punctate, a scarcely traceable
longitudinal impression on each side in front; antennary tuber-
cles moderately large and indistinctly tipped with red. Fro-
thorax moderately transverse, subcordate, apex much wider than
base, with a very feeble and indistinct median line ; moderately
densely and finely punctate, the interspaces densely and min-
utely punctate. Elytra flat, considerably wider than prothorax
and about as long as head and prothorax combined ; punctures
as on prothorax, except that the larger punctures are sparser and
less clearly defined. Abdunien feebly increasing in width from
base to beyond middle, densely and very finely punctate, apex
of sixth segment feebly and widely emarginate both above and
below. Length 3J, to apex of elytra 2 mm.

Coleoptera, Part L 127

Hab. — Tasmania : Hobart.

A comparatively large species, in appearance somewhat like
hilineatus, but larger, less shining, the prothorax less transverse
and without discal impressions, and the punctures of both pro-
thorax and elytra smaller and different in character.

Trogophlaeus pinictatus^ Fvl.

I have typical specimens of this species from New South
Wales and Tasmania. Some specimens from West Australia
differ to a slight extent in having a more distinct median eleva-
tion on the prothorax and on each side of the elevation a dis-
tinct but slightly interrupted longitudinal impression ; in
typical specimens each of these impressions appears almost as
two foveae.

A specimen from Windsor (N.S.W.) dift'ers in having the
elytra of a rather bright red ; it is probably immature.

T. adelaidae, Blackb.

Hab. — S. Australia.

T. exigiais, Er.
Hab—T., N.S.W.

T. bili?ieatus, Steph.

Uab. — W^.A. : Vasse, Beverley, Swan River.

T. simplex, Motsch.
Bab.—q., N.S.W., W.A.

Cucujidae.

Dkyocora.

The Rev. T. Blackburn has called my attention to the fact
that Dryocora and Bessaj^hilus are synonymous. D. nalkeri,
Lea, seems close to B. cephalotes, Waterh., but differs from the
description of that species in being without the least stains of
piceous (except occasionally at the apex of the prothorax) ; the
punctures of the upper surface, though small, are certainly not

]28 Arthar M. Lea:

'■ veiT fine,"' and the space between the hiteral carina and the
niaririn is longitudinally convex.

Dryocora was proposed in 1868, Bessaphilus in 1877 ; the
latter name must therefore fall. Adelostella has already been
noted as synonymous with Dryocora.

Lathropus strigiceps., n. sp.

Apparently glabrous, shining. Brownish-red, head, sides (and
sometimes base) of prothorax and suture more or less clouded
w'ith black.

Read longer than wide ; densely punctate, the punctures
(especially tow^ards the sides) frequently confluent ; a mode-
rately feeble transverse impression behind eyes, median line
al)sent, but punctures less crowded along middle. Antennae
not extending to base of prothorax, first joint stout, almost as
long as second and third combined, third to eighth subgiobular,
ninth and tenth wider, eleventh ovate, slightly wider than tenth.
Prothorax longer than wide, sides very feebly rounded, apex
considerably wdder than base ; densely and rather coarsely
punctate, punctures finer along middle than at sides, sides uni-
striate. Elytra each with about six striae, of which the first,
third and fifth are more distinct than the others ; suture
scarcely visibl}^ punctate, elsewhere with fine and almost regular
punctures. Length 2-3 mm.

Hah. — Tasmania : Huon River, Hobart, New Norfolk.

The sides of the head (especially in the male) appear to be
strigose in consequence of the punctures running together.
Except from certain directions the whole of the upper surface
(except the apex of prothorax) appears to be glabrous ; on close
inspection from certain directions, however, exceedingly fine
greyish pubescence becomes visible (the same is the case with
the following species). In one specimen the prothorax appears
to be supplied with a feeble impunctate median line. From
L. briyhtensis its larger size and the entire absence of a dorsal
prothoracfc carina should readily distinguish it.

LatliropHS piceicollis., n. s}).

Apparently glabrous, shining. Reddish, prothorax (and head
to a less extent) piceous.

Goleoptera, Part I. 129

Head densely punctate, median line not traceable. Antennae
terminated before base of prothorax, first joint stout, the length
of second and third combined, third to tenth transverse, the
ninth and tenth noticeably wider than the preceding ones,
eleventh briefly ovate, not much longer than tenth. Prothorax
and elytra as in the preceding species. Length H mm.

Hab.~^.S. Wales : Sydney.

In general appearance very close to the preceding species, but
smaller, head differently coloured, eyes larger and elytra much
paler. From brightensis its differently coloured elytra and non-
carinated prothorax should readily distinguish it.

Lucanidae.

Neolauiprima niaiidihularis, Macl.

This beautiful insect is common at Kuranda and in several
other parts of North Queensland, and it varies to a remarkable
extent in the mandibles of the male, and the colours of the
female. Mr. Henry Hacker first informed me of the great
variability of the species, and I have since heard from. Messrs.
Edmund Allen and J. A. Anderson to the same effect. From all
three, also, I have received numerous specimens, sent as belong-
ing to one species.

In sending a series Mr. Hacker wrote: — "With regard to
Neolamprima mandihuJaris. The series sent is selected from
over 80 specimens which I took near the Clohesy River, about
12 miles from Kuranda. I caught them all in two days in the
same locality, i.e., in a clearing in the scrub. They were all
taken either flying in the hot sunshine or copulating on rotten
logs. I could have taken a hundred more at the same time,
had I wanted them. On examining a series of males there seem
to be three well-defined forms of mandibles, long, medium and
short, rather more than a gradual merging from long to short.
The males do not vary much in colour, but the females vary
from a deep blue, through various shades of green, to brassy
red. I am perfectly convinced in my own mind that the above
series represent but one species."

To judge from the examples sent by the three entomologists
named, the commonest form of the male has the mandibles

130 Arthur M. Lea:

fairly short (although somewhat longer than in other species
of Larnprima), with but one tooth on the lower surface of each.
In this form (which is quite a typical Lamprima) the mandibles
are about three-fifths of the length of the prothorax.i The
greatest length of the mandibles that I have seen is about twice
the length of the prothorax.

Mr. H. H. D. Griffith has a specimen from Kuranda with the
left mandible of the normal (i.e., comparatively short) form,
and the right noticeably longer than the prothorax. I have a
similar specimen from Cairns.

Following are given (in millimetres) some lengths of the males
and their mandibles, with the number of teeth on the lower
surface of each mandible.

Lengths of Mandibles. '-i Rest of Body.

4 . 17 .

5 - 23

6 - 25 -

6 - 26 -
6 and 9=^ - 23

61 and 8f - 261

61 and 7 - 26 -

6 and 61 - 26

51 - 221

7 - 261 -
81 - 191

10^ - 24 -

101 - 28

121 - 28

The three terminal teeth also vaiy ; the one at a slight
distance from the apex on the upper surface is usually directed
straight up, but sometimes curves slightly inwards, sometimes
backwards and inwards, or backwards and outwards ; in two
specimens it is directed obliquely forwards. The median one of

1 A specimen of this form is standing in the Mat-leay Museum, under tiie name of
iijjiendens, Er.

2 Taken in a straij^Iit line and on the upper surface.

;i The specimens with uneven mandihle.s ; if measured alony their curves the differences
would be still more pronounced.

Teeth on lower surface
of Mandibles.

1

1

1

1

1 and

6

1 and

8

2 and

3

2 and

3

4 and

5

3 and

4

8 and

11

6 and

9

8 and

9

8 and

11

Coleoptera Fart I. 131

the three is usually nearer the terminal one than the one near
the apex, but is sometimes midway.

The females (excluding the mandibles) vary in length from 15
to 20 mm., and Mr. Hacker has well described their variation in
colour, but the head is always of the same fiery red as that of
the male.

A specimen with long mandibles was sent to Dr. G^estro for
comparison with X adolphinae, and in reply he stated: — "I
have compared it with the types of N. adolpliinae ; the differ-
ences are only slight, notwithstanding they are sufficient to dis-
tinguish the two species (or the two races). The species from
Mt. Arfak is less polished, the mandibles are not so robust, and
the punctures of the prothorax are slightly different."

La7npri77ia 'aurata, Latr., var. vinriae^ n. var.

J . Purple ; parts of under surface metallic coppery green.

? . Coppery-purple with violet reflections ; under surface
coppery red.

Eah. — -Tasmania : Maria Island ( W. F. MeCulloch).

Mr. MeCulloch has given me six specimens of each sex of this
beautiful variety, all taken from old roots of "■ Stringy-bark "
during grubbing operations.

The head is usually of the same colour as the general sur-
face, but occasionally has a metallic green gloss. The legs of
the male are mostly purple, but the tarsi are more or less
metallic blue, and the femora usually have a coppery gloss.
The legs of the female are beautifully variegated from a fiery
red to deep purple, with brilliant greens and blues.

As I am unable to find any structural differences between the
present form and aurate, it is simply described as a variety of
that species. It is, however, quite as distinct from the typical
form of that species as is rutilans. Some of the specimens seem
to have a tendency to the deep coppery red of that variety.

Cleridae.

AUelidea ? brevipentiis, Pasc.
There are two Victorian specimens which I refer with some
doubt to this species. In both the tarsi are dark (almost

132 Arthur M. Lea:

black), whilst the tibiae are variable ; in one one-third, in the
other two-thirds at the base are dark, the rest being reddish-
yellow. Pascoe describes the type as having yellow tarsi, the
tibiae not being mentioned. As the legs are certainly variable
in colour in two other species, it would be unsafe, therefore, to
describe these specimens as new, without additional information
about the type. In these specimens the dark portion of the
elytra is almost in the form of a circle.

Allelidea ciavifasciata^ n. sp.

Black ; antennae (club excepted) and parts of legs reddish ;
elytra with two white fasciae, one basal the other submedian.
With sparse but fairly long whitish pubescence.

Head slightly wider than prothorax, with dense and fairly
large punctures. Antennae short. Prothorax longer than wide,
apex wider than base, rather suddenly inflated before the
middle, punctures larger than on head. Elytra narrower at
base than base of prothorax, and its widest portion (which is
about the middle) narrower than head ; sides at apical fifth
finely serrated ; punctures denser but scarcely larger than on
prothorax, becoming somewhat smaller and sparser posteriorly.
Legs long and thin. Length 2:^^-4 mm.

Hah. — ^W. Australia : Swan River {k. M. Lea).

On the elytra the basal fascia appears in the form of two
triangles, of which the apices meet at the base of the suture ;
the median fascia does not quite touch the suture, and is
usually extended along the sides to about one-fourth from the
apex, so as to appear in the shape of two boomerangs. On the
legs the parts usually red are the trochanters and the tips of
the tibiae ; occasionally the red is extended to the middle of the
tibiae, but the hind tibiae are sometimes entirely dark. The
apex of the elytra is sometimes indistinctly diluted with red.
There are seven specimens before me. all of which were taken
with the sweep net.

Allelidea (juadrinoiata^ n. sp.

Black ; antennae (club excepted), parts of palpi and of tarsi
and base of femora obscurely flavous ; elytra with four whitish
lateral spots.

Coleoptera, Fart I. 133

Head slifrhtly wider than prothorax, with dense and fine
punctures in front, sparser and slightly larger elsewhere. An-
tennae scarcely longer than head is wide. Prothorax consider-
ably longer than wide, apex wider than base, rather strongly
inflated in middle ; with moderately large, subrugose and fairly
dense punctures. Elytra slightly narrower at base than base
of prothorax, its widest portion (which is subapical) narrower
than head, apices separately obtusely rounded and not serrated ;
with denser but not larger punctures than on prothorax. Legs
long and thin. Length 3;^ mm.

Hah. — Tasmania : Huon River (A. M. Lea).

On each elytron one spot is beyond the middle, its widest
portion on the side and its hind edge curved round so as to
meet its front edge about half-way from the suture ; the other
spot is oblique and subapical. The four, if their inner margins
were continued so as to meet, w^ould enclose a somewhat cir-
cular space. The under surface of the front tibiae and of the
tips of the four hind ones are slightly diluted wdth red in the
unique specimen before me. It was obtained from sedges.

The species of the genus known to me may be tabulated as-
f ollows : —

Elytra dark at base quadrinotata, n. sp.

Elytra pale at base -

Elytra not white at apex - - - - curvifasciata, n. sp.

Elytra white at apex

Elytra with a pale median fascia - ctenostomoides, Wath.

Elytra without such a fascia - - brevipennis, Pasc.

SCOLYTIDAK.

Crossotarsus imiiszechi^ Chp.
Mon. Platypides, p. 62, figs. 7 (c? and $ ), 7a.

Two specimens before me, from Cairns, agree well with the
description and figure of the female of this species, and Mr.
Hacker had the same species (his 881) from Coen.

The species was originally described from New Guinea, Aru
and Celebes. The genus^ is now first recorded as Australian.

1 Chp., Mon. Platypides, p. 44. 4

134 Arthur M. Lea :

Crossotarstis subpcllucidus^ n. sp.

$(?) Chestnut-brown ; antennae, most of elytra of under sur-
face and of legs paler. Head with fairly dense and moderately
long golden-brown setae on vertical portion ; apex of elytra and
coxae with somewhat similar setae ; apex and sides of prothorax
and under surface with sparse and much shorter setae.

Head with a shining, dark, impunctate line on vertex, de-
clivous portion with fairly numerous punctures of moderate
size. Prothorax, about once and one-half as long as wide ; with
numerous small punctures nowhere condensed into distinct
spots ; with a scarcely traceable, impunctate, median line.
Elytra not much longer than head and prothorax combined ;
with a fairly distinct subsutural row of punctures, and traces
of other rows elsewhere; near apex strongly striated, with the
apex itself very finely serrated, and the sides near apex arcuated
and finely serrated. Length 4 mm.

Hah. — Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen), Kuranda (H. Hacker).

The elytra, through which the wings can be easily seen, are
almost flavous, but with the sides, base and suture slightly
stained with brown, and the striated part at apex very dark
brown. The abdomen is somewhat darker than the rest of the
under surface. Of the legs the knees and tibial ridges are
rather darker than the other parts. From some directions the
outer angle at the apex of each elytron appears to be composed
of two small spines.

There are two specimens before me of both this and the
following species, and they have the apex of the elytra with the
strong sculpture, that, according to Chapuis, denotes the femi-
nine sex.

Crossoiarsus armipeiinis^ n. sp.

( 2 ?). Chestnut-brown ; under surface (except abdomen) and
appendages (except that the legs are in places infuscated) paler.
Vertical portion of head and the coxae with moderately long and
somewhat golden setae ; apical fourth of elytra, and meta-
sternum, with shorter setae ; apex and sides of prothorax with
sparse and still shorter setae.

Coleojytera, Part I. 135

Head with a feeble impimctate median line, becoming dark
on vertex ; declivous portion with numerous not very conspicuous
punctures. Prothorax about as long as wide ; with very indis-
tinct punctures, nowhere condensed into distinct spots. Elytra
about twice the length of prothorax ; with regular rows of small
but fairly distinct punctures ; each side of apex with a strong
sharp extension, projecting obliquely forwards and downwards ;
between this and suture a much shorter subtriangular extension.
Length 4^ mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales (Macleay Museum).

The tip of the elytra of the female of mundersi, as figured by
Chapuis, will give a good general idea of the tip of the elytra
of this species ; but the species differs from saundersi in being
larger, with the posterior declivity different. In the present
species the declivity is almost evenly rounded, opaque, and
rather feebly striated.

Platypiis aipulatus, Chp.
Mon. des. Platypides, 1865, p. 278, figures 167 (<? $), a, b, c, d.
Mr. C. French, junr., has sent to me several specimens of this
species as having been taken (alive) at Melbourne in wood from
Java. It was originally described from Borneo.

Platypus solidus, Walker.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ii. (3rd ser.), p. 286; Chp.
Mon., p. 267, figs. 160 and 160b, c, d.

A female from Cairns appears to belong to this species. It
was originally described from Ceylon, but was recorded by
Chapuis from Malacca, Celebes, Batchian and Marty. Four
varieties are figured by Chapuis, and the Cairns specimen agrees
closest to the typical form (figure 160).

Platypus oinnivonis^ Lea.

Mr. H. W. Cox has taken this species in the lUawarra district,
in N.S. Wales.

Notoplatypus, n. g.

Head convex. Eyes prominent and coarsely faceted. With a
short but distinct rostrum. Antennae short and rather stout ;

136 Arthur M. Lea :

funicle four-jointed. Prothorax siibcylindrical, each side with
an impression for the reception of front femur. Scutellum
absent. Elytra elongate, cylindrical, apex roughly sculptured.
Prosternum elongate in front of tibiae, with a flange-like exten-
sion behind. Mesosternu7n with a short extension concealed
under flange of prosternum. M etasternum very elongate. Ab-
domen with first segment (along middle) shorter than second
and third combined, third and fourth with deep sutures, each
about as long as second and shorter than fifth. Front coxae
touching, the others moderately separated ; femora short, stout,
compressed and edentate ; tibiae short, serrate ; tarsi long, thin
and five-jointed, first and fifth elongate, first distinctly shorter
than the rest combined.

The species described below in appearance is something like
a long, thin Platypus, but is readily distinguished from that
genus by the distinct rostrum, ; with larger, coarsely faceted and
more convex eyes. The front coxae, although large, are much
smaller than in Platyj)us. The rostrum, including the man-
dibles, is twice as wide as long ; in the other genera of the
Pldtypides it is much shorter.

The scape is stout ; first joint of funicle concealed within
apex of scape, second stout and rather long, third and fourth
conjointly strongly transverse and indistinctly separated ; club
solid, apparently one-jointed. The scape when removed from the
head is about the length of the club and slightly longer than
the fimicle. The latter, from above, appears to be two-jointed
only, and from below three-jointed ; the separation of the third
and fourth joints is quite invisible under a Coddington lens.

Notoplatypus elo7ioatus, n. sp.

Reddish castaneous, head somewhat darker. Apex of elytra
with fine golden setae or pubescence, elsewhere glabrous or very
sparsely pubescent.

Head with distinct but not large or dense punctures. Ros-
trum convex and with finer punctures than on head in one sex,
gently concave and with coarser punctures than head in the
other ; in both with a short median line. Prothorax not quite
twice as long as wide, sides gently incurved to middle ; with

Coleoptera, Part I. 137

clearly defined but rather small, irregularly distributed punc-
tures, denser on basal half than apical, and clustered together
in a small spot on each side of the middle, slightly closer to
base than apex. Elytra a little more than twice the length of
prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures rather large but shallow ;
interstices wider than striae, with numerous small punctures,
third increasing in width near base, the widened portion granu-
late-punctate in one sex, with simple punctures in the other ;
posterior declivity with almost regular rows of small granules
in one sex. in the other with several much more conspicuous
granules or small tubercles on the third and fifth interstices.
Front tibiae rather thin and finely serrated, the others stouter,
of different shape, and rather coarsely serrated. Length 6J-
6A- mm.

Hab. — N.S. Wales : Ropes Creek (Macleay Museum), Galston
(A. M. Lea).

In addition to the ordinary punctures the whole of the upper
surface, in suitable lights, appears to be very finely shagreened.
The sexes are readily distinguished by the base and apex of
elytra, but I am unable to state which is the male.

Tomicwi acanthunis, n. sp.

Pale reddish castaneous, parts of under surface almost flavous ;
mandibles, elytral tubercles and margins, knees, and sutures of
metasternum more or less blackish ; prothoracic granules and
middle of disc more or less infuscate. Clothed with rather
long, and not very sparse, pale hair or thin setae.

Head with punctures of irregular size and distribution ; with
a very feeble median carina. Scape about twice the length of
funicle, and distinctly longer than club. Prothorax moderately
transverse, apical half semicircular ; with irregularly distributed
punctures, denser on middle of disc than elsewhere ; apical half
with transverse series of narrow granules. Elytra with small
but distinct punctures, irregularly distributed ; posterior de-
clivity commencing before the middle, each side of it with three
rows of large shallow punctures ; its outer boundaries marked
by an irregular double row of large conical granules, or small
tubercles, each of which is marked with a puncture containing

138 Arthur M. Lea :

a hair or seta at its tip. Front coxae almost touching; front
tibiae scarcely, the hind pair distinctly, but irregularly, serrated.
Length 7| mm.

Hab. — Queensland : Cairns.

The only specimen now before me was obtained from Mr. E.
Allen or Mr. H. Elgner, and its middle tibiae are missing.
There is, however, a specimen from Cape York in Mr. J. A.
Anderson's collection. The elevations of the prothorax are,
perhaps, not properly called granules, each appears as a small
acute ridge, distinctly separated from its fellows, but so placed
as to appear a remnant of a transverse blade-like ridge ; in the
middle of the extreme apex they are more distinct and closer
together, giving it a serrated appearance.

Among the Australian Scolytidae readily distinguished by its
large size, robust form, and conical tubercles margining the
posterior declivity. The only species previously referred to
Tomicus from Australia is truncatus (Amasa thoracica), which
is a much smaller species, with the posterior declivity abrupt
and not margined with tubercles.

Xykborus compressiis^ Lea.
Tlie elytra of this species are usually very little darker than
the prothorax. On their posterior declivity there are two small
subconical tubercles on the third interstice on each side. The
species occurs in Queensland, Victoria and Tasmania, as well
as in New South Wales.

Xykborus parvus. Lea.
There are a few small granules on each side near the apex of
the elytra of this species.

Xykborus hirsutus, Lea.

There are numerous small acute granules on the posterior
declivity of this species ; and the elytra, instead of being once
and one-fourth the length of the prothorax, as in the original
description, are fully once and one-half its length.

The species occurs in Queensland, as well as in N.S. Wales;
and Mr. C. French, junr., has obtained numerous living speci-
mens at Melbourne, in logs from the Malay Peninsula.

Goleoptera, Part I. 139

Xylehoriis funereus, n. sp.

Deep black and shining, under-surface somewhat diluted with
red ; antennae and tibiae somewhat flavous, rest of legs darker.
With rather long and more or less erect yellowish setae or hairs,
somewhat irregularly distributed.

Head with numerous punctures of moderate size, but not
sharply defined. Prothorax about as long as wide, apical two-
fifths strongly granulate-punctate, middle of disc with small
dense punctures, elsewhere almost impunctate. Elytra not
twice the length of prothorax ; with regular rows of distinct,
but not large punctures ; posterior declivity with small scat-
tered granules, becoming small conical tubercles on the third
interstice. Tibiae strongly curved and serrated outwardly.
Length 3J mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Cairns (E. Allen).

The deep black colour of the entire upper surface will readily
distinguish from all previously described Australian species ; in
build it is much like compressus, but there are three conical
granules on the third interstice, instead of only two. A second
but much smaller black species occurs in Queensland, but, as it
is. represented before me by a single broken specimen, it is not
now described.

Cryphalus compactus., n. sp.

Of a rather dingy flavous, granules somewhat darkejr.
Clothed with very fine pale pubescence, and with fine suberect
setae.

Prothorax not much wider than the length down middle ;
with dense minute punctures ; with numerous rather rough
granules, more or less transversely arranged. Elytra about once
and one-half as long as wide ; with dense minute punctures, and
feeble remnants of striation. Length 2 mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Port Denison (Australian Museum).

A pale robust species. The granules occupy almost the entire
width of the prothorax at apex, but then they disappear hind-
wards from the sides, and terminate in the middle before the
base is reached, so that in front the space occupied by them is
rounded, and behind triangular.

140 Arthur M. Lea :

A specimen from the Upper Ord River may represent a
variety of this species ; it differs from the types in being slightly
narrower, with the elytral setae more pronounced.

Cryphalus siibcoDipadus^ n. sp.

Piceous-black ; appendages reddish-flavous, tarsi still paler.
Clothing of the same nature as in the preceding species, but
darker.

Prothorax almost as long as wide ; wdth dense minute punc-
tures ; and dense angular granules, more or less transversely
arranged. Elytra almost twice as long as wide, with dense
minute punctures, and very fine but fairly distinct striae.
Length IJ-lf mm.

Hah.—^.^. Wales: Galston (D. Dumbrell), Sydney (A. M.
Lea).

The length is about that given for wapleri, but the elytral
clothing and sutural stria are not as described in that species.
The prothoracic granules are rather more closely placed than in
the preceding species, and terminate hindwards rather more
abruptly ; the elytral striae are also rather more noticeable,
although very finely impressed.

An immature specimen which belongs to this species is in
general appearance very close to two European species which I
have under the names of piceae (Ratz) and asijeratus (Gyll),
but is slightly more compact, with the clothing slightly dif-
ferent.

CrypJialus nielasonius^ n. sp.

Black ; tibiae more or less diluted with red. tarsi and an-
tennae flavous. Clothed with tine dark pubescence and fine
suberect setae.

Prothorax moderately transverse ; with dense and fairly dis-
tinct punctures ; apical half, except at sides, with coarse an-
gular granules, more or less transversely arran<2:ed. Elytra
rather more than twice as long as wide, with rows of small but
distinct punctures in fine striae, the striae rather stronger
towards sides than suture. Length 2 mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales : Clarence River (G. Compere), WoUongong
(A. M. Lea).

Coleoj^tera, Part I. 141

Much smaller and darker than pilosellus, with the legs not
entirely pale, prothorax with coarser punctures and sparser
granules, etc. The uniformly black prothorax distinguishes
from the description of sidneyanus, and the larger size and
sutural stria not profoundly impressed at base from the descrip-
tion of wapleri (the colour of which is not mentioned). The
clothing is much as in the preceding species, except that the
fine pubescence is slightly longer and more noticeable. In
general appearance it is much like the European hinodulus, but
is more compact, punctures coarser, with the striation more
pronounced and regular.

The granules are almost entirely confined to the sloping
apical portion of the prothorax, and, from above, the space they
occupy appears to be almost circular. On one specimen the
club is concolorous with the rest of the antennae, on the other
it is somewhat darker,

Cryphalus setistj'iaUis, n. sp.

Black; appendages flavous, knees and club darker. Clothed
with fine greyish pubescence, the elytra with short, stout, sub-
erect setae, in regular series.

Prothorax about as long as wide ; with small dense punctures,
and with numerous somewhat angular granules, more or less
transversely arranged. Elytra more than twice as long as
wide ; with regular rows of distinct punctures in fine striae.
Length IJ mm.

Hah. — AV. Australia : Rottnest Island (A. M. Lea).

The granules are smaller, more numerous and less angular
than in any of the preceding species, and their transverse
arrangement is less conspicuous ; the punctures are also more
noticeable. The elytral setae in this and the three following
species are very different to those of the three preceding species.

Cryphalus tricolof\ n. sp.

Blackish-brown, prothorax reddish, appendages tlavous.
Clothed with very fine whitish pubescence, the elytra in addi-
tion with very short, stout, suberect setae, in regular series.

Prothorax almost as long as wide, with small dense punctures ;

142 Arthur M. Lea:

apical half with numerous small angular granules, of which
those in front form three almost perfectly regular rows. Elytra
about twice as long as wide ; with dense minute punctures, and
with larger (but still small) (punctures' in regular series.
Length \\ mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Cairns (E. Allen).

The reddish prothorax readily distinguishes from all other
species known to me.

The elytral setae are very short, and from above appear
almost as if scales. The granules on the middle of the pro-
thorax have a somewhat regular arrangement, but not so com-
plete as the three apical rows. There are faint traces of striae
at the base and sides of elytra, but true striae are quite absent
from the disc, although the rows of punctures are quite regular.

Cryphalus striatopunctatus^ n. sp.

Piceous-black ; appendages flavous, club darker. Indistinctly
clothed with greyish pubescence ; the elytra in addition with
regular series of rather short and fairly stout setae.

Prothorax about as long as wide ; with rather small dense
punctures ; apical half, except at sides, with numerous small an-
gular granules, scarcely transversely arranged. Elytra rather
more than twice as long as wide ; with regular rows of (for the
genus) comparatively large punctures, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly, and in rather lightly impressed but quite distinct
striae. Length \\ mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales: National Park, Sydney (A. M. Lea).

Distinguished from setistriatus by the more convex elytral
interstices, with larger punctures in the striae ; in shape also it is
slightly less elongate.

One specimen is entirely flavous (except that the granules are
somewhat darker), but this is probably due to immaturity.

Cryphalus hinii/his, n. sp.

Brownish-flavous, appendages flavous. Clothed with fine
greyish pubescence ; elytra in addition with short, stout, erect
setae, in regular series.

Goleoptera, Part I. 143

Prothorax feebly transverse ; with dense minute punctures ;
apical half (except at sides) with small, dense, angular granules,
feebly transversely arranged. Elytra more than twice as long
as wide ; with regular rows of distinct punctures, in feeble
striae ; the interstices with minute punctures. Length 1 mm.

Hah.—^.^. Wales : Richmond River (A. J. Coates).

The smallest of the family recorded or known to me from
Australia, and with the elytral setae beautifully regular. In
general sculpture it is much like the preceding species, except
that the punctures and striae are rather less strongly impressed.

Cryphalus pilose! his. Er.

A fairly common Tasmanian species, varying in length from
2 to 2§ mm. Numerous specimens (apparently immature, as
they are much paler than specimens taken at large) were taken
from beneath bark of the prickly box {Bursar ia spinosa).

Hylesinosoma, n. o-

Head wide, not entirely concealed from above. Eyes narrow
and finely faceted. Scape more than thrice the length of
funicle, and slightly shorter than club ; funicle seven-jointed ;
club with three very conspicuous joints, of which the first two
are strongly produced on one side. Rostrum (including man-
dibles) almost thrice as Avide as long. Prothorax moderately
transverse, base bisinuate. Scutellum small. Elytra cylin-
drical, subcordate. Prosternum short. Metasternum slightly
longer than the following segment ; episterna wide at apex.
Abdomen with first segment rather more than twice as long as
second or fifth, each of these slightly longer than third or
fourth. Front coxae separated about half the length of front
femora, middle coxae a little more widely separated, hind pair
almost touching ; femora rather stout and edentate ; tibiae
coarsely serrated ; tarsi shorter than tibiae.

This genus is proposed to receive Hylesinus fici, wrongly re-
ferred to Hylesinus on account of its very deceptive resemblance
to several exotic species of that genus. In the figure accom-
panying the original description of the species the funicle is

144 Arthur M. Lea:

figured as two-jointed, and that is certainly its appearance under
a Coddington lens, but under a quarter-inch power seven joints
may be seen, the first small and almost (from above, quite) con-
cealed by the scape, the second fairly distinct, and then five very
closely connected and strongly transverse joints, regularly and
conjointly increasing in width to apex. The claw joint has a
minute basal piece, so that the tarsi are really five-jointed.
It certainly does not belong to Hylesinus, which has a sub-
solid club, and it certainly belongs to the Pklaeotribi, as de-
fined by Leconte, who does not mention the number of joints of
the funicle. Chapuis gives as a sub-family character of the
Fhloeotribidae the funicle as five-jointed. On the whole it
seems best to refer the genus to the vicinity of Phloeotribus.

Hylesinus cordipennis, n. sp.

Black or almost black, antennae and tarsi reddish, knees and
tips of tibiae more or less diluted with red. Clothed with very
fine pubescence, longer and more noticeable about mouth and on
coxae than elsewhere.

Head with very dense and rather small punctures, face gently
concave. Prothorax about as wide as the length down middle,
but much shorter at sides, sides strongly rounded, base with
a strong scutellar lobe, a very shallow curved impression on each
side of base ; with very dense and rather small punctures ;
towards sides granulate-punctate. Elytra cordate ; striate-
punctate, punctures deep and suboblong ; interstices flattened,
very densely punctate, towards base granulate, and everywhere
wider than striae. Under surface with dense, clearly-defined
punctures. Front coxae separated about half as much as the
middle pair ; tibiae dilated to apex and rather strongly serrated.
Length 3-3J mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Cairns (J. A. Anderson).

Under a quarter-inch lens the funicle is quite distinctly
seven-jointed, the first ])eing fairly long, the others strongly
transverse and close together, but the second longer than the
others. The joints of the club have oblique and fairly distinct
sutures, and the club itself is somewhat darker than the rest of
the antennae.

Coleoptera, Part I. 145

This and the following species are both larger than porcatus
(described as 2^ mm. in length), and both have the elytral
interstices considerably wider than the striae, and with very
different clothing ; fici (erroneously referred to Hylesinus) has a
very different club.

Hylesinus interstitialis^ n. sp.

Colour much as in preceding species, except that the reddish
parts are rather less conspicuous. Upper surface glabrous, ex-
cept for some short, pale, stiff setae on apical half and sides of
elytra ; face with fine pubescence ; under surface and legs with
moderately dense and not very short pale pubescence.

Head with very dense and rather small, but round and
clearly-defined jDunctures. Protliorax about once and one-third
as wide as long, sides strongly rounded in front, but almost
parallel on basal half, base feebly bisinuate ; basal half with a
very feeble median line ; sides, except at apex, very narrowly
margined ; with dense, round and clearly-defined, but not very
large punctures. Elytra oblong-cordate, apex conjointly mucro-
nate ; striate-p\mctate, punctures more or less round and con-
fluent, causing the interstices to appear finely crenulated ; these
flattened, much wider than striae, and wdth numerous clearly
defined punctures. Under surface with dense but partially con-
cealed punctures. Front coxae separated almost as widely as
the middle pair ; four hind tibiae coarsely serrated. Length
3J-5 mm.

Hah. — Queensland : Cairns (Macleay Museum, H. Hacker, E.
Allen).

Although, at a glance, close to the preceding species, differs
from it in the shape, clothing, punctures, antennae, separation
of front coxae, etc.

The funicle has the tJrst joint stout and about half the length
of the rest combined, the second is fairly distinct, but the
others are so strongly transverse and close together that it
is difficult to decide as to their nimiber, more especially as the
apical one is closely joined to the club. Under a quarter-inch
lens, however, and in certain lights, the funicle can certainly be
seen to be seven-jointed. The scape is the length of the

146 Arthu7' M. Lea :

fimicle. The club is finely pubescent ; distinctly longer than
the funicle and oblong-elliptic ; it is composed of three joints,
with strongly oblique sutures ; but these are so very indistinct
that at first the club appears to be solid, and it is only in certain
lights and from certain directions that the sutures can be seen
at all.

Fhloeopthorus acacice^ n. sp.

Dark brown, sometimes almost black ; antennae (club darker),
tibiae and tarsi reddish. Clothed with short, stout, pale setae,
more or less closely applied to the derm ; the elytra in addition
with regular rows of short, stiff, semi-upright setae.

Head with moderately dense but partially concealed punc-
tures. Scape stout, somewhat shorter than funicle ; funicle
with first joint stout, curved at base and longer than any of
the others ; second slightly longer than third ; club distinctly
longer than funicle, about twice as long as wide, raither pointed,
sutures distinct and not oblique. Prothorax about once and
one-half as wide as long ; with dense but more or less con-
cealed punctures ; sides rather strongly rounded ; base strongly
bisinuate. Elytra elongate-cordate, no wider than prothorax
and about twice as long; striate-punctate, striae and punc-
tures in same partially concealed ; interstices wader than
striae, and with numerous punctures, at base each separately
raised, except the sutural one on each side. Second segment
of abdomen about half the length of first, and not much longer
than third. Tibiae dilated to apex. Length 2-2 J mm.

Hah. — Tasmania.

Abundant in dead and dying wattle trees, just beneath and
in the bark. The elytra are usually as dark as the rest of
the upper surface, but are often more or less reddish ; the
femora and coxae are also sometimes reddish. Seen from in
front the raised interstices at the base of the elytra appear like
a fine curved saw, with a gap at the suture. The funicle under
a quarter-inch power is quite distinctly five-jointed, the second
to the fifth joints being each dilated to apex, so that each is
quite distinctly visible.

Coleoptera, Part I. 147

Ficicis, n. g.

Head wide, not concealed. Eyes thin, feebly curved, about
as long as front tibiae, facets not very small. Rostrum short
and stout. Scape stout, distinctly longer than fimicle ; funicle
seven-jointed, first joint stout, about as long as three following
combined, and feebly or not at all dilated to apex ; club longer
than funicle, but not twice as long as wide, with distinct
straight sutures, apical joint small. Prothorax transverse, base
bisinuate. Scntellum small. Elytra cylindrical, apex rounded.
Prosteriium extremely short in front of front coxae. Metas-
ternuni about as long as the following segment ; episterna
greatly narrowed in front. Abdomen with first segment almost
as long as three following combined, second as long as fifth, and
distinctly longer than third or fourth. Front coxae distinctly
separated, the space between them about equal to the width
of club, middle pair more widely, hind pair rather less widely
separated ; femora rather short, edentate ; tibiae increasing in
width to apex serrate at and near apex ; tarsi rather thin.

In the Australian fauna this genus may be placed next to
Hylesinus. In general appearance the two species described
below are remarkably close to Phlaeopthorus acaciae.

Ficicis varians, w. sp.

Colour variable. Clothed with short stout pale setae, denser
and finer on the abdomen than elsewhere ; on the elytra stouter
than elsewhere, suberect and in regular series.

Head regularly convex, with very indistinct punctures. Pro-
thorax about once and one-third as wide as long, apex about
two-thirds the width of base ; with dense and fairly large, but
not deep, punctures. Elytra about twice the length of pro-
thorax, and no wider ; striate-punctate, punctures large, deep,
and close together ; interstices narrower than striae, and finely
serrated ; base, except at suture, narrowly raised. Length
2-2 l-6th mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales : Gosford (from dying trunks of culti-
vated fig, W. B. Gurney), Sydney (A. M. ^Lea).

One specimen has the head, prothorax, scutellum and femora
black, with the elytra and under surface dark reddish-brown,

148 Arthur M. Lea:

and the tibiae, tarsi and antennae (excepting club, which is
dark) more or less reddish. Others are almost entirely flavous-
red, or entirely dark-red. Others are more or less reddish, with
the prothorax (except at its apex) and head darker, and femora
darker or not. Seen from the sides, each elytral interstice
appears to be finely serrated, the serrations being caused by
granules, some of which become more conspicuous towards the
apex ; the punctures, though of large size, are somewhat ob-
scured by the clothing.

Ficicis koehelei^ n. sp.

Reddish-brown or black, scape funicle, and tarsi paler.
Clothed with short, stout, pale setae ; depressed, except on
elytra, where it forms regular series ; on abdomen denser and
finer than elsewhere ; prothorax and elytra, in addition, with
very fine indistinct pubescence.

Head regularly convex, with very minute and indistinct
punctures. Rostrum concave in middle. Prothorax about once
and one-half as wide as long, apex slightly more than two-thirds
the width of base ; with very dense punctures, rather small on
disc, but becoming larger and subgranulate towards sides and
apex. Elytra about twice as long as prothorax, and just a
trifle wider; striate-punctate, punctures large, but partially
concealed ; interstices narrower than striae, granulate-serrate
suture depressed at base, but rest of base not finely raised.
Length 2 l-3rd mm.

Hah. — Queensland (Henry Hacker), Barron Falls ( A. Koebele).

Two specimens are almost or quite black, another is blackish
with the elytra somewhat paler, and three others are nowhere
(except the eyes) black. Seen from the sides, the granules of
the elytral interstices cause these to a])pear very finely serrated, as
in the preceding species. But it differs from that species in being
slightly larger and wider, with the elytral clothing of two
kinds, with the base not raised, and the prothoracic punctures
different.

Two specimens from Cairns may represent the other sex of
this species, or possibly a distinct one. They differ in having
no elytral granules, and consequently the serrated appearance

Cohopieru, Part L 149

of the interstices wanting ; the finer pubescence of the pro-
thorax and elytra is also more conspicuous. TTie club is also
pale, but this uiav be a variable character.

Acacicis, n.g.

Head rather small, visible from above. Eyes narrow, with
rather fine facets. Rostrum extremely short. Scape rather
stout, shorter than funicle ; funicle seven-jointed ; club stout,
slightly longer than fimicle, sutures rather indistinct. Pro-
tUorax transverse. Scutellum absent. Elytra not much longer
than wide. Prosternum very short, and not continued in front
of coxae. Metasternum verv short. Abdomen slightly wider
than long ; first segment (excluding its triangular intercoxal
process) the length of fifth, and but little longer than second,
second not much longer than third or fourth. Front and
middle corar very widely separated, hind pair almost touching ;
femora rather short, edentate, tibiae dilated and finely serrated
tcAvards apex : tarsi rather thin, claw joint about equal to the
combined length of the others, and with rather strong claws.

In the xVustralian faima this genus may be placed next to
the preceding, from which, and from all others, it may be dis-
tinguished by the following combination of characters : — Very
widely separated front coxae, with hind pair practically touch-
ing \; seven-jointed funicle. and club with indistinct sutures.

Acacicis abundans^ n. sp.

$ C?) Black or blackish-brown ; scape, funicle and tarsi red-
dish ; rest of legs and part of elytra sometimes reddish.
Clothed with rather dense, greyish (or brownish) setae or pube-
scence, suberect on elytra.

Head without distinct punctures. Prothorac about once and
one-third as wide as the length down middle, but about twice
as wide as the length of sides, ])ase with a wide scutellar lobe ;
extreme apex with a few small granules in middle ; with dense
and small, partially concealed punctures, becoming larger and
more distinct towards apex and sides. Elytra briefly cordate,

1 The three coxae on each side, however, are practically touching', owing to the extreme
brevity of the sterna.

]oO Arthur M. Lea:

very little wider than prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures
fairly large, but partially concealed ; interstices with numerous
granules, of which the most conspicuous is on the fifth in-
terstice, forming a preapical callus ; interstices separately raised
at base. Length l^-lj mm.

$ (?) Differs in having the elytra more convex and cylin-
drical, without granules, except the preapical callus, and a few
at base caused by the elevation of the interstices there : the
striation rather feeble, with small punctures, and the interstices
with numerous small punctures.

Hab. — ^Tasniiinia (Aug. Simson, No. 2074), Hobart, Mount
Wellington, Bruni Island, etc.; Victoria: Emerald (A. M. Lea).

A small subglobular species, that may be taken in abundance
on dead and dying wattle trees, especially when newly barked.
The elytra, especially in the male, are frequently diluted with
red, except at the base and sides. The funicle has the first joint
stout, briefly elliptic, and longer than any other, second about
half the length of first, and about the length of third, third to
seventh gradually increasing in width, very close together and
closely joined to club. The six apical joints are so close to-
gether that it is impossible to distinguish them under a hand
lens, and even under a compound paper a suitable light is very
necessary. On the male there are eight rows of conspicuous
granules on each elytron, of which the first four rows are short
and subbasal, the fifth is slightly longer, and the sixth and
seventh are longest of all, and curve round so as to join in
with the preapical callus of the fifth : the seventh and eighth
are also rather short, but are not subbasal.

A second and smaller species from New South Wales is known
to me, but only from the female, so is not now described.

BrEXTHID/E.

Ectocemus to maculatus, Montr.'
ruficauda^ Bates.
\ar. pterygorrJiinns, Gestro.
In many Australian collections I have seen specimens of a
remarkable Brenthid standing \inder the name of E. ptery-

1 Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, vii., i., p. 37.

Coleoptera. Part I. 151

gorrhinus ; but these specimens do not agree with Gestro's
description. I Avrote about the species (my 10804) to Dr.
Gestro as follows : — " This species is in several collections
as ptery gorrhinus, but it does not agree with your description,
as the prothorax is red, and the maculae are never ten in num-
ber, but eight or nine, of which three or four are together be-
yond the middle and never more than two at the apex (in your
description you say three)." In reply he stated : *' Nearly all
our Brenthids are with Prof. Senna, to whom I sent your speci-
mens. Senna says your 10804 is Ectocemus 10 maculatus,
Montr," In a later letter lie confirmed this identification, and
stated : " I think that ptery gorrhinus is simply a colour var.,
and in consequence the two cannot be separated, pterygorrhinus
is darker."

In recently examining twenty-four specimens of the species
I found that one of them has three apical spots on each elytron,
but the one usually missing (at the junction of the fourth, fifth
and sixth interstices) is very small. Several specimens sent
to me recently by Mr. Elgner from Cape York have the pro-
thorax quite black, but in all the others it is of a more or less
dark red. Queensland specimens vary in length from 16 to 28
mm. (including the rostrum).

In Masters' Catalogue of the New Guinea beetles, ruficauda
Bates (1394) is given as a synonym.

Orychodes digraf/ima, Boi.-

This species (originally described from Dorey) occurs abun-
dantly in the vicinity of Cairns. In appearance it resembles an
Ectocemus, but has a stout spine directed at right angles to its
length, immediately behind each eye ; the spine, however, is
usually very indistinct in the female. The length (including the
rostrum) varies from 9 to 20 mm. I have to thank Dr. Gestro
for the identification of the species.

Chrysomelid^.
Sub-family, Chrysomelides.
The late Mr. Jacoby's paper in Ann. Soc. Ent. Beige, 1898,
was unknown to me at the time I drew up the descriptions of

2 V07. Ast., II., p. 310, t. vii., f. 23. oA

152 A. M. Lea: ColeojJtera, Part I.

some species of this sub-family, which appeared in the Proceed-
ings of the Aust. Assn. for the Advancement of Science. Al-
though my paper was "read" in 1902 it was prepared some time
before then, and before starting on it I had seen no references
to his paper in the Zoological Record.

For several of the species ^ the locality "Richmond" given
by Jacoby is certainly wrong. Richmond is a town on the
Hawkesbury River, near Sydney, and I have seen no species of
most of the genera referred to so far south. The locality should
almost certainly have been Richmond River, where numerous
species of the genera referred to are to be obtained.

Phyllocharis oraciiis, Jac.
Redescribed by me as P. fici.

Stethoniela Joveipenjiis^ Jac.
This is a synonym of poroptera, Baly.

Stethomehi fiilvitarsis^ Jac.

My cupripes appears to be close to this species, and is per-
haps only a variety of it ; it differs from Jacoby's description
in having the antennae without the basal joint piceous above ;
the tarsi, except the claws, entirely dark, the under surface not
piceous, and the upper surface wihout a trace of green.

RitJuiioudia camelus^ Jac.

This species was previously described by Blackburn with
doubt as a Spilopyra (olliffi, Blackb.). The species must there-
fore now be known as Richmondia olliffi, Blackb.

Ai(i^onie/a i!^?iifa, Jac.

This is the same sjDccies that I subsequently described under
the same name (as supposed by Blackburn), although Jacoby's
types were larger than mine. There is therefore no need to
change my name as being already in use.

1 Phi/llorJiaris i^racUis, Chalcoiiida rnriff/tita, Awfomi'la ifinita, Plati/meln black-
burni and Itichtnondia camelwi.

Proe. U.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXX.

Photo by A. Ciinloii

Neolamprima mandibularls, Macl.

The two figvires on the left show the range of variation
in size and mandibles. The lower middle fignre has the
left mandible as in normal species of Lamprinia, whilst
the right is typical of N. mandibular is.

[Peoc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1909.]

Ar'I'. XII. — .4 Contribution to the Fltysical History
of the Plenty River; and of Andersons
Creek, Warrandyte, Victoria.

By J. T. JUTSON.

(Victorian Government Research Scholar).

(Plates XXXI-XXXir., and two Text Figures).
[Read 11th November, 1909].

THE PLENTY RIVER.

Description of the Valley.

This river rises in Mount Disappointment, and runs prac-
tically due south until it meets the Yarra to the west of
Templestowe. Its basin was geologically surveyed by the old
Geological Survey of Victoria, and the geology is accurately
delineated on Quarter Sheets 3 N.E.. 3 S.E., 2 N.E., 2 S.E.,
and 1 N.E. In its course from source to mouth, the river
passes through granitic, basaltic and sedimentary silurian and
tertiary rocks. In the granitic area of Mount Disappointment,
the eastern and western branches are each split up into a
number of small streams, which, upon reaching the silurian
country, soon imite to form the two branches mentioned.
Bruce's Creek, which joins the Plenty at Whittlesea from the
north-west, is its largest tributary, and is, in fact, the main
sti-eaiii.

The character of the valley of the Plenty immediately in-
vites investigation. In the neighbourhood of Whittlesea, the
stream is sluggish, shallow and meandering. It runs through
itj own alluvial flood-plain (which in places is a mile wide),
bounded by subdued hills ; and, with its tributaries, presents
all the features of a matured river system. Below the Van
Yean Reservoir the Plenty meets the newer basalt, through

154 J. T. J at

son :

which it has cut its way. After traversing this formation for
about two miles, it finds its way to the junction of the basalt
and the silurian, but breaks away into the latter in two places,
and also cuts through the basalt a similar number of times.
Apart from these deviations, however, it keeps to the junction
mentioned to Morang ; then is bounded in different parts by
older and newer basalt, and tertiary and silurian sediments
(the silurian predominating), until it reaches the Yarra. From
the time the river enters the newer basalt until it finds the
junction with the silurian, its valley in the basalt does not
become more than about 30 feet deep ; but when it reaches
the sedimentary rocks, it soon becomes a winding gorge,
whose deepest part is near Morang, where it obtains a depth
of close upon 250 feet from the surface of the newer basalt
plain. The latter is lower than the opposite or eastern ridge
of older rocks ; so that from this side the depth would be
greater. Here the valley is markedly V-shaped in cross sec-
tion and is of rugged beauty. Its sides are steep and densely
clothed with timber, and the newer basalt outcrops in large
boulders, mainly on the right bank, at the top of the valley ;
while some splendid silurian sections are displayed on each
side. In cross profile, the spurs show the steep short cliff of the
basalt, and the longer, more gentle slope of the silurian beneath.
After the newer basalt is left behind, the outlines of the valley
become softened, as at Greensborough, but the youthful character
of the stream is most obvious. A noticeable feature is the
absence, south of Morang, of all but the most insignificant tribu-
taries. At South Yan Yean and Morang, the newer basalt
partly fills a large old valley, which is comparatively contracted
at Morang, with high bounding ridges, but is wide and open
at South Yan Yean, with lower ridges forming its sides.

Previous Literature and Remarks Thereon.

The only previous references to the physical history of the
Plenty valley appear to be by Mr. T. S. Hart, M.A., and Prof.
Gregory. Mr. Hart, in his interesting and suggestive paper,
"The Volcanic Rocks of the Melbourne District," i referrin<r to

1 Victorian Naturalist (1894), vol. xi., pp. 74-78.

Fleiitij River and Andersons Creel-. 155

the flow of the newer basalt, states that " the lava streams
extend to the east into the Plenty valley ; thence southward
down a narrow valley in the silurian rocks west of the present
Plenty River, joining the man basaltic area south of Morang.
. . . The width of the old valleys here seems quite out of
proportion to the streams which flow down them ; the Plenty
River old valley is represented by a strip of basalt scarcely a
mile wide, while on the other side of the Morang Hills the
Darebin and Merri occupy a basaltic plain seven miles wide.
The Plenty and all its tributaries that meet the basalt show
extensive alluvial deposits above it, as if their flow had been
checked : and it seems probable that all these tributaries for-
merly 2:)assed to the west of the Morang Hills, and perhaps the
Plenty itself turned in the same direction." ^

The hills referred to l)y Mr. Hart as tlie Morang Hills form the
elevated silurian inlier with granite intrusions, shown on Quarter
Sheet 2 N.E. Mr. Hart recognises the effect of the basaltic flow in
largely blotting out the old valley, and in the formation of exten-
sive alluvial deposits farther up stream, but his opinion as to the
old course of the Plenty is not clear. His reference to the old
Plenty valley, represented by a strip of basalt scarcely a mile
wide, would fix the valley between the Morang Hills on the
west, and the silurian rocks to the east of the present stream
on the east ; but he also thought it probable that all the tribu-
taries of the Plenty formerly passed to the west of the Morang
Hills, and that perhaps the Plenty itself turned in the same
direction. In dealing with such a wide area as is covered in his
paper, Mr. Hart's remarks as to the Plenty were necessarily
condensed. From a recent correspondence with him I gather
that he inclined to the opinion that the Plenty at the time of
the newer basalt flow ran north-west of the Morang Hills, a
course which he considers would be explicable as a result of
capture of an old south-flowing stream by a tributary of the
Merri, though at the time he did not deal with this earlier
history of the Plenty.

Prof. Gregory in his Geography of Victoria (1903) states"^
that the Plenty flows south through a broad mature valley,

1 lb., p. 77.

2 p. 112.

156 J. T. Jatson:

changing near Melbourne (? Morang) to a deep gorge, which has
all the characters of a young valley. The change, he remarks,
is due to the fact that the old valley has been filled up by a
flood of lava (i.e., the newer basalt), that the river has had
to cut its channel anew, and that, owing to the hardness of the
basalt, the river has corroded its bed along the junction between
the basalt and the softer silurian sandstones and shales. Prof.
Gregory also maintains^ that the King Parrot Creek and the
Plenty River were probably originally one consequent river.
This question is outside the scope of the present paper, and is
not therefore discussed.

The remarks of both Prof. Gregory and Mr. Hart throw light
on the history of the Plenty. They do not furnish a complete
explanation of how the present conditions arose ; but it must
be remembered that they were only dealing in a general way
with the subject. Mr. Hart recognises possible changes in the
course of the upper Plenty ; while Prof. Gregory notes that
the old valley (along the present course) has had a stream of
lava poured into it, and that the river has had to re-excavate
between the basalt and the silurian. He also remarks on the
broad mature valley up stream, and the youthful valley lower
down ; but he does not suggest any change in the actual course
of the river.

The Later History of the Plenty.

An examination of the nature and relative position of the
various geological formations along the course of the Plenty is
necessary, in order to appreciate its later history. As already
mentioned, at Whittlesea and Yan Yean the river meanders
through an alluvial flood-plain of about a mile in width, until it
meets the newer basalt. This broad alluvial plain (together
with the widening of the upper tributaries) has no doubt been
caused in part by the hard basalt damming the stream ; or at
least so retarding vertical erosion that lateral erosion took
place, and built up the flood-plain. That the ujiper ])art of
the valley, however, was, prior to the flow of the ])asalt. con-
siderably developed, is indicated by the width of the old valley

1 lb., i>. 113.

Plenty River and Andersons Creek, 157

near South Yan Yean. Looking from the elevated ridge which
forms the eastern side of this valley, at a point about a mile
south of Doreen, and just to the east of the road running from
Doreen to the main Diamond Creek Road, a great low-lying
valley, whose western side is over three miles away, is seen.
Newer basalt (through which the present Plenty is cutting)
occupies the floor of this valley, and has passed up some of the
eastern tributaries.

It is evident, therefore, that the valley existing when the newer
basalt was erupted was a wide, well-matured one. Lower down, near
Morang, this old valley narrows, but still is moderately developed,
as the distance from crest to crest of the bounding ridges (probably
just under 2 miles) shows. These ridges are higher than their con-
tinuation northward, and this is perhapsdue to the rocks to the north
being softer and having suffered more denudation. The western
ridgeat Morang consists of granite^ intrusive into the silurian, which
has been hardened and indurated. The hardness of the rocks
forming the eastern ridge is not so obvious ; but many sections
in the Plenty show thick beds of sandstone, which evidently has
considerable resisting power here. The height of the western
ridge at Morang is also explained — as noticed below — by the
probability that its top formed a monadnock on the peneplain,
out of which the old valley was carved. South of Morang, the
old valley apparently ran to the south-west. This old valley
appears to have been that of the original Plenty (i.e., the stream
formed on the uplift of the peneplain) ; but whether, in view
of Mr. Hart's suggestion, it remained so until the eruption of
the newer basalt, is not certain.

The determination of this point is not, however, material, for
the main purpose of this paper ; but it might be observed
in passing that the gap in the western ridge near Yan Yean,
where Barbers Creek now enters (which is the point where the
old Plenty would turn to the west if captured by a tributary
of the old Merri Creek) could be made by a tributary of the old
Plenty, just as well as by the backward (eastward) erosion of
this old tributary of the Merri Creek. This gap has a parallel
on the eastern side of the Plenty, where the tributary streams,

1 The term "granite" (which is that used on the maps of the district by the old
Geolos'ical Siirvey of Victoria) is here used as a broad field-name only.

158 /. T. Jutson:

which now run into the Yan Yean Reservoir, had tlieir outlet. It
will be noticed that in this locality the Plenty has a narrow north
and south ridge on each side of it, and that on the opposite side of
each ridge a stream runs parallel to the Plenty. The eastern
stream rims into the Reservoir, and the western one turns to-
wards the south-east to join the Plenty, which (judged by the line
of outcrop of the silurian on its north-eastern side), it apparently
did prior to the basalt flow.

A point in favour of the capture is the continuous basalt
north of the Morang Hills, from the Plenty for several miles
to the west, which might indicate an old valley and a swing
round to the west of the old stream. But when it is remem-
bered that whole ridges of low elevation must have been buried
by the basalt, such a ridge, separating the tributaries of the
old Plenty River and Merri Creek, may have existed here.
If capture had taken place before the basalt was erupted, then
part of the old Plenty south of the point of capture would be
turned northward, and a low ridge separating such northward
flow from the stream below might lie buried near Morang. So
far as lam aware, nothing is known of the thickness of the basal
in the main part of the valley at Morang, and farther north ;
so that this point cannot be proved or disproved at present.
In addition the development of the old valley between Morang
and the point of capture could not be accounted for (this north-
ward stream being too short for such work), unless it be as-
sumed that such development took place wholly before capture.

Without further consideration of the possible changes in the
old Plenty, it is clear that when the newer basalt was poured
out, a valley existed to the east of the Morang Hills, down which
this basalt flowed ; and meeting the flow from the west, spread
out south of the Morang Hills into a broad sheet stretching to
the west for several miles, and also to the south, partly fllling the
old valleys now occupied by the Darebin and Merri Creeks. The
country to the east of this main sheet of newer basalt is more
elevated than the latter (except between Janefield and Morang,
where the different formations are on much the same level).
This elevated country consists of older basalt, silurian, sandstones
and shales, and tertiary grits and gravels, and its western boundary
^s really a continuation of the eastern side of the old Plenty valley

Plenty River and Andersons Creek. 15^

above Morang. It formed an almost complete barrier to the east-
ward spread of the newer basalt.

This barrier was penetrated between Morang and Janetield
by two narrow tongues of basalt from the main massr
as shown on Quarter Sheet 2 S.E. These tongues give the
key to the later history of the Plenty River. The accurate
mapping of the district by Apliu suggested to me, before
going over the ground, the solution of the problem. Both
these tongues have a slope south-easterly into a pre-exist-
ing valley; which now forms the lower Plenty valley.
From the main road to Whittlesea, at an elevation above sea
level of about 500 feet, the southern tongue descends rapidly
into the present valley. At its margin, close to the stream,
its upper surface is about 170 feet below the main road level.
This is not due to denudation, but represents with approximate
truth the fall of the basalt flow. Tlie softer silurian and ter-
tiary rocks on each side of this tongue slope from the main
road towards the Plenty at about the same angle as the basalt.
These rocks are even now mostly higher than the basalt tongue,
a fact which proves that the latter partly filled on old tributary
valley of the stream which is now the Plenty.

The northern tongue shows similar features, but not so pro-
nouncedly as the other, and it has apparently been more denuded ;
but still it is clear that it ran south-easterly down a small valley.
(See Fig. 1, which is a diagrammatic section across the upper part
of this tongue in Section VI., Parish of Morang.) The southern
tongue iscontinued as a narrow strip not more than 30 feet in thick-
ness down the right bank of the present Plenty valley, and
getting deeper into such^ valley, until it ceases about a mile to
the north of Greensborough. It no doubt extended farther than
now mapped ; but was becoming thinner, and part has been
removed by denudation. Its upper surface is very even, and
it undoubtedly represents the approximately original surface of
the flow. This strip is now broken into sections by the short
but steep gullies joining the Plenty from the west. The
northern tongue Avas probably at one time continuous with the
southern one ; but river action has disconnected them.

At the end of the northern tongue of basalt, the lower surface of
the latter is about 170 feet above the Plenty, and at the end of the

160 J. T. Jatson:

southern tongue about 100 feet above the same river. Where
the Maroondah Aqueduct crosses the present Plenty (which is
near the end of the narrow strip of basalt above mentioned)
the lower surface of the basalt is about 60 feet above the stream
and about 125 feet below the immediate top of the valley. (See
Fig. 2, which is a diagrammatic section at the Maroondah
Aqueduct.) From these measurements, and alloAving also for
the rise in the bed of the present Plenty, it can be seen that
there is a rapid fall in the lower surface of the basalt between
the northern tongue and the Maroondah Aqueduct. "Where the
valley rises above the level of the basalt flow, it is even now
fairly undeveloped, especially towards the end of the narrow
basaltic strip. It is clear, therefore, that the present Plenty
valley from Morang south-\vard existed before the flow of the
newer basalt, as a young valley Avith a rapid fall. Since the
lava stream, this valley has been re-excavated between the
basalt and the other rocks, but to a much greater depth, and
with an accentuation down to its mouth of its youthful
character.

The conclusion is therefore reached that before the llow
of the newer basalt, there existed a broad, moderately mature
valley above Morang, and one indicative of youth below,
which reverses the normal order, if it be assumed that these
two valleys were then continuous. No satisfactory expla-
nation can be given for this unusual deviation. If, however,
the upper and lower valleys be regarded as originally distinct,
then the observed facts become explicable ; and the probable
sequence of events may thus be stated. Before the flow of the
newer basalt, the Plenty as n mature stream ran in a south-
westerly direction from Morang, ^ having as the eastern side of
its valley the more elevated land now forming the eastern border
of the main basalt flow, as before noted. The present lower*
Plenty formed an independent stream, young and vigorous,
with a steep grade and running in a south-easterly direction.
It had eaten its way back towards the old Plenty valley, near
Morang, and probably in time would have captured the head
waters of the stream there.

1 If capture had taken plac-e at the Barber's Creek Gap the streams would be altered,
but the old valley at Moratiy reuiained. Such capture would not aflfect the present
ar'4uni(;nt.

Plenty River and Anderson's Creek. 161

The head of this independent stream was probably forked,
the prongs representing the small valleys occupied by the two
tongues of newer basalt already mentioned. These small
valleys had notched the ridge forming the eastern side
of the old Plenty valley, the ridge itself probably being
reduced by the proximity of two valleys, as commonly
occurs. The newer basalt flowing down the old Plenty
valley above Morang was, in comparison to the flow to
the westward, south of the Morang Hills, cramped for room.
It would thus tend to increase in height and bank itself against
the bounding ridges. Tracing the eastern edge of the basalt
northerly from about l^ miles north of Bundoora to the head
of the southern tongue of basalt, the country rises very rapidly.
This is shown also by the heights recorded on Quarter Sheet
2 S.E. along the Yan Yean Reservoir Pipe Track, where a rise
of 100 feet occurs in about a mile (340 feet to 440 feet). At
South Morang Railway Station (about 2 miles from the 440 feet
level), the height is 512 feet (a rise of 72 feet). Between here
and South Yan Yean (3 miles) there is only an increase of 20
feet. The easterly tributaries of the old Plenty provided
more room here.

Possibly the greatest check to the flow would be just to
the south of Morang, where the basalt coming down the
old Plenty valley would meet the main mass from the
western side of the Morang Hills; and it is precisely at this
point (as the heights above given show) that the greatest amount
of ridging up has taken place. This ridging up was sufficiently
high to enable the basalt to overflow at the two notches men-
tioned above, and to run down as two narrow tongues into the
present lower valley of the Plenty ; and thence continue as the
narrow strip down such valley. After the basalt flow, the upper
Plenty found its way and kept mainly to the junction of the
basalt and the older rocks, and so worked its way down as far
as Morang.

If the two tongues of basalt liad not existed, in all
probability the course of the river would have continued in a
south-westerly direction, between the junction of the main
basaltic mass and the older rocks to the east, and would have
eventually entered the present Darebin Creek valley below

162 ./. T. JiUson:

Bundoora, emptying itself into the Yarra, where that creek now
•enters. The lateral overflow of the basalt changed this. Tlie
stream naturally kept between the basalt and the siliirian, and
so entered the younger valley. Once there it retained its course,
keeping the thin basaltic strip to the west, and excavating
much more deeply than the level of the basalt. Hence the
diversion of the upper Plenty waters through the Greens-
borough country to the Yarra to the west of Templestowe.

The fall of the narrow strip of basalt in the old independent
stream has already been noticed. It is interesting to record
the fall of the present river in various parts. Between Greens-
borough (river bed about 100 feet above sea-level) and the
southern tongue of basalt already referred to (river bed about
200 feet above sea-level), a distance of over 3 miles, the fall
would be about 30 feet per mile. Between this southern tongue
and South Yan Yean (river bed about 500 feet above sea-level)
a, distance of about 5 miles, the fall w^ould average about 60 feet
per mile.l If a mile to the south of South Yan Yean be left out
of the calculation, the fall would be greater, as the stream in
this mile runs entirely through basalt and its valley is shallow
(not more than 30 feet deep). When the basalt has been cut
through and the softer silurian rocks met, erosion acts much
more rapidly. About South Yan Yean the river continues in a
very shallow valley, whose fall would approximate to that of
the country through which it runs. Tlius betw^een South Yan
Yean (532 feet) and Whittlesea (637 feet) a distance of about
6 miles, the difference in height is 105 feet, giving an average
per mile of \7h feet.

Tlie figures quoted bring out two points very clearly. Firstly,
the gentle grade of the valley, cut in a pre-existing one,
as com:pared with the steep grade (once the basalt is cut
through), w^here the river had to cut entirely afresh. This is
what would be expected. Secondly, the Avonderful power of
resistance to denudation of the basalt, compared with, the silu-
rian sediments (although these in places are fairly hard rocks).
Where the stream has not cut through the basalt into the under-
lying rocks, the valley is shallow and insignificant, but where
such cutting has been done a deej) gorge exists.

1 Kxccpt the heitjlits of railway stations and tliose mentioned on the Quarter Sheets
those ffiven in this part of tiic pajter Iiave lieen determined by aneroid.

Plenty Biver and Anderson's Creek. 163

The Probable Old Course of the Plenty.

It has already been remarked that, in the writer's opinion,
the old course of the Plenty (now occupied by newer basalt)
was originally to the east of the Moranir Hills as far south as
Morang, and then probal)ly to the south-west, ^^^lat the actual
course was below Morang before the flow of the newer basalt
can only be surmised. The lava has covered such a wide stretch
of country to the west that the ridges and valleys have alike
been covered up. Tliat such ridges and valleys did exist is
proved by the remnants of the ridges and valleys to the north
and south of the main basaltic area. From the character of tlie
exposed ridges and valleys, the covered ridges were probal)ly
broad, and the valleys comparatively narrow. The southern
ends of the ridges, as at Preston and Essendon. are exposed,
apparently, on account of the basalt thinning out in its How
southward. Tlie uoi-tiiein outcrops, such as the Morang Hills
(granite and indurated silurian), some isolated hills at Donny-
brook (indurated silurian) and the hills at Broadmeadows
(mainly granite) may be accounted for by the hardness of the
rocks. They are probably residuals or monadnocks in the for-
mation of the peneplain, out of which tlie old pre-newer-basaltic
valleys have been carved.

Assuming that the old Plenty came down the Moriing valley
its most probable lower course would be either to the west of
Preston down the old valley of the present Merri Creek, or down
the old valley of the present lower Darebin Creek. The latter
appears to be the more likely. If the Plenty ran soutli-wesrcrly
from Morang towards tlie Merri Creek valley, the old Darebin
Creek valley would necessarily be short, but so broad that it
would be out of proportion to its length. Moreover, the main
mass of the newer basalt is bounded by a ridge from Morang to
south of Bundoora. which suggests that such ridge formed the
continuous eastern boundary of an old stream. For these
reasons, the Darebin Creek valley is adopted as the original
course of the Plenty. It may be noticed that the valley is
narrow where the main road to Whittlesea crosses the Darebin
Creek ; but some very hard tertiary quartzites occur on the

164 J. T. J lit son:

eastern side, which will account for its contraction. This
repeats a feature already noticed in the old valley at Morang,
due to the hard granite and indurated silurian.

If the original Plenty followed the course suggested, its
western side was probably a low ridge connected with the
Morang Hills, and the ridge of silurian and tertiary strata at
Preston. Tliis assumed part of the ridge is covered by newer
basalt : and the question arises why such middle part should
be covered and the ends exposed. The southern end is bare,
probably on account of the basalt thinning out m its southward
flow. A point would be reached where the valleys alone could
receive the w^hole of the basaltic stream. As regards the Morang
Hills, reference has already been made to the possibility of their
upper portion forming a monadnock on the old peneplain.
These hills towards their centre (where the granite and indurated
silurian rocks occur) have a fairly even sky-line. To the north
and south, this line drops rather suddenly, and in the south it
quickly passes under the basalt. To the north, after the rapid
drop, the lower part runs northerly as an even ridge of about
the same height, or in the same line of slope, as the western
ridge of the Plenty between Whittlesea and Yan Yean, with
which it was at one time continuous. It is now broken by the
Barber's Creek Gap. The height of this ridge near South Yan
Yean (in section '2, Parish of Y^'an Y^'ean) is about 700 feet
above sea level. The top of the Morang Hills is probably at
least 100 feet higher. If the 700 feet ridge be continued in a
sloping line southward, it would meet at the southern end of
the hills, the lower ridge which soon passes beneath the basalt.
Thus if the upper part of the Morang Hills be treated as a
monadnock, the discrepancy between their height and that of
the assumed covered ridge to the south is somewhat explained.
In any event, however, the hard rocks would ultimately tend to
project above the surrounding softer ones. When it is remem-
bered that the newer basalt was high enough to pierce the ridge
forming the eastern boundary of the main basaltic mass, and
that this ridge is protected by caps of older basalt, it is not diffi-
c\dt to believe that a ridge lies buried between the Morang Hills
and Preston, especially if that ridge did not possess any hard
rocks as a protection against denudation.

Plenty River and Andersons Creek. 165

If the Plenty were captured at the Barber's Creek Gap before
the flow of the newer basalt, its upper waters would be diverted
into the old Merri Creek basin, but the original valley south-
west of Morang would remain, carrying an independent stream
until the newer basalt eruptions.

The Relations of the Plenty and Yarra Rivers.

The old Plenty gives evidence of having been fairly well
developed before the flow of the newer basalt ; and from the
width of the old Merri Creek valley, the same may be said of
thai. (From the geological maps, it seems probable that the
old Merri Creek was joined by the old Moonee Ponds Creek).
The Yarra for some distance above Templestowe has all the
characters of a youthful valley, as Prof. Gregory has pointed
out.i Between Templestowe and the mouth of the Darebin
Creek, the river meanders through its own alluvium. Dr. Hall^
has remarked that the newer basalt (down the Darebin Creek
valley) checked the flow of the river above the Fairfield railway
bridge, the effect of which was to build up a plain of sediment
up the Yarra as far as Templestow^e, and up the Plenty, where,
a mile above its junction with the Y^arra, the alluvium is 30
feet deep. The checking of this body of water would also cause
the river to meander and so to widen its valley. It has simi-
larly atfected the Koonung Koonung Creek, although this is not
shown on the geological maps. The effect of the basalt bar at Fair-
field extends to the Plenty, and up that stream to some extent. As
mentioned above, the upper Plenty waters were diverted at
Morang by the newer basalt floAv into the present Plenty
channel. Hence practically at the same time the Yarra was
checked at Fairfield, and a large additional volume of water
from the upper Plenty basin was poured into the Yarra through
the present Plenty mouth. This water, without the bar at
Fairfield, would tend to widen the stream below its entry (if
the stream were at or near its grade), and tend to a somewhat
sharp disparity between the nature of the valley above and
below the mouth of the present Plenty. It would be accentuated
by the basalt at Fairfield, and in this way the existing condi-
tions have arisen. The limitation of the alluvial flats up

1 lb., pp. 106 and 107.

•2 Victorian Hill and Dale (1009), p. 42.

166 ./. T. Jithon :

stream, the wide mouth of the Plenty valley and the extension
of the alluvium up that valley, are partly explained by the
diversion of the Plenty waters from above Morang.

From these circumstances it may be inferred that the Yarra
valley was. at the time of the newer basalt liow. as far as its
junction with the old Plenty valley (the Darebin Creek valley)
similar to that now above Templestowe. and hence a young
valley. Tlie old Plenty! .^^^^ ^\^q q\^ Merri Creek were, judged
by their valleys, ajDparently more developed than the Yarra.
The latter stream probably joined the old Plenty near Fairfield,
which in turn would join the old Merri Creek at Clifton Hill.
The combined streams would then flow down the valley of Col-
lingwood and Piichmond (now occupied by the newer basalt) to
Melbourne. At this time the Yarra could not, perhaps, from
its stage of development, be regarded as the main stream.
With the diversion of the upper Plenty waters, however, con-
sequent on the eruptions of the newer basalt, the old Plenty
valley received only the small Darebin Creek ; but even this
was turned into the Yarra above the l^asalt. The Yarra also
received the whole of the water from the present Plenty basin.
It thus gained increased erosi^'e power, which enabled it to cut
its channel below Fairfield much faster than its only rival, the
present Merri Creek (the drainage area of which, since the flow
of the newer basalt, is much less than formerly, if, as sug-
gested above, the old Moonee Ponds Creek once joined it) ; and
so the Yarra became the predominant stream.

Summary.

The IMeuty Ptiver originally passed down the Morang valley,
and from Morang prol)al)ly ran south-westerly and southerly
into what is now the Darebin Creek valley. This old Plenty
valley was fairly well developed before the newer basalt flow.

Tlie possibility of changes in the course of this stream before
the eruption of the newer basalt is indicated.

The present Plenty Ijelow Morang was originally an indepen-
dent young stream, with its heads near Morang. and with a
steeper fall than at present.

1 The stream ix'fen-ed to here and showii as an old river on Mk' iicoompanvin!,' man i**
what is mentioned above as the nrij;inal Plenty. It rapture had taken place at the
Barber's Creek (Jap, of course the remaining stream down the lower jiart of thv ori-^inal
rienty valley wouhl l)e much reduced.

Plenty River <md Anderson-'^ Creek. 167

The newer basalt obliterated most of the old Plenty, and
overflowed the heads of the independent valley by two small
tongues of basalt. By means of these tongues, the upper Plenty
waters were diverted to the south-east into the independent
valley, which has since been more deeply cut into. The old
valley above Morang has been deeply re-excavated.

The newer basalt covered some of the ridges as well as the
valleys, and so largely obliterated traces of the old streams ;
but despite this, the basalt flows are invaluable for tracking
these earlier streams.

The striking difference in the power of resistance to erosion
between the newer basalt and the silurian sediments, is indicated
by a comparison of the grades of the present Plenty above and
below the point where the stream has cut through the basalt
into the silurian.

The effect on hard rocks is also shown at Morang, where,
through the delay in cutting through such rocks, the old stream
formed a wide open valley above.

The tops of the Morang Hills and of other high points are
suggested as monadnocks on the peneplain out of which the
Plenty was originally carved.

The diversion of the upper Plenty waters at Morang in con-
sequence of the newer basalt flow, has accentuated the lateral
erosion of the Yarra between Fairfield and Templestowe.

The Yarra was probably less developed prior to the newer
basalt eruptions than the old Plenty River and Merri Creek,
and perhaps, judged from that standpoint, could not be regarded
as the main stream ; but since then it has become the pre-
dominant river.

ANDERSON'S CREEK, WARRAXDYTE.

From almost any of the higher view-points at Warrandyte,
the tops of the hills and ridges can be seen stretching away in
so even a line that there can be no doubt that they are the
remnants of an old peneplain, the highest points of which (in
the immediate neighbourhood of Warrandyte) are probably
about 450 feet^ above sea-level. This peneplain has, since its

1 All the heights ineiitioued in this part of the paper are based on aneroid readings.

6a

168 J. T. Jutson:

uplift, been deeply but not maturely dissected. Vertical erosion
has been extremely active ; but lateral erosion has not pro-
gressed very far. The country, therefore, is broken into a
series of narrow and steep valleys and sharp ridges. The prin-
cipal stream is the Yarra, which is here confined to a narrow
valley. The township of Warrandyte lies on the southern side
of the river ; and at its western end, Anderson's Creek enters
the Yarra from the south, while at the eastern end, Parson's
Gully joins the same main river. It is with the relations between
Anderson's Creek and Parson's Gully that this paper is con-
cerned ; and therefore some remarks on the directions and
positions of these valleys will be offered.

Anderson's Creek rises a little to the north of Ringwood. It
consists here of two small creeks, which soon unite ; and the
resulting stream then runs in a direction a little west of north
until it ajDproaches the western head of Parson's Gully, when
it turns more to the west, and so continues until joined by
Harris's Gully from the south. It then runs northerly to the
Yarra. Although Anderson's Creek along its whole course is
essentially a young stream, this feature is more marked in that
portion between the turn near Parson's Gully and its junction
with Harris's Gully. The part mentioned is a deep gorge, and
contrasts with the other more open divisions of the valley. The
best view, perhaps, of the gorge (which it is convenient to refer
to as the " Anderson's Creek Gorge ") is from the southern end
of Fourth Hill, Avhere it is about 300 feet in depth.

Parson's Gully is less in length than An4erson's Creek, as the
accompanying map indicates. Its head is forked, the eastern
prong of the fork being nearly a mile, while the western one is
about a quarter of a mile in length. The western prong is close
to the entrance to the Anderson's Creek Gorge. Parson's Gully
is a fairly broad, open valley, different from Anderson's Creek
Gorge, but resembling in general characters the upper and
lower parts of Anderson's Creek. The main road from Warran-
dyte to Ringwood runs through the valley of Parson's Guliy as
far as its western head, when it crosses into tlie valley of the
upper Anderson's Creek. Harris's Gully is similar in character
to Parson's Gully, but not so broad and well developed, although
of greater length. All the valleys mentioned are deeply trenched
in the peneplain.

Plenty River and Andersons Creek. 169

The Warrandyte goldtield is mainly confined to the area of
country bounded by the Yarra River, Anderson's Creek and
Parson's Gully. (Reefs extend beyond these boundaries, but are
not too plentiful.) The cause of this T hope to explain in a
later paper. For the present, it will suffice to note the fact.
The rocks of this area are of silurian age, and consist in part
of coarse sandstones, grits and conglomerates. Quartz in the
form of reefs and veins, filling joints and others fissures, is
widespread and abundant. By its injection the rocks have be-
come hardened and more resistant to denudation. The conglo-
merates, grits and coarse sandstones, and, apparently, also the
quartz reefs, gradually die out south of the Anderson's Creek
Goroe ; but the latter is not the actual boundary of the reefs or
of the hard rocks. This is well shown by the Great Southern
Hill, which forms the continuation of the ridge known as Fourth
Hill on the northern side of the gorge. This ridge forms the
crest of an anticline, and the effect of the hard rocks of the
Great Southern Hill is well illustrated in the small gully known
as Beauty's Gully, which runs eastward from its mouth in an
almost level line till it meets the ridge, when it sharply rises.
To the south of Beauty's Gully other easterly tril^utary gullies
of Harris's Gully extend much farther to the east, on account,
no doubt, of the rocks there being softer.

To the east and west of Parson's and Harris's Gullies
respectively, the conglomerates, grits and thick sandstones
together with the quartz reefs, practically disappear.
The rocks consist mainly of shales, and are therefore
softer and liable to more rapid denudation than the
coarser-grained silicified rocks of the Warrandyte goldfield area.
Here again the effect of the hard rocks may be seen in Parson's
Gully. On its western side the tributary gullies are short and
steep, whilst on the eastern side they are long and well graded.
The strike of the silurian rocks of the district is a few degrees
to the east of north. The directions of Parson's Gully, Harris's
Gully, and the upper and lower Anderson's Creek approximate
towards the strike of the rocks, while Anderson's Creek Gorge
cuts across both the strike and some of the hardest rocks.
Parson's Gully and the upper part of Anderson's Creek on the
eastern side, and Harris's Gully and the lower part of Ander-

1 70 J. T. Jut son :

son's Creek on the western side of the goldfield area, run
approximately parallel to one another. Fifth Hill, a high point
on the old peneplain at the entrance of Anderson's Creek Gorge,
is about 270 feet above the bed of tke stream. The western
head of Parson's Gully is separated from the gorge by a low
ridge, the latter being about 170 feet below the top of Fifth Hill,
and is therefore about 100 feet above the bed of tlie
Anderson's Creek Gorge. This ridge is continued as a shelf in
Anderson's Creek valley, above the gorge, and also in Parson's
Gully, on the eastern side of the latter valley. In this shelf
Anderson's Creek has cut a narrow, steep valley ; and Parson's
Gully and its tributaries have also somewhat dissected it. The
connecting low ridge itself has practically not been cut into.

All these facts seem to point to the following conclusions : —
At the uplift of the peneplain, the natural drainage lines would
appear to have been along Harris's Gully and its continuation
(the lower part of Anderson's Creek), on the western side ; and
the upper part of Anderson's Creek and its continuation (the
present Parson's Gully) on the eastern side. The harder ground
between would be avoided as far as possible. The two streams
would be indejDendent of one another. Tributaries on each side
of both streams would, of course, be formed as the main streams
eroded their channels. One of such tributaries of Harris's Gully
apparently flowed westerly from the divide between the two
main streams along the course now occupied by the lower part
of the Anderson's Creek Gorge. This tributary would have
difficulty in cutting through the hard rocks of the goldfield, but
its grade would be steep, and this, aided by some faulting which
has probably taken place along part of the line of its valley,
would cause rapid vertical erosion and form a deep gorge.
Gradually eating its way backward, this tributary appears to
have eventually reached the eastern main stream, and to have
captured its upper waters when the valley of this eastern main
stream was not lower than the reduced ridge previously referred
to close to the Ringwood Road. By this capture, the tributary
became the main stream of the district, the present Anderson's
Creek. Harris's Gully, which was formerly the main western
valley, became subordinate to the tributary, and the old eastern
stream was reduced to the present Parson's Gully, occupying

Proc. R.S. Victoria, lOOS). Plate XXXI.

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1900. Plate XXXII.

'-Old Course of Captu^.o Stream

J

Phrntij River and Amlersuns, Creek.

171

a valley too broad in proportion to its length. The low ridge
between the western end of Parson's Gully and the Anderson's
Creek Gorge represents the approximate level of the valley
when the upper part of Anderson's Creek and Parson's Gully
were one continuous stream ; and the height of this ridge above
the present Anderson's Creek (about 100 feet) represents the
minimum vertical erosion since the capture. It is somewhat
ditiicult to fully understand why the capturing stream should
so successfully have crossed the hard rocks, but on the other
hand the low ridge near the entrance to the gorge, and the
other facts mentioned, can only be satisfactorily accounted for
by the explanation given above.

Various points on Fifth Hill give excellent views of the gorge,
and of the once continuous vallev to the north and south.

OldPlEs-?/ /\/0lirHE/^ P/^£S£/<,r
' VALLty Tongue-" /le/vrrA

p. ,1 /<(.•«. A i
Uld L^Onwur.

■\->r /iEvJERBASALT j j | OiDEfiRoad

FlG.2

EXPLAXATTOX OF PLATES.

Plat;: XXXI.

Map compiled from the Geological Survey Quarter Sheets of
the district, with some later topographical information. The
rocks older than the newer basalt have for the purposes of the
paper been grouped together. The numerals indicate the heights
of some railway stations and points along the Yan Yean Pipe
Track. The unshaded portions represents the newer basalt
(except the Yan Yean and Toorourrong Reservoirs, which occur
in Silurian country).

Plati: XXXIT.

Sketch map of the "Warrandyte district, compiled partly from
Quarter Sheet 40 N.W.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1909.]

Akv. XIII. — The Biiildrng Stones of Victoria.
Part I — The Sandstones.

By henry 0. RICHARDS, M.Sc.

(Caroline Kay Scholar and Government Science Research Bursar
in Geology, Melbourne University).

(With Plates XXXIII.-XXXVI).
[Read 9th December, 1909].

INTRODUCTION.

Although Victoria is a country rich in various mineral
deposits, it has not up to the present yielded a sandstone with
properties which have rendered its adoption to any extent for
building purposes. The want of a good cheap Victorian free-
stone is at present severely felt by Melbourne architects, and
although many stones have been tried at different times in
Melbourne, one having the combination of good weathering and
economical dressing properties has not been obtained.

For many years thorough investigations into the weathering
properties of building stones have been carried out in America
and Germany, but in Victoria very little appears to have been
done in this direction.

In the early sixties J. G, Knight^ carried out investiga-
tions on several Australian stones then used ; while some of
his results still hold, much of it, more especially the chemical
portion, is almost valueless. In 1873 a Board was appointed to
examine and report on suitable stone for the erection of the
Houses of ]*arliament ; their report was submitted early in 1879,
and then, as now, the difficulty of finding a cheap and good
weathering stone was very pronounced. The stone eventually-
chosen for the Houses of Parliament was that from the Gram-
pian quarries, 17 miles north-west from Stawell. It is the

1 Australian Buildinj;- Stones, 1864.

Building Stones of Victoria. 173

sandstone with the best weathering properties which Victoria
has produced, but on account of its cost in dressing, is in most
cases proliibitive to the private individual.

In the early building days of Melbourne, Tasmanian sand-
stones w^ere extensively used, and at the present time, in build-
ings other than public ones, little else than Sydney stone is
used, while all along Victorian sandstones have been adopted
only to a small extent.

Of recent years the methods of testing stones for building
purposes have been greatly improved, and since the advent of
the microscope much more has been learnt about the constitu-
tion and the minerals in the stones, so that by its use in con-
junction with the other tests, much more can be concluded from
laboratory experiments than was the case previously.

In view of all this, it was felt that an investigation on a
thoroughly scientific basis would yield results of value both
to the quarry owner and the architect, and as a result this
work was entered upon.

Sandstones.

The following Victorian sandstones have been dealt with: —

1. Stawell.

2. Dunkeld.

3. Barrabool Hills.

4. Apollo Bay.

5. Bacchus Marsh.

6. Darley.

7. Egerton — both fine and coarse.

8. Greendale.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

Stawell Stone.

This is a fine, even grained, w^hite sandstone, quarried at the
foot of the Grampian Ranges, 17 miles north-west of Stawell.
It IS a very hard and compact stone, probably of carboniferous
age, shows very little bedding in the fresh state, and is remark-
ably free from ironstainino-.

174 Henry C RichurcU:

In places the stone has abundant segregations and veins of
secondary silica termed •" flints " by the masons. The initial
hardness of the stone, together with the presence of these flints,
renders the stone a very expensive one to dress. Tlie beds, which
are thick, dip into the hillside at about 45 degrees in a westerly
direction. Stones of -awj size in reason are obtainable, and the
quality seems fairly uniform throughout the quarry.

Current bedding exists in the stone to a large extent, and
although it does not appear in the freshly quarried or dressed
stone an examination of the weathered material detects it, owing
to the slight inequality in hardness of the different layers. A
small quarry has been opened up by Robson and Gray a little
to the south of the main quarry, but the stone therein is more
ironstained than in the large quarry, and some difficulty has
been experienced in obtaining a good "'back." This so-called
'* brown stone is finding a ready sale for pitcher-making, and
is being extensively used in many places for this purpose.

The stone was used in the Stawell Town Hall when the
quarries were first opened up, but much of the surface material
was differentially iron-stained. For this reason alone, and not
on account of its weathering away, the stone in the Town Hall
was painted in after years. The Stawell Court House, built in
1879, is a splendid example of the weathering properties of this
stone, and to-day looks almost as fresh as newly-quarried stone,
being especially clean looking in contrast with the dirty appear
ance the stone takes on in Melbourne after a time, due to the
deposition of sooty and tarry material.

Buildings of this stone in Melbourne are Parliament House,
the Crown Solicitor's Office, the recent additions to the
National Museum, the upper portions and recent additions to
the General Post Office and Town Hall.

Dunkeld Stone.

This is a fine even-grained sandstone, with a light brownish
tint, and -well defined bedding planes. It is quarried on the
slopes of Mt. Abrupt, three miles fiom Dunkeld, at the
southern end of the Grampian Range, about 40 miles due south
of the Stawell quarries.

Buildln;/ SfoiK's oj Vicforia. 175

This stone forms part of the same series of sandstones as
the Stawell stone, and is probably of carboniferous age.

The quarry, although opened up in 1860, has not been ex-
tensively worked, and a lot of dead Avork has been done owing
to bad iron-staining and to a large fault. The beds dip west, at
about fifteen degrees into the hill, away from the quarry, which
is situated on the opposite side of the Wannon River from
Dunkeld ; \\ith the result that the cost with the present system
of carriage is increased. The cost of dressing this stone is about
•20 per cent, less than Stawell stone, but it has not the uniform
colour of the latter. Up to the present none of the troublesome
" flints "' of the Stawell stone have been encountered, but
" sand-balls," generally along the bedding planes, are met with

Occasionally, hard, flinty bands up to an inch or two in
thickness and generally more ironstained than the surrounding
etone are met with, but these can be avoided. A marked defect
of this stone is the current or false bedding, which becomes most
pronounced on weathering, and may be seen very well in the
etone used in the recent additions to the Women's Hospital,
Carlton. Between the layers a fine argillaceous powder is pre-
sent, which falls away readily on weathering. This, together
with the differential ironstaining of the layers, gives the stone
after being in a building a very short time a bad appearance.
This stone has not been used to any extent, but may be seen
in the Hospital mentioned above, and in the Presbyterian
Church, Hamilton.

Bart'cibool Hills Stone.

This is a fine, even-grained sandstone, of a light green-brown
colour. It is quarried in the vicinity of Ceres, among the
Barrabool Hills, near Geelong. It is of Jurassic age, and forms
part of the widely distributed series of lake sandstones laid
down during Jurassic times. The stone is of fresh water origin,
and is made up largely of igneous material containing car-
bonaceous inclusions in the way of leaves and stems of ferns and
other plants.

Its weathering properties are variable for different quarries,
but the samples investigated were obtained from McCann's

1 Krause. Progress Report, No. 1, Geol. .Sur\ev \ict., p. 130.

176 Henry C. Rich<(r<Js :

quarry at Ceres, and which is generally regarded as producing
the best stone.

The bedding is difficult to discern when freshly dressed, with
the result that in many of the older buildings it has been
used with the bedding vertical, thus leading of course to disas-
trous results. The stone is fairly uniform in colour, though
gradations to the bluish-grey colour of the stone in its unaltered
state are discernible. Bands of grit occur here and there
through the stone, which is almost horizontally bedded in the
above quarry.

This stone, which is a s6ft one, and dresses easily, though
rather treacherous, has been used extensively in Geelong and
other places. When rough dressed it weathers better than
when smooth-dressed, as in the latter case it has a tendency
to flake off on weathering, due to a disturbance of the particles
near the surface of the stone during dressing operations.

An examination of the Geelong structures of this stone gives
a good idea of its weathering properties, as some of them have
been erected for about fifty years — e.g., the Art Gallery in
Moorabool-street. The stone breaks, away at the corners, and
flakes along the edge, more especially if in a clamp situation,
with the result that these older buildings have to be continually
repaired and patched with cement.

The stones crack easily, especially those over the windows, for
quite large stones which one Avould expect to stand the pres-
sure, easily develop dangerous cracks.

In other stones wind erosion effects are most pronounced if
the stone is at all gritty, the harder parts standing out like
pimples. The Old Police Court, at the corner of Russell and
Latrobe streets, Melbourne, was built with this stone in 1842,
and here one sees how stone may decay, for nearly all the stones
are in a most rotten condition, and many of them could be
crumbled in the hand. Or her structures in Melbourne of this,
stone are St. Paul's Cathedral, which is showing very evident
signs of decay in many places ; Scots' Church, the Working
Men's College, Ormond College, and the Biology and Medical
Schools at the University. In many of the buildings of this
stone in Melbourne the gables come away from the main struc-
ture to the extent of one or two inches after a time ; some light

BioiUUng Stones of Victoria. 1 77

may be thrown on this movement by the results in the follow-
ing tests on the stone.

Apollo Bay Sto?ie.

This is similar to the BarralxK)) Hills stone, with tlie
exception that it is fresher and has a bluish-grey colour. It
is of Jurassic age, and outcrops all along the coast in the neigh-
bourhood of Apollo Bay. the (juarry being situated right on the
coast. The overburden is small, and even just below the capping
the stone is remarkably fresh. Some stone quarried about fif-
teen years and which has been exposed to all weathers, is in a
good condition, having weathered excellently. There is a
fading in colour, but this is very little more pronounced than
that which takes place after three or four years' exposure.

Blocks of any size within reason are obtainable, and the
stone has the advantage of working very freely and dressing
well.

It has not been used to any extent, but may be seen in the
Cape Otway lighthouse, built many years ago, and also in the
recently built Windsor Exchange.

Bacclnis Marsh Stone.

This is a soft, even-grained sandstone of light brown colour.
It is not at all a compact stone, and is unevenly ironstained. It
is quarried at Bald Hill, about three miles from Bacchus Marsh,
and has been \ised largely in that district. The stone is the
well-known Bacchus Marsh sandstone of Permo-Carboniferous
age. An examination of the quarry shows that it is anything
but uniform in hardness, and also in quarrying a large amount
of waste material is produced. This stone has been used in
the Treasury Building, Spring-street, Melbourne, but has not
stood at all well, many of the l)loeks being so rotten as to cause
their replacement some little time ago. Several structures of
this stone in Bacchus Marsh exist, but in every case, with the
exception of the Church of England, the stone is in a very bad
state. In the latter building the stones are rough dressed,
but very uneven in colour.

178 Heni'ij C. Richards:

Darley Stone.

This is a very soft, fine-grained sandstone, of a light buff
colour. The quarries are situated about six miles from Bacchus
Marsh, on Goodman's Creek, near Coimaidai. Several small
quarries exist, but in all the stone is of a very poor quality,
weathering away rapidly, as shown by the blocks about the
quarries. The samples on which these investigations were car-
ried out were obtained from Cosgrove's quarry. This stone has
been used in the Parliamentary Library — lower portion — and in
the Treasury, to replace the weathered Bacchus Marsh stone,
but in both cases it has crumbled avray badly.

Egtrton Stone.

Fine-grained. — This is a fine-grained white sandstone of a
very clean appearance, and dresses well. It is not quite uniform
in hardness, due to the presence of thin hard layers here and
there through the stone, and is slightly discoloured in parts
by ironstaining.

Coarse-grained. — This is considerably coarser than the above
stone, but also dresses well and works easily. It exhibits a well-
defined bedding plane, due to slight differences in the size of
the grains in the different layers. In appearance it very much
resembles the freshly quarried Sydney sandstone. i> very
friable, and must be regarded as a soft sandstone.

Both the stones are obtained from the same deposit on the
east bank of the Moorabool Kiver, near Egerton. The deposits
— ^which consist of sandstones of Ordovician age — are tilted
almost vertically, and strike north and south. One can obtain
every gradation, from the fine to the coarse stone, but at one
point there is a good thickness of fine, compact stone, of uni-
form grain and colour. This patch was worked a little, some
sixty years ago, to obtain material for a house in the neigh-
bourhood, and the weathering of the stone in this structure
is excellent.

QretndaJe Stone.

riiis is u coarse-graine<l, light-coiouriMJ sandstone of good
appearance, and is made up of sand grains and occasional

(

Bailding Stonei^ of Victoria. 179

pale green patches of shaley material in lenticular masses, bound
to^^ether by a whitish cementing material uniformly speckled
Avith iron oxide. The stone is friable, and works very easily,
but needs care in dressing. From samples the stone seems uni-
form in hardness and colouring, but the author has not visited
the quarry, which is a few miles from Ballan. and nothing is
known of its weathering properties in buildings.

It should be mentioned that all these stones, after being quar-
ried or dressed, get a thin skin or coating of harder material all
over them. This is more pronounced in the Bacchus Marsh,
Darley, Egerton and Green dale stones than in the others, and
is ])roduced by the percolation of the "■ sap " water to the sur-
face, and there evaporating, leaves the dissolved material in
the form of a thin hard skin.

METHODS OF TESTIXCx.

The determination of the actual qualities of a stone, good or
l)ad, by laboratory tests, is exceedingly difficult. As the object
of many of the tests conducted in the laboratory is to produce
the same effects in a few davs as are produced in as many or
more years under normal weathering conditions, a great deal
depends on the methods adopted. However, if all the stones
are uniformly treated by these methods, which must necessarily
be arbitrary, one obtains at least comparative results, and the
relation which one stone bears to another is derived. Stones
of known weathering properties, either good or bad, may form
part of the series imiformly treated, and the relations which
the unknown stones bear to the known ones will give a fairly
accurate idea of the durability of the former. Unfortunately,
the methods adopted in the laboratory are not the same in all
countries, although steps are being taken by an International
Congress to fix standard tests.

In the main the tests aj)plied ])y the author are those followed
by r;. P. Merrill,! of Washington, U.S.A.

1 Merrill. ''Stones for Building- and Decoration."

180 Henry C. liicJtards :

TESTS.

The following- investiirationRi were carried out on all the
sandstones : —

1. To ascertain the specific gravity.

'2. To ascertain the resistance to crushing.

3. To ascertain the absorptive powers.

4. To ascertain the resistance to corrosion.

5. To ascertain the resistance to mineral acids.

6. Microscopical examination.

7. Chemical analysis.

There are several other tests regularly conducted on building-
stones, but these were not included for various reasons, ^^^lile
a knowledge of the resistance to freezing is of supreme impor-
tance in many places, fortunately in Melbourne it is not so, as
this city is almost free from frost, also the difficulty of obtain-
ing anything like reliable results is very great.

The resistance of a stone to abrasion by wind-blown particles
is rather important in Melbourne, but the difficulty of getting
reliable results and the lack of opportunity for carrying out
the test led to its non-inclusion.

1. — S'jyerifir Gravity.

Pieces of the stones were carefully dried at 110 degrees C,
weighed in air when cold, and then suspended in water and
there weighed. From fhe two weights the specific gravity was
determined.

The s})ecific gravity is of value in indicating which stones are
liable to be the most absorptive, for with stones of the same
mineral composition the one with the highest specific gravity is
generally the least absorptive and so the most durable.

Several determinations were carried out on each stone, and
the results a])pended below are the means of these. From the
specific gravities the Aveight per cubic foot of these stones has
been determined. With porous stones like these sandstones, the
determination of the true specific gravity is a matter of some
little difficulty, especially in obtaining the correct weight of the
stone when suspended in water.

The Sydney stone has been inserted for comparison.

BaUding Sfuvei^ of Victoria. 181

Tablk of Specific Ghavitiks and \\'ki(;hts pkk Cuuic Foor.

specific Gravity ^^'^JH- Cubic

Stawell - - - 2.371 - 148

Dunkeld - - - 2.324 - 145

Bai-rabool Hills - 2.144 - 134

Apollo Bay - - 2.335 - 146

Bacchus JMarsh - 2.0S1 - 130

Dailey - - - 2.043 - 128

Egerton (fine) - - 2.114 - 132

Egerton (coarse) - 2.039 - 128

Greendale - - 2.164 - 135

Sydney - - - 2.303 - 144

Most of the stones are light. This is due to their high
porosity as shown later on by their absorption values. The
most compact one is that from Stawell, and it is also the least
porous.

2. — Resistance to Crushing.

These compression tests have been carried out on the testing-
machine at the Engineering School, University of Melbourne,
bv Mr. James Mann, and I am indebted to Acting-Professor Hig-
gins for their inclusion here. This test is the one most com-
monly conducted on building stones, but its value lies more
in giving an indication of the adherence of the particles in the
stone, and so a measure of the stone's durability, than whether
it is strong enough, as only in exceptional cases with ordinary
building stones does the load ai^proach the safety value. Most
of these tests have been conducted on 3-inch cubes, or there-
abouts, in the usual manner, and the Sydney sandstone is again
inserted for comparison. MerrilU states that no fair compari-
son of the crushing strengths of stone can be made except be-
tween results obtained during a single series of tests. How-
ever, the values in the accompanying tables have all been ob-
tained in a uniform manner by the same operator, and can
reasonably be assumed to be fairly comparative amonirst them-
selves.

1 stones for Building and Decoration, p. 497.

182 Henry C. RichdnU:

xA. perusal of the tables shows that the stones with the best
weathering properties are the most resistant to compression,
and that probably the poorest building stone in the list— viz.,
the Darley, also has the lowest compression value.

The Stawell stone gives remarkably high results, exceeding
those of many granites. The Apollo Bay stone gives a good
value, and this seems quite in keeping with its resistance to
weathering. The Sydney stone comes next, with the Dunkeld a
little below it.

Tlie Barrabool Hills stone gives a low value, and from the
manner in which it weathers can be considered only a fair
stone. With regard to both the Bacchus Marsh and Darley
stones, both give very low values, quite consistent with their
durability, as seen in Bacchus Marsh and in Melbourne.

The fine-grained Egerton stone value is fair, and from what
is known the stone weathers well. The other values are low,
but nothing is known of their weathering properties in build-
ings.

Table of Comprkssion Tests.

Size of Cube

Total sti-enytli

Strength in lbs.

'

in inches

in lbs.

V)ei- square iiK'b

Stawell

3

101.300*

11.255

5)

2

70.200

17.550

JJ

2

70.000

17.500

Dunkeld

3

50.750

5.640;

J)

3

39.250

4.360;

Barrabool Hills -

3

29.670

3.297

5> 1)

3t -

26.500

3.195

Apollo Bay

3

61.500

6.833

5J

3t -

73.900

7.866

Bacchus Marsh -

3

17.750

1.940

Darley

3

10.300

1.144

Egerton (tine)

3

38.600

4.288

Egerton (coarse)

3

18.300

2.033:

)5 »»

3

27.300

3.0331

Greendale -

3

21.600

2.400

Sydney

3

66.300

7.366

)>

3

43.200

4.800

+ Crack at 90.000

< Ai>pro.\

\ l>cr,..

to bed.

Buildivff Stones of Victoria. 183

3. — Absorption.

This test is one of the most important, especially with sand-
Btones, but the chemical and physical natures of the stone must
be considered as well as the absorption in ascertaining its
durability.

There are several methods of determining this factor, but
the simplest one has been adopted — that of total immersion in
water till the stone is thoroughly saturated.

TSvo-inch cubes, with faces smooth dressed, Avere used. These
were first thoroughly dried, weighed, and then placed in wide
glass beakers, covered with distilled water, and allowed to re-
main there for four days, which time was found sufficient for
the complete saturation of all the stones treated. Tlie cubes
were then carefully removed, the surface water absorbed by blot-
ting paper, and then weighed with the least possible delay. The
increase in weight gives the amount of water absorbed. If this
be multiplied by the specific gravity of the stone, it gives the
bulk absorption, or the weight of stone which would occupy the
same space as the absorbed Avater does, and so the porosity. In
all cases several determinations were made, and in the accom-
panying table are the means of these values. There is a great
variation in the absorption of the different stones, for the
Bacchus Marsh is three times as porous as the StaAvell stone.
The Stawell and Dunkeld stones are the least porous by a con-
siderable extent, while the others, with the exception of the
Apollo Bay stone, may be considered high, more especially that
from Bacchus Marsh. The freezing of absorbed Avater is a A-ery
large factor in the disintegration of stones, and as a rule the
value of a sandstone is the inverse of its absorption.

In Melbourne, OAving to its small amount of frost, these high
absorptions are not of so much importance as they Avouid be
in less favourable climates, but it must be remembered that the
more porous the stone the more accessible are its alterable con-
stituents to the destroying elements. The Stawell value is low,
but this is to be expected from the physical and chemical nature
of the stone. The Dunkeld and Sydney percentages may be re-
garded as fair. Avhile the Apollo Bay stone gives a rather higli
value. All the others are high, more especially the Bacchus
Marsh value.

184 Henry C. Richards:

From a microscopical examination of thin sections of these
sandstones, the relative absorbent values may be determined,
particularly for the Bacchus Marsh, Darley, Egerton and
Greendale stones, as the amount of water absorbed varies almost
directly as the amount of fine-grained cementing matrix in the
stones.

Unfortunately, the matrix is of an argillaceous character, so
that the high absorptions of these stones especially, must be
regarded as detrimental.

Table of ABSORPTIo^'s in Percentages.

Stojie

Stawell

Absorption by weight

2.38

Absorption b.i
5.64

Dunkeld -

1141

7.92

Barrabool Hills

7.68

16.46

Apollo Bay
Bacchus Marsh

4.49

8.70

10.48
18.10

Darley

7.40

15.12

Egerton (fine) -

6.93

14.65

Egerton (coarse)

6.54

13.33

Greendale

7.74

16.75

Sydney

3.65

8.40

4. — Resistance to Corrosion.

The object of this test is to find out the effect on the stones,
of water containing carbon-dioxide in solution. Carbon-dioxide
occurs to the extent of about .04 per cent, in Melbourne air.
Rain water, carrying it in solution, is capable of dissolving
calcium, magnesium, and iron carbonates, so that any stones
containing these are affected by it. Limestones of course are
more severely acted on than other stones, but sandstones con-
taining these minerals are also affected.

Two-inch cubes, smoothly dressed were thoroughly dried at
110 degrees C, cooled, weighed, and immersed in water, through
which a current of washed carbon dioxide was passed continu-
ously for three weeks. Precautions were adopted to keep a
quantity of the gas in contact with the water, so that it was
kept thoroughly saturated, and the water was changed every
few days.

Along with the sandstones was placed a cube of Carrara
marble for comparison.

Building Stones of Victoria. 185

At the end of the time the cubes were carefully removed,
dried for many hours at 110 degrees C, and then weighed, the
difference between the two weights being due to the action of
the carbonated water.

All the stones, with the exception of those from Barrabool
Hills and Apollo Bay, lost weight. The Darley stone, known to
contain a large percentage of carbonate, lost as much as 2 per
cent., while the marble lost 1.8 per cent. In the case of the
Darley sandstone, one is dealing with a porous stone, where
the solution can percolate all through, while with the marble,
which has a very low absorption (.18 per cent, by weight) the
action is almost entirely confined to the surface. The Darley
stone also lost some weight through some of the grains falling
away, when the cement was weakened by the solution of the
carbonate. The action on the marble was sufficient to remove a
film nearly .2 mm. in thickness from the whole surface of the
stone, with the exception of the thin carbonaceous veins, which
stood out as ridges. The effect on the Apollo Bay stone was
to give it a lighter colour, much the same as is produced by a
few years' weathering. With regard to the other stones little
or no change was noticeable in appearance. The amounts lost
by the Sydney, Dunkeld, Stawell and Egerton stones is scarcely
appreciable, whereas the marble, Bacchus Marsh and Darley
stones all lost considerable amounts, due to the carbonates
therein. The increase in weight of the Barrabool Hills and
Apollo Bay stones is probably due to the presence of ferrous
iron in the stones, which becomes oxidised.

Table of Percentage Losses by Corrosion.

stone Weiafht lost in percentage

Stawell - - - - 0.06

Dunkeld - - - - 0.01

Barrabool Hills - - - 0.17^

Apollo Bay - - - 0.15*

Bacchus Marsh - - - 0.38

Darley - - . . 2.01

Egerton (tine) - - - 0.00

Egerton (coarse) - - - 0.02

Carrara Marble - - - 1.79

Sydney - - - 0.03

* Denotes Percentage gained.

186 Henry C. Richards:

5. — Resistance to Acids.

Ordinary city air contains small percentages of hydrochloric,
sulphuric, sulphurous, and nitric acids ; of these the hydro-
chloric and sulphuric are the most important.

A solution containing 1 per cent, of each of these acids was
made up, and smoothly dressed two-inch cubes, after being dried
at 110 degrees C, cooled and weighed, were immersed in 300
CCS, of the solution, each in a separate beaker.

The stones remained thus for a period of fourteen days, with
occasional turning over. At the end of this time they were
carefully removed, and allowed to drain for some time into the
beakers ; then, after being rinsed for several hours in a current
of water to thoroughly get rid of the acid, they were dried at
110 degrees C, cooled and weighed, and the loss in weight noted.

The solutions were then made up to 500 cc, one portion being
used to determine the weight of the dissolved material as
chlorides and sulphates, and the other for the chemical analysis
of the dissolved material.

During the test some material fell away mechanically, due to
the action going on between the matrix of the stone and the
acid. This was caught in a filter, ignited, and weighed.

The effect of the acid on several of the stones was most pro-
nounced, especially on those from Barrabool Hills, Apollo Bay,
Darley. Sydney and Bacchus Marsh, while little or no change
took place in the 8tawell, Dunkeld, Egerton and Greendale stones.

The Barrabool Hills stone was bleached to a much lighter
colour, and on fracturing the cube the alteration was visible up
to about 1.5 cm. below the surface, gradually becoming lighter
in colour outwards.

The Apollo Bay stone underwent a very decided change in
colour, passing from a bluish-grey in the unaltered part to a
tint resembling very closely that of cement on the outside. On
fracturing the cube the zone of alteration was seen to be about
1.5 cm. wide, passing from the grey to a rather brown colour,
due to the oxidation of the ferrous iron in the stone. From this
point outwards there was a gradual loss of colour due to the
solution of the iron containing constituents, up to the cement
colour about 1 mm. wide at the surface.

BuAlding Stonf'.s of Victoria. 187

The Sydney stone, on the other hand, gained colour, due no
doubt to the oxidation of the ferrous iron it contains, but the
colouring was variable. On fracturing the cube it was seen
that almost the whole of the stone had undergone an alteration
in colour, there remaining a central core about 1 cm. in diameter
of unaltered appearance. From this core outwards a beautiful
zoning effect was produced, the colour being a deep brown,
about 1.5 cm. from the surface, and then fading away to the
surface, which in some cases was white and in others varying
shades of brown.

The Darley stone was the most seriously affected of all,
cracks extending along the bedding planes throughout the whole
length of the cube. The cracks were more pronounced at the
corners, where some of the material fell away — in fact, the
stone required very careful handling to maintain the cubical
shape at all. Thin flakes fell away, and a good deal of dis-
colouration was produced by dift'erential iron-staining.

The Bacchus Marsh stone underwent the same changes as the
Darley stone, but they were not so pronounced, and little or no
tracking was produced in it.

In the table are shown in percentages the total loss the stones
(inderwent, the loss due to mechanical falling away, the loss due
to the chemical action of the acids, and the soluble material as
oxides, sulphates and chlorides.

During the experiment the CO^ liberated by the action of
the acid on any carbonates present escaped of course.

Table of Percentage Losses in Acid Test.

stone

Total Loss

Mechanical
Loss

Loss by cheni.
action" of acids

Sol. material as

oxides.sulph'ts

and chlorides

8tawell

0.108 -

0.019

- 0.089 -

0.050

Dunkeld -

0.283 -

0.056

- 0.127 -

■ 0.094

Barrabool Hills -

1.117 -

0.027

- 1.390 -

■ 2.889

Apollo Bay

1.851 -

0.020

- 1.831 -

2.813

Bacchus Marsh -

0.792 -

0.025

- 0.667 -

1.225

Darley

1.835 -

2.337

Egerton (tine) -

0.019* -

0.015

0.068

Egerton (coarse)

0.027 -

0.067

0.080

Greendale -

0.052* -

0.034

0.221

Sydney

1.031 -

0.038

- 0.993 -

1.146

Denotes ijain in Weiglit.

188 Henry C. RiehanJs :

The percentages of alumina, ferric oxide, magnesia and lime in
the dissolved oxides were then calculated from the analyses of
the dissolved material, and are as follows :

Table of Analyses of Material lost by Chemical Action

OF Acids.

cc

^

«

<

i:

-

a

c;

•ji

36.25

16.50

66.25

59.85

24.25

16.00

27.22

31.53

5.20

28.13

34.38

31.14

26.65

3.00

25.85

37.10

22.91

83.92

24.80

12.80

2.45

7.25

26.67

22.05

20.18

44.67

2.78

10.82

36.32

0.16

6.25

46.08

36.10

15.50

0.89

8.10

Alumina

(Al,03)
Ferric Oxide

(Fe,03)
Lime

(CaO)
Magnesia

(Mg-0)

An examination of these tables shows that all the stones are
more or less attacked by mineral acids, but that m the case of
the fine-grained Egerton and Greendale stones there is a slight
increase in weight, due probably to the formation of some new
salt in the stone. Tlie effect on the Stawell, Dunkeld, Egerton
(both fine and coarse) and Greendale stones is very small, the
Bacchus Marsh and Sydney stones are acted on considerably,
and the Apollo Bay, Barrabool Hills, and Darley stones are
affected to the greatest extent.

The mechanical loss is small in all the stones, with the ex-
ception of the Darley, but unfortunately a mishap took place
with the insoluble portion of this stone, and time did not allow
of a repetition of the experiment.

A perusal of the analysis of the dissolved material shows that
in the Barrabool Hills and Apollo Bay stones a large percentage
is alumina and ferric oxide, the ferrous iron dissolved from
these stones being determined in the ferric state. The Barra-
bool Hills material contains more alumina and ferric oxide, and
less lime and magnesia than the Apollo Bay stone.

In the case of the Sydney stone, more than 80 per cent, of
the dissolved material is ferric iron, obtained from the solution

Biiildmg Stones of Victoria. 18D

of ferrous carbonate in the stone, the other three oxides makini^
up the balance with magnesia about 8 per cent. In the case
of the Dunkeld and Stawell stones, which are of a different type
from the others, the composition of dissolved material is more
varied, there being a high percentage of magnesia for iho
Dunkeld stone and of lime for the Stawell stone.

For the Bacchus Marsh stone the ferric oxide is low, while
the magnesia and lime are high, especially the magnesia, these
two oxides being present in carbonates in the stone.

The Darley material is high in lime and magnesia, and low in
alumina. The material dissolved from the Egerton and Green-
dale stones is much the same in composition, with the exceptiorx
that the Greendale analysis shows a high lime and very ^ow
magnesia percentage, whereas in the Egerton material these
two oxides are well distributed.

6. — Microscopical Examination.

Stawell Stone.

Examined under the microscope in thin section, this stone is
seen to be made up almost entirely of rounded quartz grains, which
are very closely packed together, so that there is a minimum
amount of cementing material. A great number of the quartz
grains contain numerous needles of rutile. while most of them
have apatite, zircon, or small liquid inclusions, so that the
«and grains are very probably of granitic origin. These quartz
grains are of uniform size, and in nearly every case well
rounded, showing that they have undergone a good deal of
attrition before being cemented together. There are a few
subangular, but almost no angular grains. A very occasional
crystal of a light brown pleochroic mineral with a high refrac-
tive index is seen, and is probably the mineral sphene. The
binding material is in parts seen to be secondary silica, while
in other parts it is felspathic. Only occasionally do there
occur patches of cement of any size, but the cementing to-
gether of a number of small quartz grains by secondary silica is
veiy common. In the hand specimen numerous patches and
bands of what are termed " flints " occur. On sectionino: these

190 Henry C. Richards:

it is seen that they are nothing more than a number of grain<^
cemented by secondary silica and are of secondary origin in the
stone.

The average size of the grains is about .25 mm., and from
a microscopical examination the sandstone appears to be almost
the ideal one for weathering. (See Plate I.. Fig. 1.)

Dunkeld Stone.

This is made up almost entirely of sand grains, but differs
from the Stawell stone in that the grains are much smaller, and
of a more angular character, also they are not so much com-
pacted, with the result that there is a great deal more binding-
material.

This cementing material is uniformly stained with iron oxide,
which gives it a light brown colour. It is the presence of a fair
amount of this fine-grained matrix and the almost total absence
of patches of secondary silica that renders this stone cheaper
than the Stawell stone to work. (See Plate I., Fig. 2.)

Barrahool 11 ills Stone.

It is at once seen that this stone is of an entirely different
nature from the Stawell and Dunkeld stones, and appears to
be made up of reassorted igneous materials, most of which have
been altered. Angular crystals of c^uartz are scattered through
the rock, while a good deal of both orthoclase and plagioclase is
present. Most of the felspars are kaolinised, and form part of
the cementing matrix of the stone. The quartz and felspar
fragments are set in a fine-grained matrix made up of chlorite,
haematite, mica and volcanic fragments. The minerals in the
rock are consideral)ly altered, and this no doubt accounts for it>i
low crushing strength. (See Plate II., Fig. 1.)

A polio Bay Stone.

The description of the Barrabool Hills stone may be taken
as that of this stone, with tlie exception lliat this is uiui-li
fresher, and small grains of magnetite occur here and there
through it. An examination of sections made from the fresldy
quarried stone, and of some which had been exposed for about

Baih/iiuj Stones of Victoria. 191

fifteen years, showed that there was little or no difference, ^r^
that the stone appears to have good weathering properties,
(See Plate XL, Fig. 2.)

Bacchus Marsh Stone.

It was a matter of some difficulty to obtain a thin section
of this stone for microscopical examination, owing to its weak
binding properties. The stone is made up of fine grains of
angular quartz set in a fine-grained matrix of argillaceous
material stained brown by ferric oxide. Occasional crystals of
mica and felspar occur through the section, but the stone is
almost entirely made up of sand grains, and a fine-grained
matrix. The proportion of grains to matrix is far too small to
allow of a good weathering stone, as the cementing matrix is of
an argillaceous character, and so a poor binding material ; thus
from microscopical evidence one Avould conclude the stone to
have a low crushing strength, and to have very little weather-
resisting properties. (See Plate III., Fig. 1.)

Barley Stone.

This stone resembles closely that from Bacchus Marsh, but
contains more fine-grained matrix, and in addition carbonates
are present. Tlie grains of quartz are small and angular, and
well separated from one another. From the amount and argil-
laceous nature of the matrix, together with the presence of
carbonates, one would consider the stone to have poor weather-
ing properties, and to have a low crushing strength. (See Plate
ni.. Fig. 2.)

Egerton Stone.

Fine-grained. — This is made up of very fine grains of quartz,
set in a matrix of argillaceous material. The quartz grains are
subangular, and of fairly even size. There is a fair percentage
of fine-grained matrix, which is evenly distributed, and does not
occur in large isolated patches. This stone is much superior
to the Bacchus Marsh and Darley stones, from a microscopical
point of view, and indicates good weathering properties, along
with a fairly high crushing strength. (See Plate IV., Fig. 1.)

192 Henry C. Richards:

Coarse-grained.— T\i\^ stone is of the same nature as the
iine-grained one, but has a much coarser grain, and a good deal
more argillaceous material all through it. The grains are
angular, very uneven in size, .7 mm. to .07 mm. in diameter,
und large isolated patches of the fine-grained matrix occur.
This matrix is present to the extent of about 25 per cent., and
patches 1 mm. in diameter occur. The microscopic characters
indicate only fair weathering properties, and a low crushing
strength.

Qreendale Stone.

This has much tlie same microscopic character as the coarse-
grained Egerton stone, but in addition has scattered through it
specks of ferric oxide, which give the stone a light biown
■colour. (See Plate IV., Fig. 2.)

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS.

Chemical analyses w-ere carried out by the author on all the
sandstones, with the exception of the Stawell stone. The
analysis of that stone in the following list was made by the Vic-
torian Mines Department. ^

In all cases samples for analysis were taken from material
uniform with that used for the other tests. For stones of
-aqueous origin like these sandstones a chemical analysis does
not carry so much weight as for igneous rocks, because in the
former uniformity in either chemical or physical characters of
even closely adjacent beds is not to be relied upon, whereas in
igneous rocks which have cooled from a molten magma, uni-
formity of composition is much move likely. However, chemi-
cal analyses of these stones, while only holding for the particu-
lar beds of which they are samples, serve to indicate in general
the composition of the stones, and what constituents are liable
to alteration during weathering; this information used in con-
junction with the other tests is often of great value.

2^he Staivell Stone is seen to be a very highly siliceous one,
and to be made up almost entirely of silica in the form of sand
grains. The combined water, alumina, and a certain amount of

Ann. Report Sec. for Mines, Victcjiia, 1907, }>. (3;J.

Building Stones of Victoria. 193

the silica occur in the small amount of cementing material in
the stone. The iron oxides, magnesia, lime and alkalies are pre-
sent to only a slight extent, while carbonates are altogether
absent.

The Dunkeld is a little lower in silica than the Stawell
etone, but it contains more combined water and alumina, owing
to its larger percentage of cementing material, the alkalies are
a little higher, but not present to any appreciable extent, while
the iron oxides and alkaline earths are very low.

In neither of these stones does there appear to be any con-
stituent easily affected chemically, under ordinary weathering
conditions.

The Bai-rabool Hills and AjJoUo Bay Stones, from their
chemical analyses alone, are seen to be different types of stones
from the others, and a very close resemblance exists between
the chemical constitution of these two, also a comparison of
their analyses with those of the Victorian Dacites shows marked
similarities. The silica is low, while the alumina, combined
water, and alkalies are high.

The ferrous oxide in the Apollo Bay stone is about twace
that of the Barrabool Hills stone, also the former has a lower
ferric oxide value than the latter. It is the relative amount
of these two iron oxides which governs the colour of the stone,
the more ferrous oxide the greyer the stone, the brown colour
of the Barrabool Hills stone being due to the ferric nature
of the iron it contains.

A small portion of the fresh grey Barrabool Hills stone was
analysed for ferrous iron, and gave 3.70 per cent., while an
adjoining piece of brown stone gave only 1.80 per cent. The
presence of the ferrous oxide in the stone must be regarded as
a defect, as it is so readily oxidised on weathering.

lite Bacchus Marsh Stonp. is only moderately high in silica
for a sandstone, while the combined w^ater and alumina are
high, but this is a natural result of the large amount of argil-
laceous material the stone contains. The .ferric iron value is
high, and accounts for the brown colour of the stone, Avhile the
alkalies occur in the small amount of felspathic material the
stone contains. Carbon dioxide occurs to the extent of .32 per
cent., and is combined partly with the lime and partly with the

194 Henry C. Richards:

magnesia. The presence of this material is detrimental, as it is
readily removed under ordinary weathering conditions, thus
weakening the stone.

The Barley has much the same composition as the Bacchus
Marsh stone, but has less argillaceous material, and consider-
ably more carbonates, the 1.82 per cent, of carbon dioxide is
high, and occurring in a stone of weak physical features like
this one is alone sufficient to condemn it for city structures.
Manganous oxide occurs to the extent of .20 per cent., and in the
form of manganese carbonate appears as the pink staining which
the stone shows irregularly through it.

The Egertoth and Gretndale stones are similar to one another
in composition, and are fairly high in silica. They contain a
fair amount of argillaceous material, but there is nothing in
either of the stones which is liable to chemical removal or
alteration to any extent under normal weathering conditions.

Table of (Jiiemical Analyses.

5

05

<

03

«

u

•J

Silica (-SiOJ

90.19

90.49

64.13

64.00

77.69

83.15

90.22

86.37

Alumina (Al.^0,)

1.90

5.66

18.59

15.88

10.00

5.48

7.56

7.29

Ferric Oxide (Fc.Og)

(X37

0.59

1.99

1.90

2.70

1.57

tr.

1.67

Ferrous Oxide (FeO) -

0.06

nil

1.78

3.86

tr.

nil

nil

nil

Magnesia (MgO)

0.09

tr.

1.24

1.81

0.96

0.64

tr.

0.43

Lime (CaO)

tr.

0.27

1.34

2.02

0.74

2.90

tr.

tr.

Soda (Na.,0) -

0.04

0.88

4.36

3.42

1.02

0.56

0.38

0.84

Potash (KoO) -

0.39

0.46

1.98

1.86

1.74

0.24

0.22

0.34

Free Water (-H,0)-

0.11

0.20

1.38

l.OJ-

1.56

0.46

0.58

0.10

Combn'd. „ (m-H.,0)-

0.48

0.97

3.43

3.84

3.02

2.51

1.56

2.50

Carbon Dioxide (CO.,)

nil

nil

si. tr.

nil

0.32

1.82

nil

nil

Mang. Oxide (MnO) -

—

nil

str. tr.

str. tr

tr.

0.20

tr.

tr.

Titanium Oxide (TiOJ

QUO

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total - 99.73 99.52 100.22 99.63 99.75 99.53 100.52 '.»S).54

Baildhuj Stones of Victoria. 195

GENERAL SU^fMART OF RESULTS.

Stawell Stone. — This has excellent weathering- properties, as
shown by its low absorption, great resistance to corrosion by
i-arbon dioxide, and to the action of mineral acids. It has a
very liigh crushing strength, and is an expensive stone to dress.
Chemically the stone is very stable, and microscopically appears
ahhost the ideal weathering sandstone. The objections which
may be raised to the stone are its cost of dressing due to the
initial hardness and the '' flints," the presence of current bed-
ding, and its cold appearance. On the other hand, it is the
best weathering sandstone in Victoria, and blocks of any rea-
sonable size may be obtained, so that for public V)uildings it is an
eminently suitable one.

Dunkeld Stone. — This has excellent weather resisting proper-
ties, on account of its Ioav absorption, its resistance to carbon
dioxide and the mineral acids. Its crushing strength is only
fair, but it is considerably cheaper than Stawell stone to dress.
A grave objection to this stone is its appearance on weathering,
due to the very frequent current bedding, to the differential iron-
staining, and to the pitting along the bedding planes, owing to
the falling out of fine powdery material originally present. It
must be regarded as only a second-class stone.

Barrahool Hills Stone. — This has a very high absorption,
<iik], while resistant to the effect of carbon dioxide, is teadily
affected to a large extent by mineral acids. It is light, has a
low-crushing strength, and is easily dressed. An examination of
the buildings of this stone, together with the results of the
above tests, indicates that the stone is only a fair one, and
that when used in rough dressed blocks of small size gives tlie
best results.

Apollo Bay Stone. — This is fairly compact, has a medium
iibsorption, is very resistant, to carljon dioxide, but readily acted
on by mineral acids. It has a good crushing strength, and
works both freely and well. Objections may be urged against
the colour, especially after weathering for some time, and to
the action of acids on it ; but in virtue of its absorption, its
dressing properties, and its known weathering properties it must

196 Henry C. Richards:

be set down as a much better stone than that from the Barra-
bool Hills and as a good stone.

Bacchus Marsh Stone. — This is not at all a durable stone, on
account of its physical and chemical characters. It is light, and
has a low crushing strength due to the poor adherence of its
particles. Owing to its chemical constitution it is attacked and
weakened by the action of carbon dioxide, and especially by the
mineral acids. It has a very high absorption, and from the
durability of the stone, as seen in Bacchus Marsh and Mel-
bourne, cannot be regarded as other than a poor stone.

Barley Stone. — This is poor, both physically and chemically,
as a building stone. It is light, very porous and has an ex-
ceedingly low crushing strength. It yields to the attack of
carbon dioxide and the mineral acids very readily, owing largely
to the carbonates it contains. It is interesting to note that at
one time this stone was chosen for the Houses of Parliament,
but from the results obtained above, and an examination of the
stone in Melbourne structures, it must be considered a very
poor stone for building purposes, especially in the city.

Egerton Stone (Fine-grained.) — Tliis has a fair crushing
strength, is rather absorptive, but very resistant to carbon
dioxide, and the mineral acids. It has the advantage of being
light, dressing easily and well, and from what is known of its
weathering properties in the field should be a good, durable
stone if precautions are adopted to keep it as dry as possible.
The stone has not been used to any extent, but if the quarry
opens up favourably, as it promises to do, it should fill the long-
felt want of a durable stone with cheap dressing qualities.

Goarse-yrained. — This is physically weaker than the fine-
grained material, but is chemically stable. It dresses easily,
and aJthough inferior to the former one, should, with the same
])recautions, prove a good serviceable stone.

Greendale Stone.- -Th.\& has much the same qualities as the
coarse-grained Egerton material. It is light, has a low crush-
ing strength, is rather absorptive, but very resistant to tlie
action of carbon dioxide and the mineral acids. No opportunity
of judging this stone in the field has been obtained, but from
t!ie laboratory results it should, if kept reasonably dry, prove
a oood serviceable stone.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXX [II.

i*

>^

Fig. 1

^r^*!^'

;'r ■■ :

i-^^-^-L) - 1

%

f

Fig. 2

Proc. R.S. Vict..ria, l<M)i». Plate XXXIV.

Fig 1

x

"^^1^.J^

Fig. 2

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXXV.

---%^jf

^5:/-

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Proo. K.S. Viitoriii, 1900. Plate XXXVl.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

BuildiiKj Stones of Victoria. 197

In conclii.sioii, I am iimch indebted to Prof. E. W. Skeats lor
his kindly advice on many occasions, and to Mr. H. J. Gravsoi:
for his help in prepai-inij- the microscopic sections and micro-
photographs.

DE8CRIPTT0N OF PLATES XXXIIT.-XXXVM.

The niicrophotographs are all x 35 diameters and taken in
ordinary light.'

Platk xxxriT.

Fig. 1- — Microphotograph of Stawell Sandstone.
,, 2 — ,, ,, Dunkeld Sandstone.

Plate XXX I Y

Fig. 1 — Microphotograph of Barrabool Hills Sandstone.

Apollo Bay Sandstone.

•7

-* 55 55

Plate XXXV.

Fig. 1 — Microphotograph of Bacchus Marsh Sandstone.

Darley Sandstone.

9

J5 55

Plate XXXVI.

Fig. 1 — Microphotograph of Egerton Sandstone (fine).
,, 2 — ,, ,, Greendale Sandstone.

8

[Proc. Eoy. 8oc. Victoria, 22 (xN.8.), Ft. II., 1909.

Art. XIV. — The Structure of the Tritncus Arteriosus
in Species of the geneva Hyla, Limnodi/nastes, Chir-
oleptes, Heleioporus, Psendophryne and Notaden,

By KATHLEEN K. OLIVEK.
(With Plates XXXYII -XXXIX).

[Read 9th December, 1909.]

In reading various bioligical authorities I have noticed a
marked discrepancy in the different accounts of the number and
rehitive importance of the valves of the fi-og's heart.

A. Milner Marshall and Ecker l)oth deal with Rana tempo-
raria, and each gives a different number of valves as guarding
])oth the entrance to the Truncus Arteriosus froui the Ventricle,
and to the Synangium, from the Pylangium.

Bourne, in his description of the frog, does not name the
species on which he is working, merely giving the generic name
of Rana, and differs again in regard to the number of valves
from both of the two above authorities.

In the following account a description is given of the struc-
ture of the Truncus Arteriosus in representatives of the three
families of the Amphibia that are found in Australia. The
species examined are as follows : -

Family Hylidae.
Hyla aurea.

Family CystignatJiidae.
Limnodynastes dorsalis.
fieleioporus pictus.
Chiroleptes alboguttatus.

Kamily Biijonidae.
Notaden bemietti.
Psoudophryne semimarmorata

My thanks are due to Professor S])eni-cr for his kind help,
and for Ok- use of the la])oratory and dei)arlmcni specimens of

Truncus Arteriosus. 199

the Melbourne University, also to Mr. John Booth and Mr. J.
C. Gihnour, for the live specimens they have been at trouble
to procure for me, thus aiding me in investigation with the dis-
Becting microscope.

As regards the nomenclature of the valves to be dealt with
hereafter, as no definite names appear to have been hitherto
applied to them, 1 have called those between the Ventricle and
the Pylangium the 'pylangiaJ ralve-^, and those between the
Pylangium and Synangium, the xyncniyial.

The accompanying table will serve to show the discrepancies in
the accounts of the valves of the truncus arteriosus given l)y
certain authors.

The interior of the trtmcus, as is well known, is divided into
two parts — the proximal, called the ryhnigium, and the distal,
the Synatiginm.^ In some species the line of demarcation be-
tween these two portions of the Trunctis Arteriosus is very dis-
tinct externally (Fig. 2), while in others — e.g., Hyla aurea
(Fig. I ) — there is little or no outward evidence of the division
into proximal and distal compartments.

Just to the left of the opening from the ventricle, a dorsally
attached septa arises, running the whole length of the Pylangium,
and called, from the spiral twist in it, the spiral valve or fold.
This spiral valve is free ventrally, and normally turns from the
right side at the posterior end, to the left at the anterior. At
the anterior end of the valve there are more or less well marked
valves guarding the entrance to the Pulmo cutaneous arch.

The Synangium is that part of the truncus which is anterior
to the spiral valve, and from it arise the systemic and carotid
arches. The spiral fold is a constant feature, differing only as
to shape and relative thickness in the various genera. The
valves at the anterior end of the spiral fold, separating the
Pylangium from the Synangium, while constantly present, are

1 Different authors ai«i)ly different names to the parts associated with what we call
the Tnuicun arteriosus. Marshall, whom we follow, calls the whole structure the
Truncus arteriosus, and divides it into a proximal part, the Pylangium, and a distal, the
Synangium. Howes confines the term Truncus to the proximal part; Parker and
Haswell call tiie proximal part tlie Conus arteriosus and the distal bnlbus aortae ; Holmes
calls the proximal part the Indbus cordis, and the distal the Truncus arteriosus, whilst
Ecker calls the proximal part the Truncus, though he sometimes applies the same name
to the combined proximal and distal parts.

Sa

200

Kathleen K. Oliver

> 'A X-

-/:

O S ci

zfE

jZ cc >

" '^ —

^ '^

2 " -

j^ s

'ZS

P^ T

o 5

SI

'So®* '5f

rH C r;::

? P^ o

CJ CO
CC HI

"^ c o 2 S

^ Pho

o ^

p^ ^ r2 O- jL d)

^1 i±P^

c3 Qj

-r ?^ tH '^'Ih ^

t- s >

:: S fl

S !^ ?

? '^ «~

% T- "^
CO •" "*^

-^ o a)r^ c ^

^ % ^ o x.n
ri t» ?2 ;? c

S cS

1^ • I « "&
^ S^ fi ° ^

-^ ® a; Ph
7^ S ^ g c^ 3

"^ r-' to -t-- c ^

.5 ^

T r W

^1

2^ 8

!i a ?
^ EW

'r::' CM _j

>. = 1

£•- '?

^ C:; ^ ^

le cc

or:

2 3 re

P

5 p.

.5

5 I'-

1- r-<

' io

M

"t:

^i

' 'M

6

=4-. O

d A

o''^

^•r^

^^

'^-^

^=S

c ^^

^1

?;

X . O

i) .-.

-(J •>

i-o

- 3:''o.S

235

1=2

if 9

51=^5

>— ; i,.,

^ "

2"^

cil

Cij

o

«

Truncits Arteriosus. 201

more or less modified in the different genera. In some cases
one or other of them seem almost to disappear ; in others they
appear to be fully developed, and show distinct fusion with the
top of the spiral fold.

There is in Hyla aurea a modification of the spiral fold, which
will be recorded under the detailed account of that genus, and
which is interesting physiologically, in that it suggests a theory
of the blood flow which as yet does not appear to have been
considered. The solid objects are drawn as dissected, and the
sections are taken from consecutive series, the most diagram-
matic and typical being chosen.

Hylidae.

1. Hyla mirea. (Plate XXXVIL, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.) •

The opening from the Ventricle to the Truncus Arteriosus
is on the right of the spiral fold, at the extreme proximal end.
It is guarded by two laterally placed semi-lunar valves, con-
nected by cordae tendinae, with the inner wall of the Pylan-
gium.

At the anterior end of the spiral fold, guarding the opening
to the Pulmo-cutaneous arch, and on the left side of the fold, is
one very definite semilunar valve (v.), attached dorsally, and
free ventrally, and one small flap of membrane which may
be taken as a half valve. It lies to the right of the larger valve,
and is fused with it, and lies dorsal to the turned top of the
spiral valve, so as to be invisible in a dissection from the ven-
tral side. The spiral valve in Hyla is very strongly developed,
there being a very definite spiral twist. (Fig. 1.) The free
edges are thicker than the main part of the valve, and are
softly rounded. It is attached dorsally only, and is free along
the whole ventral border. The right hand end of the synan-
gial half-valve fuses with the spiral valve a short distance pos-
terior to the anterior end of its free edge.

The papilla on which the Carotids open (Car.) is most distinct,
its edges overlapping the opening to the sj^stemic to a slight
extent.

Developed in connection with the spiral valve is an inter-
locking apparatus, presumably functioning in conjunction with

202 Kathleen K. Oliver:

the synangial valves in regulating the blood tlow through the
Truncus.

On the right hand wall of the Truncus a definite, papilla-like
structure is present (p), and opposite it on the same side of
the fold is a depression (d), into which the papilla fits. Bourne,
in his work on Rana, states that the Pulmo-cutaneous arch
opens from the Synangium, anterior to the spiral valve and its
attendant synangial valves ; also he figures the valves as facing
up towards the cavity of the Synangium.

The synangial valves in the Australian frogs that I have in-
vestigated are between the Pulmo-cutaneous arch and the Syn-
angium, and this position, togetlier with the presence of the in-
terlocking apparatus, would suggest the following theory as to
the regulation of the blood flow through the Truncus — that
when the spiral valve is in its normal position — that is, the
position in which there is least pressure exerted on it — and this
is when the pressure is greatest in the Synangium, and therefore
lower in the Pylangium, the interlocking apparatus is closed, the
papilla on the Pylangial wall fitting closely into the depression
on the spiral valve. In this position the spiral valve would
direct the impure blood, entering first on the Ventricular Sys-
tole to the left, and so on up to the Pulmo-cutaneous arch,
where the pressure is lowest, the preceding systole having forced
the blood on to the lungs. When the Pylangium is full, and
the pressure becomes greater than that above in the Synangium,
the blood forces up the Synangial valves, and these, being
fused with the spiral valve, pull the fold over to the left, thereby
opening the interlocking apparatus, and the blood rushes to-
wards the Systemic and Carotid area, there being now less
pressure than in the Pulmo-cutaneous entrance.

CYyTlGNATHIDAB.

1. Limuodyiutxtei^ dorsalis. (Plate XXXVITI., Figs. 9-10.)

In LimnodynnMes dorsalis there are two very distinct synan-
gial valves (Fig. 9 viv2). The valve attached to the left side of
the Truncus is large, semi-lunar, and definite, and that further
to the right is smaller, its right hand end fusing with the
anterior end of the spiral valve. Both valves have their cups

Truncas Arteriosus. 203

direcled inwards towards the cavity of the Pj'langium guarding
the entrance to the puhno-cutaneous arch, as is the case in all
other genera I have worked in the Australian frogs.

The Pylangial valves (Fig. 10 viv2) are characterised by the
presence of two distinct papilla-like structures (Fig. 10 p.p^),
one at the dorsal, and one at the ventral junction of their lips.

The interlocking apparatus is represented in this genus by a
somewhat thicker attachment of the spiral valve to the dorsal
wall, the ventral surface of Avhich is slightly rounded, so as to
tit into tLe curve of the spiral valve on the right side when that
structure swings over from the left.

The fold itself is much less definitely spiral than that of
other genera. The edges are very blunt, and the main part
much thicker than in the case in Hyla. The carotid papilla
also is less well defined than in the other Australian genera
worked.

2. Hehioporu.< pictus. (Plate XXXVIII., Fig. 12.)

In Helioporus fnctus the edges of the spiral valve are
sharply marked and definite, and there is a decided right to
left spiral twist. The Pylangial valves are two in number, with
a small papilla on the dorsal wall of the opening, and a less
well-defined and smaller one on the ventral.

TSvo synangial (Fig. 12 v^) valves are present, each of a very
indistinct transparent and membraneous appearance, and each
of approximately the same size. The right one is attached at
the light side to the anterior end of the spiral valve, at its ventral
margin, and the other end is fused with the left hand valve just
above the opening to the Pulmo-cutaneous arch.

The interlocking apparatus is most indefinite in this genus,
being represented by a slight indentation on the fold and a
very slight thickening of the wall opposite it, much as in Lym-
nodyiiastes dorsdlis.

3. Chiroleptts alhoguUatm. (Plate XXXIX., Fig. U.)

In this genus the carotid papilla (car.) is very marked. The
spiral valve is not at all well developed, there being very little
spiral twist present.

204 Kathleen K. Oliver:

The interlocking apparatus is faintly marked, the papilla-like
structure on the wall of the Truncus being the only indication
of it. There is one very definite synangial valve on the left
lateral, and ventral side (Fig. 14 v.^), and a narrow flap of skin
fused to the top of the spiral fold on the right and attached
across the dorsal side of the Truncus just above the opening
of the Pulmo-cutaneous arch. (Fig. 14 v.2) The semilunar
valves are placed laterally, without any dorsal and ventral
papillae. Taken altogether, this genus appears to be further
from the usual structure of the Truncus than any of the so
far worked families or crenera.

BUFONIDAE.

1. Notaden hennetti. (Plate XXXIX., Fig. 15.)

The spiral fold is here most definitely curved, and has a
thick, coarse edge.

The interlocking apparatus is represented by a very faint
papilla on the wall of the Truncus, opposite the top curve of
the spiral fold, into which it presumably fits, instead of having
a separate indentation as in other genera.

The synangial valves (Fig. 15 viv2) are two in number, both
approximately of the same size. The right end of the right
valve being, as usual, fused to the spiral fold, and attached at its
left end to the spot from which the left valve springs. The spot
at which the right and left valves join each other is immediately
above the opening of the Pulmo-cutaneous arch.

The Carotid papilla is very marked, and relatively large. The
semilunar pylangial valves (Fig. 16 x^v"^) are closely opposed
when shut, there being no papillae on the dorsal and ventral
sides.

In a longitudinal horizontal section (Fig. IT), the very dis-
tinctly spiral form of the spiral fold will be clearly seen.

i'. Ft^eudopliryne semimarniorata.

This genus is too small for dissection, so the structure can
only be arrived at by means of sections.

There are apparently two synangial valves (Fig. 18 vH'*),
much the same as in other genera, and the spiral valve seems

Triviicus Arteriosus. 205

to be less curved than is usiiallv met with in the other Austral-
ian frogs so far investigated.

The carotid papilla is present, l)ut does not appear to be
exceptionally large.

SU^IIVIARY OF RESULTS.

The Truncus Arteriosus is divided into two distinct portions
— the proximal Pylangium, between which and the Ventricle
are the Pylangial valves, and the distal portion or Synangiuni,
separated from the Pylangium also by valves. It is chiefly
with these valves and associated structures that this paper deals.
Various authors (see Table) have worked out these valves
in Rana, and the result has been such that a marked discre-
pancy is apparent. Also there appears to be some doubt as to
the relative position of the Synangial valves and the Pulmo-
cutaneous opening. Some authorities depict the Pulmo-
cutaneous opening in the Synangium, and the cups of the valves
facing anteriorly ; some place it in the Pylangium, with the cups
of the valves facing posteriorly. As these two positions would
necessarily give totally different methods of the blood flow
through the Truncus, it is of importance to ascertain the posi-
tive position of these parts.

In the Australian frogs worked there is a constant number
of Pylangial valves (2), and also of Synangial valves (2),
the structure and development in the different genera
only being subject to variation. In every individual investi-
gated, the Pulmo-cutaneous arch has opened from the Pylan-
gium, and has been guarded by the Sjmangial valves which face
posteriorly, towards the cavity of the Pylangium. This position
of the Pulmo-cutaneous arch in relation to the Syangial valves,
together w^ith the interlocking structure, suggests the above-
mentioned theory of the blood flow through the truncus.

In the following table the number and importance of Pylan-
gial and Synangial valves is indicated, together with the position
of the Pulmo-cutaneous aperture in the specimens examined.

506

Kathleen K. 01

iver :

Fauiilv

Genus and sp.

I'vlaiiyial Valves Synang-ial Valves Aperture of P.C.

Hvlid;

Hyla a urea

1 + small ^ Pylaiigiuin
valve

Cystignatliidae Liiiinodynastes 2, with distinct 2

Biifonidae

dorsalis

Heleioporus
pictns

Chiroleptes
alboguttatus

Notaden
benuetti

Pseudophryne
semimai'uiorata

papillae

2, with small
papillae

Pylangiiim
Pvlanscium

1 distinct and Pylaug-imu
1 poorly de-
veloped

2, Avith no papil- 2
lae

Pylangiimi

LIST OF WORKS REFERRED TO.

A. Milner Marshall.— ^' The Frog," 8th ed., 1902.

HoAves. — " Atlas of Practical Vertebrate Zootomy/' ed. 1902,
plate II.

Sedgwick.—" Student's Text Book of Zoology/' p. 282.

Bourne. — "' Comparative Anatomy of Animals."

Holmes. — "" Biology of the Frog/' p. 266.

Thomson. — " Outline of Zoology/' p. 571.

Parker and Haswell.- -Vol. II. ''Text Book of Biology,' p.
259.

Parker and Parker. — "Practical Zoology/' p. 87.

Chalmers MitchelL " Outlines of Biology/' p. 251.

RoUeston. — " Forms of Animal Life," ed. by Jackson, p. 76.

Eeker. — " Anatomv of the Frog," ed. George Haslam, 1888.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

List of abbreviations used.

P = Pylangium.
S ^ Synangiuin.
Car = Cai'otid Papilla.

Tnmciis Arteriosus. 207

V^ = first valve.

V- = second valve.

p = papilla on wall of Pylangiuni.

d = depression on spiral fold opposite p

pi = papilla at Pylangial valves.

Plate XXXV II.

F\^. I. — Heart of //y/a aiifecr, showing no outward line of de-
marcation between the Pyhmgiiim and Synangium.

Fig. II. — Heart of Liiiiuodvntiste!^ dorsa/is, showing distinct out-
ward line of demarcation between Pylangium and Synan-
gium.

Fig. III. — Drawing of a dissection of the 'I'runcus Arteriosus of
Hyla aurea, seen from ventral surface.

Fig. IV. — The posterior end of the Truncus Arteriosus of Hyui
aurea, showing the Pylangial valves.

Fig. V. — Truncus Arteriosus of Hy/a nurea, showing the inter-
locking apparatus open.

Fig. VI. — Truncus Arteriosus of Hy/a atirea^ dissected from the
ventral aspect, showing the interlocking apparatus shut.

Platk XXXVTTI.

Fig. VII. — Longitudinal horizontal section of Hyla aurea^ to

show the Synangial valves.
Fig. VIII. — Longitudinal horizontal section of Hyla aurea heart,

to show Pylangial valves.
Fig. IX. — Truncus Arteriosus of IJninodyiiastes dorsalis, to

show Synangial valves.
Fig. X. — Truncus Arteriosus of Linniody)iastes dorsalis, to show

Pylangial valves.
Fig. XI. — Longitudinal Horizontal section of Truncus Arteriosus

of Lininodynastes dorsalis, to show the Synangial valves.
Fig. XII. — Truncus Arteriosus of Heleicporus pictus, to show

Svnanofial valves.

208 Kathleen K. Ollcer

Plate XXXIX.

Fiu'. XIII. — Compiled longitudinal horizontal section of Heleio-
porus picfiis, to .^ho^v Synangial valves.

Fig. XIV. — Triineus Arteriosus of Chiroleptes alboguttatus, to
show Synangial valves.

Fig. XV. — Truncus Arteriosus of i\-otaden benneiti^ to show
Synangial valves.

Fig. XVI. — Truncus Arteriosus of Notaden hennetti^ to show
Pylangial valves.

Fig. XVII. — Longitudinal horizontal section of Truncus Ar-
teriosus of Notaden bennetti^ to show Synangial valves.

Fig. XVIII. — Longitudinal horizontal section of Truncus Ar-
teriosus of Pseudophryne se/nhnarinorata to show Synan-
gial valves.

i

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XXX V^I.

^'V^S?''^^

"'P.

F,^.,

"'^

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1900. Plate XXXVIII.

Fi5f.l2

Fi2,n.

Proc. K.S.' Victoria, 1909. Plate XXXIX.

[Pboc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (X.S.), Pt. II., 1909.]

Art. XV. — Contributions to our knoitiedge of
A ustralian EartJtworras.

The Blood Vessels — Part IJ.

By GWYNNETH BUCHANAN, B.8c.

(With Plates XL.-XLIL).

[Read 9th December. 1909].

The present paper is a continuation of that previously pub-
lished by me on the same subject (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. xxii.,
pt. I., 1909), and has, like it, been undertaken in the Biological
Laboratory of the Melbourne University, under the direction
and advice of Professor Spencer. The bibliography is the
same as before, and I have continued to employ the generic
names given by Beddard in his " Monograph of the Order Oli-
gochaeta " (from which also all the references in the text are
taken) except in such cases as are indicated in which they have
been altered in harmony with Michaelsen's later work.

The following is a list of the genera and species dealt with
in the preceding paper : ■ —

Cryptodrilus hulmei.
Digaster excavata.
Diporochaeta bakeri.
,. copelandi.

„ davalliM.

„ richardi.

,, tanjilensis.

,, yarraensis.

Fietcherodrilus unicus.
Megascolex coxii.

dorsalis.
,, fielderi.

„ goonmurk.

,, tenax.i

1 Michaelseii uses this genus instead of Megascolides, '' Die Fauna, Slid west
Australiens," 1907, Oligochaeta, p. 160.

210 (jii'ijn ii^'lli BacliaiKiii :

Woodwardia gippslandicus.
Perichaeta obscura.

„ manni.

,, macquariensis.

,, valida.
While those described in the present one are
Cryptodilus grandis.

,, manifestus.

,, saccarius.

Megascolex australis.
Notoscolex camdenensis,

„ qneenshmdica.

1. — Megascolex australis, Fletcher.

Perichaeta australis, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. 8oc.
N.S.W., vol. i., 188G.

Plate XL., Fig \.

Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 15-10, and passing
forward to the first segment, when it sends an exceedingly fine
branch round the alimentary canal, which unites with the
ventral on each side. In 15 and IG it gives off two well marked
vessels to the alimentary canal in each segment, while in 14
there is only one, and in 13 none at all. In 12, 11 and 10, a pair
of hearts arise in the hinder part of each segment, whose con-
nections with the dorsal vessel are so small as to be only dis-
■cernible in serial sections, the hearts arising from a very definite
supra-i?itestinal, which takes its origin as a separate vessel
over the alimentary canal in 13, and which runs forward to end
blindly over the same organ in 9. From 9-6 distinct commis-
surals pass from the dorsal at the hinder end of each segment
to the ventral vessel, sending a branch to the posterior septum
and ventral l)ody wall. From 5 forwards these vessels are very
small, and hard to trace among the exceedingly strong
jnuscles, but there is a))parently one leaving the dorsal and
entering the ventral in each segment. In 5, that from the
doi-sal breaks up into tine capillaries, al)0ut half way down the
.segment, which ai)]tcar to conned with another set associated

Austratiom EarfJnrormi^. 211

with the anterior end of the Jaferal ves-'^el, ''Ut their direct con-
tinuity i.s hard to make out. The lateral runs backwards, send-
ing a branch to the posterior septa of the segments in 6-9, and
passing below the alimentary canal as the sub-intestinal in
10-13, on the hinder septum*, of which hist segment it ends.
It receives branches from the calciferous glands, apparently
derived from the supra-intestinal in 10, 11 and 12. and others
from the alimentary canal, whose origin is less obvious in 13
and 9, giving branches to the posterior system of the segment
in 10, 11 and 12.

llie reiifraJ is a single vessel, not clearly uuirked in the
anterior segments, giving branches to the ventral body wall
in each posterior to 13, and joining the dorsal as described.
The difficult point to explain is the slight connection between
the hearts or supra-intestinal vessel Avitli the dorsal, the only
truly functional branches arising from this in the region of the
hearts being those to the posterior septa of the segments, and
these are so small as to be best made out from sections.

The explanation seems to be found on an examination of a
series of sections passing from segment 9 to about segment 15
or 16. The dorsal vessel is greatly expanded in the segments
immediately joosterior to the hearts, its walls having the typical
structure described by Beddard (p. 65), consisting of an epi-
thelial wall surrounded by circular and longitudinal muscles.
This vessel, evidently well fitted for pumping action, gives
marked vessels to the alimentary canal as described, but from
this organ the blood is passed to the ventral by very insigni-
ficant l)ranches. It must therefore pass along the alimentary
canal in the sinus-like vascular space surrounding it, to be
collected to the definite supra-intestinal vessel in 13 : and the
pumping force of the dorsal vessel must be strong enough to
pass it forward till it reaches the hearts, w^here fresh j^ropul-
sion will take place, since the connections of these vessels with
the dorsal are so small as to be negligible from a functional
point of view. The supra-intestinal, though not a very large
vessel, has, in the region of the calciferous glands, fairly muscu-
lar walls, which would be capable of propelling the l)lood, but
this theory does not explain the more than usually muscular
walls of the dorsal vessel in this region.

212 Givyn neth Buclian an :

2. — Notoscolex camdenensis, Fletcher.^ Proc. Linn. 8oc.
N.S.W., vol. i., 1887.
Cryptodrilus camdenensis, Fletcher.

Plate XL., Fig. 2.

Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 17-14, less so in
13-10. It passes forward to 1, where it apparently breaks up;
but from 4-1 the muscles are ver}^ thick, and in these segments
the connections between the dorsal and ventral, if present, are
indistinct. In 17-14 the dorsal gives clear vessels to the calci-
ferous glands, and posterior to these in each segment one or
two branches to the alimentary canal, whose connections with
the ventral are small, and barely to be made out even in
sections. From 9-6 a pair of commissural vessels arises from
the dorsal at the hinder end of each segment, showing some
distance along their course a construction probably due to the
presence of a valve. From this point (which is higher than in
the other vessels) in 6, arises a lateral passing backwards, and
closely applied to the alimentary canal. BeloAv the valve the
commissural give l)ranches to the posterior septa of the seg-
ments, there being many of these vessels in 6. The lateral is
fairly distinct in 7, 8 and 9, closely applied to the alimentary
canal, receiving vessels, from it, and sending branches to the
posterior septa ; but in the region of the hearts it becomes in-
distinct, and only apparent as the suh-intestinal on each side
in sections, where it is seen to end in the sinus around the
alimentary canal in 13, sending small branches to the posterior
septa in iO-13. The hearts are four pairs, in segments 10-13,
arising mainly fiom the f-^tpra-intestinal, but each receiving
a small branch from the dorsal. They are somewhat monilform
in appearance, and fine at their junction with the ventral, and
in section are found to contain valves, which have also been
noticed in the hearts of other worms. (See Beddard, p. 73.)

The supra-intestinal arises as a definite vessel from the sinus
around the alimentary canal in 13, and passes forwards to end
above that organ in or about segment 9. It is the main origin

1 Michaelsen retains Flctclioi's ffeniis Notoscolex " Die Fauna, Siidwest Aiistraliens,"
1007, Olitrochaotii, j). HW.

A iistralain Edrtlncorins. 213

of the hearts, as has been said, though it becomes rather indis-
tinct between them, and is connected with the hirge sinus
around tlie alimentary canal in this region, though not by ver)^
definite vessels, passing to the sub-intestinal.

The ventral is single, and passes forward to where it breaks
up into fine branches, w^hich may or may not join the dorsal.
In '2 it sends branches to the alimentary canal, and behind the
heart region a vessel to the posterior septum and ventral body
wall in each segment. As has been said, the connection between
the dorsal and ventral by w^ay of the alimentary canal is indis-
tinct. Thi<. however, is common, as l^eddard (p. 72) remarks
that in earthworms the conuiiissurals are confined to the
anterior segments of the body, but in the embryo of Lumbricus
eai-h segment has a pair of commissurals. Evidently, therefore,
it is better to call these vessels in the hinder regions of the
bodv dorso-intestinal.

3. — Notoscolex queenslandica,^ Spencer.

Cryptodrilus queenslandica, Spencer. Proc. Roy.
Soc. \'ict., vol. xiii., pt. i., 1900.

Plate XL., Fig. 3.

Dis'^ectio//. — Dorsal vessel single, swollen in segments 18-10.
and giving oti' distinct dorso-tegumentary vessels to the hinder
mesenteries in those posterior to the hearts. The tegumentary
blood system is very well marked along the whole length of the
body. The alimentary canal in the intestinal region is Avell
supplied by large vessels arising from the dorsal which ap-
parently end blindly : but in the segments immediately behind
tlif^ hearts, which have vascular swellings in 16 and calciferous
glands in 14 and 15 (Spencer, loc. cit.), these vessels end in a
blood sinus below the alimentary canal. The commissurals, if
])resent, are very indistinct along the intestinal region. Tlie
dorsal runs forAvard to the first segment, when it breaks up
into very fine branches after giving off a small vessel connect-
ing with the lateral. From 9-2 the dorsal gives rise to a pair

1 Michaelseii, loc. cit., p. 162.

214 Givynneth Buchanan:

of coinmissurals in each seg'iiient, which pass to the ventral
vessel, sending a branch to the ventral body wall and posterior
septum of the segment on the way. In 4, 3 and 2, however,
the commissurals are very fine, and the vessel to the body wall
not apparent, thouirh in 3 there is a large development of
branches over the alimentary canal and gland. From 9-5 these
commissurals present a constriction, probably marking a valve,
about one-third of the distance along their length : and from
this point vessels arise running to the alimentary canal wall,
and in 5 to the hinder septum of the segment.

In 10, 11 and 12 are a pair of hearts, thrown into folds l)y
strong connective tissue, and passing to join the ventral. They
are connected with the dorsal by a fine vessel at the posterior
part of each segment, but their main origin is from the well-
marked supra-intestinal, which arises in 12 and runs forward
to end over the alimentary canal in 7. It gives off well-marked
vessels to the alimentary canal in 12-7. which send branches
to the posterior mesentery of the segment, and join the lateral.
These branches to the mesenteries are more marked in the seg-
ments anterior to the hearts.

The lateral is a well-developed vessel along the whole of its
length, taking origin in the first segment on the dorsal side of
the body, w^here it breaks up into very fine branches, one of
which connects with the dorsal on each side. It sends irregular
branches over the alimentary canal in 1, 2 and 3, and in 4 be-
comes larger, giving well-marked vessels to the posterior
septum. From 4 it runs backwards as a very distinct vessel,
whose branches to the hinder septa of the segments are very
large, and run in close connection with the lower parts of the
commissurals in 9, 8, 7 and 6. In 6 and 7 it is connected with
its fellow of the opposite side at the anterior end of the seg-
ment by a vessel below the alimentary canal (which sends a
branch to the anterior septum), and in 5 and 6 it gives branches
to this organ, while from 7-12 these are connected also with
the supra-intestinal, though there are also smaller branches
passing only to the lateral. In 10 the lateral passes below the
alimentary canal, and becomes the suh-intcxfi luil on each side,
receiving branches from the supra-intestinal in 10, II and 12,
and giving vessels to the posterior septum. It then runs on,

A ustratian Earthiuorms. 2 1 5

receiving a small vessel from the dorsal in 13, and ends on the
ventral body wall in 16.

The ventral vessel is not very well developed anteriorly to 13.
It receives a commissural in each segment, and breaks up into
very fine branches in 1, some of which pass to the dorsal surface
and appear to form very fine connections with branches of the
lateral. Behind 14 the ventral is small, and sends branches to
the body wall in each segment. In section it appears to be
connecting with a sinus around the alimentary canal by ex-
tremely small vessels. This sinus is supplied by well-marked
vessels from the dorsal.

Both dorsal and ventral vessels are unusually thick-walled and
muscular in the hinder region of the body.

4.— Cpyptodpilus manlfestus, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W., 1888.

Plate XLT., Fig. 4 ; Plate XLtl., Fig. 7.

Dissection. — Dorsal vessel single, slightly swollen in seg-
ments 13, 14 and 15, and running forward to apparently break
up in 1.

From 15 backwards it gives oft' two vessels in each segment
closely applied to the alimentary canal. In 14 there is appar-
ently only one of these, while in 13 none arises from the dorsal
at all.

In 10, 11 and 12, a pair of hearts arise from a double origin
at the posterior part of each segment, and pass to the ventral
vessel. From the hinder end of segments 9-5 a pair of commis-
surals arise, running parallel to, if not joining with, the lateral
or one of its branches for some distance in each segment, and
sending vessels to the posterior septum and ventral body wall
before joining the ventral. The mesenteries anterior to 7 are
very thin, which makes the segmental arrangement difficult to
distinguish, but in 5 the commissural gives branches to the
alimentary canal as well as those already described for each
segment. Anterior to 4, the vessels are small and indelinite,
but the dorsal appears to give branches to the alimentary canal
and break up in 1.

216 Givynneth Buchanan:

The ventral vessel is also single, sending branches to the ali-
mentary canal in the segments anterior to 4, and to the ventral
body wall from 6 to 1. in which it breaks up. From the anterior
end of 10 passing backwards, it gives branches to the ventral
body wall, especially well-marked in 10, 11 and 12.

There is apparently no supra-intestinal, but in 10, 11 and
12 is a short transverse vessel, which is the main origin of the
hearts. There is a well-marked branch from this vessel in each
segment, also to the calciferous glands, which is connected with
the lateral ; and vessels pass to the dorsal surface of the ali-
mentary canal, running forward in each of the three segments,
but with no definite connection with the transverse vessel of
the next. Even in sections, ^vhich show the blood supply is
thick above the alimentary canal, no definite supra-intestinal
can be made out ; the only approach to it being between 12 and
13, wlipi-e a median vessel, apparently taking origin from the
irregular blood spaces and in connection with those of the calci-
ferous glands of each side, passes forwards to unite with the
transverse of 12.

The lateral arises from the commissural in 5 on each side,
and runs forward to break up on the anterior septum of that
segment, passing back to join its fellow at the posterior end of
9. through (in one specimen) a glandular organ, from whence
it runs on as a single ,^uh-intestinal, dividing again at the
hinder end of 12, and ending on the posterior septum of 13.
From 5-9 its branches pass to the alimentary canal and posterior
septum of each segment, the latter vessel having in most cases,
as stated, a curious connection with the commissurals which
seems to onlv involve the outer coats of the vessels.

.").- -Cryptodpilus grand is, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., 1887.
Notoscolex grand is, Fletcher.

Plate XLT., Fig. r>.

JJlssertion. -Dorsal vessel single, very slightly swollen in the
heart region, running forwards to segment 1, where it divides
to two, one passing round to join the ventral on each side.

Australian Eart/tworms. 217

From 15-20 it gives off a pair of vessels in each segment,
supplying the alimentary canal, but their connections with the
ventral (if any) have not yet been made out. Behind the wall
opening it continues to give rise to a pair of vessels closely
applied to the alimentary canal wall on each side in every seg-
ment, but their further relations need microscopically examin-
ing. In 14 the dorsal gives off one branch to the sub-intestinal,
supplying the alimentary canal on its way, and from the back
of 13 a pair of hearts arise, with a double origin — from the
dorsal and supra-intestinal — and run round to the ventral
vessel, joining it on its under side, this arrangement being con-
tinued till segment 10. As far as can be seen microscopically
there are valves in the dorsal vessel at each septum, and also
at the origin of the hearts. From 9-2 the dorsal gives off from
the hinder part of the segment a pair of cnmmissural vessels on
each side, and from 9-5 definite branches arise from these to
the posterior septum of each segment. The mesenteries in this
form are exceedingly thick at the anterior end, and with this
fact may probably be associated the great development of small
branches arising from all the main vessels in this region. In
4 the commissural give off on each side a lateral, running
backwards and forming later on, as usual, the suh-iritestinal,
which seems to end as a marked vessel at the posterior part of
15, but to run on somewhat indefinitely for a short distance
behind this. From all around the origin of the lateral, and
from the two pairs of commissurals in 2 and 3, small branches
arise, supplying the anterior end of the alimentary canal,
salivary glands, etc. The lateral gives a definite branch to the
hinder septum of the segment in 5-13, which is not so marked
in the heart segments as elsewhere ; while there is a particularly
large development of branches over the upper portion of the
alimentary canal in 9. From 6-15 the sub-intestinal receives
vessels from the alimentary canal.

The supra-intestinal arises in 14, and is double in this seg-
ment, and as far as the middle of 13 in the specimen examined.
It seems to take origin just where it sends branches to the ali-
mentary canal, and from here forwards as far as 8, it sends a
pair of vessels in each segment to supply this organ, and open
to the sub-intestinal : while in 6 and 7 it o-ives smaller

218 GxvynnetJi Buchanan:

branches to the alimentary canal above which it ends blindly
in 6.

The ventral vessel runs forAvards and breaks up at the anterior
end. sending a branch to join the dorsal as described, and be-
hind the region of the hearts it gives a very definite pair of
vessels in each segment and the ventral body wall running along
the septum.

6.— Cpyptodrilus saccarius, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.8.W., 1887.

Plate XLT., Fig. 6, and Plate XLTI., Fig. 8.

Dorsal vessel single, slightly swollen in segments, 14-10. It
passes forwards to first segment, becoming very indefinite in
the anterior two or three, but apparently joining the ventral in
1. From 14 backwards it gives off a commissural vessel on each
side, which supplies the alimentary canal, but in all cases in this
form the connections with the ventral vessel are fine. There
are four pairs of hearts, the last arising in the posterior part of
segment 13, from a double origin — by a fine branch from the
dorsal and a much more definite one from the supra- intestinal.
Tliis latter makes its appearance in segment 13, and is very
marked, giving large branches to the calciferous glands, which
are conspicuous structures, in segments 13-9. It apparently be-
comes discontinuous in segment 12, but on examining micro-
scopically, is found to be represented l)y an exceedingly fine
vessel between the hearts in 11 and 12. It ends blindly above
the alimentary canal in segment 8.

From segment 9 forwards the dorsal gives oft' a pair of com-
missural vessels at the posterior part of each segment, that in 9
being very well marked. From 9-6 the commissurals give
branches to the posterior septum of the segment, that in 6
being small. Those commissurals in 2, 3 and 4 are very in-
distinct, but apparently join the ventral vessel, while that in 5,
after giving a branch to the alimentary canal, joins a marked
lateral, which in its turn sends a branch to the ventral vessel.
It also joins its fellow of the opposite side under the alimentary
canal in segment 5, and sends a branch forward to the alimentary

A ustraliii II Kiiilh a'oi'ins. 2 1 9

canal wal]. The excessive development of blood vessels is a
marked feature of this segment, and is probably associated with
the well-marked " salivary gland." The commissural in 4 also
sends a branch back to break up on the alimentary canal.

The hiterol is very large at its origin, though its connection
with the commissural is somewhat faint. It runs backwards,
sendin<r branches to the posterior septum of the segment in 6, 7,
8 and 9, and in 9 receives vessels from the calciferous gland. In
the anterior part of 10 it joins its fellow of the opposite side by
n single vessel, and from this point two continuations of the
laterals run back closely applied to the ventral wall of the ali-
mentary canal, and forming the suh-intestinal-<. In 10, 11. 12
and 13 vessels from the calciferous glands open to these.

The veuti-dl vessel is single along its length, and becomes incon-
spicuous at its anterior end. In the region of the calciferous
glands, which are really highly vascular enlargements of the
alimentary canal, the branches from the supra-intestinal are
closely applied to the wall of the gland, and send vessels to its
villus-like projections on the internal surface of the gland. The
blood is then collected up wdth definite vessels (Br. Cal.). passing
to tlie sub-intestinal on each side. (See Fig. 8.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL.-XLTL

Figs. l-t3. — Diagrams of side views of the cephab'c l)loo(l vessels

of tlie earthworms named.
Fig. 7. — Dorsal view of the vessels at the origin of one of

the hearts in C. nianifestua.
Fig. i"^. — ^Low power view of the blood supply to and from

a calciferous sland of C. sdccarins.

HEFERENCE LETTEllS.

Al. C. - - Alimentary canal.

B. - - - Branch from ventral vessel to septum and body
wall.

220 Gicynneth Buchanan : Australian Earthworms.

;g \^ . - Braiicli from commissural vessel to alimentary

canal.
Branch from commissural vessel to septum.
Branch from dorsal to heart.
Branch from sub-intestinal or lateiai to septum.
Brand) from supra-intestinal to alimentary canal.
Branch from calciferous gland to sub-intestinal.
Branch from supra-intestinal to calciferous gland.
Branch from comuiissural to septum and body

wall.

- Branch from dorsal to septum.
Dorsal vessel.
Heart.

- Mesentery.

- Plexus on alimentary canal.

- Branch from plexus to septum.
Supra-intestinal vessel.

V. - Sub-intestinal vessel.

- Ventral vessel.

B.

c.

B.

D.

B.

s.

Br

. A.

Br

. Cal.

br.

Cal.

Br

. W.

D.

s.

D.

V.

Ht

Mes.

PI.

PI.

s.

S.

T. V.

Sub. I.

V.

V. -

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XL.

) 1

FlG.l. l/ECASCOLEX AUSTRAHS.

i 2 3 1. S 6 7 "? 9 , "^

3 'i /ii 'S

F\C.2 C RVPTO DRIV_<J S C AlvlDENEMS IS,

/6 ir ^u n I

F\&.'5 NOTOSCOUtX C^UEENSLf^NO JCK

Proc. K.S. Victoria, V.M). Plate XLI.

i- 6 7 "i '/ 'O

Pig. ^ CrXPTOOP. ILUS N\^N^FESTUS.

12 3^ r 6 7

S q /O II 17 '3 '^ /> /<f

F\G. 5 CRYPT0DR\V_U5 CRA>ND\

? ,^ U i' <^ 7 « q 10 It n /■

F\C. 6. Crvpt OD R ILUS SACCARIUS

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XLII.

PI..

Fi<i7

Fig-. 8

[Proc. Eot. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Vr. IT., 1009.]

Airr XVI. — Note on the Accessovi/ Glands "^^y^^'in"!"^
Crtjptodrilus sdccariu!^ (Fletclter). /Cs^^O^^'VN

By GWYNNETH BUCHANAN, B.Sc. (u-i ( L i ,^

(With Plate XLIIf.).
[Read 9th December, 1009]

These structures are present close to the male and female
genital openings, though they are more numerous near the
latter. Their arrangement seems to be in four main groups,
one between segments 12 and 1.3, one on 18 between the male
openings, one between 21 and 22, and one between 22 and 2-3.
In one specimen, however, that in Avhich the groups of gland
cells were most numerous on LS, there was a very small and
inconspicuous structure between 18 and 19.

The accessory gland between segments 12 and 13 may l)e
taken as typical, since they all have the same histological struc-
ture, differing only in the number of patches of glandular cells
in one group. On the mid-ventral surface, on the depression be-
tween the segments, is an oval area, bounded by swollen lips,
in the middle of which are two rounded patches, marking the
glands themselves. As a rule chere are two of these patches
(Fig. 1), but they may be more numerous, as many as four in seg-
ment 18 being observed in one specimen (Fig. 2), while occa-
sionally, in the glands posterior to the male opening, there is
only one. It seems probable that the condition of the accessory
structures varies with the age of the worm, their number, how-
ever, being practically constant. In section the glandular
patches are seen to be flask-shaped structures, composed of
swollen, mucus-secreting cells, (Fig. 3, g.c), elongated at right
angles to the surface, and apparently each opening independently
to the exterior. The circular muscle of the body wall becomes
practically obliterated at this point, while glands of what ap-
pear to be connective tissue or muscle fibres pass out among
the epidermal cells, which are here elongated, as compared with

22'-i Gwynnefh Biuhanan :

the oidinai-v coliuimar of non-glandular areas, and in among
the longtitudinal fibres (Fig. 3).

Accessory copulatory structures are common among Oli-
gochaetes, being called by various names, and Fletcher describes
theii- external appearance in C. sdccarins^^ but I have not found
tlieii- minute structure mentioned elsewhere. Spencer'^ points out
a large development of glandular cells in the clitellar region of
Megascolides australis, evidently similar in histological struc-'
ture to those of the accessory glands in C. saccarius, but dif-
fering in not being grouped to form separate organs. He also
notes the penetration of the epidermis by fibres, but describes
the epidermal cells as being shorter than elsewhere, while in
C. .saccarius they are longer around the glandular patch. It
is evident that the function of these secreting cells in the
clitellar region is connected with the formation of the cocoon ;
the fact of their being collected into patches around the genital
openings, however, seems to point to their function here being
principally to secrete mucus, which would aid in the passage
of the reproductive elements to the cocoon and of the body of
the worm through it without friction.

Since going to press I. tind that a very similar set of accessory
structures has been described and figured by Miss G. Sweet
(Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., vol. xxviii.) in Digaster excavata and
Jfegascolex dor satis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIIL

Fig. 1. — External appearance of an accessory gland of C.
saccarius between segments 12 and 13.

Fig. 2. — The same around the male opening, segment 18.

Fig. 3. — Low power drawing of the accessory glands and
associated structures between segments 12 and 13 in
C. saccarius. (Outline with camera lucida).

1 I'l...-. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1889.

1 Transactions of Koy. Soc. Vict., vol. i., pt. i., 1SS8. Tiie Anatomy of Mejia.scolidc!
aiistralis.

Proc R S. Victuria, 1909. Plate XLIII.

^i<t. 1.

Ft4 3.

Accessory Glands of Crypfoclriias saccarms. 223
REFERENCE LETTERS.

b. 0.

=

Base of ovary.

c. m.

=

Circular muscle.

c. t.

=

Connective tissue.

e.

=

Epidermis.

e. t.

=

Epidermis cut transversely,

g. c.

--

Gland cells.

g- P-

^

Glandular patch.

1.

=

Lip. of accessory gland.

1. ni.

=

Longitudinal muscle.

n. c.

=

Nerve cord.

m. p.

=

Male pore.

s.

=

Line marking septum.

V. V.

=

Ventral vessel.

[Proc. Koy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.). Part II., 1909.]

Art. XY\ I. —Contributions to our Knoivledge of
Australian Eartltvjorins.

The Nephridia.

By FREDA BAGE, M.Sc,

Government Research Scholar in the University of Melbourne.

(With Phites XLIV.-XLVIT).

[Kead 9th December. 1909].

For some years past Professor Spencer and Mr. J. J. Fletcher
have been engaged in describing a h\rge collection of Australian
earthworms, chiefly those of the eastern and south-eastern coastal
districts. 1 As their collections have increased in size they have
found it necessary to descrilje new species, putting them tem-
porarily into certain genera until the classification of the earth-
worm fauna should be more satisfactory. To prepare the way
for such a classification much anatomical work is needed, and at
present a series of investigations is being carried out in the
Melbourne University. Dr. Georgina Sweet and Miss Gwynneth
Buchanan have published work on the spermiducal glands
and bloodvessels respectively ; Miss Janet Raff is engaged on
work on the alimentary canal, and at the suggestion of Professor
Spencer I have undertaken the part in connection with the
nephridia. The work has been done in the Biological Laboratory
of the University of Melbourne, and I take this opportunity of
thanking Professor Spencer for the use of his large collection
of Australian earthworms and for his advice and help on all
occasions.

The genera dealt with are Megascohx, Di-porochaeta., Diyaster^
J*eriss(>f/(is/f^r, Met/ascolide.t, Woochvardid, Notoscolex and Fletcher-
odrihis, tliouL,di only oiie or two species of each have been examined.
In most of the forms the oiiginal description stated whether they

1 A lar},'e imniber of eiiithwoniis tiom SoiiMi-Westerii Australia lias recently been de-
scribed by I'rofessor W. .Micbaclseii in liis work " Die Fauna Slldwest-Australiens," 1907.

Australian Earthivorms. 225

were mega or niicroiieplnic, or .sometimes plectoneplnic, and 1 have
endeavoured to supplement this witli some account of tlie general
distribution of nephridia tliroughout the body, and where pos-
sible with microscopic structure. Tliroughout I have used the
terms meganephric and uiicronephric, the latter in preference
to Benham's word plectonephric, used in most of the original
descriptions, but which he has himself since discarded in favour
of uiicronephric.

The structure and arrangement of the nephridia vary to an
enormous extent, but there are points of resemblance in some,
and with further work on the Australian forms it appears that
the nephridia may be of much use for systematic purposes.

For convenience I have adopted the nomenclature and classi
fication of the genera used by Michaelsen in his account of the
Oligochaeta of South-west Australia. ^

1. Megascolex dorsal is, Fletcher;

syn. Perichaeta dorsalis, Fletcher (8), p. 618.

Xo nephridiopores can be seen externally.

Both micro and meganephridia are present, a condition v.hich
Beddard (2), p. 370, regards as characteristic of the genus
Megascolex, though as far as I can ascertain, meganephridia
have not Ijcen figured liefore for this species.

Macn>s€oi)i(' Structurt. — On dissection micronephridia are
seen to be present throughout all the segments of the body.
These are described by Fletcher (S), p. 618, as minute incon-
spicuous tufts of tubules. They are arranged somewhat irregu-
larly over the body wall in the anterior segments of the body,
beconiing less numerous in the posterior parts, where the
meganephridia are situated, and being arranged more or less
regularly in a single row. In addition to these micronephridia
there is a distinct series of well-developed meganephridia which
are not mentioned by Fletcher or Spencer. These arc absent
from the segments anterior to the male pores, but from this
point to the posterior end of the body there is a pair on the
ventral surface of each segment with definite funnels opening
on either side of the nerve cord. There is in this sjtecies also

1 Michaelsen, " Die Fauna Sudwest Australiens- Oligochaeta," pp. 117-232, 1907

226 Freda Bage :

a curious additional pair of lueganepliridia present on the dorsal
surface of the more posterior segments of the body. Each of
these dorsal nephridia also has a well-developed funnel. The
arrangement of the meganephridia Avas examined in one speci-
men which consists of 120 segments. [Fig, 1.] The micro-
nephridia were present in every segment, ventral meganephridia
in segments 21 to 120, while the dorsal meganephridia were
present only in segments 50 to the posterior end. The parts of
the nephridia were too small to be made out by dissection, but
a fine thread could be seen connecting the two meganephridia.
[Fig. 4.]

Microscopic Structure. — -By means of series of sections the
structure of the meganephridia was made out in part. Both
dorsal and ventral tubules appear to be similar in structure,
and to consist of the same series of parts. Tlie structure of
the funnel is different from that of any other species exam-
ined, the cells composing it being very few in number, appa-
rently only five, and extremely large in size. [Fig. 2, c]
These are, as usual, ciliated, and the nuclei are distinctly seen
in stained sections. The cells have their long axes parallel
with the length of the body, and are somewhat irregular in
shai)e ; thus there is no arrangement to be compared with that
of the regular marginal cells of other species. The funnel
leads into an intracellular duct {Fig. 2, d.i.], the tubule con-
taining which, after passing through the septum to the next
posterior segment, divides into two portions [Fig. 3], each of
which contains a mass of coiled intercellular ducts. A very
fine intracellular duct joining the dorsal and ventral nephridia
passes round the alimentary canal attached to the face of the
anterior septum by a fine mesentery. The ventral nephridium
apparently opens to the exterior by a fine duct which passes
out through the muscles. Xo trace, however, could be found of
any duct opening directly from the dorsal nephridium. This
seems to point to the prol)ability that the dorsal nephridium
is simply a portion of the ventral one, which has. together
with the spermathecae, come in this form to lie dorsally, and
lias ac(|uired a secondary opening into the body cavity.

The uiicronephridia. although extremely minute, are very
numerous, and are attached to the body wall of every segment

Australian Earthirorms. 227

except the first. They are arranged irregularly and have no
funnels, the tubule being simply a short coil containinsr an
intracellular duct which continues from one nephridiuui to
another, the exact connection of which, with irregularly placed
minute openings to the exterior, I have been unable to make
out. There is, however, as far as I have seen, no continuation
of these ducts from one segment to another. In this species
there are no peptonephridia.

2. — Megascolex fieldepi, Spencer:

syn, Peiichaeta tielderi, Spencer (16), p. 19.

Xo nephridiopores are visible.

Both micro and meganephridia are present, the presence of
the latter being indicated by the occurrence of funnels in cer-
tain segments of the body. Glandular tufts of nephridial
tubules are present in the anterior segments, which are re-
garded as doubtful peptonephridia by Professor Spencer (16), p.
19, but which do not appear in my sections to open into the
alimentary canal.

Macro-!ropir Structure. — When the earthworm is opened from
the dorsal surface, nephridia are seen to be present in great
numbers in all the segments, especially in the clitellar region.
From about the twentieth segment to the posterior end of the
body they are arranged in a fairly definite row in each segment.
and are more or less attached to one another. Xo funnels can
be seen in the anterior part of the body, but towards the
posterior end the funnels become more and more numerous, as
many as fourteen being counted in one segment. At the same
time the characteristic row of nephridia does not alter. The
position of the nephridial fimnels seems to be quite irregular,
and they vary in number in the different segments. In one
specimen of 134 segments the funnels "were counted. The most
anterior one occurred in segment 93 on one side only. This
was followed by one here and there [Fig. 5. F], back to seg-
ment 110, after which there were numerous funnels in each
segment. The presence of the funnels does not seem to entail
any perceptible difference in the size or number of the
nephridia in each segment. Throughout the body, posterior to

228 Freda Bage :

segment 20 the nephridia are irregular in shape, and appear to
be connected with one another by a loose band of tissue which,
in its turn, is connected with the anterior septum of each
segment, [Fig. 6.]

M icrosropir Strurfurt. — A series of sections confirms the
general arrangement seen by dissection. Towards the posterior
end of tl)(^ body, the tiepliridia, into which the funnels open, are
connected with one another by means of the loose connective
tissue noted above. Through this ramify many ducts [Fig. 7],
which soon pass off singly through the longitudinal muscles
to what seems to be a sinus between the two layers of nmscles.
From this sinus branched ducts lead again to the exterior. I
was unable to trace any one duct right through to the external
opening, as they form such a confused network. Further, from
my sections I could not decide whether or not there was a con-
nection of the ducts from segment to segment, but apparently
the sinus was continuous through all the segments examined.
At the very anterior end there is a mass of nephridial tubules,
one on either side of the pharynx, which were recognised by
Professor Spencer as doubtfully peptonephridia. I have not
been able to find any ducts opening from these to the alimen-
tary canal, and Miss Raft", who is working on the structures
connected with the alimentary canal, has not only failed to
discover any connection a\ ith the pharynx, but has traced ducts
from the tufts which open to the exterior, so that they must be
regarded as a tuft of micronephridia. and not as pejUo-
nephridia.

3. - Dipopochaeta davallia, Spencer (17), p. 52.

The nephridiopores could not ])e distinguished with the
naked eye, })ut on dissection tlie ducts from the nephridia to
the exterior are seen to open at the level of tlie interval
l)etween the fourth and fifth setae from the ventral surface;
that is, about halfway between the mid-ventral and mid-dorsal
lines. (See also Spencer (G), p. 52.)

The nephridial system ie meganephric.

Macrosarpic Structure. — Tliere are, except in the Hrst and
second segments, one pair of meganephridia in each segment.

Australian Eartkirorins. 229

In the first sefjment there are no nephridia, and in the second,
a thick tuft of what are apparently micronephridia take the
phicc of the ordinary pair. No funnel could be seen opening
from this mass of tubules. Behind these two segments a con-
spicuous pair of meganephridia is situated in each segment.
Throughout the body these nephridia appear to consist of tho
same parts [Fig. 8], though there is some variation in the
thickness and length of the several coils in different regions.
Tlie nephridia. towards the anterior end, seem to be thicker
walled and more closely coiled than those behind the spermi-
ducal glands. Tlie funnel [Fig. 8] is connected by a fine duct
passing through the septum to a large coiled portion [Fig. 8,
c.n.], averaging 3 mm. in length. One coil, the same in each
nephridium behind segment 18, is curiously dark in colour,
apparently containing pigment [Fig. 8, p. c.n.]. A fine thread
passes out of the coil and along the body wall, entering it
between the fourth and fifth seta from the ventral surface.

Microscopic Structure. — The funnel is relatively large, and
is formed by columnar ciliated marginal cells which appear to
be twenty in number, and are arranged in a very definite way
in a single row. [Fig. 9, cm.] From the funnel ciliated cubic
cells are continued for a very short distance, and the lumen
surrounded by these soon passes into the usual intracellular
duct.

The pigmented coil mentioned above is well seen when the
nephridium is mounted whole in glycerine. In section, the pig-
ment appears to be present in the form of granules laid down
in the substance of the cells lining the coil, the lumen of w^hich
is intracellular. [Fig. 10.] The nuclei are well seen in some
of the sections. [Fig. 10, nucL] Apart from the presence of
the pigment granules, the histology of this coil is similar to
that of the rest of the larger coils of the nephridia, being lined
by large clearly-nucleated cells. There is no well-marked mus-
cular duct, but its place is taken by a long intracellular straight
duct [Fig. 8, i.d.], which, after traversing the segment for a
short distance, enters the muscles and passes out through them
to the exterior almost directly, the external opening being very
small.

230 Freda Bage :

4._Diporochaeta gpandis, Spencer (17), p. 63.

Nephridio])ores could not be distinguished in the one speci-
men avaihible.

This species is meganephric.

Macroscopic Structure. — One pair of nieganephridia occur in
each segment after the first. These are arranged in the same
coils throughout all the segments of the body, but change
somewhat in character to^Yards the anterior end. The most
noticeable point about the nephridia is a curious single mar-
ginal duct [Fig. 11, m.d.]. which passes in a definite way round
a portion which is apparently the vesicle ( Y ]).

Microscopic Structure. — Under the microscope the above
duct is seen to be coiled in certain parts, straight in others, and
intercellular. It forms a loop surrounding a definite flat layer
or layers of connective tissue {Fig. 11, c.t.), and is quite con-
spicuous. There is some indication of the presence of a
muscular vesicle [Fig. 11, V?]. but as no sections were avail-
able, that is doubtful. The funnel is very definite in shape,
being surrounded by a Avell-defined row of marginal cells. Just
where the cavity of the funnel passes into the intracellular duct
there is a curious mass of cells [Fig. ll,m.c.], quite definite in
shape, and arranged round the preseptal portion of the intra-
cellular duct. This appears to be comparable with the cells
occurring in Jjumhricus, figured by Benham (6), p. 297, and
regarded by him as coelomic epithelial cells.

In the specimen of D. grandis examined, enormous numbers
of small white spots appeared to be attached to nephridia. On
examination these proved to be colonies of sporozoa, though I
have not been able to identify them.

5. — Digastep armifera, Fletcher (6), p. 947.

No nephridiopores were visible.

The nephridial system is micronepliric throughout, the anterior
nepliridia being modified to form peptonephridia in the first
four segments.

Macroscopic Structure. — On opening the body wall micro-
nejihridia are seen to be present tliroughout all the segments.
They take the form of small tubes attached to the body wall or

Australian Earthwovmfi. 231

to the segments. Tliey are much more numerous towards the
anterior end, where they are arranged quite irregularly, giving
a velvet-like appearance to the body wall. Towards the pos-
terior end they become more regularly arranged, forming what
appears to be a single row in each segment. Tufts of tubules
attached to the alimentary canal, and regarded as pepto-
nephridia by Beddard, are present in the first three segments,
and are attached to the ventral surface of the alimentary
canal.

Microscopic Structure. — The nephridia in the hinder part of
the body, from where my series of sections were taken, proved
to be infested with sporozoa. These lay in masses round the
nephridia and septa, completely disguising the histology of the
nephridiuni, and apparently causing the familiar appearance of
the tissue lining the body cavity. No sporozoa were present in
the circular or longitudinal muscles.

6. — Perissogastep excavata, Fletcher (7), p. 383;
syn. Digaster excavata, Fletcher.

No nephridiopores were visible.

The nephridia are micronephric, the anterior nephridia in the
first four segments being modified to form peptonephridia, as in
Digaster armifera.

Macroscopic Structure. — Again, as in D. armifera, micro-
nephridia are present throughout, but are inuch more numerous
towards the anterior end of the body. (Feltcher (8), p. 383.)
Those in the first four segments are attached to the alimentary
canal wall, and probably function as peptonephridia. A few
nephridia in the three posterior segments of the body seem to
remain attached to the alimentary canal near the anus, and are
in all probability anal nephridia (c.f. Beddard (2), p. 49).

.7. — Megascolides australis, McCoy (13):

syn. Notoscolex gippslandicus, Fletcher.

This form has been fully described by Professor Spencer in
his Monograph on the Anatomy of Megascolides australis (14),
50 there is no need to describe the nephridial system in full,

232 Freda Bags :

but a short description is included here to complete the series
I have worked, and diagrams are given. So far as I can ascer-
tain there are only one or two minor points which appear
to differ from the work published before.

No nephridiopores are visible.

Micro and meganephridia are present, also peptonephridia.

Macroscopic Structure. — Peptonephridia are present in seg-
ments 1-4 : micronephridia in every segment after the fourth^
attaclied to the outer walls of the segments. Meganephridia
are present in addition, only in the more posterior portion of
the body. In one specimen examined there were 330 seg-
ments, and typical meganephridia occurred from segment 180
to the posterior end, one pair in each segment. From segment
180 forwards [Fig. 12] a few large nephridia [Fig. 12, Nl] are
present, but only here and there. These, though quite dis-
tinct from the micronephridia in size and position, have for
the most part no funnels, but are still connected with the
anterior septum. No nephridial funnels could be seen besides
the single ones on either side of the nerve cord.

Microscopic Structure. — By means of sections the structure
and arrangement of the various nephridia, and the ducts con-
necting then), can be more clearly ascertained. At fhe hinder
end of the body there is in each segment a pair of mega-
nephridia, each consisting of a funnel, a short, straight tube,
and a coiled part, present on each side of the nerve cord. The
funnel, -as usual, opens into the segment anterior to the one in
which the main part of the nephridium is situated ; and through
the wall of this latter segment a fine duct communicates with
the exterior. [Fig. 13, N.d.] There is also present in the same
segment many micronephridia [Fig. 13, n^, n^, n^], each of
which gives off a single definite duct [n^d., n2d., n^.], which
passes through the muscles of the body wall to the exterior,
though it has apparently no internal opening. The ducts from
both micro and meganephridia pass out singly between the
blocks of longitudinal muscle fibres [Fig, 12, nM.), or through
the fibres eomposing the block [Fig. 12, n2d.], and, branchin}^
among the circular muscles, form a regular network [n.c.l.] from
which small single ducts pass, opening at irregular intervals
on to the surface. Furtlier forward, where the meganephridia

Australian Eartha'ornis. 233

become irregular, there is a somewhat different arranjrement.
as the ducts from the micro and meganephridia form a net-
work [Fisf. l-i, n.i.] before passing out through the longitudinal
muscles.

In no case could I find any connection from one segment to
another by means of ducts, and though Professor Spencer (lA)
figured it, he was uncertain of its existence.

8. — Woodwardia gippslandica/ Spencer:
syn. Cryptodiihis gippslandicus.

Nephridiopores not very distinct, but, after careful examina-
tion, are seen to be present opposite and anterior to the third
seta on each side of the body in each segment after the second,
about halfway between the dorsal pores and the midventral line.

Meganephric.

Macroscopic Structure. — On dissection, one pair of mega-
nephridia is seen to be present on the ventral surface of each
segment, with the exception of the first and second. The funnel
of each [Fig. 16, F.J lies close to the nerve cord in the ventral line.
From the funnel a fine cord leads to a coiled mass of tubules,
from which apparently a second fine duct passes off to a large
muscular vesicle or bladder [Fig. 17], which opens to the
exterior just anterior to the third seta. The vesicle is thin
walled and transparent. The nephridia appear to be of the
same structure all through the body.

Microscopic Structure. — On examining the nephridia of this
form histologically, we find that the funnel is extremely small
in relation to the size of the nephridium. The actual cells com-
posing it were rather difficult to determine, but as far as could
be ascertained they were marginal cells, columnar in shape, and.
as usual, ciliated. From the funnel an extremely fine intra-
cellular [Fig. 17, d.i.] duct passes through the septum to a large
mass of definitely coiled tubules [17 c.n.]. From this mass is
given off a single duct, intracellular again [V.d.], opening into
the muscular bladder [V], which is, as in several other species
examined, without doubt intercellular. This opens in its turn
to the exterior, the opening [O.N.] being, as indicated by the

1 Michaelsen, ibid.

234 Freda Bage :

small size of the nephridiopores, by a fine duct, passing from
the vesicle, through the longitudinal and circular muscles, to the
exterior, and opening near the anterior border of each segment.
The cells of the epidermis are turned in at the opening, lining
it for a short distance. I can find no trace of special muscles,
as in Woodtvardia rooraniensis, which could control the open-
ing to the exterior. In this form, also, the vesicle [Fig. 17]
has no caecum, the opening to the exterior being at the end of
the bladder, awav from the nerve cord.

9. — Woodwapdia cooraniensis,^ Spencer;

syii. Cryptodrilus cooraniensis, Spencer (17).

Xephridiopores clearly marked. Though the openings in the
many specimens vary somewhat in position in regard to the
setae in the hrst live or six segments, they agree in being
alternate down the rest of the body. The general arrangement
seems to be that shown in the figure [Fig. 18], Spencer (17).
The first three nephridia in segments 2, 3 and 4, open opposite
the fourth seta, fourth, fifth and sixth opposite the third seta,
seventh opposite fourth, eighth opposite second, and the rest
alternating in position opposite fourth and second setae.

The nephridial system is meganephric.

Macrosnjjyir Structure. — One pair of meganephridia is pre-
sent in each segment after the first, and there are no micro- or
pepto-nephridia. The most -noticeable feature in the arrange-
ment of the nephridia in the body is the alternation in the
arrangement of the various parts of the nephridia to corres-
pond with the alternation in position of the external openings.
The nephridia are arranged in two distinct sets, the vesicle,
which is of large size, being conspicuously placed towards
ventral [Fig. 19, A.] or dorsal [Fig. 19, B.] line, as the nephri-
diopores open opposite the second oi- fourth seta respectively.
Very little more than the general arrangement of the neph-
ridia could be seen by dissection, and the position of the
funnels, which are extremely small, could not be determined.

1 .Mi<liaflsfii, il.id.

Austrdlian Earthivonns. 235

Microscopic Structure. — Transverse serial sections of this
form show the funnel to be A-ery small, and, unlike the nephri-
diopores, constant in position, being situated between the first
and second setae from the midventral line on each side. [cf.
Benliam, (4)]. The general arrangement shown in the figure
(20) is reconstructed from a series of sections. As can be seen,
the same parts are present in both nephridia, the coils differing
in length, according as the vesicle opens dorsally [Fig. 20, O.N.B.]
or ventrally [O.N. A.]. Tlie histology of one of my series was par-
ticularly go«d, so that the structure of the various parts could
be worked fairly completely. The funnel in very small, formed
by a few marginal cells, columnar in shape, and ciliated. The
tube leading from this divides into two parts, the thinner one
of which passes at once to the vesicle, being shorter in nephri-
dium A than in B ; while the thicker one in both nephridia
coils in (letiiiite ways and ends blindly. In section, the tube
leading from the funnel is seen to contain an intracellular duct
which, at the point X passes into the coiled tube c.n. [Fig. 20],
It continues as a straight lumen as far as the blind end [Fig.
20, Y.], where a section shows clearly that the lumen turns back
on itself, and becoming somewhat wider, coils slightly in the
thickness of the tube until it reaches point X again, where the
duct passes as a single straight limien to open into the vesicle
[o.v.]. This arrangement is strictly comparable with that of
the nephridium of Lumbricus described by Benham (3), the
intracellular straight lumen being Benham's '' narrow tube,''
while the wider coiled part resembles the wide tube described
by him. The vesicle also is extremely thin walled, and appa-
rently com^DOsed of a single layer of irregular muscle cells lined
by very thin epithelial cells. The opening of the vesicle to the
exterior is extremely well-marked, the lining of the vesicle
distinctly changing from flattened to cubic epithelial cells,
whicli. in their turn, give place to the columnar cells continuous
with those of the external surface of the body [Fig. 21] and, like
them, covered by a thin cuticle. The arrangement of the
muscles is characteristic, as. In addition to the ordinar}- circular
and longitudinal muscle bands, there is a distinct group of
muscle fibres round the external opening, which appears to
form a " sphincter '' controlling the opening of the nephridium
to the exterior [Fig. 21].

236 Freda Bage :

There is no trace at all of any network of nephridial ducts in
this species, each nephridium being absolutely distinct from all
others, with its own openings, interior and exterior.

In several specimens examined for the nephridia, only those
of the anterior half of the body were in good preservation, the
rest of the body being infested with some sporozoan form,
which was present in such numbers as to disguise completely
the histology of the nephridia Avhen sections were cut.

10. — Notoscolex queenslandica,^ Spencer;

syn. Cryptodriius queenslandica, Spencer (5).

No nephridiopores visible.

Nephridial system micronephric.

Macroscopic Structure. — The micronephridia are present in
every segment of the body with the exception of the first.
Towards the anterior end, in segments four to five, they are
extremely minute and numerous, and are arranged quite irregu-
larly, lining the whole of the inner wall of the segment. Be-
hind the first few segments, however, though still very minute,
they are no longer indefinitely arranged, but form a single row
in each segment attached to the wall, about the centre of the
segment, between the two branches of the nerve cord.

11. — FletchePOdrilus unicus, Fleteliei-, vai-. major, Spencer

(17).

The nephridioi)ores are well marked and are situated opposite
and anterior to the fourth seta from the midventral line on
either side of the body, except those on segments 2, 3 and -i,
which are slightly dorsal to the setae. [Fig. 22.] Fletcher
(15), p. 1540.

Nephridial system meganephric.

M arrosropir Stnirture. — On dissection one pair of mega-
nephridia is seen to be present in each segment after the first.
There are no micronephridia or peptonephridia present. The
nephridia of the anterior segments of the body are very much

I Michaelseii ibid

Australian Eaithivorins. 237

larger, with proportionally smaller and more muscular-looking
vesicles [Fig, 24], while those of the rest of the body have much
smaller coils, but the vesicles are large and have transparent
walls. [Fig. 25.] The vesicles form a most conspicuous feature
of the nephridial system, and the nephridia were of such large
size that their general arrangement could be seen microscopi-
c;illy. [Fig. L>3.]

The parts seen are closely similar to the nephridia of
Wooihvardia cooraniensis, though in the case of F. nuicus there
is no alteration in the arrangement of the nephridia.

The funnel (F) lies near the midventral line of the body,
opening l)etween the ventralmost seta and the nerve cord, and
connecting by a line thread passing through the septum, with
two portions — (1) a somewhat coiled tube Avhich ends blindly ;
and (2) a tine duct which connects with the large uuiscular
vesicle, which in its turn opens to the exterior.

Microscopic Structure. — An examination of sections of this
earthworm shows that the funnel is composed of a single row
of marginal cells, columnar in shape, and ciliated. Figure 26
shows diagrammatically the various parts present. From the
funnel (F) a duct leads by means of a fine intracellular lumen
connecting with the main part of the nephridium, as mentioned
above. [Fig. 25, d, i.] This lumen can be distinctly traced
through the greater part of the long coil figured as c.n. [Fig. 26].
But, as well as this somewhat straight lumen, there is a coiled
tube present, which apparently passes back from the blind end
(Y) along the whole length of the coil (c.n.), and then continues
as the fine intracellular duct (v.d.) leading to the bladder.
Unfortunately the histology of my series was not very good,
and I was unable to see the transition between the cells forming
the duct (v.d.), and the flattened cells forming the wall of the
bladder itself. Tlie opening of the vesicle to the exterior is
provided with a number of flattened, unstriated, vesicle cells,
forming a sphincter. The very thin Hat cells lining the vesicle,
pass into cubic epithelial cells, and these into the ordinary
epithelial cells of the outer body wall. This species somewhat
closely resembles Woodwardia cooraniensis [Fig, 21], except that
in the latter there is no such sphincter muscle present as I
have described above.

238 Freda Bage :

12. — Fletcherodpilus unicus, Fletcher;

syii. Ci-vjitotlrilus ? uiiicus, Fletcher (7), p. 1540
C. juu'puieus, Michaelsen (11), p. 3
Cryptodiilus '. pinpureus, Fletcher (8), p. 990
C. ? fasciatus, Fletclier (8), p. 988
Fletclierodrilus imicus, Michaelsen (12), p. 29.

After carefii] examination of this form, and cutting series of
sections, I can find no difference between its nephridia and those
of Professor Spencer's variety, F. unicus, var major. [Also see
Spencer (17)].

BIBLIOGKAPHY.

(1) Beddard. — On certain Points in the Structure of Urochaeta,

E.P. and Dichogaster, nov. gen., with further remarks
on the Nephridia of Earthworms. Q.J. M.S., vol. xxi.

(2) Beddard. — Monograph of the Order of the Oligochaeta.

(3) Benham. — The Nephridium of Lumbricus and its Blood

Supply, with Remarks on the Nephridia of other
Chaetopoda. Q.J.M.S., vol. xxxii., n.s., 1891.

(4) Benham. — Notes on Two Acanthodrilid Earthworms from

New Zealand. Q.J.M.S., vol. xxxiii., n.s., 1892.

(5) Fletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part I. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. i., Series 2.
(G) Fletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part II. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. i.. Series 2, 1886.
(7) Fletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part III.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vok ii., Series 2, 1887.
{X) Fletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part IV.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. ii., Series 2, 1887.
(9) Fletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part V. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. ii.. Series 2, 1888.

(10) Pletcher. — Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part VI. Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. iv.. Series 2, 1889.

(11) Michaelsen.— J. B. Hamb. wiss Aust. vi., 1889.

(12) Michaelsen.— J. B. Hamb. wiss Aust. viii., 1891.

(13) McCoy. ProdroHJUs of Zoology of \'ict(.ri;(, Dec. 1, PI. 7.

AuMraliaii Earthivorvis. 239

(14) Spencer. — The Anatonn^ of Megascolides aiistralis. Trans.

Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. i., part i., 1888.

(15) Spencer. — Preliminary Description of Victorian Earth-

worms, Part I. Genera Cryptodrilus and Megascolides.

Proc. Roy. Soe. Vic, 1891, Art. xvii.
(IT)) Spencer. — Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earthworms,

Part II. Genus Perichaeta. Proc. Roy. Soc Vic,

1892, Art. I.
(17) Spencer. — Further Descriptions of Australian Earthworms,

P.irt I. Proc Roy. Soc Vic, Aug., 1900, vol. xiii. n.s.,

part 1.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Fig. 1. — Megascolex dorsalis. Diagram to show relative positions
of dorsal and ventral meganephridia, and the
segments in which they occur.

2.— Diagrammatic section of one of same thi-ough funnel,
compiled from three consecutive sections to show
the large ciliated cells (c) forming the funnel.

3. — Dorsal meganephridium of same,

4. — Diagram of posterior segments of the body, with dorsal
and ventral meganephridia and the duct (d.c)
connecting the two.

5, — Megascolex fiflderi. Diagram to show number and
position of the funnels in one specimen on one
side of the body. The body wall is represented as
opened out.

6. — Drawing of same to show nephridia in situ, from
posterior end of body.

7. — Somewhat diagrammatic transverse section through
body wall. Shows arrangement of nephridial
ducts passing out through the muscles to the
exterior, and the connective tissue joining the
nephridia.

8. — Diporochaeta davallia. Drawing of nephridium to
show relative positions of the coils, with the
pigmented coil (p.c.n.) and the fine intracellular
duct (i.d.) opening to the exterior.

240 Freda Bage :

Fig. 9. — Funnel of same, showing arrangement of the 20
marginal cells, and the cubic-shaped cells lining the
duct from the funnel.

10. — Somewhat diagrammatic transverse section through
coils of a nepridium, showing pigment granules
(p.g. ) in the cells lining the pigmented coil.

11. — Diporochaeta grafidis. Drawing of nephridium, mount-
ed whole in glycerine.
12. — Megascolides austral is. Diagram of arrangement of
meganephridia in part of a specimen. From 160
to 180 only a few large nephridia are present,
most of which (N^) though attached to the anterior
septum, have no funnel.

13, — Diagrammatic transverse section of same near posterior
end of body, to show arrangement in one section of
the mega- and micronephridia and the ducts for
them.

14. — Diagrammatic longitudinal section of same where
meganephridia are beginning to become irregular,
showiiii; arrangement of ducts from mega and
micronephridia, and their connection on their way
to the exterior.

15. — Diagrammatic longitudinal section showing same near
posterior end.

16. — Woodwardia ^ippslandica. Diagram of five mega-
nephridia in situ on left-hand side of body, to show
relative positions and size of funnel (F), nephridial
coils (c.n.), vesicle (Y), and opening to exterior.

17. — Diagrammatic nephridium of same, showing relation
of the several parts to one another.

18. — Woodwardia coorauiensis. External view, showing
positions of openings of the nephridia and their
relation to the setae.

19. — 8emi-diagrannnatic di-awing near posterior end of body
of same, to show six nephridia in situ with those on
right-hand side of body, opening opposite 2nd seta
(A) and opposite 4th seta (B) alternately.

20. — Enlargement of same, showing two consecutive neph-
lidia and their various parts.

Aiidraliari k'art/nvorms. 24)

Fig. 21. — Section of opening of nepliridiuni of Jl\ coora?iiensis to
exterioi-, sliowing ;irrangeinent of mu.scles, and the
gradual change in character of the epithelium from
the ordinary exteiiial cells to the flattened cells
lining the vesicle.

22. — Fletcherodrilus iinicus, v. major. Extei-nal, showing
positions of openings of the nephridia to the
exterior, with regard to the setae.

23. — Diagrammatic drawing of same, to show six nephridia
in situ on left-hand side of body, with the position
of funnel, vesicle, coils and opening to exterior in
relation to the setae.

2 J:. — Drawing of left-hand nephridiuni of segment 6 in situ,
showing relatively small size of the vesicle, whicli
is thick-walled.

25. — Drawing of a left-hand nephridium near posterior end
of body in situ, showing large thin-walled vesicle,
and relation of coils of nephridium to it.

26. — Diagram illustrating description of nephridia of .same,
with the various parts lettered.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

Roman numerals indicate position of setae, numbering in
order from the nerve cord towards dorsal poi'e.
Xumbers refer to numbers of segments.
Arrow points to anterior end.

Nephridium opening ventrally opposite 2nd .seta

Alimentary canal

Nephridium opening ventrally opposite 4th seta

Cells forming funnel

Cubic cells lining entrance to intracellular duct

Connective tissue containing ducts from mega-

nephridia
Cilia

Marginal cells of funnel
Nephridial coils
Pigmented coil of nephridium

A

A. C

B.

c.

c. c.

0. d.

cil.

c ni.

c. n.

c. n.

P-

242 Freda Bage :

c. t. Connective tissue

Q t. 1. Connective tissue between blocks of longitudinal

muscle

cut. Cuticle covering epidermis

cub. epi. Cubic epithelial cells

(^1. c. Duct connecting doisal and ventral meganephridia

d. i. Intracellular duct leading from the funnel
epi. Epidermis

F. Funnel

g. c. Goblet cells

i. c. Cells lining intracellular duct

i. d. Lumen of intracellular duct

in. Muscles

m. c. Mass of cells round preseptal portion of intracel-

lular duct

m. circ. Circular muscles cut in section

n). d. Marginal duct passing round bladder and con-

nective tissue

m. long. Longitudinal muscles cut in section

M. S. Muscles forming sphincter

N. Meganephiidia

N\ Large nephridium with no funnel, but connected

with the anterior septum

N. C. Nerve cord

N. D. Dorsal meganephridia

N. d. Duct fi-om meganephridium to sinus between

longitudinal and circular muscles

N. V. Ventral meganephridia

n., n}, n.'^, n.'' Micronephridia

n. c. 1. Network of nephridial ducts between circular

and longitudinal muscles

n^ d. Duct from 1st micronephridium to sinus between

longitudinal and circular muscles

n-. d. Duct from 2nd micronephridium to sinus between

longitudinal and circular muscles

n."' d. Duct from 3rd micronephridium to sinus between

longitudinal and circular muscles

neph. Nephridia

Proc. R.8. Victoria, lUUO. Plate XLIV.

nucf

.^^SilJi!±rnWff(frr^

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plato XliV

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 11)01). Piute XLVL

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 19U9. Plate XLVII.

iiucl.

0. N.

0. N.

A.

0. N.

B.

O. V.

p-g-

sept.

V

v.?

V. d.

w. ves

X.

Australian Earthtrorm.^. 243

Network of iiephiidijil ducts before tliey pass
through body wall

Nuclei

Opening of iiephridium t<» exterior

Opening of nephridium with vesicle placed Neu-
trally

Opening of nephridium witii vesicle phiced dor-
sally

Opening of intracellular duct to vesicle

Pijjment Granules

Septa joining walls of segments

Vesicle

Probable vesicle in Dipotochaeta i^randis

Intracellular duct passing from nephridial coils
(c. n.) to opening into vesicle.

Wall of vesicle

Point where the tube from the funnel and the
coiled nephridial tube are connected with
with duct passing to vesicle.

Blind end of coiled nephridial tube.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Part II., 1909].

AiiT. XV II I. — Contributions to our Knoivledcjc of
A listralian Eartlvtvornis.

The Alimentary Canal — Part I.

By JANET W. RAFF, B.Sc.

(With Plates XLVIII.-LI.).
[Read 9th December, 1909].

The following work has been undertaken at the suggestion of
Professor Spencer as a part of a general investigation into the
structure of Australian earthworms now being carried on in the
Biology Department of the Melbourne University.

It deals with the structure of the alimentary canal in the fol-
lowing species, the generic names of which are those adopted by
Beddard in his " Monograplv of the Order of Oligochaeta," and in
Michaelsen's later work.^

1. Megascolex dorsalis.

2. Megascolex fielder i.

3. Megascolex tenax.

4. Cryptodrilus saccarius.

5. F I etcher odrilus unicus.

6. Dijyorochcieta baker i.

7. Biiiorochaeta tanjilensis.

I have divided the work into two sections; the first dealing
with the structure of the canal, and the second with special
features in the different species examined.

Section I.

Oeneral Features.

A. ^Macroscopic Structure.

In dealing with the alimentary canal, J^eddard, whose nomen-
clature in regard to internal anatomy I largely follow, divides it
into the following parts, viz. : —(1) Mouth, (2) buccal cavity,

1 Die fauna, Siidwost-AMstialiens," 1<)07. Oligochaeta.

Australian Earfhworras. 245

(3) pharynx, (-l) oesophagus, and (5) hirge intestine. The gizzard
is included in the oesophagus.

From the examination of the seven species of worms above
named, I find that there is a definite portion immediately fol,-
loving the pharynx in all of them, which, so far as I can under-
stand, has hitherto been included in the oesophagus, as its most
anterior portion. I have found, however, its structure to be so
different to the remaining portion of the oesophagus that I
propose to distinguish it from the other parts as a separate
portion, and as it resembles in position the " crop " of European
forms, I intend using this term for this particular portion. It is
always present, but is hidden from view in a median dorsal dis-
section, owing to the pharyngeal mass extending over it, and
also because of the muscles connecting the latter with the
anterior portion of the gizzard.

I also intend classifying the gizzard as a distinct portion of
the canal, instead of including it as part of the oesophagus.

My division of the canal will therefore be as follows : — (1)
Mouth, (2) buccal cavity, (3) pharynx, (4) crop, (5) gizzard, (6)
oesophagus (including the so-called calciferous glands), and (7)
large intestine.

(1) The mouth is overhung by the prostomium.

(2) The huccdJ cavity is thin-walled, with strands of connective
tissue stretching from it to the inner surface of the body wall.

(3) The pharynx has a large muscular mass on its dorsal sur-
face, which is seen in a vertical dissection to be partly glandular
[Fig. 1]. The internal lining is folded dorsally, sending branches
far up into the mass. There are strands of muscle reaching
from the posterior dorsal reg-on of pharynx to the anterior
dorsal portion of the gizzard, and also to the sides of the body,
across the coelom.

(4) Tlie crop is the large dilated portion in front of the
gizzard, and is seen in a median vertical d'ssection to be thin-
walled and rather large for the space it occupies, so it generally
appears to be slightly folded on itself. [Fig. 1.]

(5) The gizzard is thick-walled and occupies one segment
only, i.e., the one following that in which the crop is situated.
Beddard mentions in his " Monograph of the Order of Oligo-
chaeta *' that the genus Perichaeta is remarkal)le for the fact

11

246 Janet W. Raff :

that it is provided with only a single gizzard, which nevertheless
occupies two segments. He thinks it quite possible that in
this case there is really a pair of gizzards which have become
fused to form a single one. I have found it occupying only one
segment, the exact number of which is often difficult to deter-
mine, owing to the septa at this anterior region being very thin
and lying close to the canal, and to each other.

(6) The oesophagus is the portion between the gizzard and the
intestine. It varies very much in form from the simple thin-
walled tube, whicli may be constricted at each septum, giving
the canal a pouched appearance, to the forms where the cal-
ciferous glands are present, forming in some cases large bean-
shaped diverticula. We must distinguish between those portions
of the oesophagus which are pouched, because of the constric-
tions at the septa, and those portions which are actually swollen
out in the segments. The former I refer to in the description
as " simple," the latter as " vascular swellings." They are easily
distinguished macroscopically by their walls, the vascular swell-
ings having a rough-looking surface owing to their inner lining
being folded, and, generally speaking, being richly supplied
with blood. The thin-walled, simple portions are generally in
the anterior and posterior regions of the oesophagus, while the
middle portion is modified in various ways.

Calciferous Glands. — The term '" calciferous glands " seems to
have been used in rather a loose sense, and often, where the
alimentary canal of a certain w^orm is described as having
calciferous glands, I have only been able to find vascular swell-
ings. I have therefore restricted the term to those swellings in
the oesoj)hagus ivhich are not of the ordinary median kind, i.e.,
winch are not simple vascular swellings. They may he saccula-
tions of a vascular swelling [Fig. 2], or diverticula of the
Desophagus [Fig. 3]. It is not necessary that they should be
separated from the median portion of the canal by a duct.
Thus in /''. niiicus they are in the form of small pouches, vary-
ing in number in the different segments, and not separated from
the median canal. It is just as if we had a large vascular
swelling indented at different places, and so giving it a sacculated
appearance. [Fig. 2.] So far as I have examined I find that
where tliey are in the least separated from the canal by a con-
striction or a duct, they are paired.

Australian Eartliwoi'mx. 24:1

(7) The Large Intestine forms the hist purt of the alimentary-
canal, reaching to the end of the body. It varies in the size of
its lumen in the different specimens, 1)ut is easilj- distinguished
from the oesophagus bv its larger lumen and its lateral
sacculations.

A very noticeable feature seen in the dissections of some of
the species, such as M. dorsalis, M . fielderi and B. tanjilensis, is
the presence of a large number of nephridial tubes attached
ventrally in the region of the pharynx. They are in the form of
bunches, one each side of the pharynx, and have generally been
considered as " peptonephridia." The latter have been defined
by Beddard as nephridia, opening into the anterior section of
the alimentary canal, and functioning in relation to digestion.
So far, however, as I have examined I have found them opening
to the exterior, not into the canal. I cannot, therefore, regard
them as peptonephridia, but simply as a specialized group of
nephridia, the meaning of which is not clear.

B. — Microscopic Structure.

As regards the microscopic structure of the alimentary canal,
we have much the same structure in the corresponding parts
of the different species.

The presence of a cuticle is easily seen as far back as the
end of the gizzard, and also in the intestine, but in the
oesophagael region it is difficult to determine its existence.

I have only found cilia in certain restricted areas, viz., in the
hinder portion of the oesophagus in the two species, Megascolex
dorsalis and Bipororhaeta bakeri, and in the calciferous glands
of Cryptodrilus .^accarius. They may be present in other re-
gions besides these, but I have not examined enough specimens
to state definitely the ciliated regions.

(1) The mouth leads into the buccal cavity.

(2) The buccal cavity is lined with a cuticle and large
columnar cells. Connective tissue fibres stretch across the body
space from the cavity wall to the body wall.

(3) The pharynx is lined by cuticularized columnar epithelium,
which is folded dorsally and sends ramifications up into the
dorsal mass. In sections the mass is found to consist of an

llA

248 Jm^f't W. Raff:

inner musc-ular portion forming the thick dorsal wall of the
pharynx, and an outer loose glandular portion lying on the^
muscular mass, and continuing back so as to overlie the crop.
[Fig. 1.] The mass is richly supplied with blood vessels. In
examining sections it is seen that the most anterior portion of
the mass is entirely muscular [Fig. 4], the middle portion has a
small amount of glandular tissue dorsal to the muscle [Fig. 5],
and at the hinder end it is entirely glandular [Fig. 6]. I have
not found any trace of a duct in connection with this glandular
mass in any of the serial sections. Tlie cavity of the pharynx
is continued up into the mass, so the gland mass may be asso-
ciated with the digestive system. On the other hand there is
the extra supply of nephridial tubes in this region in some
cases, so the mass may be associated with the coelom.

(4) The crop is thin-walled, and has its lumen slightly folded.
The columnar cells are large, and a thin cuticle is visible. The
muscular layer is thin, and there is a fair amount of connective
tissue present with blood vessels. [Fig. 7.]

(5) The gizzard is strongly cuticularized, and is of the
ordinary structure, i.e., has a great development of circular
muscle fibres, and very few transverse.

(6) The oesojjhagus is very richly supplied with blood in cer-
tain regions, and the columnar epithelium is drawn into folds
to varying degrees in the different parts. In the simple portions
the folds are low. and then they increase in size as the oeso-
phagus becomes modified. Tlie structure of a vascular swelling
with long folds is represented in Fig. 8.

In the caleiferous glands the lining is drawn into very long
fine folds, with a very large blood supply [Figs. 2 and 3].

The muscular tissue is not veiy strongly developed in the
oesophagael reg'ons, but the two layers — longftudinal and cir-
cular— can generally be distinguished.

The peritoneal epithelium varies in thickness in different
places. It is generally made of granulated cells of a fair size in
the vascular swelling region [Fig. 8], but in the caleiferous
glands it is a verj^ inconspicuous layer.

(7) The hircfe. intestine has the usual layers present, which,
however, differ in thickness at the anterior and posterior regions
respectively. At the anterior end the muscular tissue is only

Aiistniliaii Eartlavorms. 249

slightly developed, and the peritoneal layer is large, and made of
very granular cells with large nuclei. At the posterior end, the
muscular tissue is more strongly developed, and the peritoneal
layer is represented by a thin membrane. I have found no
trace of a typhlosole in any of the specimens examined so far.

Section II.

Description of Special Features in Species Examined.

As the structure of the pharynx and buccal cavity appears to
be the same in all the specimens examined, except as regards
the presence of special nephridia in some forms, as described
above, I have not referred to those parts in the following
descriptions : —

1. — Megascolex dopsalis, Fletcher.

Pepichaeta dorsal is, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. ii., 1887.

Plate L., Fig. 10 and Fig. 9.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx extend to end
of segment 4. Crop in 5. Gizzard in 6. Oesophagus runs
from segment 7-16. It is simple in 7 and 16, and dilated into
vascular swellings in 8-15. Large intestine commences in 17
and is pinched in slightly at each septum. Special bunches of
nephridia are situated ventrally at the sides of the pharyngeal
region. The description given by Mr. Fletcher differs slightly
from this.

(b) il/icro5co^iV.— Oesophagus in segment 7 has its lining of
columnar epithelium drawn up into deep, w*ide folds. There is
a large development of circular muscle fibres. Patches of ap-
parently glandular tissue surround this part of the oesophagu-i.
The structure of the oesophagus in the vascular swellings varies
in the different segments. In the first two or three the lining is
folded only slightly, and the muscular tissue is reduced very
much. In the following swellings the folds increase in length,
the muscular tissue becomes strongly developed, and the peri-
toneal cells form a deep layer, until in segments 13-15 we get
the structure seen in Fig. 8. In the simple portion of the

250 Janet W. Raff :

oesophagus, in segment 16, the lining resembles that in segment
7, but here there is a deep layer of peritoneal cells, and also the
lining is ciliated, this being one of the restricted places in
which I have found cilia [Fig. 9].

2. — Megascolex fielderi, Spencer.

Perichaeta fielderi, Spencer. P.R.S. Victoria, 1892.
Plate L., Fig. 11.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx in segments 1-3.
Crop in 4. Gizzard in 5. Oesophagus in 6-16 ; simple in 6-10,
vascular swellings in 11-14, the one in 11 being small. In 15
and 16 the canal is simple and very vascular. Large intestine
begins in 17, and has a large lumen. Special bunches of
nephridia are present in the pharyngeal region.

This description differs slightly from that given by Professor
Spencer.

(b) Microscopic. — In segments 6-10 the lining is thrown into
deep, wade folds, and has goblet cells very largely developed in it.
The circular and longitudinal muscle fibres are well developed,
and there is a large blood supply. Vascular swellings, and
simple canal in segments 15 and 16, similar to Megascolex
dorsalis, but there are no cilia.

3. — Megascolex tenax, Fletcher.

Perichaeta tenax, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc N.S.W.,
vol. ii., 1887.

Plate L., Fig. 12.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx in segments 1-3.
Crop in 4. Gizzard in 5. Oesophagus in 6-15 ; simple in 6-10
and 14-15, calciferous glands in 11, 12 and 13. The glands are
paired and constricted off from the median canal by very short
ducts. Large intestine begins in 16, the first portion in seg-
ments 16-24 being sacculated as usual, but beyond segment 24
there is a constriction in the middle of each sacculation.

(b) Microscopic. — Oesophagus in the simple portion has a
narrow lumen, with small folds in the lining. The columnar

Ausfndian K<i rtlnvoriuK. 251

epithelium consists of short and long cells, alternating in groups.
The muscle layers are distinct, and a fair blood supply. Cal-
ciferous glands are connected to the median canal by short
ducts. The lining of the glandular portion is drawn into long
thin folds, as in C ryptodrilus sarcarius. (See below.) The
muscular tissue is well developed, and there is a flat peritoneal
membrane.

4. — Cryptodrilus saccarius, Fletciier. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W., 1886.

Plate LI., Figs. 13, 17 and 18.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx in segments 1-3.
Crop in 4. Gizzard in 5. Oesophagus in 6-14, being simple in
6-8, and also in 14. In 9-13 get five pairs of calciferous glands,
each gland being separated from the median by a distinct duct
of considerable length. The glands are bean-shaped, and each
has a large vessel running along its length on the dorsal surface
[Fig. 17]. Large intestine begins in 15, and is constricted in
each segment at the septa.

(b) Microscopic. — Oesophagus has the usual structure in the
simple portion. Calciferous glands show very long folds of the
lining extending right across the lumen, and are richly supplied
with blood. The lining here was remarkable in its columnar
epithelium being ciliated, the cilia being visible with the low
power [Fig. 18]. In the ducts, also, cilia are present, but they
are much shorter here. A large number of goblet cells are mixed
with the columnar. The median portion of the oesophagus in
the calciferous gland region, has columnar epithelium not drawn
into long folds, and shows a cuticle.

5. — Fletcherodrilus unicus, Fletcher.

Cryptodrilus unicus, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., 1889.

Plate LI., Fig. 14, and Plate XLYIIL, Fig. 2.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx in segments 1-4.
Crop in. 5. Gizzard in 6. Oesophagus simple in segments 7 and

252 Janet W. Raff :

8, but swollen in 9-17. There are simple vascular swellings in
9-12 and 16-17, but in 13, 14 and 15 they form calciferous
glands, paired in 13 and 15, but irregular in 14 [Fig. 2]. They
are not separated from the median canal by a duct, but are like
large vascular swellings constricted at different places. Large
intestine at its anterior end has a small lumen, and is slightly
constricted at each septum. After about segment 25 it is wider,
and not constricted at the septa.

(b) Microscopic. — Oesophagus as far as segment 12 is of the
usual type. The calciferous glands have thin walls and are
very vascular. There is scarcely any muscular tissue, and the
peritoneal layer is flat. The lining is drawn into long thin
folds. The structure of the gland in segment 14 is represented
in Fig. 2.

6. — Dipopochaeta bakeri, Fletcher.

Perichaeta bakeri, Fletcher. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8.W.,
vol. ii., 1897.

Plate LL, Fig 15.

(a) Macroscopic. — Buccal cavity and pharynx 1-3. Crop in 4.
Gizzard in 5. Oesophagus is simple in segments 6, 7 and 8,
and dilated in 9-14, dilatations being largest in 12-14. It is
simple in 15 and 16.

Large intestine begins in 17.

This description differs slightly from that given by Mr.
Fletcher.

(b) Microscopic. — Resembles M. dorsalis. The oesophagus in
segments 15 and 16 has a ciliated lining.

7. — Diporochaeta tanjilensis, Spencer.

Perichaeta tanjilensis, Spencer. P.R.S. Vict., 1892.

Plate LL, Fig. 16.

(a) ;l/flrro.sro7?z>.— Buccal cavity and pharynx in 1-3. Crop in
4. Gizzard in 5. Oesophagus in segments 6-16, being simple in
6-8 and dilated into vascular swellings in 9-16. Large intestine

I'roc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XLVIII.

P.M.

FlC.4r.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate XLIX.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate L.

F'Q.8

IZE

MEGASCOuex Pi

Pic io
lEGASCOLETX DORSALIS

1

^

.CIZ

-.-so

F.c.\2
MECASCOLEX TEr

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LI.

FiC 13.
CRVPTODBILUS SACCARIUS

21

Fic.15.
DlPOROCHtTA 8AKER.1

• S.O.

F'G. 14

Australian Eartlnvorms. 253

begins in 17. Special bunches of nephridia present in the
pharyngeal region.

(b) Microscopic. — In the simple portion the lining is slightly-
folded, and has goblet cells scattered about among the columnar
epithelium. There are two definite muscular layers, and the
peritoneal layer is composed of granulated cells with large
nuclei. Of the vascular swellings, the most anterior have low
folds in the lining, which increase in length in the following
segments, until, in the most posterior swellings, the structure is
similar to the typical vascular swelling represented in Fig. 8.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVITI-Ll.

Fig. 1. — Longitudinal vertical dissection showing typical posi-
tion of pharyngeal mass and crop.
2. — Transverse section of calciferous glands of Fletchero-

drilus unicus in segment 14.
3. — Transverse section of calciferous glands of Cryptodrilus

saccarius, showing the two diverticula separated

from median canal by ducts.
4. — Transverse section of typical pharynx, through anterior

portion of dorsal mass.
5. — Transverse section of typical pharynx through median

portion of dorsal mass, showing small amount of

glandular tissue.
6. — Transverse section of typical pharynx through posterior

portion of dorsal mass, showing glandular mass.
7. — High power view showing typical structure of crop.
8. — Transverse section across a vascular swelling, with long

folds of lining and large blood supply.
9. — Transverse section of oesophagus in segment 16 of

M. dorsalis, showing ciliated lining.
10-16. — Dorsal views of alimentary canal- of M. dorsalis, M.

fielderi, M. tenax, C. saccarius, F. unicus, D. haJceri

and D. tanjilensis.
17. — Pair of calciferous glands of C. saccarius (median canal

cut open).
18. — High power view of section showing structure of wall

of calciferous gland of C. saccarius.

254 Janet W. Raff: Australian Earthivorms.
REFERENCE LETTERS.

B. C.

Buccal cavity

B. S.

Blood sinus

B. V.

Blood vessel

B. W.

Body wall

C.

Coelom

Calc.

Calciferous glands

C. E.

Columnar epithelium

C. F.

Circular muscle fibres

Oil.

Cilia

Cr.

Crop

C. T.

Connective tissue

Cu.

Cuticle

D.

Duct of gland

D. G.

Dorsal ganglion

D. M.

Dorsal mass

F. L.

Folds of lining

G. C.

Goblet cells

Giz.

Gizzard

G. L.

Glandular tissue

L.

Large intestine

L. F.

Longitudinal muscle fibres

M. C.

Median canal

M. T.

Muscular tissue

N. C.

Nerve cord

Oes.

Oesophagus

P.E.

Peritoneal epithelium

Ph.

Pharynx

S. 0.

Simple portion of oesophagus

Tboc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. IT., 1909.]

Art. XIX. — On the Bacchus Marsh Sandstones
and their Fossils.

Bv G. B. PRITCHARD, B.Sc, F.G.S.,

Lecturer in Geolotry, etc., Woi-kin^ Men's College, Melbourne.

[Read 9th December, 1909.]

The Bacchus Marsh Sandstones are perhaps as well known as
any series of rocks in the State of Victoria, not only to Aus-
tralians, but to geologists generally in other parts of the world.
This no doubt is due to the many diverse points of interest
which have from time to time been connected with these de-
posits, and many who are not geologists are familiar with the
name from different standpoints. In the first place, we may
notice that this stone was opened up and quarried to a con-
siderable extent for the purpose of a building stone. Some-
where about the years 1845 to 1847 the possibilities of this
stone as a building stone were first considered, and local use
was made of it for several years. Then a Government reward
for a building stone within a reasonable distance for certain
public buildings in Melbourne, led to a much more extensive
quarry being opened, and stone was supplied for the following :
— The Treasury, the old Custom House, the Crown Lands Selec-
tion Office, the Parliament House Library, and several others.

The stone was not easily obtained, as the over-burden of
weathered material was regarded as too great, the jointing was
not of a too favourable character, and the deeper excavations
failed to yield a stone of uniform colour ; in fact, the colour
variations, such as concretionary banding, ultimately proved
too much for the Melbourne architects.

In the light of our present knowledge it seems remarkable
that such a stone should ever have been recommended, for in
many respects evidence is not lacking to prove unsuitability.
The association of a peculiar conglomerate with these sandstones
was early recognised by Mr. A. R. C. Selwyn, as probably point-

256 (i- B. Priich(ii-d:

ing to glacial conditions, though he clearly states that he found
no glacially marked stones. To quote his own remarks, we may
refer to the following paragraph^ : —

" The character of the conglomerate beds before mentioned
near Darley, and on the Wild Duck Creek, is such as almost to
preclude the supposition of their being due to purely aqueous
transport and deposition. It is, however, very suggestive of
the results likely to be produced by marine glacial transport;
and the mixture of coarse and fine, angular and waterworn,
material, much of which has clearly been derived from distant
sources, would also favour this supposition. Grooved or ice-
scratched pebbles or rock-fragments have, however, not yet
been observed."

Since that time innumerable glaciated stones of all sorts and
sizes have been gathered by many different geologists and their
mode of origin proved up to the hilt.

For information in this direction various papers by Messrs.
Sweet and Brittlebank, Officer and Balfour, Dunn, David,
and others, may be consulted.

This glacial material has become important from an economic
point of view, for in the course of ages much of it has been
cut out by river action, and as a consequence, washed, bleached
and sorted into something like regular sizes. Thus on the
flanks of Bald Hill, Darley, we can see fine white clay beds,
white sandy clays, grits and coarse gravels mainly composed
of the more durable materials such as quartz, jasper and
quartzite.

On this deposit a very important industry has arisen in the
manufacture of fire-bricks, fire-tiles, retorts, and many other
things ; and this work has been carried out in such a thorough
and painstaking manner that the results are most excellent and
satisfactory. The Darley Fire-Brick Company has gone ahead
by leaps and bounds solely on the quality of the articles pro-
duced by them, and the care and attention exercised in their
production. No doubt this will be a permanent undertaking of
high commercial value to the State generally.

1 Sflvvvn : Kxhiliition Kssa.\s, Lscid. I'Fiys. Geol. and (.ieol. of Vic-toria, j). 10.

Sdiidstoites and tlieiv Fosftlls. 257

THE FOSSIL FLORA.

1._..1847. Cyclopteris (?) aii-ustifolia, McCoy. A.M.N.H., vol.

XX., p. US, p]. 19. f. 3, :3a.
2. — 1861. Gangamopteris angustifolia, McCoy Trans. Roy.

Soc. Vic, 1SG(», vol, v., }). 107, and footnote.
3. — 1866. Gangamopteris angiistifolius. McCoy. Rec. Zool.

and Pal. Vic, Exhib. Essay, p. 21.
4. — 1875. Gangamopteris angustifolia, McCoy. Prod. Pal. Vic,
Dec. II., pp. 11-12, plates 12, (f. 1) and 13 (f. 2).

Gangamopteris spatiilata, McCoy. Id., p. 12, pi. 13,

f.l, la.
Gangamopteris obliqua, McCoy. Id., p. 13, pi. 12.
f. 2-4.
5. — 1892. Schizonetira sp. McCoy. Ann. Rep. Dept. of Mines,
Vic, for 1891, p. 30.

Zengophyllites sp. McCoy. Id.
6. — 1894. Ptilopln-llum officeri, McCoy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic,

vol. VI., p."^ 143.
7. — 1898. Taeniopteris sweeti, McCoy. Proc Roy. Soc. Vic,

vol. X., pt. 2, p. 285.
8.— 1905. The Glossopteris Flora, by E. A. Newell Arber.
Brit. Mus. Catalogue. Contains several references to this
locality and its flora.
The first record of fossils from these sandstones was made
by the late Sir Frederick McCoy as far back as 1847, which
was practically contemporaneous with the opening up of the
quarries in this district. In this paper, which was contributed
to the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, McCoy named
and figured a plant as a douljtful Ci/cJopteris under the specific
name of mignstifolia.

It was not until the year 1861 that we find the first proposal
of the genus Ganymnajyteris in the Transactions of the Royal
Society of Victoria, and even then it is not of a very obtru-
sive character.

In 1866, McCoy, in an essay on the Recent Zoology and
Palaeontology of Victoria, mentions a plant from the Bacchus
Marsh Sandstones, " of the size, shape, and reticulated neuration
of the Glossopteris Browniana, but without the midrib," and

268 G. B. Pritchard:

incidentally remarks that he had proposed the name Gangamop-
teris, and that G. angustifolius occurred in the New South
Wales coal plant-beds with Glossopteris browniana.

A little more than ten years later we gain important informa-
tion concerning these plants, for in 1875 McCoy published
figures and descriptions of three distinct species in his Pro-
dromus of the Palaeontology of Victoria. G. angustifolia is
characterised by its great length and narrowness, being as
much as a foot long, though usually less than one inch wide.

G. obliqna is a very wide, unequal sided, oblique form of
variable size ; while G. spatulata is a symmetrical broad-bladed
knife-like form of a few inches in length.

Tliough these three forms were distinguished from one
another and given different specific names, McCoy was fully
alive to the possibility of all three belonging to the same plant,
and he expresses himself very clearly on this point. ^

On the evidence of these Gangamopterids, as interpreted by
McCoy, a Mesozoic age was assigned to these beds.

Then in 1892 there was a fresh burst of enthusiasm, in view
of the added interest in the discovery of numerous glaciated
pebbles in the associated conglomerates, and the Annual Report
for the Department of Mines of Victoria included a brief record
of the occurrence of other plants, such as Schizoneura and
Zengophyllites. This addition is, I think, sufficiently interesting
to quote McCoy's remarks in full: — '"Among the more inte-
resting results of my investigations during the year (1891) is
the recognition for the first time of, probably, Lower Triassic
iRocks of the Bunter Sandstein age, in the geological series of
Victoria. For this determination I have had only a few frag-
mentary examples filled Avith comminuted plant remains from a
newly-discovered bed just under the famous Gangamopteris
sandstone of Bacchus Marsh. These few specimens, containing
small fragments of plants from below the building sandstones of
Bacchus Marsh, are of the highest interest, as the only fossil re-
mains found in any connection with the Gangamopteris sand-
stones. One of the plant fragments seems clearly to indicate
a Srhizontura, and if this identification be borne out l)y addi-
tional specimens, which should be procured, the indication

1 I'rod. Pal. Vic, Dec. ii., p. 12. f

Sa7id'Stones and their Fois.slls. 2^d

will be the addition to the geological map of Victoria of the
Lower Trias formation, or Biinter Sandstein, or Gres Biggarre,
leaving my old impression that the Gangamopteris beds were
Upper Trias or Keuper, as corroborated by the first relative
evidence. The other fragments seem referable to the Zeuyo-
phy]1ite>i, and would indicate in my opinion u sliglitly newer
date."

The next item Avorthy of notice is in 1894, when McCoy adds
P til op] ly 111 cm officeri in the Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Victoria, in a very brief note as an appendage to a paper
by Messrs. Officer and Balfour entitled, " Further Note on the
Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh." The meagreness of this
description, its out-of-the-way inclusion in another paper, and
the absence of any illustration, will all tend to increase the
difficulty of recognition of this species, even if we acce})t the
generic location as correct.

Four years later, 1898, we have a specially interesting record
in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, by the
same author, firstly, in the addition of a new species, Taeniop-
teris siveeti, and secondly that it was the closing episode to a
great career. Early in the year following the publication of
this paper Sir Frederick McCoy died, and no greater testimony
to his wonderful vitality and interest in his work up to the last
moment could be given than by noting his attitude in this, his
last paper. He regarded this occurrence of Taeniopteris as a
further confirmation of his belief in the Mesozoic age of the
rocks.

Although we may not accept all his opinions, still we must
recognise our indebtedness to him for the information we have
on this highly interesting flora.

The strange way in which credit may be very easily per-
verted by the fallacy of reference is well illustrated in con-
nection with a remark of Mr. E. A. Newell Arber', in his woik
on the Glossopteris Flora, published in 1905. He says: "The
first mention of the latter (Gangamopteris) genus was appar-
ently that by Selwyn in 1866, who identified it from the
Bacchus Marsh Beds." Yet McCoy mentions it at the same

1 B. M. Cat, Glossopteris Flora, 1905, p. hi.

260 G. B. Pritchard:

date, and the recognition of his genus dates from 1861, even
on Mr. Arber's own showing on p. 102.

The next point that calls for comment on Mr. Arber's work
is that in his historical sketch^ he accepts G. angustifolia^
McCoy, as a good species, but relegates both G. spatulata and
G. ohliqua to the synonymy of G. cyclo'pteroides^ Feistmantel,
a well known Indian species.

Later,- when dealing with the flora, he remarks, "I regard
McCoy's G. obliqua, and possibly also G. spatulata, as identical
with the Indian fronds included here under this species. If
this be the case, one of his specific names should, strictly speak-
ing, have priority over Feistmantel's G. cyclopteroides, but
the latter term has become so widely known that I have hesi-
tated to make any change."

It is therefore obvious that there is no legitimate reason why
McCoy's specific name should not be recognised according to
the ordinary rules of priority. McCoy's two species may refer
to the same plant, but in the absence of any direct evidence of
that fact, it is most convenient to retain both names, and G.
ohliqua, McCoy, should replace G. cyclopteroides, Feistmantel.
In the event of G. spatulata and G. ohliqiia being satisfactorily
proved to be the same thing, even then G. upatnlata, McCoy, is
the name that should be upheld as against Feistmantel's
species.

A further remark of Mr. Arber's on the Victorian Flora'^
requires some modification — ^" In 1878 and 1890, Feistmantel
described the above species without any further additions to
the flora except Phyllotheca australis, Brong., from Cape
Paterson, Victoria." This evidently implies that the Cape
Paterson beds belong to the same general horizon as the
Bacchus Marsh beds, and that they represent the Glossopteris
Flora Period. Feistmantel apparently obtained this record
from a Victorian Progress Report, and no question has been
raised as to the validity of the identification in the first place ;
but locally the Cape Paterson beds are regarded as an essential
part of the Jurassic Coal Measures, and their flora as a whole
18 distinctly younger than the Glossopteris Flora.

1 Id.

'L Ifl., p. l()(i.

:i Id., p. Ivi.

Sandstones and their Fossils. *^61

I have now a very important addition to make to the Bacchus
Marsh Sandstone Flora in the genus Cn/amites, and this record
is a strikingly strong confirmation of the correctness of placing
these beds on the Pcrmo-Carboniferous horizon, and of re-
ferring its fossil plant remains to the Glossopteris Flora. Dur-
ing November last 1 had a party of students at Bacchus Marsh
for field geological work, and during our investigations in the
lower Gangamopteris quarry overlooking the Korkuperrimal
Valley, one of my assistants, Mr. Stanley Mitchell, drew my
attention to a plant impression on a large block of stone, and
on this being opened out, several points of interest presented
themselves. The most likely portions for study w^e carefully
wrapped up and considered later. T then found that some por-
tions had been left behind, which might possibly throw further
light on the specimen as a whole. Accordingly, accompanied
by Mr. V. R. McNab, I paid another visit to the locality, and
we were fortunate enough to secure the missing parts, and to
open up several other similar impressions.

Calamites macnabi, sp. IIOV.

In this preliminary note I desire to name as above, certain
stem impressions, and stem iujpressions with lateral branches,
the latter being charged with narrow linear leaf impressions.

The first specimen is on a slab about 18 inches broad by 8
inches high, and shows a broad flattened stem impression of 6
inches width, showing two nodal regions and a portion of a
third, and these regions are placed approximately 3 inches
apart. From the two well-defined nodal regions, two side
branches are given off, each about one inch Avide. Adjoining
these branches are the leaf impressions, apparently carried on
a thin, sheath-like envelope. There are about 3 or 4 leaf
impressions in the inch Avidth, but instead of showing a regular
annular arrangement they appear to be in oblique series. On
these branches the leaf impressions are about three-quarters of
an inch in length, and about one-sixteenth to one-twentieth of
an inch broad at the ])ase, with a strong medial ridge.

Another specimen showing a narrower stem, about 2^ inches
at the nodal reaion. shows a much greater distance between

v>

262 G. B. Pritchard: Sandstones and their Fossils.

the nodes, than already indicated for the Uirger example, in
that a stem length of 8 inches only shows one nodal region.

From the same slab as the last, another leaf bearing stem of
about 14 inches in length Avas procured. This specimen, when
fully opened up, will, I think, show leaf impressions of upwards
of 2 inches in length, and some additional characters may per-
haps be made out.

On comparing these specimens with others, one would natu-
rally look first to New South Wales, and in Feistmantel's tine
work on the Coal and Plant-bearing Beds of Palaeozoic and
Mesozoic Age of Eastern Australia and Tasmania, the record of
a Calamitea may be noted from Smith's Creek, near Stroud.
This specimen is named straight out as C. radiatus, Brong., a
well-known European species, but considering the amount of
material and its evident state of preservation, there may be
some room for doubt as to the correctness of this identification.
Our Bacchus March specimens appear to agree fairly closely
with the specimens from New South Wales, as figured by Feist-
mantel, Plate III., Figs. 1-3, and I should not be surprised if
they ultimately proved to be the same, but for the j^resent at
any rate, I think it preferable to refer to the Bacchus Marsh
specimens under a distinctive name.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1909.]

Art. XX. — A Study of the Bates ford Lhnedoiy.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., F.R.M.S.,

Palaeontologist to the National Museum.

(With Plates LII.-LV.).
[Read 9th December, 1909.]

Contents.

General Description. — Description of the Foraminifera and
Ostracoda. — The Fauna of the Batesford Limestone. — Summary,
and Conclusions as to the Age of the Beds.

General Description.

Tlie limestones of the Batesford area are of a twofold
character. The basal portion of the series, formerly referred
to as ' Orbitoidal Limestone," is a true Lepidocyclina-Yook.
This rock, in its consolidated form, may be seen in the Upper
<^uarry, near Batesford, situated on the left bank of the Moora-
bool River, near the Dog Rocks, and df miles N.E. of Geelong
Railway Station. The stone of this Upper Quarry is almost
entirely composed of the tests of Lepidocyclina tournoueri, L.
marginata, and L. martini. As will be shown in the sequel, the
genus Lepidocyclina differs fundamentally from the Eocene genus
Orbitoides, and is, elsewhere, typically Miocene, although occa-
sionally found in the Oligocene.

The limestone of the Upper Quarry is technically known as
"Moorabool Stone,'' and is occasionally used for building pur-
poses. It passes upwards into a friable limestone, comparable
to the polyzoal limestone of the Filter Quarries, which is over-
lain by a marly bed, and lastly covered by a great thickness of
basalt. Dr. T. S. Hall and Mr. G. B. Pritchard' who have
written a comprehensive account of the Tertiaries of the

1 " Notes on the Lower Tertiaries of the Southern Portion of the Moorabool Valley.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. iv., pt. i., n.s., 1891, pp. 0-26.

12a

264 Frederick Chapman :

Moorabool Valley, give the details of the hill-section in this
locality as I'oHoavs : —

"Basalt - - - - - 75 feet.
Incoherent sandy matei'ial with calcareous

concretions - - - - OO ,,

Yellow clay with calcareous concretions 5 ,,

Polyzoal limestone - - - 25 ,,

Orbitoidal limestone - - - 20 ,,

Total - - - 175 feet."

Tlie Dryden or Filter Quarries are situated on the right bank
of the Moorabool River, lower down than, and about three-
quarters of a mile in a direct line from, the stone quarry. They
are of much greater extent than the Moorabool Stone Quarry,
the deposit being worked on a large scale by P. McCann and
Sons, of Fyansford, for lime-burning, in the manufacture of
cement, and for filter blocks. The Filter Quarries extend along
the hill-side skirting the Moorabool, and present a section of
tolerably uniform appearance. The Dripstone, for filters, is
taken from the compact layers at the l)ase of the quarries ; the
beds vary from 12 inches to 3 feet in thickness. The lower
portion measured at one place gave 22 vertical feet of pure white
to cream-coloured frial)le limestone, composed largely of the same
foraminifera {Lepidocyclinae) as in the Moorabool stone, and
gradually passing upwards into polyzoal rock with fewer Lepido-
cyclinae. Over this were seen 14 feet of Hne-textured pale bluish
clay, which closely resembles the clay of the Waurn Ponds Quarry,
both as to lithological characters and microzoic contents. The
deepest part of the quarry, measured by the aneroid, was 80
feet to the river.

The Moorabool Limestone is of a yellow or ochreous colour,
varying to a reddish brown. The rock of this, the Upper
Quarry, is fairly compact, and some portions could be selected
which would take a tolerably high polish, the included foramini-
feral shells adding to its ornamental appearance. More often,
Jiowever, the rock is slightly cavernous, but could still be used
for building purposes, for which it is eminently suitable, being
an even-textured freestone. Mr. W. 13. McC'ann, to whom I

Bates jo I -d L ii 1 1 est one.

'M

am. indebted for some valuable data regarding these quarries,
informs me that the stone of the Upper Moorabool <^>uarry has
been used in the erection (facing) of the Malvern Post Office, and
tlie Bendigo Roman Catiiolic Cathedral. The crushing strength of
a 3-inch cube of this stone, as ascertained l)y Mr. McCann, is
25 tons. Tlie following analyses of the limestone from both
quarries were made by Mr. P. G. Bayley, Assoc. S.A.S.M., and
for these I am indebted to the Secretary for Mines and Mr. E.
J, Dunn, F.G.S., Director of the Geological Survey.

No. 735. " Moorabool Stone." Upper Quarry. Yellowish
brown, dense, tough liniestone.

No. 736. Filter Quarries. White, soft, friable limestone
with slight ferrui^inous stain.

735.

736.

SiO,

-

-

0.85

1.13

AlA

-

_

0. 1 3

0.02

Fe.303

-

_

1.59

0.58

FeO

-

.

0.18

0.11

MgO

-

.

0.81

1.12

CaO

-

_

53.83

54.13

CO.,

-

.

42.64

43.05

Na,0

-

-

trace

trace

K./J

-

_

0.06

0.05

H.,0 +

(above 110^ C.) -

0.08

0.11

H,0-

(100 =

C.) - -

0.20

0.21

TiO,

-

trace

trace

MnO

-

p.n.d.* -

trace

CO,

-

trace

trace

SO3

-

nil

nil

PA

-

-

0.05

0.04

100.42

* Under O.lOo/^.

Trace indicates under 0.01 0/°.

100.55

The Ltindocyclina limestone of the Upper Quarry contains
those little discoid foraminifera in great abundance, associated
with a small proportion of polyzoa. When a fractured surface
is examined bv the aid of a lens, the tests are seen scattered

266 Frederick Chapman •

through tlie mass, generally with no definite arrangement, but
occasionally rudely parallel. These conditions were probably in-
duced by the ever-varying minor currents which would natu-
rally occur in the littoral or shallow-water surroundings, most
likelv existing during the deposition of this rock. In the friable
rock of the Filter Quarries may be frequently noticed a rough
but unmistakable structure of cross-bedding, especially where the
larger Lepidocyclinae are unusually abundant.

The microscopic structure of the compact Batesford lime-
stone or " Moorabool Stone," as seen in thin sections, con-
sists of a dense mass of calcareous organisms, chiefly re-
ferable to foraminifera and polyzoa. There is usually very
little interstitial cement present, and what there is appears as
a fine mosaic of calcite crystals. These ciystals are also found
lining the cavities of the small shells. Along with the encrusta-
tion of these calcareous and other grains by carbonate of lime,
there has occurred an infiltration of iron oxide, with the result
that the interior of the cellular bodies is often coated with it;
and the structure of the fossils thereby differentiated by a thin
brown deposit, which in some parts definitely crystallizes out
as a mass of tiny rhombs, probably of the composition of
chalybite. In this way the chambered structure of the fora-
minifera is, even to the naked eye, rendered distinct, upon the
fractured surface of the limestone. The organisms forming the
bulk of the limestone, in the order of their relative abundance,
are Lepidocyclinae, polyzoa, Amphisteginae, Rotalia calcar,
echinoid spines, calcareous algae, Gypsinae and Carpenteriae ;
and after these only occasional examples of the rarer fora-
minifera, and some ostracoda.

The fossil contents of both the friable and the compact
limestones are much the same ; the comparative paucity in the
fossil lists from the Upper Quarry being accounted for by the
unfavourable condition of the rock for the extraction of the
fossils. It is probable that in some manner this consolidation
of the limestone by a deposit of secondary cement is due to the
proximity of the granite of the Dog Rocks. Its tenacity of
structure and rough grain almost merits the English quarryman's
term " ragstone."

Messrs. Hall and Pritchard, in the paper previously referred
to, state that the limestone beds show a slight dip to the S.E.

Batesford Limestone. 267

From its proximity to the ofranite of the Dog Rocks, it is
probable that this series immediately overlies it. Indeed, the
evidence sriven me by Mr. McCann strongly points in that
direction, for he says that the basal portion of the limestone is
rendered so impure and "" clinkery " by the included fragments
of granite as to be useless for calcining.

As Messrs. Hall and Pritchard imply by their observations, the
polyzoal rock forms a continuous series with the lower, Lepidocy-
clina limestone, since '" similar foraminifera " occur " freely
scattered through it, though its great bulk consists of polyzoa
and spines and plates of echinoderms, together with a few
lamellibranch shells." Evidence of a sudden change of the
local conditions is seen in the sharp transition from polyzoal
limestone to yellow clay : yet, as the above authors point out,
the fossils of the former rock persist in the clay deposit for the
first few feet, when they appear to be extinguished by turbid
water conditions.

The only other known locality in Victoria which affords a similar
instance of the occurrence of a Tjepidocyclina limestone is
Green Gully, Keilor, noticed by Messrs. Hall and Pritchard in
their paper, " A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Ter-
tiaries in the Neighbourhood of Melbourne.''! This limestone
is of a pale yellow colour, and contains one of the two species
of Lepidoryrlina found in the Batesford limestone, as well as
the characteristic Gyp.-iina Jiowchini found in that rock. The
Keilor rock shows a great lithological variability, since, in close
proximity, this limestone is replaced by a calcareous grit, still,
however, containing the tests of Lepidocyclina, intermingled
with echinoid spines and polyzoa. The beds at this exposure are
20 feet in thickness, and rest on the older volcanic series.

The Foraminifera and Ostkacoda; Description of
New Species and Notes on the more Important Forms,

The groups of the foraminifera and ostracoda have not been
systematically worked out for the Batesford Limestone series ;
hence they are dealt with here in some detail. The list of
identifications of foraminifera from these beds by Mr. nowchin

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. ix., ii.s., 1897, p. 211.

268 Frederick CJiapman :

is included in Messrs Hall and Pritchard's paper. i The forms
enumerated are, Orbitoides^ mantelli, Ainphistegina sp., Oper-
culina sp., and Gypsina sp.

The shallow-water nature of this part of the fauna of the
limestone is shown by the occurrence of the minuter forms of
foraminifera usually inhabiting areas close to the shore-line, as
PolystomeUa crispa, Truncatulina Inhatula, iVoiiioiiina boueana,
Hotalia calcar, and lastly and most important, by the compara-
tively large discoidal forms, Cyclocypeus and Lepidocyclina.
In connection with this same group of organisms, it is of addi-
tional interest to note that several species first described by
Dr. H. B. Brady from the " Challenger '' collections, dredged in
and peculiar to Australian waters, occur in these beds of com-
paratively remote age ; so that these particular species have
been persistently local from at least Miocene times, whilst some
are also present in homotaxial beds in Europe, as the Miocene
of the Vienna Basin.

Through the detailed results of Mr. Howchin's work on the
foraminifera found elsewhere, we are enabled to make a general
comparison with other tertiary foraminiferal faunas of southern
Australia. TIjus many of the smaller and commoner species
recorded for the first time from these beds have previously oc-
curred in the Balcombian series of the Lower Muddy Creek beds,
and in strata of similai- age in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip.

The ostracoda are nearly all of living species, and two are
even now found in the Southern Ocean, off the Australian
coast, viz.. Bairdia foveahita and B. aiuyi/daloidex. These and
other forms indicate a moderately shallow-water ha))itat.

FORAMINIFERA.

Fam. MiLioLiDAE.
Miliolina oblonya, Montagu sp.
Vertniculam ohlongum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., p. 522, pi.
XIV., Fig. 9. Miliolina ohlonga, Mont, sp., Ih^ady, 1884,
Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 160, pi. V. Figs. 4n, 6, Cliap-

1 Proo. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. iv., pt. i., 1891, p. IS.

2 Fteferiible to Lepidocyclina on account of the spatulute fonii of tlie URdian
C'haiiil>erletH.

Batesford Lirneshme. 269

man, 1907, Joiirn. Linn. Soc. London. ZooL, vol. XXX.,
p. 17, pi. IL, Fig. 26.

Tliis species has been recorded from the Australian tertiaries,
from the lower (Balcombian) and upper (Kalimnan) beds of
Muddy Creek, by Mr. Howchin ; and from Balcombe's Bay and
the Altona Bay Coal-shaft (Balcombian) by the writer.

The present example, from the Filter Quarries, is a fully
developed and typical form, and as such denotes a shallow-water
habitat. The deeper water blue clays of the Balcombian locali-
ties noted above furnish small examples.

Miliolina vulgaris, d'Orbigny, sp.

Quinqueloculina vulgaru, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. YII., p. 302, No. 33 ; Miliolina auheriana, d'Orb.
sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 162, pi. V.,
Figs. 8, 9 ; M. vulgaris, d'Orb. sp., Chapman, 1907,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 18, pi. II.,
Fig. 32.
The specimens are small, indicating less favourable conditions

for growth than those from the blue Balcombian clays. Filter

Quarries.

Miliolina polyyona, d'Orbigny, sp.

Quinqueloculina polygona, d'Orbigny, 1839, F'oram. Cuba. p.

198, pi. XII., Figs. 21-23; Miliolina polygona. d'Orb.

sp., Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. London. Zool.,

vol. XXX., p. 18, pi. II. Fig. 29.
This species has been found only once previously in Austra-
lian tertiary deposits, in the Balcombian clays of Grice's
Creek. Rare ; Filter Quarries.

Miliolina ferussacii, d'Orbigny, sp.

Quinqueloculina ferussacii, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. VIL, p. 301, No 18, Modele No. 32; Miliolina
ferussacci, d'Orb. sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol.
IX., p. 175, pi. CXIIL, Figs. 17, a, h; Chapman, 1907,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 19. pi. II.,
FiP 39.

270 Frederick Chapman :

A minute example of this species was found in the Filter
Quarries. It has already been noted by Howchin from the
Balcombian of Muddy Creek, and it is not uncommon in beds
of similar age at Grice's Creek.

Fam. LiTUOLiDAE.

Cyclammitia complanata, Chapman.

C. complanata, Chapman, 1904, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict., vol. I.,
pt. 3, p. 228, pi. XXII., Fig. 7.
This Trochammifia-like species is a form apparently re-
stricted to beds of Janjukian age ; having been previously de-
scribed from the Bird Rock Cliffs, and Brown's Creek, between
the Aire and Joanna Rivers. The writer had it also from beds
of similar age at Waurn Ponds. Filter Quarries ; very rare.

Fam. Textulariidae.

Textularia gihhosa, d'Orbigny.

T. gihhosa, d' Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. p. 262, No. 6.

Modele, No. 28 : Howchin, 1889, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.,

vol. XII., p. 6 ; Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.

ZooL, vol. XXX., p. 25, pi. III., Fig. 54.

This is a frequent form in Balcombian and Janjukian beds

alike. Filter Quarries.

Textularia gihhosa, var. tuber osa, d'Orbigny.

T. tnherosa, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p. 263,
No. 26 ; Fornasini, 1889, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. VI.,
p. 161, pi. II., Figs. 2a, b ; T. gihhosa, var. tuherosa,
d'Orb., Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool.,
vol. XXX., p. 26, pi. IV., Fig. 76.
This variety is also common to the Balcombian and Janjukian
beds of Victoria. It is restricted to tertiary strata, and is typi-
cal of the Neogene of Italy. In the recent condition it was
found by Dr. H. B. Brady in the N. and S. Atlantic and the
S. Pacific; at the latter locality it occurred at depths of 175
and 210 fathoms. Filter Quarries.

Bates ford Limestone. 271

Textularia (jramen, d'Orbigny.

T. gramen, d'Orbigny, 184:<). Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 248, pi.

XV., Figs. ^-6 ; Ilowchin, 1889, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.,

vol. XII., p. 7 ; Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.

ZooL, vol. XXX., p. 25, pi. ITT., Fig. 5-3.

Well developed examples of this form occur in the Filter

Quarries. The species has already been recorded from the

Balcombian of Port Phillip and Muddy Creek.

Verneuilina ens:/ form is, sp. nov. (Plate II., Figs. 1«, b).

Test triangular, elongate, very slightly tapering : septa
nearly flush with the surface, or slightly depressed. Surface of
test slightly rough, granulate near the aboral end, but not
spinous, as in V. spinidnsa, Reuss., to which this form bears
some resemblance.

Length. .517 mm. : greatest breadth, .224 mm.

Remarks. — This species is prol»ably that referred to by Mr.
Howchin^ as Verneuilina sp., and he reniarks (loc. cit.) that it re-
sembles F. siDinulosa, but for the elongate contour, the plane
surfaces and absence of spines. Filter Quarries.

Bigenerina (Siphogtnerina) conica, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Bigenerina conica, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1909,
Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. .329, pi. XVI.

This interesting little hyaline species has quite recently
been described by the above-named authors, who give some
excellent figures of the shell, and good diagrammatic drawings
showing the internal structure. The species was previously de-
scribed from the Paris tertiaries under Giimbel's name of
Clavulina eocaena ; and Heron-Allen and Earland have shown
that it is distinct from that species and identical with their
Selsey specimens. One of the chief points of interest is their
discovery of the same species in washings from the polyzoal
rock of the Filter Quarries, near Batesfoid. So far as I have
found, the species is not common. I am indebted to Mr. Earland

1 Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1889, vol. xii., p. 7.

272 Freda rick C/utpinan :

for some beautifully preserved specimens from the Filter Quar-
ries, found in material collected by Mr. K. J. Bradley, of South
Australia.

Spiroplecta ><ip]i()nifera, Brady sp. PI. III. Fig 1.

Teitularki sij^honiftra, Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. XXL, N.S. p. 53. Id., 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. IX., p.
362, pi. XLIL, Figs. 25-29. Chapman, 1907, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 26, pi. IIL, Fig. 56.

In his description of the above form Dr. Brady mentions that
it is "tapering and pointed at the aboral end.' A close exami-
nation of the Batesford specimens shows the pointed end to be
invariably flattened. Upon cutting vertical sections through
the test in the plane of compression, it was seen that each com-
menced with a megalospheric chamber, followed by a short
spiral, and that this was immediately succeeded by the normal
textularian series. In a specimen examined in this section, the
megalosphere has a diameter of 62 u. Although formerly re-
ferred to the genus Tertularia, this species, on account of the
evidence now brought forward, should be relegated to the
genus Spirojjlecta.

As a recent form Dr. Brady records it from a few localities
in the S. Pacific, and in the Gulf of Suez, at depths from 15-40
fathoms. The writer found it at Funafuti at various depths
down to 150 fathoms, where it was most abundant. It appears
to be confined to coral-reef areas, and consequently only found
in tropical or sub-tropical waters, It has occurred in the fossil
condition in the Balcombian of Port Phillip.

Common in both Quarries.

Spiroplecta sayittula, Def ranee, sp.

Tertuhrria sagittuht, Defrance, 1824, Diet. Sci. Nat. vol.
XXXIL, p. 177; vol LIlL, p. 344; Atlas Conch., p.
XJIL, Fig. 5. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr. sp., Wright,
1902, Irish Naturalist, vol. XI , p. 211, pi. III., Figs. a-e.
Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol.
XXX., p. 27, pi. IIL, Figs. 58, 59.

Batesford Liivestuiif. 273

Typical specimens are not uncommon. They show the spiral
commencement very clearly. »S'. sagittula is a common form in
the l^alcomlnan, the Janjukian and the Kali in nan series of Vic-
toria. In the Janjukian it has been recorded from Waurn
Ponds, near (ieelong. In both Cpper and Filter Quarries.

Spirojylecta sayittida, Defr. sp., var. fi.'<tuIosa, Brady.

2'ertuhiria sagittida, Defr. var. fistulosa, lirady, 1(S84, Rep.
Chall., voL IX., p. 362, pi. XLIL, Figs. 19-22. Spiro-
plc.rfa sagittula, Defr. sp. var. fMidosa, Brady, Chap-
man, 1907, Journ. Linn. .Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p.
27, pi. III., Fig. 60.

Howchin records this form as rare in the Balcombian of
Muddy Creek. In the Port Phillip tertiaries it was found to be
nearly as common as the specific form. Very rare at Bates-
ford, in the Filter Quarries.

SpiropJerta carinata, dOrbigny, sp.

Tertularia carinata, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII.,
p. 263, No. 13. Spiroplecta carinata d'Orbigny, sp.,
Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. 8oc. Lond. Zool., vol.
XXX., p. 27, pi. IIL, Fig. 61.
This species has previously occurred in the Balcombiiin of
Muddy Creek, and the Port Phillip tertiaries.
Very rare in the Filter Quarries.

Gaudrj/'nui rugosa, dOrbigny.

G. rugosa, d'Orbigny, 1840, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. I., vol.
IV., p. 44, pi. IV., Figs. 20, 21. Chapman, 1907, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 28, pi. III. Fig.
64.

Typical, stoutly built tests rather common. It frequently
occurs arrested at the triserial stage, and shows a tendency for
the salient edges of the test to become slightly serrated, thus
approaching Verneudina sjyinulosa, from which it is separated,
however, by the arenaceous structure of the shell.

274 Frederick Chapman :

It has occurred in the Balcombian of Muddy Creek, and the
Port Phillip tertiaries. Filter Quarries.

Bulimina eUgantissima. d'Orbigny.

B. eUgantissima, d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p.
51, pi. VII., Figs. 13, 14, Howchin, 1889, Trans. R. Soc.
S. Aust., vol. XII., p. )^
This moderately shallow-water form is also a well-known ter-
tiary fossil. Recorded from both beds at Muddy Creek (Bal-
combian and Kalimnan) ])y Howchin. In the Filter Quarries ;
not uncommon.

Bulimina elegantissima, d'Orb. var. apiculata, Chapman.

B. elegantissima, var. apiculata, Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond. ZooL, vol. XXX., p. 31, pi. IV., Fig. 77.

This variety was originally described from the Balcombian
clays of the Port Phillip tertiary beds.

In the Filter Quarries ; equally common with the specific
form.

Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss.

B. textilarioides, Reuss, 1862, Sitz. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol.
XLVL, p. 81, pi. X., Fig. 1. Chapman, 1907, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. ZooL, vol. XXX., p. 31, pi. IV., Fig.
79.

A moderately deep-water form. It has occurred in the Port
Phillip tertiaries (Balcombian). Very rare ; in the Filter
Quarries.

Bolivina punctata, d'Obiguy.

B. punctata, d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 61, pi.
VIII., Figs. 10-12. Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 32, pi. IV., Fig. 80.
Common in the Balcombian clays of Muddy Creek, Grice's
Creek, and of the Altona Bay Coal-shaft.
Very rare; in the Filter Quarries.

Bdtesford Lhnestone. 275

Bolivina Ilmhafa, Brady,

B. limhata, Brady, 1884, Rep. Cliall. vol. IX., p. 419, pi. LII.,

Fij^s. 26-28. Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool., vol. XXX., p. 32, pi. IV., Fig. 83.

This species has been found in the Victorian tertiaries in the
Balcombian of Muddy Creek and Balconibe's Bay.
Occasional specimens met with ; Filter (Quarries.

Cassidulina laevigata, d'Orbigny (dentate var.).

C. laevigata, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p. 282,

pi. XV., Figs. 4, 5; Modele, No. 41. Howchin. 1889,
Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., vol. XII. p. 8.

Previously recorded in the Victorian tertiaries from the Bal-
combian of Muddy Creek.

A single example of this cosmopolitan species was met with
in the Filter Quarries, having the dentate periphery occasion-
ally observed in this form.

Cassidi/lina calabra, Seguenza sp,
Burseolina calabra, Seguenza, 1879, Formaz. Terz. Reggio, p.
138, pi. XIII., Figs, la, h. Cassidulina calabra, Seg. sp.,
Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 431, pi. CXIIL,

Figs. Sa-€.

The original specimens were described from the Miocene of
Calabria. As a recent form it has occurred at Raine's Islet,
Torres Strait, and off Kandavu, Fiji Ids. This is its first occur-
rence as a tertiary fossil in Australia.

A typical specimen was found at Batesford, in the Filter
'Quarries.

Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady.

C. subglobosa, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 430, pi.
LIV., Figs. 17<7-C'. Chapman, 1907, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool., vol. XXX., p. 33, pi. IV., Fig. 84.

This form is distinguished from the preceding by the inflated
character of the segments and the open-pyriform shape of the
aperture.

Very rare in the Filter Quarries.

276 Frederick Chapmcm :

Ehrenberyina serrafci, Reiiss.

E. serrata, Reuss, 1849, Denksclir, d. k. Ak, Wiss. Wien, vol. I.,
p. 377, pi. XLVIIL, Figs, 7 a-c. Chapman, 1907, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. ZooL. vol. XXX., p. 33, pi. IV., Figs.
85-87.
Recorded previously from the Balcombian series of Muddy
Creek and the Port Phillip tertiaries.
Rare in the Filter Quarries.

Fam. Lageisidae.
Lagena r/Iohosa, Montagu sp.

Vermicnhim glohosum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit. p. 523,
Lagena glohosa, Montagu sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall.,
vol. IX., p. 452, pi. LVL, Figs. 1-3.
Previously recorded from the Balcombian beds of Muddy

Creek by Howchin. A single example with a subglobular test

and asperous aperture was found in the limestone of the Filter

Quarries.

1 jag en a favosoj)unctafa, Brady.

L. f a voso punctata, Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.

XXL, N.S. p. 62. Idem, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX, p.

473, pi. LVIIL, Fig. 35; pi. LIX., Fig. 4; pi. LXL,

Fig. 2.
This ornate species is extremely rare. In the recent condi-
tion it was recorded by Brady from two localities only — viz.,
Torres Strait, at 155 fathoms, and from the north coast of New
Guinea at 17 fathoms. This appears to be its first occurrence
in the fossil state.

One specimen, of a globose form, from the Filter Quarries.

Lagena oi'hignyana, Seguenza sp., var. el at li rata, Brady.

Lagena clathrata, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX, jj. 485,
pi. fiX., Fig. 4. Lj. orhignyana, Heg. sp., var. clathrata,
Brady, Millett, 1901, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. G28, pi.
XIV., Fig. 23.

Batesford Limestone. 277

As n fossil this species is new to the Australian ref?ion. In
the recent condition it has been recorded from Gahvay (Balk-
will and Millett) : from Xew Guinea, off the Ki Ids., and off
Aru Id. (Brady) ; from the Malay Aichipelago (Millett) : and
from the S. of New Zealand (Chapman Ms.).

A single specimen occurred in the Filter (Quarries.

y odosartd {Dcntdllna) pauptrata, d'Orbigny sp.

l)e)it(iJ iiui pan ptrata, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. F'oss. Vienne,
p. 46, ]>1. I.. Figs. 57, 58.

Recorded l)y Howchin from both Balcombian and Kalimnan
beds at Muddy Creek. One example from the Filter Quarries.

XodosdfHf (De/ifalirut) consohritia. d'Orbigny sp.

Deutdlina coiifiobrina, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram, Foss. Vienne, p.
46, pi. II.. Figs. 1-3.

This species has been recorded previously only from the
Kalimnan beds of Victoria, at Muddy Creek, by Mr. Howchin.
Not uncommon in the Filter Quarries.

X(,(I()Sf(ria (IJenfa/ina) soluta. Reuss sp.

Denfalina ■sohita, Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr, d. deutsch. G^llsch.,
vol. III., p. 60, pi. III., Figs. 4a, h.

A fragmentary^ specimen found. This species is noted by
Howchin from the Balcombian of Muddy Creek. It is a com-
mon form in the Port Phillip tertiaries of the same age, and I
have also found it less frequently in Janjukian beds at Tor-
quay, and in the Kalimnan at Jemmy's Point (T, 8. Hall coll.).
Filter Quarries.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) ohliqua, Linne sp.

Xautilus obliquus, Linne, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th. ed,, p. 1163,
281;-1788, Ibid. 13th. (Gmelin's) ed., p. 3372, No. 14.

This species is not at all rare at Batesford. The specimens
are shorter and stouter than those dredged oft* the coast of
New Zealand, near Gt. Barrier Id. Filter Quarries. .

278 Frederick Chapman :

Xodosaria sralaris, Batsch sp.

Xnufilus (Orflioreras) scalaria, Batsch, 1791, Conchvl, des See-
sandes, No. 4, pi, II. Figs, 4a. h. Xodosaria ■'^raJaris,
Batsch sp„ Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol, IX., p. 510,
pi. LXIII. Figs. 28-31.

As a recent form this species is usually found in shallow
water. It is also well known as a tertiary fossil.
One example from the Filter Quarries.

Xodosaria badenensis, d'Orl^iirny.

X. hadenenxis^ d'Orbiirny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. .38, pi,
L, Figs. 34, 35.

This is a short, stout form allied to the better known N.

raphanus. It is typical of the Vienna Basin fauna, and occurs

throughout the greater part of our Victorian tertiary strata.

One typical specimen from the Lepidocyclina rock of the
Filter Quarries.

Cristtllaria crepidula, Fitchtel and Moll sp.

Xautilus crepidulus, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, Test. Micr., p.
107, pi, XIX, Figs. G-I.

Good typical examples of this variable form were found in the
Lepidoct/diud rock of the Filter Quarries.

Cristellaria crepidula, F. and M. sp., var. arruata. d'Orbigny.

Cristellaria arcuata, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p.
87, pi. III. Figs. 34-36.

A specimen was found in the limestone of the Filter Quarries,
which closely matches the above variety described by d'Orbigny
from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin, It represents the broad
curved form which centres round C. crepidula as the type, and
which is more elongate.

Cristellaria rrejudnla, F. and M. sp,, var, yladius, Philippi var.

Bates ford Limestone. 279

IMarf/iiinlina (/ladius, Philippi, 1843, Tertiar nordwest.
Deutsch., p. 40, pi. I. Fig. 37. Cristellaria crepidula,
F. and M. sp., var. gladius, Philippi, Burrows and Hol-
land, 1897. Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. XY. p. 40, pi. I., Figs.
6, 9, 16.
Hiis is another of the many varieties of C. rrepidula, and is
distinguished by the extraordinary elongation of the test. It
somewhat resembles C schloenhachi of Reuss, but is more regu-
lar in outline and evenly curved.
Found in the Filter <^)uarries.

Cristellaria articulafa, Eeuss sp.
Robtdina articulata, Reuss, 1863, Sitz. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien.
vol. XLVIII. p. 53, pi. v.. Fig. ^'2.
Typical specimens occur in the limestone of the Filter Quar-
ries. This species was met with by Howchin in the Balcombian
of Muddy Creek. It is rather rare as a fossil form, but is abun-
dant in certain dredgings in New Zealand waters and else-
where.

Cristellaria rotulata, Lamarck sp.
Lenticulites rotitlata, Lamarck, 1804, Annales du Museum, vol.
v., p. 188, No. 3. Tableau Encycl. et. Meth. pi.
CCC'CLXVL, Fig. 5. Cristellaria rotulata, Lam. sp.,
Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 547, pi. LXIX.
Figs. 13o, h.
A few examples of this common species were found in the
limestone of the Filter Quarries. Howchin records it from the
Balcombian of Muddy Creek.

Polymorphina yihha, d''Orbigny.

P. (Glohulina) f/ibba, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII.,

p. 266, No. 20 ; Modele, No. 63. Globulina gibba, d'Orb.,

1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 227, pi. XIIL, Figs. 13. 14.

Recorded by Howchin from the Kalimnan and Balcombian

■of Muddy Creek : and from the Kent Town Bore, Adelaide

(Barwonian).

Rare in the limestone of the Filter Quarries.

13a

280 Frederick Chapman :

Polymorphina comjjressa, d'Orbigny.

P. compressa, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienna, p. 233,

pi. XII., Figs, 32-34. P. lactea, var. oblonga, Williamson,

1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., p. 71, pi. VI., Fig. 149,

149a.

A variety with a granulosa surface occurs in the limestone

of the Filter Quarries. Howchin records this species from the

upper beds of Muddy Creek (Kalimnan).

Polyworphina ohlonga, d'Orbigny.

P. ohlonya, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 232, pi.
XII., Figs, 29-31.

Recorded by Howchin from both series at Muddy Creek.
Not uncommon in the Filter -Quarries.

PolytnorpJiina elegantissima, Parker and Jones.

P. elegantissima, Parker and Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans., vol.
CLV., Table X., p. 438, Brady and Jones, 1870, Linn.
Soc. Lond., vol. XXVIL, p. 231. pi. XL., Fig. 15. H. B.
Brady, 1884, Rep. Chalk, vol. IX., p. 566, pi. LXIL, Figs.
12-15. Chapman, 1907, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, p.
132, pi. X., Fig. 3.

This species is a common form in the Victorian tertiaries, and
has been recorded by Howchin from both series of strata at
Muddy Creek. The examples from the L^'pidocyclind' rock of the
Filter Quarries at Batesford show a wide range of variation,
from the broad, triangular form to the slender, elongate variety ;
and all showing the vertically elongated and sickle-ended seg-
ments typical of this species. As a living form it is remarkable
for its peculiarly Australian distribution, the only exceptional
localities being Raine Islet and Hong Kong Harbour. A closely
related, if not identical form, is P. prohlema, var. deltoidea,
Reuss, which occurs in the Septarian Clays (Oligocene) of Ger-
*many.

BideRford Limestone. ?.81

Polymorphina regina, Brady, Parker and Jones.

P. regina, B.P. and J., 1870, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol.
XXVIL, p. 241, pi. XII., Fig. 32.
A small, thin-shelled form of this beautiful species occurred
in the Lepidocyclina rock of the Filter Quarries. Howchin
records it from the Balcombian of Muddy Creek, and from the
Kent Town Bore, xVdelaide (Barwonian). In the recent condition
Brady found it limited to shallow water in the Pacific. Egger
records it from Kerguelen Id. at 57 fathoms; and Millett from
comparatively shallow water in the Malay Archipelago. From
Victorian waters the writer obtained it in some abundance from
Altona Bay.

Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.

U. angulosa. Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Brit., p. 67, pi.

v., Fig. UO. Flint, 1899, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., for 1897,

p. 320, pi. LXVIIL, Fig. 3.
A small but otherwise typical specimen found in the Filter
Quarries. Howchin records it from the Barwonian of the Kent
Town Bore, Adelaide.

Fam. Globigerinidab.
Globigerina triloba, Reuss.

G. triloba, Reuss, 1849, Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. I., p.

374, pi. XLYIL, Fig. 11. G. bulloides, d'Orbigny, var.

triloba, Reuss, Howchin, 1889, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.,

col. XII., p. 11. G. triloba, Reuss, Chapman, 1907,

Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. X., p. 133.

As a tertiary form this is met with in the Balcombian beds

of Muddy Creek and elsewhere in Victoria. It was found by

the writer as a recent form, at Beaumaris and Torquay. It is

not uncommon in the Filter Quarries, and a related shell occurs

in thin sections of the Lepidocyclina rock of the Upper Quarry.

Sphaeroidina bulloides, d'Orbigny.

S. bulloides, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. \ll., p. 267,
No. 1 ; Modele, No. 65, Flint, 1899, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
for 1897, p. 325, pi. LXXL, Fig. 1.

282 Frederick Chapinan :

This interesting little form, doubtfully pelagic, is moderately
common in washings from the Lepidocycliiia rock of the Filter
Quarries. It has been recorded from the Balcombian of Muddy
Creek by Mr. Howchin.

Fam. ROTALIIDAE.

Spirillina ci. inaequalis, Brady.

S. inaequalis, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 631, pi.
LXXXV. Figs. 8-11.
A single example was found in the rock from the Filter Quar-
ries. It is concave on one face, and slightly convex on the
other. The periphery is rounded rather than flat, as in Brady's
figured examples. Otherwise it agrees in general characters with
the above species. Howchin found S. inaequalis in the Bal-
combian of Muddy Creek. As a living form it seems confined
to the southern hemisphere, in the region round Australia and
the S. Pacific.

Discorhina orbicularis, Terquem sp.

Eosalina orbicularis, Terquem, 1876, Anim, sur la Plage de
Dunkerque,, p. 75, pi. IX. Figs, ia, b. Discorbina
orbicularis, Terq. sp. Egger, 1893, Abhand, k. bayer,
Akad. Wiss., CI. II., vol. XVIII., p. 389, pi. XV. Figs.
16-18, 76-78.

An example of this little shallow- water form was found in the
Lepidocyclina rock of the Filter Quarries. It is more convex
on the superior face than usual. D. orbicularis is a well-known
species in Miocene and Pliocene strata, and has also occurred in
beds as old as the Lower Cretaceous in England. Howchin re-
cords it from the Balcombian of Muddy Creek.

Discorbina pileolus, d'Orbigny sp.

Valiulina pileolus, d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p.
47, pi. I., Figs. 15-17. Discorbina pileolus, d'Orb. sp.,
Brady, 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. IX.,. p. 649, pi. LXXXIX.,
Figs. 2-4.

Batesfovd Limestone. 283

An Eocene and Miocene species in Europe. Howchin found it
in only the Kalimnan beds of Muddy Creek. As a living fora-
minifer it affects quite shallow water.

Two specimens from the Filter Quarries ; one being a double
form, in plastogamic union.

Discorhina dimidiata, Parker and Jones.

D. dijiiidiata, Parker and Jones, 1862, in Carpenter, Parker
and Jones' Introd. Study Foram., p. 201, Fig. XXXIIB.
Parker and Jones, 4865, Phil. Trans., vol. CLV.,
pp. 385, 422, pi. XIX., Figs. 9a-c. Chapman, 1907, Journ.
•Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. X., p. 136, pi. X., Figs.
8a, h.
It is of nuich interest to record this living Australian species

from our older tertiary strata. The specimens are quite typical.

Rare in the rock at the Filter Quarries.

Discorhina valvulata, d'Orbigny sp.

Rosalina vdlvulata, dOrbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. TIL,

p. 271, No. 4. Discorhina valvulata, d'Orb., Brady,

1884. Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 644, pi. LXXXVIL, Figs.
5-7.

As a living form this species is typical of the shallow waters
of "the Australian coast. The writer found it in shore sand
at Torquay. Howchin records it from Post-tertiary beds at Port
Adelaide. Moderately common in the limestone of the Filter
Quarries.

Discorhina biconcava, Parker and Jones.

D. hiconcava, Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans., vol. CLV.,
p. 422, pi. XIa., Figs. lOa-c. Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall.
vol. IX., p. 653, pi. XCL, Figs. 2, 3.

The test of one of the Filter Quarry specimens is slightly his-
pid. Another found here is of exceptionally large size. This
species is found still living on the Victorian coast.

284 Frederick Chapman:

Discorhina polystomelloides, Parker and Jones.

D. polystomeUoides, P. and J., 18<55, Phil. Trans, vol. CLV., p.
421, pi. XIX., Figs. 8o-c. Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol.
IX., p. 652, pi. XCL, Figs. \a-c.

At the present time this species lives amongst the islands
S. of New Guinea. Howchin records it from the Kalimnan and
Balcombian of Muddy Creek. One specimen in the rock of
the Filter Quarries.

Flanorhulina larvata, Parker and Jones.

F. larvata, Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans, vol. CLV., p.
380, pi. XIX., Figs. 3a, b. Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol.
IX., p. 658, pi. XCIL, Figs. 5, 6.^

It is of interest to note that as a living species this form is
only found in tropical areas, and especially in the sands of
coral islands. In the fossil condition Howchin records it from
the Balcombian of Muddy Creek, where it is moderately
common.

This species is also fairly common at Batesford. The speci-
mens from the limestone of the Filter Quarries are diminutive,
with thin tests. Those from the Lepidocyclina limestone of the
Upper Quarry are, as a rule, stouter, and with very conspicuous
peripheral chambers.

Truncatulina refulgeiis, Montfort sp.

Cihicides refulgens, Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. System., vol. L,
p. 122, 31® genre. Truncatulina refulgens, ]Montf., sp.,
Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 659, pi. XCIL, Figs.
7-9.
Somewhat rare in the foraminiferal rock of the Filter Quar-
ries. Not previously recorded as a fossil from the Australian
tertiary beds.

Trunratnliiia lohntula. Walker and Jacob sp.

Nautilus lohatulus, Walker and Jacob, 1798, Adams' Essays,
Kanmacher's Ed., p. 642, pi. XIV., Fig. 36.

Bdtesford Limestone. *^85

Typical specimens are not uncommon in the foraminiferal
rock of the Filter Quarries. Howchin records this species from
the Kalimnan, near Adelaide, and the Balcombian of Muddy
Creek.

Truncatulina variabilis, d'Orbigny.

T. variabilis, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p. l>79,
No. 8. Brady, 1884, Eep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 661, pi.
XCIIL, Figs. 6, 7.

This wild-growing modification of the preceding species is
also moderately frequent in the limestone of the Filter Quarries.
Howchin records it from the Balcombian of Muddy Creek.

Truncatulina tenuimargo, Brady.

T. tenuimargo, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX., p. 662, pi.
XCTIL, Figs. 2, 3.

As a recent species this is frequently met with in Australian
seas. It does not appear to have been previously noticed as a
fossil form. A fine example from the Filter Quarries.

Truncatulina wuellerstorfi, Schwager sp.

Anomalina wuellerstorfi, Schwager, 1864, Novara-Exped., (reol.
Theil, vol. IL, p. 258, pi. VII., Figs. 105, 107.

Rare in the limestone of the Filter Quarries. In the living
condition it is usually found in deep-water ooze. The original
specimens of Schwager's came from the Pliocene of Kar
Nikobar.

Trunratiil ina ungeriana, d'Orbigny sp.

Rotalina ungeriana, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p.
157, pi. VIII., Figs. 16-18. Truncatulina ungeriana,
d'Orb. sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 664, pi.
XCIV., Figs. ^a-c.

A moderately common form in the limestone of the Filter
Quarries. It is well distributed throughout the Victorian ter-

286 Frederick Cltapman :

tiaries. It has been recorded from the Baleombian of Muddy
Creek and the Barwonian of Mount Gambler, the Murray Flats
and Adelaide. Also from the Kalimnan of Muddv Creek.

Truncatulina reticulata, Czjzek sp.

Rotalina reticulata, Czjzek, 1848, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl.,
vol. II., p. 145, pi. XIII., Figs, 7-9.
Occasional examples found in the Filter Quarries. Recorded
from the Baleombian of Muddy Creek, the Barwonian of Mount
Gambler and the Murray Flats. Also from the Kalimnan of
Muddy Creek.

Anomalina ammonnides, Reuss sp.

Rotalina ammonoides, Reuss, 1845, Versteln, bohm. Kreidef.,
pt. 1, p. 36, pi. XIII., Fig. 66 ; pi. VIIL, Fig. 53. Anoma-
lina ammonoides, Reuss sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall.
vol. IX., p. 672, pi. XCIV., Fig. 2, 3.
Recorded by Howchin from both Kalimnan and Baleombian
beds at Muddy Creek, and from the Adelaide Bore (Kent Town).
One specimen from the Filter Quarries.

Anomalina grosserugosa, Giimbel sp.

Truncatulina grosserugosa, Giimbel, 1870, Abhandl. k. bayer,
Ak. Wiss., yol. IX., p. 660, pi. II., Figs. 104«., b. Anoma-
lina grosserugosa, Giimbel sp., Sherborn and Chapman,
1889, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. 487, pi. XL, Fig. 34.

In the living condition this form Inhabits moderately deep
water. A few typical examples from the Filter Quarries.

Carpenteria proteiformis. Goes,

C bahmiformis, Gray, var. proteiformis, Goes, 1882, K.
Svenska, Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. XIX., No. 4, p. 94, pi.
VI., Figs. 208-214; PI. Yl\., Figs. 215-219. C. pro-
teiformis. Goes, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p.
679, pi. XCVII., Figs. 8-14.

As a recent form this species shows a restricted range, and is
apparently confined to coral seas. It occurs in the W. Indies,

Batesford Limestone. 287

and at a few localities in the Eastern Archipelago. C. protei-
forniis has been previously recorded as a fossil from the Bal-
combian of Muddy Creek by Mr. Howchin.

It is not uncommon both in the Filter Quarries and the Upper
Quarry : the specimens met with show a wide range of varia-
tion,

Pulvinulina puuctulata, d'Orb. sp.

P. punctulata. dOrb. sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. IX.,
p. 685, pi. CIV., Figs, \1a-c.

The peripheral edge of our specimen is more evenly rounded
than usual. The surface is coarsely pitted, the sutures deeply
marked, and the inferior surface tends to become granulate at
the umbilicus, as in Discorbina, to which this form bears some
affinity. P. punctulata does not seem to have been previously
noticed in the Australian tertiaries, but it is known from ter-
tiary strata in other parts of the world.

One specimen from the Filter Quarries.

Pulvinulina concentrica. Parker and Jones.

P. concentrica, Parker and Jones. 1864 (in Brady), Trans. Linn.
Soc. Lond., vol. XXIV., p. 470, pi. XLVIIL, Fig. 14.
Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans., vol. CLV., p. 393,
Brady. 1884. Rep. Chalk, vol. IX.. p. 686, pi. CV., Figs.
la-c.

P. conce?itrica occurs as a fossil in the Miocene of Southern
Italy. It was figured by Seguenza under the name of Discor-
hina vestita. As a recent form it was found, among other
localities, off Kandavu, Fiji Ids., and off Raine Islet, Torres
Strait.

Rare in the Filter Quarries.

Pulvinulina partschiana, d'Orbigny sp.

Rotalina partschiana. d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne,
p. 153, pi. VII., Figs. 28-30 ; pi. VIII., Figs. 1-3. Pul-
vinulina partschiana, d'Orbigny, sp., Brady, 1884, Rep.
ChalL, vol. IX., p. 699, pi. CV.,'Fig. 3.

288 • Frederick C/t<ipman :

In the living condition this form is usually found in deep
Avater. Recorded by Howchin from the Balcombian of Muddy
Creek.

Typical specimens, of fair size, are moderately common in
the foranjiniferal rock of the Filter -Quarries.

Pidvinulinn eleijans, d'Orbip:ny sp,

Rotalia {Turbitiuli'uri) elegans, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. VII., p. 276, No. 54.

The specimens found in the Batesford Limestone have a sharp
periphery, but are otherwise typical. This form has been re-
corded from the Australian tertiaries, but only from the Murray
Flats.

Very rare ; Filter Quarries.

Fulvinulina scabricula, sp. nov. PI. II., Figs. '2a, h.

Description. — Test trochoid ; superior face moderately con-
vex to tumid ; whorls numerous ; inferior face slightly convex,
with sutures of last whorl well-marked ; umbilicus with a cal-
losity. Both surfaces of test finely and densely pitted ; peri-
pheral edges granulate to hispid. Greatest breadth of figured
specinien, .4:14mm. ; thickness at umbilical axis, .267mm.

Moderately common in the foraminiferal rock of the Filter
Quarries.

Pulvinulina pulrhella, d'Orbigny sp.

Rotalia pulchella, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p.
274, No. 32. Pulvinulina pulchella, d'Orb. sp., Jones,
Parker and Brady, 186-6, Foram. Crag, Pal. 8oc. Mon.,
vol. XIX. pi. II., Figs. 25-27.

This is a form like P. eleyans, but with thickened sutures to
the chambers. It has been recorded by Tenison Woods and
Howchin from the Balcombian beds at Muddy Creek.

Frequent in the Filter Quarries.

Batesford LiinesfoHc. 289

PulvinuUna f<rhreihersii\ d'Obigny sp.

Rotalina schreihersii, d'Orbigiiy, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p.

154, pi. VIII., Figs 4-0. rnlrinulina srhreihersii, d'Orl).

sp., Brady, 1884. Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 697, pi. CXV.,

Figs la-r.

The more depressed varieties have a sharp peripheral keel.

P. schreibersii was recorded by Howchin from the Balcombian

of Muddy Creek.

Frequent in the foraminiferal rock of the Filter Quarries.

Rotalia clathrata, Brady.

Rotalia clathrata, Brady, 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. IX., p. 709,
pi. CVIL, Figs. 8, 9. Howchin, 1889, Trans. R. Soc. S.
Aust., vol. XII., p. 15.

It interesting to note the occurrence of this species as a fossil
in the Balcombian series in Victoria. At Muddy Creek Mr.
Howchin found it to be moderately common ; and it has also
occurred in the Janjukian at several localities examined by the
writer ; whilst in the Kalimnan it is an exceptionally abundant
form. The species seems to be restricted to a very limited
area at the present day, for Brady records it only from foar
localities between Bass Strait (at Moncoeur Id.) and Cook
Strait, New Zealand ; and from two stations on the West Coast
of Patagonia. These localities are practically co-extensive
with the Middle Tertiary shore-line, which had so many species
of mollusca in common, embracing the Santa Cruz series of
Patagonia, the Oamaru series of New Zealand, and the Bar-
wonian of Victoria. The tests of E. clathrata from the Jan-
jukian are more heavily built than those from the Kalimnan
and Recent deposits.

Very common in the Batesford Limestone at both Quarries.

Rotalina calcar, d'Orbigny, sp. PL III. Fig. 2.
Calcarina calcar, d'Orbigny, 1826. Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. Til., p.
276, No. 1 ; Modele, No. 34. Id., 1839, Foram. Cuba. p.
93, pi. v.. Figs. 22-24. Rotalia calcar, d'Orbigny sp.,
Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX., p. 709, pi. CVIH., Fig.
3.

290 Frederick Chapman :

A very striking species, and, next to the Lepidocyclinae and
the Amphisteijiiiae, the most abundant form in the Batesford
Limestone. The ornament consists of numerous papillae of
supplemental shell-growth, a thickened umbilicus, ridged and
papillate intersutural areas on the superior face, and angular or
bluntly pointed peripheral spines. The distribution of Rotalia
calcar at the present day is wide, but confined chiefly to the
coral seas.

As a fossil it is known from beds as old as the Middle Eocene.
It has already been recorded, as a rare form, from the Balcom-
bian of Muddy Creek, by Howchin.

Very abundant in the Lepidocyclina limestone of the Filter
Quarries and the Upper Quarry.

Gypsina globulus, Reuss sp.

Ceriopora globulus, Reuss, 1847, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl.,
vol. II., p. 33, pi. v., Fig. 7. Gypsina globulus, R^uss
sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall, vol. IX., p. 717, pi. CI.,
Fig. 8.

Howchin records this species as a fossil from both beds at
Muddy Creek ; in the Balcombian it is common, and in the
Kalimnan rather scarce. G. globulus is moderately common in
i)he foraminiferal rock of the Filter Quarries, and the speci-
mens are generally less than the average size.

Gypsiria vesicularis, Parker and Jones sp.

Orbitolina vesicularis, Parker and Jones, 1860, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. VL, p. 31, No. 5. Gypsina
vesicularis, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. IX.. \\ 718,
pi. CI., Figs. 9-12.

This and the foregoing species date their first appearance as
fossils from the Miocene ; being found in beds of that age in
Austria, Hungary, the S. of France and the W. Indies. At
the present day they are almost confined to coral seas, although

Batesford Liwesfonr. 291

the two species are occasionally met with on the Atlantic sea-
board of the British Ids.

G. vesicularis is recorded by Howchin from Muddy Creek ; as
Ijeino; common in the Balcombian and rare in the Kalimnan. It
is interesting thus to note the certain influence of climatic
changes.

In the Filter Quarries, not common. Specimens rather small.

Gypsina hourhiiii, sp. nov. PL II., Figs, ia, h ; pi. III., Figs. 3-5.

Description. — Test discoidal; opposite faces moi'e or less
slightly convex, rarely flat, or more rarely slightly concave.
Surface granulate to pustular, as in G. vesicularis. Chamber-
lets numerous, with a sub-concentric arrangement. Shell-wall
coarsely perforate. Central series of chambers globigeriniform
and surrounded by a series of small chamberlets, which in turn
is succeeded by the larger, normal chamberlets. No marked dif-
ferentiation of the chamberlets along the median plane wlien
examined in vertical section, except in their being more spacious
in occasional specimens.

Diameter of test, 1.5 to 2.4mm.

Observations. — A reference to the genus Gypsina as occurring
in the Upper Quarry at Batesford is made by Messrs. T. S.
Hall and G. B. Pritchard in their paper on the Lower Tertiaries
of the Moorabool Valley, which in all probability is the form
above described. I have much pleasure in naming this species
after Mr. W. Howchin, w^ho determined the genus for the above-
named authors.

G. howchini is a very distinct form in the Batesford lime-
stone. It has the coarsely perforate structure of the chamber-
lets seen in G. vesicularis, P. and J. sp., but is invariably dis-
coidal. Dr. Goes figured a recent variation of the latter type,
from the Carribean Sea,^ which he named G. vesicularis. var.
discus: that form, however, has a differentiated median layer
of chamberlets as in the Miocene genus Miogypsina, but with-
out the vertical pillars, and the shell-wall is usually thinner. It
is probable that the species now described is a climatal modifi-

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., vol. xxix., Xo. i., 1891, pi. vii., figs. ;'., 4-(;.

292 Frederick CJicvpman :

cation of the Miocene form, since both types occur in beds of the
same age, characterised by the same species of Lepidocyclines,
that is to say, the Miocene beds in the E. Indies contain Lepi-
docyclina marginata and Miogypsina,^ whilst at Batesford the
L. marginata is accompanied by Gypsina howchini. The Mio-
yypsiuae of the Miocene and the related Gypsina vesicularis
var. discus are both typical of coral seas.

Common in the Lepidocyrlina limestone of both -Quarries.

Polytrema minutum, sp. nov. PI. II,, Figs. 3a, h.

Dtscription. — Test very small ; conical, with a spreading
base. Body of test slender, and with minute branches. Cham-
bedets minute.

Width of base, .93 mm.; height, .517 mm.

Observations. — This is an exceeding small and neat modifica-
tion of P. miniaceum, and may be dstinguished from that form
by the almost perfectly circular base, short habit and slender
branches.

Two specimens from the foraminiferal rock of the Filter
Quarries.

Family Xlmmulinidae.

Nonionina unibilicatula, Montagu sp.

Nautilus umbilicatulus, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit,, p. 191 ;
Suppl., p. 78, pi. XVIII., Fig. 1.

Previously recorded from the Balcombian of Muddy Creek by
Howchin.

One specimen in the foraminiferal rock of the Filter Quarries.

Xonionina boueana, d'Orbigny.

Xoiiioiiind boutana, d'Orbigny, 1846. Foram. Foss. Vienne, p.
108, pi. v., Figs. 11, 12.

The nearest locality where this species now lives appears to
be the West Coast of Patagonia. It is a common Upper Oligo-
cene and Miocene form. The species is new to the Australian
Tertiary fauna.

A typical specimen from the Filter Quarries.

1 Miotxviwiiia, accoidin^'- to Vnilcieiihorj,', has not yet been met with in India.

Hatesford JjimesfoHP. 293

Polystoinella suhnodosa, Miinster sp.

Rohidina suhnodosa, Miinster, 1838 (fide Roemer), Neues Jahrb,
fiir, Min., etc., p. 391, pi. III., Fig. 61. Polystomella
suhnodosa, Miinster sp., Bradv, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol.
IX., p. 73-1, pi. ex., Figs. \a, b.

Howchin has noted this species from Muddy Creek, but only
from the Upper Beds. One specimen from the Filter Quarries.

Pohjstoniella antonina, d'Orbigny. PI. II., Figs oa, b.

P. antonina, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 128, pi.
VI., Fig. 17, 18.

This species somewhat resembles P. suhnodosa, Miinst. sp., but
differs in its much greater umbilical diameter, in the fewer
exposed chambers, and in its coarse septal bars. It has been
previously recorded only from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin.

Three examples from the Filter Quarries.

Polystomella crispa, Linne sp.

P. crispa, Linne sp., Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall. vol. IX.. p. 736,
pi. ex., Figs. 6, 7.

Recorded only from the later Tertiary beds by Howchin, viz.,
from N.W. Bend, Adelaide, and Muddy Creek (Kalimnan).

A few examples met with in the limestone of the Filter
'Quarries.

Polystomella rerriculata, Brady.

P. verriculata, Brady, 1884, Rep. (liall., vol. IX., p. 738, pi.
ex., Figs. 12a, b.

As a living form this species is practically restricted to its
early Tertiary geographical position, it having been found off
E. Moncoeur Id., Bass Strait, and in Curtis Strait, Queensland,
bv the ''Challenger."

Howchin records this species as rare at Muddy Creek (Bal-
combian).

A few examples found in the Filter Quarries.

294 Frederick Cluqjinan :

Auiphistegina lesson ii, d'Orbigny, PI. III., Fig. 6.

A. lessojiii, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p. 304,
No. 3, pi. XVII., Figs. 1-4 A. hmterina, Id, 1846,
Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 207, pi. XII., Figs. 3-5. A. camp-
helli, Karrer, 1864, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. I.,
p. 84, pi. XVI., Fig. 18. A. ancMandica, Id., 1864,

ibid., p. ^r,^ pi. XVI., Fig. 19. A. lessonii, d'Orb., Brady,
1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. IX., p. 740, pi. CXL, Figs. 1-7.

The majority of specimens found in the Batesford limestone
are of the compressed lenticular variety, as typified in A.
hauerina of the Vienna Miocene, and some examples attain a
fair size, often as much as 2.5mm. in diameter. They are fre-
quently so nearly equilateral as to closely resemble the small
species of Nummulites like N. variolaria. The resemblance,
however, is only external, since a cross-section reveals the un-
equal umbilical cones and the one-sided alar overlap of the
septal margin.

A. lessonii is verv common in the upijer portion of the beds,
the polyzoal rock, taking the place of the Lepidocyvliuae of the
lower beds. Both Quarries.

0 ptrculina coin pJanata. Defrance sp.

Lenticulites coniplanata, Defrance, 1822, Die. Sci. Nat., vol.
XXV. p. 453. Operculina complanata, Defr. sp., Brady,
1884, Rep. Chall, vol. IX., p. 743, pL CXIL, Figs. 3, 4,
5, 8.

Occasional ; in the limestone of the P^'ilter (^)uarrie8 and in
the Upper Quarry.

Optrrulina coniplanata, Defr. sp., var. (jranuloxa, Leymerie.

0 ptrcvli na (jranulosa . Leymerie, 184(), Mem. Soc. Geol. France,
ser. 2, voL I., p. 359, pi. XIII.. Figs. 12^/, h.

Tests very finely granulate. The septa occasionally evince a
tendency to bifurcate near the peripheral border, after the man-
ner of riettroHtec/ina. Fre<iuent. In the Filter (^Uiarries and
the Upper Quarry.

Reterosteyina deypres'^a, d'Orhi^iiy.

H. depressa, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ami. Sci. Nat., vol. VII., p. 305,
pi. XVII., Figs. 5-7; Modele, No. 99. Brady. 1S84, Rep.
Chall., vol. IX., p. 746, pi. CXIL, Figs. 14-20.

Some of the specimens found here are papillate, and elosely
approach Schlumberger's H. margaritata^ from the Miocene of
the Dutch E. Indies^ \N-ith which specie^ they may eventually
be identified.

Rare. Found in the Filter Quarries and also in the Upper
Quarry at Batesford limestone.

Cycloclypeus jjustulosus, Chapman, PI. II., Fig. 6 ; pi. V., Fig. 4.

C. pustulosus. Chapman, 1905, Journ. liinn. Soc. N.S.W.. vol.
XXX., p. 271, pi. v., Fig. 1 ; pi. VI., Fig. 2 ; pi. VII.,
Fig. 2.

This is a very distinct species, having the papillae of the test-
surface distributed over the whole of the shell. Both the mega-
lospheric and the microspheric forms are found here, as they
are at Santo, New Hebrides, from the Miocene of which locality
they were first described.

Not uncommon at Batesford, in both Quarries, in the Lepido-
cyclina rock.

Lepidocyrlina tournoutri, Lemoine and Douville, PI. IV.
Figs. 1, 2 (part) and 6.

L. tournoueri, Lemoine and Douville, 1904, Mem. Soc. Geol.
France, vol. XII. fasc. II., p. 19, pi. I., Fig. 5; pi. II.,
Figs. 2-14, PL III., Fig. 1. R. Douville, 1907, Bull. Soc.
Geol. France, p. 52 et seq. and Figs. 5, 7. 13, 16. 17. 37.

This is the commonest species of the genus in the Batesford
Lepidocyclina limestone, and the tests often compose the greater
part of the rock. Found in both Quarries.

The characters of this species are as follows: — Umbilical axis
salient or apiculate on each face ; peripheral edge sharp ; granu-
lations coarse in centre, smaller and more numerous in the

1 Sainml. Geol. Keichs.-Mus. Leiden., ser. i., vol. \i., pt. iii., 1902, p. ■2.V2, pi. vii., fijr. 4.

14 a

296 Frederick Chapman :

outer area and extending to the periphery. Internally the
pillars, in vertical section, are seen to be numerous and slender ;
in median section the megasphere is subcircular and immersed
in the semi-lunar secondary chamber. Equatorial chamberlets
spatuliform, rarely hexagonal. The meg;i sphere in a Batesford
specimen has a diameter of .195mm. The megasphere of the
E. Indian examples of this species is exactly similar in shape to
the Victorian examples, and would consequently, according to
R. Douville, belong to the same geographical race.

L. tournoueri was first described from Mediterranean
examples by MM. P. Lemoine and R. Douville, and it has since
been recorded from Borneo by H. Douville in beds referred to
the Burdigalian.

In the original description, the diameter of the test of this
species is given as about 2mm., and our Batesford specimens
have the same dimensions.

Lepidocyclina maryinata, Michelotti sp. PI. IV. Fig. 5 : pi. V.,

Figs. 1-3.

jS'ununulite.s maryinata, Michelotti, 1841, Mem. Soc. ital. del
Scienze, vol. XXII., p. 45, pi. III., Fig. 4. Orhitoides
maryinata, Michelotti, 1847, Naturk. Verh. HoU.
Maatsch-Wetenseh, Haarlem, vol. III., p. 16, pi. I., Fig.
1(J. Orhitoides niantclli, HoAvchin (non Morton), 1891,
in Hall and Pritchard, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., p. 10, et
seq. Lepidocyclina maryinata, Michelotti sp., P.
Lemoine and R. Douville, 1904, Mem. Soc. Geol. France,
vol. XII., fasc. II., p. 16, pi. I., Fig. 7 : pi. II., Figs. 7,
9, 11, 20; pi. III., Figs. 3, 8, 9, 13.

The test of this species is usually com])aratively large and
thin ; the diameter of some Batesford specimens measuring as
much us loiiiiii. The swollen central area is distinctly granu-
late, whilst the thin peripheral portion has the granules much
finer. In vertical section the pillars are seen to be numerous
and very slender in the peripheral flange-like portion, and
gradually thicken towards the region of the umbilical boss,
whcic the}' protrude from the surface as distinct papillae. The
equatorial chambers of this species are distinguished from those

Batesford Lhnestone 297

of L. mmitelli, to whicli it bears some external resemblance,
by the longer sides and cuspid, not broadly arched, ends.
Both niegalospheric and microspheric forms (forms A and B)
occur at Batesford, the former being common, the latter very
rare. A megasphere in a Batesford specimen measures

.319mm. in diameter. The equatorial chambers of L. viarginata
are spatuliform; and as R. Douville has pointed out,i this type
is charactei'istic of the E. Indian race of Leptocyclines, as distinct
from the Aniei'ican race with the hexagonal outline, includ-
ing forms like L'. dilatata and L. raneUei.

H. Douville,2 in " Les Foraminiferes dans le Tertiaire de Bor-
neo," places the beds H (sand and clay), containing Lepidocy-
clina tournoutri, L. sumatrensis, Miogypsina, and Operculina
niasi, in the Burdigalian stage (Middle Miocene)

E. W. VredenburgS remarks that the Lepidocyclines found in
the Gaj beds of India are often of large dimensions, and belong
exclusively to the group of L. maryiiiata, with large pillars and
a megasphere only partly enveloped by the second chamber.
The Gaj beds contain no large Nummulites, and Vredenburg
refers to them as probably Uppermost Aquitanian (Lower Mio-
cene).

Found in both Quarries.

Lepidocyclina martini, Schlumberger. PI. IV., Figs. 2 (part),

3 and 4.

Orhitoides stellata, Howchin (non d'Archiac), 1889, Trans. R.
Soc. S. Aust., vol. XII., p. 17; id. ibib, 1891, vol. XIV.,
p. 356. Lei'jidocyclina mar-tini, Schlumberger, 19(K),
Samml. Geol. Reichs-Mus. Leiden, ser. L, vol. VI., pt. 3,
p. 131, pi. VI., Figs. 5, 8. L. martini, Schl., Chapman,
1905, Journ. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. XXX., p. 272, pL
v.. Fig. 2.

This form out of the Batesford limestone is a true Lepidocy-
clina. and is clearly referable to Schlumberger's Z. martini,
which that author described from the Miocene beds of Java,

1 Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 1907, ser. iv., vol. vii., p. 57

2 Ibid, 1905, ser. iv., vol. v., p. ini.

3 Records Geol. Siirv. India, vol. x.xxv., 1907, p. 67.

298 Frederick Chapmcni :

D'Archiac's species stellata has the same outline, but the cham-
bers of the median plane are rectangular, and it is now referred
to the Eocene genus Orthophragmina. I have already recorded
L. martini, from the Miocene limestone of the West Coast of
Santo, New Hebrides.

The test of the al)ove species is distinguished externally by
its roughly stellate form, with prominent ridges passing from
the central area into the peripheral processes ; the latter tend
to flatten out at the extremities. A luegasphere of this species
from Batesford measures .I72mm. in diameter. The test some-
times attains a diameter of 5mm.

Moderately common in the basal limestones of both Quarries.

OSTRACODA.

Fam. Cypridae.
Pontocypris attenuata, Reuss.

P. atienuata, Reuss, G. S. Brady, 1868, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. II., p. 179, pi. IV., Figs. 11-14. Id., 1880,
Rep. Chall. Zool., pt. III. p. 38, pi. XV., Figs. la-d.

This species is now living in the Indian Ocean, around New
Guinea, and in the China Seas.

A small but characteristic valve from the Filter Quarries.

Bythocypris reniformis, G. S. Brady.

B. reniformis, G. S. Brady, 1880, Rep. Chall. Zool., pt. III., p.
46, pi. v., Figs. la-l.

This species, as a living form, has a wide distribution.
Amongst other localities it has been recorded off E. Moncoeur
Id., Bass Strait, 38-40 fathoms.

A single carapace found in tlie limestone of tlie Filter Quarries.

Bairdia amygdaloides, G. S. Brady.

B. aniyydaloides, G. S. Brady, 1865, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
vol. v., p. 364, pi. LVIL, Figs. 6a-r. Id., 1880, Rep.
Chall. Zool., pt. III., p. 54, pi. TX.. Figs. 5«-/' ; pi. X.
Figs. 'la-r.

A distinguishing feature of this species is its evenly arched
carapace, as seen from al)ove. It is found living in Bass Strait,

and in Port Jackson : and its range extends into the coral seas
of the Pacific.

Abundant in the limestone of the Philter Quarries, also from
the Upper Quariy.

Bairdia foveolata, G. S. Brady.

B. fiU'eoldta, G. S. Brady, 1867, les Fonds de la Mer, vol. L, p.
56, pi. VII., Figs. 4-6. Idem, 1880, Rep. Chall. Zool. pt.
III., p. 55, pi. YIIL, Figs la-f ; Figs, 2a-/'. Chapman,
1902, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. XXYIII. p. 423.
B. cf. fove.olata, G.S.B., Id., 1905, Journ. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, vol. XXX., p. 272, pi. XIL Fig. 1.

This species is found living in the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans, and its range extends as far south as Bass Strait. There
is not much doubt that it was this species which occurred in
the Miocene limestones of Santo, New Hebrides.

The carapace of B. fovtolata, as seen from above, is tumid
in the centre, and the surface is generally distinctly pitted.

.\ few carapaces and detached valves were found in the lime-
stone of the Filter Quarries.

Fam. Cytheridae.
Cythere wyviUe-thomsoni, G. S. Brady.

('. u'yviUe-thom.soni, G. S. Brady, 1880, Rep. Chall. Zool., pt.
III., p. 82, pi. XX., Figs. la-f.

This species is now living in the Southern Ocean and in
Torres Strait. A carapace and two separate valves from the
Filter Quarries ; and one carapace from the Lepidocyclina-\ime-
stone of the Upper Quarry.

Loxoconcha alata, G. S. Brady.

L. alata, G. S. Brady, 1868, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., ser. 4, vol.
II., p. 223, pi. XIV., Figs. 8-13.

This species is found living at Honolulu and Mauritius, and
is therefore confined to coral seas at the present day.

Two carapaces and a single valve from the Filter Quarries.

300 FrecUrick Chapman :

Xestoleheris carta, G. S. Brady sp.
Cytheridea (?) curta, G. S. Brady, 1865, Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond., vol. v., p. 370, pi. LVIIL, Figs, la, b. Xestole-
heris curta, G. S. Brady, 1880, Rep. Chall. Zool., vol. I.,
pt. III., p. 126, pi. XXXI., Figs. &a-d.
The distribution of this species at the present day is the W.
Indies, the S. Pacific and the Southern Ocean. At Port Jackson
it is found at 2-10 fathoms. Our specimen is narrower than
usual in side view, but it has the characteristic, truncated pos-
terior margin.

One example from the Filter Quarries.

(?) Cythero'pteron angustatuin, G. S. Brady.

(?) Cytheropteron angustatum, G. S. Brady, 1880, Rep. Chall.
Zool., vol. I., pt. III., p. 137, pi. XXXIV., Figs. 5«, h.

Recent examples of this form have been dredged at Balfour
Bay, Kerguelen Id., at 20-50 fathoms ; and at Torres Strait,
155 fathoms.

One valve from the Filter Quarries.

Cytheropteron hatesfordiense, sp. nov, Plate II., Figs. la-c.

Description. — Carapace seen from the side, elongate ovate ;
anterior truncately rounded at the dorsal angle, posterior pro-
duced at the ventral angle, the extremity sub-spinose ; anterior
and ventral margins keeled ; dorsal line broadly arched, ven-
tral, sinuous. Lateral alae pronounced, long and gently
curved. Carapace thickest at the middle of the ventral margin,
rapidly sloping to the extremities and the dorsal border. Sur-
face of carapace finely pitted. Edge view, ovate, compressed
at the extremities. End view, sub-triangular. Height of cara-
pace equal to about half the length ; thickness of carapace more
than half the length.

Length, 1mm. ; height, .62mm. ; thickness of, carapace,
.655inm.

Affinities. — This species is quite distinct from C. welling
toniense,^ G. S. Brady, although showing some relationship in

1 Rep. Chall. Zool., vol. i., pt. iii., 1880, i>. 136, }>1. xxxiv., fij^s- 4«-f^-

Bdtesford LimeMone. 'A0\

having a sub-triangular carapace, as seen from the end, and in
the surface pittings. The shape in side view differs materially
in that our species is broader anteriorly and narrower pos-
teriorly, the reverse of that seen in C. weUinytoniense.

A carapace and two separate valves from the Lepidoryclina-
rock of the Filter Quarries.

THE FAUNA OF THE BATESFORD LIMESTONE.

Preliminary Remarks. — The several records of species from
the Batesford limestone, comprising the foraminiferal and poly-
zoal rocks, are here collected in systematic form for facility of
reference. The corals, mollusca and some other groups of the
fauna have already been recorded by Dr. T. S. Hall, M.A.. and
Mr. G. B. Pritchard, B.Sc, F.G.S. ;1 whilst a new echinoid
Echinoneus^ and also I'entagona^ter^ have lately been added by
the former. Mr. Pritchard has described a new species of
Linthia, which until recently had been confused with McCoy's
'' Fericosmus yigas ' of the Murray River Cliffs.^ I myself am
responsible for the Foraminifera and the Ostracoda, which
groups are now described in detail for the first time ; one
species of the former group, however, had already been figured
and described in England by Messrs. Heron-Allen and Earland^
under the name of Bigenerina conica, and Mr. W. Howchin
gave generic names to several forms recorded in Messrs. Hall and
Pritchard's paper referred to above. In the Spongida I record
spicules of calcisponges and identify the species of Isis as the
N. Zealand Tertiary form /. hamiltoni, which is, in Victoria,
a typical Janjukian fossil. Arm ossicles of f?) Antedon have
occurred in some of the washings of the disintegrated lime-
stone. The Cheilostomatous Polyzoa have been revised and
catalogued by Mr. C. M. Mapiestone in his list of Fossil Cheilo-
stomatous Polyzoa," and some new species of the Cyclostoma-
tous section have been described by the same author in a later

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. iv., pt. i., n.s., 1891, p. 18; also a revised and extended
list. Idem, ibid, vol. viii., n.s., 1896, p. 159.

2 Ibid, vol. xix., pt. ii., n.s., 1907, p. 47.

3 Ibid, vol. XV., pt. i., n.s., 1902, p. 81.

4 Ibid, vol. xxi., pt. i., n.s., 1908, p. 394.

5 Jour. R. Micr. Soc, 1909, p. 329.

6 Proc. Rnv. Soc. Victorja. vol. xvii., }^t. i., n.s., 1904, pj>. l.«!R-217.

302 Frederick Chapman :

paper. ^ The tooth of a shark, Odontaspis contortidens, A<r.,
was recorded with some reserA^ation as from Batesford by Mr.
Pritchard and myself in our paper on the " Fossil Fish Remains

of the Tertiary of Australia, Pt. I.''-' I have since found this
locality to be correct.

XJ. = Upper Quarry ; F. = Filter Quanies ; B. := Batesford, pro
bably Filter Quarries.

FoHAMIMFKRA.

Miliolina obloiiga, Mont., sp. F.

,, vulgaris^ d'Orb., sp. F.

„ polygona, d'Orb., sp. F.

,, ferussacii, d'Orb., sp. F.

Cyclammina complamita^ Chapm. F.

Textu/aria gtbbosa, d'Orb. F.

,, ,, ,, ,, var. ti/derosa, d'Orb. F.

,, graniefi, d'Orb.

Verneiiilina etisijorniis^ sp. iiov. F.

Bigenerina {Siphoi^enerina) conica. H. A. and E. F.

Spiropieda siphonifera, Brady, sp. U. F.

,, sagittula, Defr., sp. U. F.

,, ,, ,, ,, \'A\\ fistnlosa^ Br. F.

„ carinata, d'Orb., sp. F.

Gaudryina rugosa, d'Orl*. F.

Bulimina ekiiantissivia, d'Oi-b. F.

,, ,, ,, ,, ,, var. apiculata, Chapm. F.

Bolivtna lextilarioides, Rss. F.

,, pinictaia^ d'Oi'b. F.

,, li»ibata, Brady. F.

Cassidu/ifta laevigata^ d'Orb. F.

,, ca/abra, ►Seg., sp. F.

,, subg/obosa^ Brady. F.

Ehrenberiiina serrata^ Hss. F.

Lagena globosa^ Mont., sp. F.

,, Javosopuiictata^ Bj-ady F.

,, orbignyana^ ^^g-, ^'ar. clathraia, Brady F.

1 I'roc. Uoy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxi., pt. i., ii.s., 1908, p. -li'A.

2 Ibid., vol. xvii., i»t. i., ii.s., 1904, p. 275.

Batesford Liuieslonr. ;303

Nodosaria {Dentalimi) pniifierata, d'Orb., sp. F.

,, ,, ., consobrina^ d'Orb., sp. F.

„ ,, „ solnia^ Rss., sp F.

„ „ „ obliqiia, L., sp. Y.

,, scalar is^ Batsch, sp. F.

,, badeneiisis, d'Orl). F.

Cristellaria crepidiila, F. and M., sp. F.

V ,, ,, ., ,, var. arcuata, d'Oil). F.

„ „ „ ,, „ „ i^/adius. Pliil., var. F.

,, „ articulata^ Rss.. sp. F.

,, ,, rotulata^ Lam., sp. F.

Polynwrphina ^ibba^ d'Orb. F.

,, ,, compressa^ d'Orb. F.

,, ,, obionga, d'Orb, F.

„ „ eiegantissima, P. and J. F.

5 J )j regifia, P. B. and J. F.

Uvigerina angulosa^ Will. F.

Giob'gerina ttiloba^ Rss. F.

Sphaeroidina bui hides, d'Orb. F.

Spirillina cf. inaequalis, Bi-ady F.

Discorbina orbicularis, Terq., sp. F.

,, pileolus, d'Orb., sp. F.

,, dimidiata, P. aiid J. F.

,, valvulata, d'Orb., sp. F.

„ biconcava, P. and J. F.

„ polystomelloides, P. and J F.

Platwrbulina larva ta, P. and J. U. F.

Truncatulina re/ulgens, ^Nlontf.. sp. F.

,, ,, lobatula, W. and J., sp. F.

,, „ variabilis, d'Orb. F.

„ ,, tenuifuargo, j^rady F.

,, ,, wuellerstorfi, 8chw., sp. F.

,, „ ungeriana, d'Orb., sp. F.

,, ,, reticulata^ Cz., sp. F.

Anonialina aitunonoides^ Rss., sp. F.

,, grosserugosa, Giimbel, sp. F.

Carpenteria proteiformis. Goes. U. F.

304 Frederick Clutpiaan :

Puivinidi)ia puncin/ata, d'Orb., sp.

,, concentrica, P. and J.

„ partsthiatia, d'Orb., sp.

„ elegans, d'Orb., sp.

„ scabricnla, sp. no v.

„ pulchella^ d'Orb., sp.

,, schreibersii, d'Orb., sp,

Rotalia clathrata^ Brady

„ calcar, d'Orb., sp.
Gyps inn globulus, Rss., sp.

., vesicularis, P. and J., sp.

,, howchini^ sp. no v.
Pohtrema minutum, sp. nov.
Nonionhia uinbilicatula, Mont., sp.

,, boueana, d'Orb.

Polystoviella subnodosa^ Miinster, sp.

,, ,, antoniria, d'Orb.

„ crtspa, L., sp.

,, ,, verriculata^ Brady

Amphistegt?ia lessofiii, d'Orb.
Operculina complanata, Defr., sp.

,, „ „ „ var. granulosa, I^ey.

Heterostegma depressa, d'Orb.
Cycloclypeus pustulosus, Chapni.
Lepidocyclina touruoueri, Leni. and Douv.

,, ,, }iiar'^mata, Mich., sp.

,, martini, Sclilumberf{er

Spongida.

Spicules of calcisponges (indet.) F.

Anthozoa.

Placotrochus delloideus, Dune. F.

,. ,, elongatus, Dune. F.

Flabellunt ganibierense, Dune. F.

Jsis haniiltoni, Thomson F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

F.

F.

u.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

u.

F.

Batesford Liiuestuac.

305

ECHINODKKMATA.

(?) A?itedon sp. (Ann ossicles). PI. ii., figs. 8^/, />.

Tlie firm ossicles in Antedon and Pentacrinus are
closely similar. The balance of evidence seems
here to be in favour of Antedo?i, since the basal
portions of the crowns of this genus are known
from Australian Barwonian strata, and it is
well-distributed in the seas of the Southern
Hemisphere at the present day ; while Poita-
crinus appears to be now nearly restricted to
the W. Indian seas.

Pentagonaster sp.

Cidaris (? Leiocidaris)^ sp.

Spines of a cidaroid, indet.

Psiwunechmus woodsi, Laube, sp.

Echifwcyatmis ( Scutellma) patella^ Tate, sp.

Clypeaster oippslandicus^ McCoy

Arachnoides ( Monostychia) australis^ Lau))e, sp.

Linihia nioorabooloisis^ Pritchard
,, sp., near gtgas^ McCoy

u.

u.
u.

F.
F.
F.
F.

F.
F.
F.
F.

B.

POLYZOA (CyCLOSTO.MATA).

Berenicea nitida, Maplest.
Idvionea conciniia, Maplest.

,, angnstata, Maplest.
Entalophora sparsa, Maplest.

,, tjUiidrata, Maplest.

(Chkilostomai'a).

Cauda fossilis, Lainz.
Cellaria coiitigua, McGiil.
Aniphiblestnitii crassissinuini, Maplest.

,, ,, robitsliim, Maplest.

LKUuliies parvicella^ T. Woods, sp.
Selenaria coficinna, T. Woods

maroinaia, T. Wooiis
Tliala)noporella patula, Waters, sp.

^0i^ Frederick Chapman :

Stega?ioporella magnilabris. Busk P.

Cribrilma ter?ninata, Waters F.

Tessaradoma elevata, Waters, sp. F.

Adeona obliqua, iMcGill. F.

Smiina maoiillivrayi, Maplest., sp. F.

„ tatei, T. Woods, sp. F.

Miicronella conica, Maplest. F.

lata, McGill F.

Porina gracilis, Milne Edw., sp. F.

Retepora rima/a, Waters F.

Brachiopoda.

Crania (jiiadrangularis, Tate B.

Rhyfichonella squamosa, Hutton F.

Terebratulina catiiiuliforniis, Tate U.

,, ,, scoulari, Tate B.

Magasella compta, Sow., sp. F.

,, Ci) woodsia7ia, Tate F.

Ci) Magelhmia gariba/dia?ia, Dav., sp. U F.

., ,, divaricata, Tate, sp. B.

MagellaJiia macleani, Tate, sp. B.

,, Jurcata, Tate, sp. B,

Terebratula vitreoides. T. W. B.

Pelecypoda.
Nucula sp. XJ.

Glycimeris caiiwzoicus, T. W., sp. B

Ostrea sp. U. F.

Pecten viurrayamis, Tate XJ. F.

„ i-)olymorphoides, Zittel F.

,, consobri7ius, Tate, var. U.

„ sp. B

Spondylus pseicdoradula, McCoy. U.

Lima {I Amatula) Jeffrey siana, Tate B,

Sepiifer Jenestratus, Tate B,

Dosinea densilineata, Pi-itclmrd ■ _ B.

Madra lunvchifiiana, Tate B.

Batesford Limestone. 307

Gastkropoda.
Patella sp. j^

Pleurotoinaiia., sp. (cast) B.

Tenagodes sp. B_

Also casts of other spp., iiulet. U.

OSTKACODA.

Ponlocvpris attenuata, Rss. F.

Bxthocypris reuiforinis., G.S.B. F.

Hairdia aniygdaloides.Vy.'^M. U. F.

,, A;zw/^^7, G.S.B. F.

Cy there 7vyville-thojnsoni, (x.S.B. U. F.

Loxoconcha alata, G.S.B. F.

Xestoleberis ciirta, G.S.B.. sp. F.

(1) Cytheropteron ang^ustatum, G.S B. F.

Cytheropteron datesfordiense, sp. no v. F.
Chelae of Crustacea, iiidet. B.

Pisces.

Odontaspis contortideiis, Ag. U.

(This specimen was recorded in the paper on
Australian Tertiary Shaiks' teeth by Mr. G. B
Pritchard and myself, with a query as to the
locality. T am now able to recognise the
chai'acteristic Lepidocyclinae in the hard, dark
coloured matrix of the specimen, and this
confirms the locality as Batesford, Up))ei'
Quarry).

Oxyrhina retrofiexa, Ag. F.

(About 24 teeth, originally many more, in a block
of Lepidocycliiia limestone measuring 45 cm.
X 35 cm. X 14 cm., associated with shells of
Pecten spp. and a tooth of Carcharodon
Jiiegalodofi^ presented to the National ^Museum
by Mr. W. B. McCann).

Carcharodon juegalodou, Ag. F.

308 Frederlch Chapman :

Cktacea.
Vertebral epiphyses, probably of a whale B.

Calcareous Algae.

Lithothamiiiuin, 2 spp. One form is small and has
knobby or tufty branches ; the other is
explanate, thin and encrusting U. F.

A large portion of the present paper is devoted to the descrip-
tion of two groups of fossils from the Batesford Limestone
which have been somewhat neglected — viz., the Foraminifera and
the Ostracoda. Of the first group, the sub-family of Orhi-
toidinae affords direct and convincing evidence as to the homo-
taxial equivalents of the beds in question ; and this evidence,
taken in conjunction with the occurrence of other fossil forms
which are restricted to more or less definite palaeontological
horizons, points to the correlation of the Batesford series of
the Victorian tertiaries with the Middle Miocene of Europe,
Asia and the East Indies.

The great abundance of the nummulinoid genus Amphis-
tegiua in our tertiarv strata is additional proof of their homo-
taxial relationship with the Miocene elsewhere. As my revered
friend, Frof. Kupert Jones, has pointed out to me, the result
of a unique experience of European microzoic tertiary faunas,
the genus AmpJnstef/ina, with its inequilateral test, took the
place of the equilateral Nummulite towards the close of the
great Nummulitic period, and flourished in prodigious abun-
dance in Miocene times. i The Miocene forms of Amphistegina
are, moreover, curiously simulant of the nummuline test, as
they are often of large size, and flattened lenticular in contour,
as distinguished from tlie living forms, which are typically
smaller, stouter and more dome-shaped. Hence the confusion
of Aw pliisteyiua in Australian rocks with the smaller species
of y uiimiJilites as N. varioJaria.

1 The genus Xinmitiiiitts attained itsnuixinuini developnientin middle Eocene tinus, as
siliown by its aliuiidant sjjecies and )arj,'e size e.;;-., N complanata, with a test often
exceed inj; 2A inches in diameter). It occurs more sparingly in Oligocene strata, and is
occasionally found as higii in the series as the middle Miocene and represented hy
iV. iiidsL The recent species of the geinis show some affinity with Operculina and
Amphistfgiiia.

Batesford Limestone. 809

Among the Batesford echinoids the genus Liiitliia calls for a-
few remarks. Its distribution is from the Cretaceous to Recent,
but it is typically Miocene, and its maxinmm development was
attained at that period. In conformity with the recognised
law of increase of size in phyletic l)ranches, the genus Linthia
affords an interesting case in point. It probably attained its
largest dimensions in L. gigas, McCoy sp., from the Murray
Cliffs, the type specimen having a length of seven and a-half
inches. 1 The stratum in which it occurs is of Barwonian ag^e
(i.e., Balcombian or Janjukian), but presumably Janjukian.

Of the twentv-three spp. of polyzoa recorded from Batesford
bv Mr. C. M. Maplestone, four species are found living — viz.,
tSeleuaria conclnna (S. xlustralia). 'S'. marginata (S. Australia),
Steganoporella magnilahris (Australia, X. Zealand and Japan),
and Porina gracilis (Australia). Thus the ratio of living to
fossil forms is 17 per cent.

The brachiopod, Rhynclionella squamosa, Hutton. is still
living S. of Kerguelen Island. 2

The comparatively modern aspect of the Janjukian strata is
shown by the group of the ostracoda. Of the nine species
here recorded, one is new, whilst eight are living at the present
day. The distribution of these living species ranges from Ker-
guelen Id. to Torres Strait, the Indian Ocean and the China
Seas : whilst one species is found in the Atlantic. Three hare
been recorded from Bass Strait and two from Port Jackson.

Although the species of sharks, represented in the Batesford
Limestone by teeth, are not numerous, they possess a special
interest. Perhaps the most important is Oxyrhina retrofiexay
by far the commonest form. This species is found in several
other localities where beds of similar age are exposed, and
it also occurs in the remanie or nodule beds of the Grange Bum
and Beaumaris, whose material was probably derived from an
underlying Janjukian stratum. This same species, u. retro-
flexa, occurs in the Oamaru Stone of the S. Island of N. Zea-
land, and described under the name of Oxyrhina vonhaasti by

1 This species w.is iiconied also troni ("oiio I'.;iy Im error for Batesford (Prod. Pal. Vict.,
dec. vii., 1882, p. IG). The specimen has tlie test badly crushed, but .shows some
characters intermediate between L. [lifjan and L. inoorahoolensis, I'ritch.

2 Sep Hutton, Trans, and Proc. N.Z. Institute, vol. xxxvii., 1905, p. 481.

15

310 Frederick Cliapman :

J. W. Davis.i Certain other typical fossils of the Oamarii
Series are also common to the Janjiikian of southern Australia,
and the Oamaru Stone horizon in particular appears to be
homotaxial with the Batesford Limestone. A recent Avriter on
this subject, Prof. J. Park,2 has summarised the latest evidence,
both stratigraphical and palaeontological, and he places the
Oamaru Stone in the Miocene, at about the middle of that
series. This opinion independently supports my own conclusion
as to the age of the P>atesford beds. Besides the species of
shark just mentioned, both the Mount Brown Beds and the
\mderlying Oamaru Stone contain the remarkable cetacean
type, Kelxtnodon onomata, Hector, which, from the structure of
the fangs and the rounded contour of the crowns of the molars
are undoubtedly of the squalodont form, although the species
has always been referred to as a zeuglodont. In his description
of this fossil, Hector, however, does state that the New Zealand
teeth resemble, amongst other genera, those of Squalodoii}
The Janjukian of Waurn Ponds, and Castle Cove, Cape Otway,
occasionally yield the teeth of Squalodon wilkinsoni : and
these show a close relationship with the New Zealand fossils.
with the exception that the latter are much larger, and the
canines more trenchant and strongly curved. Moreover, from
the Oamaru Series at White Rock River Quarry, N.Z., Davis
has described a denticulated tooth of a true squalodont,
which he refers to a new species, Squalodon serratus,^ at the
same time remarking that it shows great relationship with
McCoy's S. wilkinsoni. The molar tooth from the polyzoal
rock of Mt. Gambler, named Zeuglodon harvuiodi by Mr. E. B.
Sanger, is also closely related, if not identical with the \\q-
torian Squalodon.^ In its bearing on the age of the Janjukian
it is interesting to note that the genus is typical of the Miocene
series of France and I>avai"ia, and reiuaiiis have also been found in
European Pliocene strata. The pennatulid (Tra/phularia, is an-
other guide-fossil common to the Middle Oamaru Series and tlie

1 Trans. K. Duhl. Soc-., ser. ii., vol. iv., 18SS, p. '20, ).]. iv., (i-^s. 1-3.

•2 Trans, and I'roc. N.Z. Institute, vol. wxvii, il't(i4), llKi.'., pp. 4M)-.".:.l.

3 Ibid, vol. xx\. (1880), ISiSl, i). 43;').

4 Trans. R. Duhl. Soc, ser. ii., vol. iv., ISSS, i>. 4, pi. \ii., tij;-. !>.
:> Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. v., 1881, p. 2118.

Bate>>ford Limestone. 311

Victorian Janjukian Beds. Other closely allied fossils are a
species of Lintliia from the Oamarii Series of the Geraldine
District, N.Z., and L. moorahoolensis, Pritch., from Batesford ;
and the '' Celhporina' {Ctdlejjora) jKij^aJosa from the Oamaru
Series and a similar, but undescribed form in the polyzoal rock
of Victoria and S. Australia.

Summary, and Coxcluj^ions as to the Age of the Beds.

1. — The Batesford Limestone Series includes a Lepidocyclina
and a polyzoal, facies, there being a gradual transition from one
to the other. They were evidently formed at one continuous
period of sedimentation, the palaeontological differences being
due to the deepening of the water during the formation of the
polyzoal banks in this area. In other localities, however, the poly-
zoa, by the abundance of the more massive forms, show evi-
dence of shallower conditions.

2.-— This series is of Janjukian age, as shown by Messrs. Hall
and Pritchard ; and corresponds to the widespread stage of the
polyzoal rock which represents a comparatively distinct phase
in the Tertiary history of Victoria.

3. — By the presence of Lepidocyclinae of the L. marginata
type, accompanied by L. toui^noueri and L. martini, as well as
by Cyclodypeus pustulosus, the limestones are shown to be the
homotaxial equivalents of the Burdigalian beds as developed in
Southern Europe (Faluns de Saint-Paul, near Dax), and in Java,
Sumatra, Borneo and the New Hebrides.

4. — The modern character of the beds is indicated by the
Ostracoda, which are all, with the exception of one new species,
of living types,

5. — By comparison, the Keilor Lepidocyclina Limestone
appears to be on a slightly lower horizon of the Janjukian series
than that of Batesford, as shown by the addition to the Bates-
ford Lepidocyclina fauna, of L. verbeeki. a form also occurring
in a still lower stage at Clifton Bank. Muddy Creek, near
Hamilton. The Gaj Beds of India I would refer to this, Keilor,
horizon, which in the case of the Indian beds, is regarded by
Vredenburg as probably Upper Aquitanian. The L. insulae-
itdtalix beds of Christmas Id., in all probability, also belong
here.

3 1 2 Frederick Chapman :

6. — The Batesford beds, in common with other Janjukian
strata, occupy a middle position in our Tertiary series, and are
younger than the richly fossiliferous Balcombian clays and
sands of Mornington and Muddy Creek (Lower Beds).

In conclusion, I desire to express my sincere thanks to Dr.
T. S. Hall, M.A., for many specimens and samples of foramin-
i feral material with which I began the examination of the
microzoa of these quarries. I am also indebted to Mr. G. W.
Cortous, of Geelong, for kindly supplying me with further
fossiliferous material ; as well as Mr. W. B. McCann, as before
mentioned.

The types of the new species and representative specimens
have been presented to the National Museum collection.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate LII.

Fig. 1 — Vertieuiliiia ensi/ormis, sp. nov. . L/, lateral aspect; \by

oral aspect. Filter Quarry. x 58
2 — Pulvumlina scabncula^ sp. nov. 2^!!, superior face; Ib^

peripheral view. Filter Quarry. x 58.
3 — Polytreina munttuni, sp. nov. 3^, superior aspect ; 3/^,

side view. Filter quarry. x 29.
4 — Gypsina JiowcJinii^ sp. nov. 4^7, latei-al aspect; 4/*, peri-
pheral aspect. Filter quarry. x 29.
t)-~Folystoviella antoiiina^ d'Orbigny. 5<'z, lateral aspect; 5/y,.

oral aspf-ct. Filter quarry. x 58.
6 — Cycloclypeus pustiilosiis^ Chapm. Lateral aspect. Filter

Quarry. x 29.
7 — Cytheropteron batesfordiense, sp. nov. la, lateral aspect

of left valve ; lb, ventral aspect : Ic, end view. Filter

Quarry. x 29.
8 — (?) Antedon, sp. Ann ossicle. 8^, distal face of the

epizygal ; 8/^, edge view, showing crenulated edge of

the radially marked proximal face. Filter Quarry.
X 14.

Batesford Limestone. 313

Plate LIIT.

Fi^. 1 — Spiropkcta siphoni/era, Brady, sp. Median vertical

section passing through the megasphere, and showing

the spiroplectoid commencement. Filter Quarry.
X 40.
2 — Rotalia ca/car, d'Orb., sp. Four examples showing the

redundant papillose shell-growth and the calcarine

periphery. Filter Quarry. x 18.
3 — Gypsina howchini^ sp. nov. Median section of test,

showing the crowded initial series of chambers.

Upper Quarry, near Batesford. x 40.
4 — G. hoivchini, sp. nov. Median section of test vertical to

the disc, shewing megasphere. Upper Quarry, near

Batesford. x 40.
5 — G. hoivchi?ii, sp. nov. Another specimen in vertical

section, showing a tendency to develop a median line

of chambers as in Miogypsina. Upper Quarry, near

Batesford. x 40.
6 — Amphistegina lessonii^ d'Orb. Section in limestone

parallel with the umbilical axis ; showing the

asymmetry of the test as distinct from Niimmulites.

Upper Quarry, near Batesford. x 40.

Plate LIV.

Fig. 1 — Lepidocyclina tournoueri, Lemoine and Ft. Douville.

Lateral aspect. Filter Quarry. x 18.
2 — Vertical sections of Lepidocyclhia ?narti?ii, Schlumberger

(left hand figure), and Z. toiirnoueri^ Lem. and Douv.;

in limestone from the Upper Quarry, near Batesford.
X 18.
3 — Lepidocyclitia martini^ Schl. Lateral aspect. Filter

Quarry. x 18.
4 — Z. martifii, Schl. Median transverse section of test,

showing chamberlets of both superficial and median

layers. Filter Quarry. x 18.

314 Frederick Chapman:

5 — Lepidocydina inaroinata^ Michelotti, sp. Median section,

passing through the raegasphere. Filter quarry.
X 20.
6 — Z. tournoueri, Lem. and Douv. Vertical section, passing

through the niegasphere. From limestone of the

Upper Quarry, Batesford. x 20.
7 — Typical microscope section of the Batesford Limestone

(Upper Quarry), showing the relative abundance of

the Lepidocyclifiae. x 9.

Plate LV.

Fig. 1 — Lepidocydina 7uarginata, Michelotti, sp. Lateral aspect.

Filter Quarry. x 6.
2 — L. marginata, Mich., sp. Portion of a section through

the median layer of chamberlets ; showing the

spatulate ends of the same. Filter Quarry. x 18.
3 — Z. marginata^ Mich., sp. Vertical section of test,

showing the thin pillars and crowded chamberlets.

Filter Quarry. x 18.
4 — Cydodypeus pnstulosus. Chapman. A transverse median

section, passing through the niegasphere. Filter

Quarry. x 18.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1900. Plate LII.

3a

M-a

sZV

■Ki^

s5tt

sS"*

/ ii

\

\^.

^ iq

\

f

x-19

J

^ a-

Kllf

70

^9

7< Cf

F.C. ad nat. del.

Fossils from the Batesford Limestone.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1900. Plate LI II.

X^O

X/tS

y M-o

F. C. photomicr.

Spiroplecta, Rotalia, Gypsina, and Amphistegina, from
the Batesford Limestone.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plato LIV.

I KI8

F. C. photoinicr.

Lepidocyclinae and Lepidocyclina-Limestone from Batesford.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LV.

X t

>. I?

>> 1^

F. C. photomicr.

Lepidocyclina and Cycloclypeus from the Batesford
Limestone.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Fart II., 1909.]

Art. XXL — Contrihiitions to the Flora of Australiay

No. IS.

By ALFRED J. EWAllT, D.Sc, Pn.D., F.L.S.;

AND

JEAN WHITE, D.Sc.

(With Plates LVI.-LX.).
[Read 9th December, 1909].

Allium Scorodoprasum, L. (Liliaceae). " Sand Leek.

Greenvale, North-eastern district, Victoria. James Musgrove,
November, 1908 and 1909.

A native of Europe and Western Asia, and now may be con-
sidered as naturalized in Victoria. The umbel is occasionally
reduced to a head of bulbs without any flowers. These main-
tain the plant locally, but do not spread it in the same way that
seed do. Old bulbs will usually flower, especially after being
dried off. The plant is not poisonous or actively injurious, but is
a useless Aveed. capable of becoming troublesome if neglected.

An(;ianthus axiliflorus (W. V. Fitzgerald, MS. iiied.), Ewart
and White, n. sp. (Compositae).

Rather rigid herbs .3-4 inches in height. There is one woody
mainstalk which gives off short lateral branches from the axils
of the alternate leaves. Leaves very pale green, only very few
on the main stem, but crowded and tuft-like on the short
lateral branches ; 3-5 lines long, sessile, slightly ensheathing at
the base, linear-lanceolate, glabrous and somewhat rigid and
pointed.

Inflorescence of lateral or terminal compound heads. Each
compound head is surrounded by a number of leaf-like glabrous

3)6 Ewart and White:

bracts, whicK form a general involucre. There are 5-8 partial
heads in each compound head, and the whole is 3 to 6 milli-
metres in diameter.

Each partial head is 1 or 2 flowered, and is surrounded bv 6
scarious and quite glabrous bracts, of which the two outermost
are small, one extremely so, being only just visible to the naked
eye. Of the 4 larger surrounding bracts the 2 lateral ones are
somewhat conduplicate, and the 2 inner are slightly concave.
The partial heads are very shortly stalked.

The achene is short, nearly as broad as long, with no sign of
a break, flattened and covered with fairly long white hairs.

A pappus is present in the form of a ring of short white
bristles surrounding the base of the corolla tube. Base of the
floret slightly thickened, corolla 5-toothed, pale yellow in colour,
Anthers finely tailed at the base, stj^le branches not thickened,
not spreading.

Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1904. No. 1196.

This species was received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit.
from both the collector and the Sydney Herbarium. It appears
to be a valid new species, but no published description has
hitherto been issued. The affinities of the plant are somewhat
difficult to define, but in the bracts of its partial heads, and in
the pappus, it comes nearest to A. hrachy pappus, F. v. M.,
and is probably best placed between that species and A. pi euro-
pappus, though differing widely from both plants in its external
habit and glabrous character.

AsTEH SUBULATUS, Michx. (Compositae).

An American weed introduced into Victoria from N.S. Wales,
where it is common, and has long been known as A. dmnosus, L.

As the identification appeared doubtful, in 1906, after con-
sulting the Sydney Herbarium, reference was made to Kew,
where the identification was confirmed, and the name recorded
by me (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xix., 34, 1906) on the basis of
these authorities.

The Gray Herbarium, however, refers it to Aster suhulatus,
Michx., from specimens forwarded by the Sydney Herbarium.
This identification is accepted by Mr. Maiden (Proc. Linn. Soc.

Flora of Australia. 317

of N.S. Wales, 1909, 34, p. 363), and appears to be correct.
Victorian specimens also agree closely with some from the Paris
Museum, marked Trijyoliuin ronspicuum, D.C., which in the
Botany of California is made A. divaricatus, Nutt, so that a
further question of synonymy arises. The Victorian specimens
are close to, without exactly iiiatchino:, those of A. rlirnriratits.
Nutt, but throughout the whole genus we have variable species
with badly-delined boundaries. Aster dumosus differs from A.
ftnhulatus in its blunter, more obtuse bracts.

Caladknia ixioidks, Lindl. = C. gemmata, var. ixioidks.
(Orchideae).

Upper Swan R., Miss Sewell, 1883 ; Woorooloo, W. Australia,
Max Koch, Dec, 1906. The plant is merely a yellow flowered
variety of the blue flowered C. gemmata. Bentham (Flora
Austr., p. 389) retained the species, but admitted it might be a
variety only. Fitzgerald (Australian Orchids) found the floral
structure so identical with that of C. gemmata as not to need a
separate plate, but considered the species should be retained for
the convenience of collectors.

Slight variations in the shape of the labellum occur in the
blue flowered forms of C. gemmata as well as in the yellow ones.
The latter appear to be rarer, and of localised distribution.
Since yellow is a more primitive colour than blue, the yellow
form is probably the original type, and has been suppressed by
the blue forms whenever they have come in contact, the two
forms not appearing to grow together.

It is not possible to distinguish herbarium specimens of these
two " species "' if the colour has been completely lost.

Caladenia Roei, Benth.

The leaves up to 4^ inches in length. Cowcowing, W. Aus-
tralia. Max Koch. Dec, 1904.

Calocephalus Skeatsiana, Ewart and White, n. sp. (Compo-
sitae). After Professor Skeats.

A small, somewhat woody plant about 4-7 inches in height,
branchinfx freely from the base. All the stems, especially when

318 Ewart and White:

young, are more or less covered with white hairs. The leaves
are \-\ an inch long, with short petioles and densely covered
on both surfaces with soft, woolly, white hairs, linear-lanceolate,
flat, slightly pointed, alternate, a few opposite. Flower heads
compound on short axillary branches springing from the main
branches or from the secondary ones. The diameter of each
compound head almost spherical, 3-4 millimetres diameter, but
possibly larger when fully ripe. The peduncles and outer bracts
of the involucre are densely covered with white hairs. There
are only a few bracts in the general involucre ; 2 or 3 of the
outermost are almost leaf-like, have a filiform scarious tip, and
are covered on both sides with long, soft white hairs. The other
bracts of the general involucre have a leaf-like centre Vith
scarious margins, a bunch of hairs each side, and conspicuous,
scarious, not radiating tips. The receptacle is apparently
branched. There are 3-4 partial heads in each compound head,
and each is very distinct and very slightly flattened, be'ng
almost round in outline. Tbere are 20-30 bracts round each
partial head, all of which have radiating tips and are exactly
similar to the inner bracts of the general involucre. The more
central bracts of the partial heads have thin scarious tips in-
curving over the top of each partial head. Inside the innermost
bract is a small cavity in which are situated 3-8 florets, wilh a
quantity of upright soft, white woolly hairs between them.
Each flower appears to be hermaphrodite, but the achene is
very deciduous in the dried specimens. The achene is very
small, obtuse at the tip, and is slightly hairy. The pappus con-
sists of a varying number of long, plumose, soft, woolly white
strands, which may or may not be very slightly united at the
base to form an imperfect ring. The corolla is pale yellow,
and 5-tootlied ; the floret is thickened at the base. The anthers
are united, and have short, fine tails. The style is divided
into two branches, which are spreading and are not thickened
at their bases.

Watheroo Rabbit Fence, West Australia. M. Koch, Dec,
1906. No. 1544.

A specimen from the Plantae Preissianae of Lehmann (vol. i.,
p. 490, No. 71) is allied in some respects to this species, but
being without fully developed flowers, cannot be exactly placed.

Flora ([f Australia. 319

Lehniann remarks: '" Plantae quoad genus omnino dubia ;
fortasse ad Angiantheas referenda," but as far as can be deter-
mined from the heads, bracts and immature pappus, it more
closely resembles ('aIorf/)JiaIus. It differs from the present
plant in the indumentum, shape and position of leaves, shape
and number of bracts, etc.

Calocephalus SkeaUiana differs widely in external appearance
from all other species of Caloce/phalua, but nevertheless in the
involucre, bracts, partial heads, pappus, etc., comes within the
range of this genus, and older specimens will probably approach
Caloce})halus more closely in external appearance. It has been
named fJrinrJihunii-^ K/iappi, F. v. M., in W. Australia, but is
quite different to that species externally and in the heads and
involucre, though alike in the florets and in the presence of a
pappus.

Calystegia (Convolvulus) Soldanella, L. (ConvolvulMceae).

Three-mile Beach, National Park, Audas and St. John, Oct.,
1909.

This cosmopolitan plant is found on the shores of all 'the
temperate regions of the globe. The sole Victorian record was
from Wilson's Promontory, by Mueller, in May, 1853, of a
doubtful non-flowering specimen, placed by him as a variety
'' reniformis " of C. sepiiun. The plant is not recorded from
any other locality in Victoria, but there is no reJison to doubt its
being native to the present locality. It helps to bind the sand
on sea coasts.

Casuarina distvla, Vent., var. p'kostkata, Maiden and Betche.

Audas and St. John, Wilson's Promontory, Oct., 1909.
The variety has the branchlets finely hairy, and has not pre-
viously been recorded from Victoria.

Eriochlamys Knappii, F. v. M. = Calocephali s Knappii (F.M.),
Ewart and W^hite. (Compositae).

This plant differs from Eriochlamys Behrii, the only species of
this genus, in : —

(1) The compound heads are very strongly developed.

320 Eivart and WJdte :

(2) The florets have a pappus of fine hairs, phimose at the

tip, as in Calocephalus Skeatsiana.

(3) The outer bracts of the partial heads are small, narrow,

are green and opaque, with scarious tips. The inner

ones are completely scarious, and are very narrow,

with conspicuous tips.

In Calocephalus Skeatsiana, the partial heads are still more

strongly developed, with a marked general involucre, and the

bracts of the partial heads are somewhat similar, with a green

foliose centre, scarious margins, and non-radiating tips. In

both species there is a strong development of fine wool on the

bracts around the partial heads.

Probably Eriochlamys Belirii, S. and M., is not the only
species of this genus in Australia. A specimen from Balonne, R.
Henry Wehl, 1896, has the outer and inner bracts resembling
those of Eriochlainys, and has an undeveloped pappus. The
material is, however, insuifficient for description.

Calocephalus Knappil is known from the following localities :
Finke R., South Australia, Rev. H. Kempe, Dec, 1879, 1880 and
1882. Between Gascoyne and Fortescue Rivers, H. S. King,
1885.

Galium murale, All. (Rubiaceae).

This small plant, a native of the Mediterranean region, is
often overlooked on account of its rather small size, but is now
frequent in springtime, especially in pastures.

North-west, West and South-west of Victoria. F. M. Reader,
1909.

Hakka Pritzklli, Diels.; Fragm. Phytog. Austr. Occid., p. IG3
= H. GLABELLA, R. Br., sub-species H. prostuaia, R. Br.

The Melbourne Herbarium contains a perfect series of transi-
tions between this variety or sub-species and the type H.
glabella. These specimens, including several originally named
3. amplexicaulis, and partly transferred by Bentham, partly by
Mueller to H. (/lahella, including Oldfield's Murchison R. speci-
men, were apparently overlooked by Diels, and in any case if a
new species is to be raised it would need to be under the name
H. prostrata, R. Br., although the original description is short

Fiord of A iisfralia. 321

and the name not particularly appropriate. Size, scent, colour
and habit are among the less satisfactory features on which to
base species.

Halgania Lkhmanniana, Solid. In Plantae Preissianae, vol. ii.,
p. 238, (1846-7). (Solanaceue).

Bentham (Flora Australiensis, vol. iv., p. 401), although he
had not seen a specimen, considered from the published descrip-
tion that the plant was a form of H. Freissiana. The Kew
Index similarly suppresses the species. It is, however, valid,
differing from H. Freissiana in the indumentum, shape of the
leaves, smaller flowers and glabrous calyx, with less sharply
pointed segments. In H. Preissiaua the leaves and stems are
sprinkled with large, simple, whitish, suppressed hairs, which
are replaced in H. Lehmanniana by a scurfy tomentum, mainly
on the stems, of very short, erect, branching or stellate hairs.

Halgania tomentosa, R. Helms M.S., Ewart and White, n. sp.

West of Red Kangaroo Hill, R. Kelms, November, 1891.

A somewhat woody herb 5-10 inches high in the specimens
examined. Stems Aviry, densely beset with rather short, white,
felt-like hairs. Leaves rather thick in texture, 2-5 lines long,
shortly petiolate. entire margins, alternate ; like the stem,
covered thickly with white, felt-like hairs, midrib hardly visible
on the under surface, vertical, and with a palisade layer on both
surfaces. Pedicels 3-6 lines long, and covered with brown,
felt-like hairs. Flowers solitary, terminal, each with a small
brown bract, each flower about 4 lines in diameter. Calyx lobes
5, except at the extreme base, 1.5-2 lines long, the outside
covered with short brown hairs, narrow, and only very slightly
obtuse. Petals 5, broad, acute, free except at the extreme base,
exceeding the calyx lobes, probably blue, but fading to brown in
dried specimens. Anthers slightly pubescent, the lobes not very
conspicuous, about 3 lines long.

Ovary 2-celled, style long and slender. Fruit a superior, dry,
2-chambered capsule about 2.5 lines long, with the style per-
sistent.

322 Ewart and White :

This species is apparently nearest to llaJgduid Sohinaceji, from
which it differs in the following respects : —

(1) Leaves less obtuse, smaller, thicker in texture, much

more densely beset with white felt-like hairs, and the
midrib not prominent underneath.

(2) Calyx lobes narrower, less obtuse, and less than 3 lines

long.

(3) Flowers mostly solitary, and terminal.

(4) Anther lobes are less distinct from each other.

Eucalyptus lkuoxylon, F. v. M. (Myrtaceae).

Dr. Woolls (Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S. Wales, vol, 1, 2nd ser.,
1886, p. 861) first showed that under this head Mueller and
also Bentham wrongly included the S. Australian White Gum
and the Red Flowering Ironbark. The name of E. Leucoxylon
can be restricted to the former, as proposed, but if the name E.
sideroxylon is to be given to the Red Flowering Ironbark, it
cannot be given on A. Cunningham's authority. In the Kew
Index, and in Baker's Research on the Eucalypts, p. Ill, and
also in Benth. Flora, the reference is given as E. sideroxylon,
A. Cunn., in Mitch. Trop. Austr., 339 (name only). The re-
ference actually is, " Among the larger forest trees was a
Eucalyptus, allied to, but probably distinct from, the E.
sideroxylon, A. Cunn." This is a most curious reference on
which to base a species, a casual reference to a name by another
writer. Dr. Woolls does not give a formal description, but
details the differences between the two species very fully, and
the name can only stand on his authority as C. sideroxylon,
Woolls.

Mr. Baker (I.e., p. Ill) notes as a specific distinction that the
rim of the capsule soon becomes detached in E. sideroxylon.
Tlie same applies, however, to E. LeAicoxylon, iis is well shown in
specimens forwarded by Mr. A. D. Hardy from Studley Park,
Oct., 1909, but this does not affect the validity of the two
species. As in many Eucalypts, the length of the style varies in
different flowers of E. sideroxylon even when taken from the
8ame tree.

Flora oj Australia. 'S2'6

Gkevillea. Helmsii, Mueller and Tate in Tr. of the Roy. Soc. of
S.A., vol. xvi., p, 351 (1896), also pjotan. Centrlb. Ixv., No.
11 (1896) = G. PLUiiiJUGA, Mueller in Fragin. iv., p. 84
(1863-4). (Pioteaceae).

Diels, in Englers Bot. Jahrb. Bd., xxxv., p. 150, 1905 (Frajr-
menta Phytographia Australia Occidentale, p. 150), was unable
to distinguish between these two species. The only difference
appears to be in the greater tendency to hairiness in the pedicels
and outside of the perianth in the " Helmsii " specimens, in
which, perhaps, the flowers are also a trifle larger. Anthers,
disk, torus, ovary, stigma and leaves are identical. The periantli
and pedicels of G. plurijuya are not entirely glabrous, as stated
in the original description.

LiNARiA Pelliseriana, L. (Scrophulariaceae). " Pelisser's

Toad Flax."

This plant -was recorded in 1908 from the Mitta Mitta R.. and
Chiltern, It appears to be spreading in paddocks at Sandy
Creek, Wodonga, and is undoubtedly naturalized as an alien.
It is a native of S. Kurope and Asia Minor.

LiNDSAYA TRICHOMANOIDES, Dryander. (Filices).

Collected National Park, Wilson's Promontory, 28/10/09, by
Dr. Sutton, J. ^\ . Audas and P. R. H. St. John.

This forms an addition to the Flora of Victoria, being only
recorded previously from Tasmania and N.S. Wales. It appears
to be rare in all the localities where it occurs, and is the third
case of a member of the Victorian Flora having its sole and
only Victorian locality in the National Park.

Macadamia verticillata, F. v. M.; ex Bentham's Flora Aus-
traliensis, vol. v., p. 207 (Helicia verticillata, F. v. M.,
Fragm. vi., 191. (Proteaceae). = Brabejum stellati-

FOLIUM, L.

This plant, collected by Leichardt, is given in Bentham's Flora
as from Queensland or N.S. Wales, precise locality unknown.

324 Eivart and White:

The plant is not recorded in the Floras of either Queensland
or Xew S. Wales. Mueller noted (Fragm., viii., 150) its re-
semblance to the S. African Brahejum steUati folium, L., and
suggested that this species and Macadamia {Helicia) ternifolia
possibly belonged to the genus Brabejuni. Macadamia terni-
folia is apparently valid, and is accepted in Engler's Pflanzen
familien, but M. verticillata is identical with Brahejum stellati-
foliiim, and the single supposed Australian specimen was evi-
dently taken bv Leichardt from a cultivated tree.

Ortiiocahpus pusillus, Bentli. (Scropliulariaceae).

C. L. Forrest, Colac, Nov., 1905 ; Irrewarra, Nov., 1909. This
little weed has been mistaken for a form of Bartsia latifolia.
It is a native of California, and though apparently not particu-
larly abundant in its native home, has permanently established
itself as a naturalized alien in Victoria. Its properties are not
known, but it does not at present appear to be a serious weed.

PiTHOCARPA coRYMBULOhA, Lindl. (Compositae).

Woorooloo, West Australia.

Max Koch, Jan., 1908. No. 1895.

PiTVKODiA (Ciiloanthh:s) coerulka (F. v. M. and Tate).
Ewart and White. (Verbenaceae).

The unnamed specimens of this plant among the supplements
in the National Herbarium had been examined, and were about
to be described as a new species, when it was found that they
had already been described undor ChloatUliiiS (Hot. Central))latt
1893, p. 317). Curiously enough, Mueller neither labelled
the type specimens nor inserted the name in the Census, al-
though the species is certainly a valid one. The plant has a
pleasant fragrance when rubbed or broken. The stamens are
four in number. The seeds are apparently endospermic. The
other features areas in the original description under Chloanthus.
' New locality, between Upper Blackwood R. and L. Lefroy,
1893. Miss M. Cronin.

Flora of Australia. 325

Tetratheca ericifolia, Sni., var. rubaeoides, A. Ciuin. (Tre-

mandreae),

Vereker Range, Wilson's Promontory ; Audas and St. John,
Oct.. 1909. The only recorded locality for this N.S. Wales plant
in Victoria it being the fourth peculiai- to the National Park.

Trichinium (Ptilotus) eriotrichum, W. V. Fitzgerald, MS

Ewart and White, n. sp. (Aniarantaceae).
Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.

Apparently a perennial herbaceous plant, the length of speci-
mens examined being 8-10 inches. Stems slender, wiry, and
rather sparsely branching, covered with white felt-like hairs,
which are thicker on the younger branches. Leaves ovate-
lanceolar, half to one inch long, the under surface somewhat
densely villous, and with a fairly prominent midrib. Alter-
nate, shortly petiolate, the internodes being about 1 inch long.
Flowers terminal on the end of pedicels of about three-quarters
to one and a-half inches in length. Spikes almost hemi-
spherical, flowers sessile. Bracts small, concave, slightly hairy,
one to each flower, bracteoles larger, scarious and glabrous, 3 in
number. Perianth segments 5, the two outer larger ; the
scarious margin is blunt, slightly toothed and straw-coloured ;
outside quite covered over by the long jointed hairs which spring
from the lower half of the segments.

TliQ outer segments measure about 1.5 lines, and the hairs 3.0
lines.

Anthers 3, rather long, conspicuously 2-celled. innate ; fila-
ments not dilated at the base, united in a cup which is adherent
to the perianth tube. Ovary glabrous, style short and simple,
stigma capitate.

Romulea (Trichonema) cruciata, Ker. Gawl. (Irideae).

Specimens of Onion Grass forwarded to Prof. Beguinot, of
Padua, were marked : Romulea rosea (L.), Eckl. ; var. parvi-
flora, Beg.; with IL parviflora, Eckl., and R. rosea, var. parvi-
flora, Baker, as synonyms. In Beguinot's Rivisione delle

;326 Eivart and White :

" Romulea '" (Ann. du Cons, et du Jard., Bot. de Geneve, 1907-
1908), pp. 14-15, no variety " parviflora " is recognised under
M. rosea, but a variety parviflora, Beg., is given under R.
cruciata (Jacq.), Beg. from the Cape of Good Hope. As Beguinot
does not mention Baker's Romulea longifolia, and gives Tricho-
nema cruciatum under R. cruciata, var. vulgaris, the difficulty
still remains unsettled,

Trichonema ochroleuca, Ker. of Benth. Flora, vi., p. 399, is
made Romulea cJiloroleuca by Baker, and is classed as a variety
chloroleuca of R. rosea by Beguinot, The Kew Herbarium (Kew
Bulletin, 1908, pp. 307-309) does not accept Beguinot's views,
and refers our plant to Romulea Bulhocodium, 8eb. and Maur.,
with R. rosea, Eckl., as a synonym.

SciloKNUS NiTENs, Poir., var. MAJOR, n. var.

The spikelets are in clusters of up to 20 or more, instead of
2 to 6, and the plants up to 16 inches in height, instead of
1 to 12 inches.

Near Mt. Hunter, National Park, Wilson's Promontory,
Aucks and St. John, Oct., 1909.

Stylidium DiKLSiAXUM, E. Pritzel. Fragiu. Pliyt. Austr. Occ,
p. 596. (Stylideae).

The plant comes near to ^S'. Merrallii, F. v. M., the basal or
rosetted leaves having white margins, and being minutely
apiculate, the labellums in both is small, rounded with two
pointed basal appendages, but the gynostemium in S. Diel-
sianum is shorter, the leaves narrower, and the plant has creep-
ing leafless runners. Nevertheless the two species may prove
indistinguishable as such when material from varied localities
is available,

'I'HELYMITRA CARNEA, R. Br. (Orchideae).

This widely spread species of orchid occurring in South Aus-
tralia, Tasmania, Victoria and N.S.Wales naturally varies
slightly in different habitats, and several forms have been
described as distinct species. Thus : —

Flora oj Australia. 327

T. Elizabethae, R v. M., in Vict. Nat., vol. vii., p. 116, 1890,

differs from T. carnea merely in trifling differences of colour,
and in its somewhat smaller size. Its only locality is near
Camberwell, Xov., 1890, and Sept., Oct., 1900.

T. RUBRA, Fitz., in Gard. Chron., 1882, i., p. 495.

Mount Lofty, S. Australia, Oct., 1881 ; Blackwood, 8. Aus-
tralia, October, 1906, R. S. Rogers.

This is stated to differ from T. carnea in its flowers opening,
while those of T. carnea are supposed always to remain closed,
which is not correct.

T. iMackibbinii, F. v. M., in Melb. Chemist, xl., 1881

Upper Loddon, R. J. Mackibbin, Sept., 1881 ; Smythe's Creek,
C. Collyer, Nov., 1883. In Mueller's Census it is given as from
W. Australia, S. Australia and Victoria. The Herbarium con-
tains Victorian specimens only, but Mueller considered T. rubra
to be identical with his species, and therefore extended the
locality. It is doubtful whether any of these forms extend to
W. Australia.

All are undoubtedly forms of T. carnea, and the specific
names synonyms to that species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate LVI.

Fig. 1. — Angianthus axiliflorus, Ewart and White. Plant (slight-
ly magnified).
2. — One-flowered partial head (magnified).
3. — Single flower (magnified).

Plate LVII.

Fig. 1. — Calocephalus Skeatsiana, Ewart and White Plant
(about natural size).
2. — Leaf (enlarged).

3. — Bract from one of the partial heads (enlarged).
4. — Single flower (enlarged).

328 Ewart and White:

Plate LVIII.
Fig. 1. — Inner bract of partial head of Calocephalus Knappii.

^. — vutei

?) 51 >>

3. — Inner

„ „ multiflorus.

4.— Outer

5> 5) JJ

5, — Inner

,, „ Skeatsiana

6._0uter

)» >) j»

7. — Inner

Eriochlamys Behrii.

8. — Outer

J) )j )j

9.— Flower of

Calocephalus Knappii.

Plate

LIX

Fig. 1. — Halgania tomentosa, Ewart and White. Part of flower-
ing branch (natural size).
2. — Fruit (natural size).

3. — Transverse section of leaf (greatly magnified).
4. — Part of flowering branch of Pityrodia coerulea (F. v. M.

and Tate), Ewart and White. (Natural size.)
5. — One of the 4 divisions of the fruit of Pityrodia coerulea,
(enlarged).

Plate LX.

Fig. 1. — ^Portion of flowering branch, Trichiniutn eriotrichum.
2. — ^Outer bract.
3. — ^Bracteole.

4. — Perianth segment with a stamen attached to the
staminal rins;.

Introduced Exotics not yet sufficiently established to

BE CONSIDERLD NATURALISED.

Calycotome spinosa, Link. (Leguminosae). " Prickly Broom. '^

A native of South-west Europe.

Growing along roads at Bolwarrah, near Ballarat, July, 1909,
C. French, junr.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LYI.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LVII.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LVIII.

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LIX.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LX.

Flora of Atidrcdia. 329

Pascalia glauca, Orteg. (Compositae).

A native of Chili.

Verified at Kew. Railway Reserv^e, Nortli Melbourne, March
1909, J. R. Tovey and C. French, junr.

Additional Localitifis for Naturalised Aliens.

Lychnis dioica, L., vai-. alba.

Wodonga, W. Burrill, October, 1909. Previously recorded
from East Victoria.

Trigonella ornithopoides, L.

Seymour, Mrs. F. M. Reader, Nov., 1902.

In Reader's Herbarium under Trifolium suhterraneum, L.

Yarram, Gippsland, S. Perm, Oct., 1909.

Previously recorded from the South-west of Victoria.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 22 (N.S.), Pt. II., 1909]

Art. XXII. — Notes on the Wombat, Phascolomys
ursimts, Shaiv, from Flinders Island.

By J. A. KERSHAW, F.E.S.

Curator of the Zoological Collections, National Museum, Melbourne.

(With Plate LXI.).

[Read 9th December, 1909].

During the latter part of the 18th century, Wombats were
known to exist plentifully on many of the islands in Bass Strait.

The earliest recorded example of the genus was that captured
on Clarke Island in 1797, during an expedition sent from
Sydney, New South Wales, to rescue the crew of the Sydney
Cove, wrecked between Preservation and Rum Islands, off the
south-west coast of Flinders Island. This was brought back to
New South Wales, where it lived in captivity for six weeks, its
body being sent to England during the same year by Hunter,
then Governor of New South Wales.

Although there is every reason to believe that the mainland
species {Phascolotnys mitchelli, Owen) was well known to the
early settlers prior to the discovery of the island species, it is
strange that no specimens appear to have been sent from New
South Wales, at any rate, until many years later.

Flinders was evidently acquainted with the New South Wales
species prior to the discovery of the island form, for, in referring
to that found on Clarke Island, he says^ " The little bear-like
quadruped is known in New South Wales, and called by the
natives Womat, Wombat, or Wombach."

In addition to Clarke Island, this animal occurred plentifully
on Cape Barren and the Furneaux Islands on the eastern side,
and King Island on the western side of the Strait, and was

1 Flinders. Voyage to Terra Australia, 1814, vol. i., Introduction, p. cxxxv.

FLmders Island Wombat. 331

repeatedly mentioned in the accounts of the early expeditions by
Bass, Flinders, Peron, and others. Flinders^ also states that
" Preservation and the Passage Isles do not possess it."

Unfortunately these animals have been exterminated from all
the islands they were known to inhabit, with the sole exception,
so far as I have been able to ascertain, of Flinders, the largest of
the group on the eastern side of the Strait,

The material obtained by the National Museum, which has
recently lieen dealt with by Professor Spencer and myself in two
separate papers,- and in which a full account of the literature on
the subject is given, proves that these animals also existed on
Deal Island in the Kent Group, and Kangaroo Island on the west
of Flinders. It is also very probable that they occured about the
same time on several of the adjacent islands, both on the east and
west sides of the Strait.

During two separate visits tc the Bass Strait islands, under-
taken at the suggestion of Professor Spencer, Directoi- of the
Museum, with the object of finding if the Wombat still existed
there, I was fortunate in discovering it still living on Flinders
Island, and brought back two skins and an incomplete skeleton.*
Unfortunately, owing to the limited time available and the rough
nature of the country inhabited by them, I was not successful in.
obtaining a living specimen, and could only make arrangements to
have the first one captured sent to Melbourne. Their burrows are
usually constructed under the huge granite boulders and extend
for some distance. Exhaustive enquiries among the half-castes
and settlers on the islands, and the fishermen visiting there,
failed to reveal any evidence of its existence at the present time
on any of the adjacent islands.

However, through the courtesy of Dr. J. W. Barrett, with
whom I visited the islands, and who kindly interested himself in
the matter, a living specimen captured on the northern end of
Flinders was received by the Museum on the 28th of Octol)er last.
This proved to be a female, and, as I found later, was carrying a
fairly developed young one in the pouch.

1 Ibid.

2 Memoirs of the Nat. Museum, No. 3, Feb., 1910.

3 See „ „ ,, „ ,, p. V,

332 J. A. Kershaw:

Although inclined to be savage for the first few days, she soon
became accustomed to my presence and took the foofl offered,
consisting of fresh grass and thistles, very readily. By gentle
treatment she gradually permitted me to handle her, and seemed
particularly fond of being rubbed along the back, head and sides.
I found that by rubbing her along the sides, behind the foreleg,
she almost invariably tumbled over lazily on her side ; in fact
she seemed unable to resist the inclination to do so. By continu-
ing the rubbing process between the forelegs and under the jaws,
she would gradually settle herself more comfortably, and allow
both fore and hind feet to be gently handled.

It was during such an operation that I discovered the presence
of the young one in the pouch, and noticed it was attached to the
teat and had the eyes closed. Any sudden movement or slight
noise would cause her to immediately start up and huddle herself
in a corner of her enclosure, uttering a low growl and kicking
violently backwards with both hind legs at once.

On the 10th November, or 14 days after her arrival, it was
noticed that the young one, though still in the pouch, was not
attached to the nipple and had its eyes open. It would occasion-
ally extend one or both fore feet from the pouch as though
stretching itself. The following day it was found crawling about
in an apparently very weak state, close by the mother. The
latter appeared to be very uneasy, and attempted to push it
under her body with her paws. Every care was taken to prevent
her being disturbed, but when visited later in the day the young
one was lying near her, cold and almost dead. No sooner had I
picked it up than the old one rushed at me savagely and, failing
to reach me, bit pieces from the edge of the box on which I stood.

I eventually succeeded in soothing her, and after a time she
permitted me to expand the pouch, which seemed to have con-
tracted very nmch, sufficiently to insert the young one. My
efforts were, however, useless, for, apparently owing to her quick
movements, the young one was again ejected, and was found
quite dead the same evening.

A second living .specimen, captured near Killiecrankie, on the
north-west side of Flinders Island, was received on 20th January
last. This was also a female and not full-grown. It arrived in

Flinders Island Wombat 333

very poor condition, and although taking its food readily, it did
not thrive, and unfortunately died on 15th February. It was a
particularly tame and gentle creature and could be handled with
impunity.

In habits these animals remind one of the Rodents, their
manner of feeding and quick side-to-side movement of the jaws
being very similar. They are very quick in their movements
when excited or alarmed, and run with greater speed than one
would expect from such an apparently awkward animal. When
touched, especially near the hind quarters, they have a peculiar
habit of kicking violently backward with both hind feet. This,
it was noticed, occurred even when approached by its companion.
If annoyed, they do not hesitate to use both teeth and claws.

A peculiarity not before noticed is their habit of using the
fore feet for grasping, closing the claws on to the roughened
under-surface of the paw to such an extent that small objects
such as grass leaves can easily be seized. When feeding they
repeatedly grasp and wrench off with one of the paws pieces of
grass stems protruding from the mouth, or separate the clumps
of long grass in order to obtain some specially-desired portion.
They are particularly partial to the fresh green seed stems, and
invariably select these first.

In confinement these specimens drank very little water, even
in the hottest weather, and only once vvas one of them actually
seen in the act. They spent most of the day sleeping, partly
buried in their bedding, but would take feed at any time.

The first specimen received is evidently full-grown and in
excellent condition. Compared with the Tasmanian species
{Phascolomys tasmanietisisf it appears somewhat smaller. The
hair is fairly soft to the touch, not coarse as in P. itiitchelli, nor
so silky as P. latijrons. Colour grizzled-grey, slightly darker on
the hfnd quarters, lighter on head and neck. Underside of jaws,
neck and body, inner side of limbs, and interior of ears, dirty
white. Underfur fairly abundant, particularly on the neck,
shoulders and sides, varying in colour from brown on the back to
dark greyish on the sides. Eyes dark reddish-brown.

1 Memoirs of Nat. Museum, No. 3, Feb., 1910, p. 57.

334 J. A. Kershaw: Flinders Island Wombat,

Two teats situated just within the opening of the pouch.
The second specimen is immature. Colour, dark grizzled-grey,
lighter on front of head, limbs, and underside. The hairs of the
back and sides, when closely examined, are dark brown, almost
black at their extreme tips, and conspicuously ringed with white
towards their distal end. Shoulders and along centre of back
blackish, due to the abundant long, projecting, coarser hairs.
TJnderfur fairly thick, dark brown. Sides of muzzle and feet
dark brown. Ears well haired, with a dark-brown patch behind,
inner sides whitish.
Dimensions : —

Head and body . - -

Hind foot - . - -

Ear - - - - -

Tail from anus

Protruding portion of tail
Dimensions of young female : —

Head and body - - -

Hind foot . - - -

Ear - - - - -

Tail -----
From evidence obtained at the time of, and since, my visit to
the islands, this species appears to vary in colour to the same
extent as the Tasmanian and Australian species, black or nearly
black varieties being occasionally met with.

650

mm.

73

mm.

60

mm.

50

mm.

24

mm.

255

mm.

24

mm.

12

mm.

10

mm.

Proc. K.S. Victoria, 1909. Plate LXf.

Phascolomys ursinus, Shaw.

ANNUAL REPORT OF THK COUNCIL

FOR THE YEAR, 1908.

The Council herewith presents to Members of the Society the
Annual Report and Details of Receipts and Expenditure for the
year 1908.

The following meetings were held : —

March 12th — Annual Meeting and Election of Officers.
At the close of the Annual Meeting an Ordinary Meeting was
held. Papers read : 1. "On the longevity of Seeds," by Prof.
A. J. Ewart, vvith an Appendix by Miss Jean White, M.Sc.
2. "The Geology of the Whittlesea District," by J. T. Jutson,
with an Appendix on the fossils by F. Chapman. 3. "The
anatomy of Ibla quadrivalvis," by Miss F. Bage, M.Sc. Exhibits:
Mr. F. Chapman exhibited specimens in illustration of his
remarks.

April 9th — Papers read : 1. "The Cherts and diabase rocks of
Tatong," by H. St. J. Summers. 2. "Further descriptions of the
Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria," by C. M. Maplestone. Exhibits :
Prof. Skeats showed slates and sandstones from Nowa Nowa,
which had been partly or entirely replaced by hematite.

May 14th — Papers read : 1. "Notes on an al)normal develop-
ment of leaves of Prunus cerasus," by Miss Bertha Rees.
2. " Notes on the Dolodrook Serpentine area and the rhyolites
of Mt. Wellington, North Gippsland," by E. O. Thiele, B.Sc.
Exhibits : Prof. Skeats showed Keryite from Mt. Erebus, collected
by Prof. T. W. E. David. Mr. Thiele showed rock specimens
and photographs in illustration of his paper.

June 11th — Papers read : 1. "The Graptolite beds at Dayles-
ford,' by T. S. Hart, M.A., F.G.S. 2. "The Geology of the
proposed Nillahcootie water conservation area," by H. St. J.
Sunmiers. 3 "On the evidence of the origin, age and alteration
of the rocks near Heathcote," by Prof. E. W. Skeats.

July 9th — Special Meeting to consider a proposed alteration of
the rules, proposed by Prof. Ewart. Rule xxii. was amended by

336 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

substituting the words " half-past nine " for the word " ten." The
proposal to institute a new rule to allot the time required for tha
reading of papers was rejected. At the close of the Special
Meeting, an Ordinary Meeting was held. Papers read : 1. Vari-
ations in the anatomy of Hyla aurea," by Dr. Georgina Sweet.
2. "On some new species of Victorian MoUusca," by J. H.
Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel. 3. " Additions to and revision of the
Catalogue of Victorian Marine Mollusca," by the same authors
4. "On the occurrence of the genus Linthia in Victoria, with the
description of a new species," by G. B. Pritchard, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Exhibits : J. H. Harvey showed stereoscopic views of portions of
the most recently opened up Jenolan caves. G. B. Pritchard
showed specimens of Linthia from the Victorian older Tertiary.
T. S. Hall showed Linthia australis, from Cowes.

August 13th. — Prof. R. J. A. Berry delivered a lecture,
" Fashion in deformity," The lecture was illustrated by a large
series of lantern slides.

September 10th. — Papers read: 1. "Description of a new
species of Peripatoides from Western Australia," by Prof. W.
Baldwin Spencer, M.A., C.M.G. 2. "On the structure of
Hologlcea dubia, an organism of doubtful affinity," by the same
author. 3. " Polyzoa from the Gilbert Islands," by C. M.
Maplestone. Exhibits : J. A. Kershaw exhibited Denisonia
nigrescens, from Ringwood — a snake new for Victoria.

October 8th — Papers read: L " Obsidianites : Their origin
from a chemical standpoint," by H. S. Summers, M.Sc. 2.
"Obsidianites: "Their origin from a physical standpoint," by
Kerr Grant, M.Sc. Exhibits : Obsidianites, by the two authors
on behalf of numerous owners, and by R. H. Walcott on behalf
of the trustees of the National Museum.

November 12th — Paper read: "Some bodies resembling
Obsidianites," by D. J. Mah-ony, M.Sc. An adjourned discus-
sion on Obsidianites then took place. Exhibits : D. J. Mahony
showed specimens illustrating his paper, and F. Chapman did
the same ; E. J. Dunn and R. H. Walcott showed Obsidianites.

December 10th — Papers read: 1. "Description of a new
species of Sminthopsis," by Professor Baldwin Spencer. 2. "On
the occurrence of the selachian f;enus Corax in the lower cretac-

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 337

eous of Queensland," by F. Chapman, A.L.S. 3. " Endopara-
sites of Australian Stock and Native Fauna, Pt. I., Census," by
Dr. Georgina Sweet. 4. The same, " Pt. II., New and unre-
corded species," by the same author, 5. "On the separation
and analysis of minerals in the dacite of Mount Dandenong,
Victoria," by H. C. Richards, B.Sc. 6. "Contributions to the
Flora of Australia, No. 10, by Prof. A. J. Ewart and Miss Jean
White, M.Sc.

During the year tive members and nine associates have been
elected, one member and two associates have died, four associates
have resigned, and the names of eight associates have been
removed from the register.

Alfred William Howitt, C.M.G., D.Sc, F.G.S., died in March
1908, having been a member for thirty years. Dr. Howitt first
came into public notice as the rescuer of King, the survivor of
the Burk'e and Wills' expedition. He became a police magistrate
and warden of the goldfields, and in these capacities he thoroughly
explored the niountains of Gippsland. He had a deep knowledge
of the timber trees of Gippsland. and wrote an important paper
on the eucalypts. He geologically surveyed and mapped the
country to the north of Bairnsdale, and worked out the history
of the Devonian rocks of eastern Victoria. As a petrologi.st he
was a pioneer in the days when the subject was but little studied,
and he prepared his own slices and made his own rock analyses.
It is probably as a geologist that he is best known in Australia,
but elsewhere he was best appreciated as an ethnologist, and
numerous honours were conferred on him, including the first
award of the Miieller medal. A fund has been founded to
perpetuate his memory by a medal to be awarded for valuable
scientific work.

T. B. Muntz, C.E., joined the Society in 1873. He was well
known as a municipal engineer and as the contractor for the
Coode canal. Although he rarely attended our meetings he took
a keen interest in general science, and was a loyal supporter of
the Society.

It has bf^en decided, as far as possible, to obtain portraits of
all past presidents, to be hung in the library, and several have
already been received.

338 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

The long-continued efforts to secure the reservation of Wilson's
Promontary as a National Park and Sanctuary for native flora
and fauna have been crowned with success, and 100,000 acres
have been permanently set apart and placed under a Committee
of Management, consisting chiefly of representatives of the
various bodies interested, and public opinion seems to have been
roused. A committee to advise the Government on matters con-
cerned with the native flora and fauna was constituted by
several societies, including this Society. The Government con-
sented to consult the committee as occasion might arise, and has
already done so on several occasions.

A committee of the Council considered the question of increas-
ing the accommodation in the Society's building, and especially of
providing space for larger meetings. Want of funds prevented
anything being done.

During the year the caretaker's cottage has been renovated,
the fence has been repaired thoroughly, a hedge has been planted,
and the grounds generally have been put in order as far as funds
would allow.

A new bookcase has been placed in the lecture room, as the
library is full, and storage shelving has been furnished in the
lower room.

The Council agreed to defray the cost of stationery and postage
incurred in the compilation of a new edition of the Catalogue of
Scientific and Technical periodicals in Melbourne. The work is
well advanced, and the new edition promises to contain about
double the number of entries that the previous one did.

The death of Mr. Ellery reduced the number of Trustees to
two, and at the request of the Society, the Chief Secretary, the
Hon. J. E. Mackey, consented to the appointment of Professor
W. Baldwin Spencer and Mr. P. Baracchi to fill the vacancies
caused by the death of Mr. Ellery and of Sir W. F. Stawell, the
latter of whom died many years ago. The appointments were
duly gazetted.

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer subsequently resigned his seat
on the Council owing to the increased pressure of his other public
duties. Professor Spencer was Secretary of the Society from
1889 to 1899, and had a seat on the Council from 1888 to the

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 339

present year. The present position of the Society is largely due
to his energy and sound judgment. His resignation was
accepted with great regret, but it was felt that as a trustee his
help could always be counted on when required.

The Hon. Librarian reports that during the year 1908 the
additions to the Library numbered ISIL

No binding was done during the year, and a hope is expressed
that provision may be made this year for this purpose.

340 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

S^^OOOOOCO^OrHOOOCC^'vDOOX

^

CClOOOCOrH^aC^COTf<rHt-Cgt-.(MOj2|

Oi

|og-^-..^»^-"^S = §??''°S

g
-*

^::;:::;:::ii::i-

'^

&D

S

•i-i

rC ^

■^ .26 ^

^b J ^d s

and Pet
-Seer eta
per

's Comm

lents an
ekery, &
Js ...
ing Joiir

kcase
' Fees
arge
in Bank

Printing

Postages

Assistant

Hall Kee

Rates

Insiiranc(

Collector'

Gas

Refreslin

New CrO(

Periodica

Illustrati

Lantern

Repairs

New Boo

Trustees

Bank Ch

Balance

>>

m

ooccocoooo

i-H

rH 0 0 lO CC CO CD VO X

Oi

1-H ,—1 r- t— 1 t-(

^8 ^^SS^gio;^
1—1 1— 1

c:

^

=*?

=^

0

-M

0

. . . . . . Oi . .

"o

0

>i

rQ

: : : : :i2'^ : :

«i^ 0 w

alance from 1907
overnment Grant
ubscrijjtions —

Members

Associates

Arrears ...

Advance Paym
ubscriptions colle
:ent
ale of Publication

PQO £» . c»M cc

0

H

m

§
<»

ce

•^

W

&H

w

^

s

^

tS

?:

<

0
>

£

0

H

^

tn

i-j

OJ

^

'^

•-5

r^

J>

^^^

C^

■^

fi

rt

0

Q

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

FOR THE YEAR, 1909.

The Council herewith presents to Members of the Society the
Annual Report and Details of Receipts and Expenditure for the
year 1909.

The following Meetings were held : —

March 4th. — Annual Meeting and Election of Officers. At
the close of the Annual Meeting an Ordinary Meeting was held.
Papers read: 1. "Preliminary Communication on Fifty-three
Tasmanian Crania, Forty-two of which are recorded for the first
time," by Professor R. J. A. Berry, M.D., F.R.S.E., and A. W. D.
Robertson, M.B., B.S. Exhibits : Mr. F. Chapman exhibited a
large example of Cypraea sphaerodo?fia, Tate (146 mm. long), from
the Tertiary of Muddy Creek, and Corals, Placotrochiis deltoideus^
Duncan, from the Tertiary of Balcombes Bay, collected by R. H.
Annear ; also on behalf of the National Museum a collection of
Fossil Corals showing method of growth.

April loth. — Paper read : " On a new species of Leperditia
from the Silurian of Yass, New South Wales," by F. Chapman,
A.L.S. Exhibits : Professor E. W. Skeats showed a collection
of Mineral and Rock specimens from Kangaroo Island, S. Aus-
tralia, and Mt. Morgan, Queensland.

May 13th. — Papers read: 1. "Contributions to the Flora of
Australia, No. 11, ' by Professor A. J. Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., Dr.
Jean White, and Miss Bertha Rees ; with Appendices by J. R.
Tovey and J. W\ Audas. 2. " Descriptions of Two Terrestrial
Species of Talitridae from Victoria," by O. A. Sayce, Exhibits :
Professor E. W. Skeats exhibited two remarkable examples of
Ropy Basalt. Mr. A. D. Hardy showed specimens of Casuarma
disiyla showing monoecious habit and Freshwater Alga {Tetmem-
orus brevissoni) showing zygospore.

June 10th. — Papers rend: 1. " Description of a new Marine
Shell of the genus Larina," by J. H. Gatlifif and C. J. GaVjriel.
2. " Additions to the Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria,"

17

342 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

by the same authors. Exhibits : 1. Dr. T. S. Hall showed an
Obsidianite from Mortlake, Victoria. 2. Mr. F. Chapman ex-
hibited a fossil fish from Mansfield, Victoria. 3. Professor
Skeats exhibited a series of rock specimens from Macedon district.
July 8th. — Papers read : 1. "The Structure of the Blood-vessels
of Australian Earthworms, Part 1.," by Miss Gwynneth Buchanan,
B.Sc. 2. " Notes on the Structure of Asymmetron bassanum,
Giinth,," by Mrs. Ethel Remfrey Morris, M.Sc, and Miss Janet
Eaff, B.Sc. 3. "Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12,"
by Professor Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., and Dr. Jean White. Exhibits :
1. Mr. P. Baracchi exhibited and explained an interesting series
of Astronomical slides, illustrated by the lantern. 2. Professor
Baldwin Spencer exhibited a number of sub-fossil remains of a
small extinct Emu {Droinaens ininor^ Spencer) from King
Island, Bass Strait, and gave an interesting description of their
occurrence on parts of King Island and of an allied species from
Kangaroo Island, South Australia, pointing out the chief
characters which separate them from the existing mainland
.species. 3. J. A. Kershaw showed, on behalf of the National
Museum, albino and melanistic varieties of the Rufous-bellied
Wallaby {Macropiis billardieri)^ both from Tasmania, and a
normally coloured specimen of the same species from Victoria.
A number of specimens were also shown in illustration of the
papers read.

August 12th. — Professor J. A. Gilruth delivered a lecture
entitled "Stock Diseases in Victoria and Tasmania." Exhibits:
1. Professor Baldwin Spencer exhibited a pair of Aboriginal
Kurdaitcha shoes from Central Australia. 2. Dr. Hall showed
photographs of rocks showing ripple markings, and of a
Virginian Creeper, illustrating extraordinary growth. 3. Mr.
Baracchi exhibited and described a series of photographs of
notable C«)mets.

September 9th — Papers read : 1. " New or little-known
Victorian Fossils in the National Museum, Part X. — Some
Palaeozoic Woinis and Crustacea," by F. Chapman, A.L.S. 2.
" Australian and Tasmanian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
species. Part I.," by Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. Exhibits: 1.
Professor R. J. A. Berry exhibited specimens in illustration of a

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vic tor id. '6V6

new methofl, introduced by him, of mounting and preserving
objects in glycerine jelly. 2. F. Cliapnian showed spticiinens and
diagrams in illustration of his paper. 3. H. C. Richards showed
a Volcanic Bomb from Tower Hill, near Koroit, Victoria. 4.
J. A. Kershaw exhibited a series of beetles of the genus
Lamprima from Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria.

October 14th. — The following series of demonstrations, arranged
by Professor R. J. A. Berry, were given at the Anatomy
Department, Melbourne University : — 1. Professor Berry gave a
lantern demonstration on " Sectional Anatomy by Clinical
Methods," and " The Sectional Anatomy of the head of the
Australian Aboriginal." 2. Dr. J. H. Anderson, on " The
Estimation of the Cubic Capacity of the Skull, and the Correla-
tion of the size of the head to intellect." 3. Dr. A. W. D.
Robertson, on "The relative Racial Relationship of the Tasvnan-
ian, Australian, and Papuan, as estimated from a study of the
•correlations and variabilities of their Crania." 4. Mr. R. O.
Douglas, on ''The apparent decadent position in Ev^olution of
the Australian Aboriginal, as estimated from a study of the
Osteometry of the Femur, illustrated by the prehistoric femora
of Spy, Cromagnon and Tilbury." An inspection of the Anthro-
pological and Anatomical specimens in the museum followed.

November 11th.— Papers read: 1. "Notes on the Physical
History of the Plenty River and Anderson's Creek, Warran-
•dyte," by J. T. Jutson. 2. " The place in nature of the Tas-
manian Aboriginal : his relationship to the Anthropoid Ape,
Primitive and Modern Man," by Professor R. J. A. Berry M.D.,
F.R.S.E., and A. W. D. Robertson, M.B., Ch.B. These papers
were illustrated by large series of lantern slides.

December 9th — Papers read: 1. "Building Stones of Victoria,
Part I.— Sandstones," by H. C. Richards, M.Sc. 2. "The Struc-
ture of the Truncus Arteriosus in species of the genera Hyla,
Limnodynastes, Chiroleptes, Helioporus, Pseudophryne and
Notaden," by Miss Kathleen K. Oliver. 3. " Contril)utions to
our knowledge of Australian Earthworms — the Bloodvessels,
Part II.," by Miss Gwynneth Buchanan, B.Sc. 4. "Note on
the Structure of the Accessory Glands of Cryptodrilus saccarius,"
by Miss Gwynneth Buchanan, B.Sc. 5. " Contributions to our
knowledge of Australian Earthworms — the Nephridia," by Miss

17a

344 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Freda Bage, M.8c. 6. "Contributions to our knowledge of Aus-
tralian Earthworms — the Alimentary Canal, Part I," by Miss
Janet W. Raff, B.Sc. 7. " On the Bacchus Marsh Sandstones
and their Fossils," by G. B. Pritchard, B.Sc, F.G.S. 8. " A
Study of the Batesford Limestone," by F. Chapman, A.L.S. 9.
"Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13," by Professor
A. J. Ewart, D.Sc, Ph.D., and Dr. Jean White. 10. "Notes
on the Wombat, Phascolomys ursinus, Shaw, from Flinders
Island, Bass Strait," by J. A. Kershaw, F.E.S.

During the year three members, four associates and one
country niember have been elected, two honorary and three
ordinary members and one associate have died, and four
members and five associates have resigned.

William Charles Kernot, M.A., M.C.E., F.R.G.S., was born at
Rochford, Essex, England, and was brought to Victoria by his
parents at the age of 6. He was educated at the National
Grammar School, Geelong, and at Melbourne University. From
1865 to 1875 he was on the staff of the Mining and the Water
Supply Departments. Subsequently he became fiist Professor of
Engineering at Melbourne University and held the post for
26 years till his death on 14th March, 1909, at the age of 63.
He served on many juries in connection with International
Exhibitions, was frequently consulted by the Government on
engineering questions, and was in constant request as an expert
in law cases. He joined the Society in 1870, and was President
from 1885 to 1900 and a meniber of Council till his death. He
was the author of several papers published in our Proceedings,
but most of his work, being of an engineering charactei-,
appeared elsewhere. He took an active interest in the Royal
Geographical Society (A^ictorian branch) and in the Institute of
Engineers, of which bodies he was several times President. He
was a large benefactor to the Working Men's College and the
University, and his minor gifts to various scientific societies and
institutions, including our own, were very numerous. His kindly
nature, which never allowed him to speak ill of an\ one, and the
breadth of his interests, endeared him to everyone, and he passed
away regretted by all who knew him.

Georg Balthasar von Neumaver, Ph.D., F. R.S., &c , died on
24th May, 1909, at Neust.dt, Bavaria, in his 83rd year. He

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 345

was for many years Director of the Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg.
In 1857, with tlie assistance of Maximilian, King of Bavaria, and
Alexander von Humboldt, he founded the Flagstaff Magnetical
and Meteorological Observatory in the Flagstaff Gardens, Mel-
bourne. This he managed for nearly seven years, and during
this time he made a magnetic survey of the country up to the
foot of Mt. Kosciusko, Six years were then spent in preparing
his results for publication, and they appeared in two large
volumes. Neumayer was the recipient of honours from all over
the civilized world and was elected an honorary member of our
'Society in 1855.

Sir Charles Todd, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., for many years Deputy
Postmaster-General of South Australia, was elected an Honorary
Member in 1856. His great work was the establishment of the
Overland Telegraph from Adelaide to Port Darwin.

We have also to record the death of Dr. E. B. Heffernan,
M.D., B.S., and A. L. Mills, members of the Society, and R. J.
Larking, an Associate, all of whom weie long supporters of the
Society, but took no active part in its administration.

The following publications were issued during the year : " Pro-
ceedings," Vol. XXL, Pt. 2; and Vol. XXIL, Pt. 1.

During the year the Council found it necessary to approach
the Government as a deputation with a request for a special
grant to permit of the publication of a large series of plates in
illustration of the paper contributed by Professor R. J. A.
Berry and Dr. A. W. \). Robertson on Fifty-three Tasmanian
Crania, read before the Society in March last. The Chief Sec-
retary, the Hon. J. Murray, and the Treasurer, the Hon. W. A.
Watt, to whom the request was made, met the Council very
generously, and undertook to have the work done by the
Government Printer, under the Council's supervision. The
publication, which will be issued as Vol. V., Pt. 1, of the
Transactions, is practically finished, and shoidd be available for
distribution early in the present month.

The Council decided to instal electric light throughout the
building in place of gas. The work has been completed during
the recess, and the effect is a decided improvement. Special
attention was given to the lighting of the library, which is provided
with two 100 c.p. lamps. A special reading lamp is also provided

346 Froceediiigs of tJie Boyal Society of Victoria,

for use during lantern demonstrations. The total cost of the work
amounted to £22.

The islands adjacent to Wilson's Promontory, known as Shell-
back, Norman, Anser, Wattle and Rabbit Islands, together with
those in Corner Inlet, known as Doughboy, Granite and Bennison
Islands, have recently been permanently reserved, and, it i.^
expected, will shortly be placed under the control of the Com-
mittee of Management of the National Park. These islands,
most of which are important breeding places for many species of
native birds, will add about 730 acres to the 100,000 already
reserved on the Promontory. The Government has set apart
£1000 for the erection of a substantial vermin-proof fence across
the north-west corner of the Promontory, and tenders are now
being called for the work. Plans are also being drawn up for
the erection of a house near the Darby River, which will include
accommodation for the Ranger, and its erection should be shortly
proceeded with.

Several young Emus, Satin Bower-Birds, and a young Lyre-
liird, have been introduced into the Park, and arrangements are
in progress to secure Wombats and Kangaroos, which are not yet
represented there.

The Committee formed to advise the Government in connection
with the Fisheries and Game Acts, on which this Society is
represented, has continued to be consulted on all matters relating
to the preservation of the native fauna. Several recommendations
made have been adopted, and the Committee has approved of a
proposal, now under consideration by the Government, to make
the close season for the majority of the native birds uniform,
A list of birds, at present only partially protected, has been
drawn up and submitted to the Government, with a view to their
total protection.

The number of Trustees has been reduced to three owing to
the death of Professor W. C. Kernot.

The Hon. Librarian reports that during the year.a number of
books were bound, and most of the Australian publications in
the library are now bound to date

The provision of a new book case has given sutticient shelf
room to allow for the additions for several years.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

34'

O C;

CD

c

CO

^

^^

a

rH O O

-NO O

0-1 •

I ^

O o

03 ct

3£

c. M ?o -o t^ o o

O 1> ^ CO 35 C5 O
O ■* O Tft t>. -M ^

o o o

O O rH

bx)

WW

o

g

O

>>

Pm

40 o o

CO o o

<» 2 *:r
1-1 o lo

5^

o o
o «o

c^

00000:0

C<| -<?< 05 rH (M IM
CO •* r-l rH (rq M

oo 1-1 10 t-l .-I

CJ O

C r« <=> <^

'.P5c»

^ S ,,- ^. ?, ^ _ ^

S3 w 0) _^ ?^ O

. -3 (D ;h rt „

a

O (D 5

<S o

Eh .
«W

.><

WW

M

05 O

cS .-I

g Eh

I a 3

o W

cpl ^odd^ nf ^itloria.

1909.

patron :

SIR THOMAS GIBSON CARMICHAEL, BART.

JJrcsibcnt :

p. BARACCHI, F.R.A.S.

PROF. E \V. SKEATS, D.Sc, A.R.C.S.
PROF. R. J. A. BERRY, M.D., F.R.S.E.

^jon ^vcasurev :

W. A. HARTNELL.

^jon. librarian :

R. D. BOYS, B.A.

Ijfon. (Sfcrctarg :

J. A. KERSHAW, F.E.S.

Council

E. J. DUNN, F.G.S.

PROF. A. J. EVVART, D.Sc, Ph.D.

P. DB J. GRUT.

T. S. HALL, M^., D.Sc.

J. JAMIESON, M.D.

C. E. OLIVER, M.C.E.

J. SHEPHARD.

G. SWEET, F.G.S.

R. H. WALCOTT, F.G.S

E. J. WHITE, F.R.A.S.

F. WISEWOULD.

H. A. HUNT, succeeded by
Hon. G. SWINBURNE, M.L.A.

ffiommitteFS of tht Council

^ousc QTommittcc

THE HON. TREASURER (Convener).
P. DE J. GRUT.
G. SWEET, F.6.S.

printing Committee

THE HON. TREASURER.

THE HON. SECRETARY (Convener).

PROF. A. J. EWART, D.Sc, Ph.D.

^onorari) J^ubitors

J. E. GILBERT.
J. A. SMITH.

^JDuonivij Architect

\V. A. M. BLACKETT.

lErustcte :

p. BARACCHI, F.R.A.S

PROF. W. BALDWIN SPENCER, C.M.G., M.A., F.R.S.

E. J. WHITE. F.R.A.S.

1909.
LIST OF MEMBERS,

WnH THEIR YEAR OF JOINING.

«>s»-<s*>

Patron.
His Excellency Sir Tliomas Gibson-Carmichael, Bart. ... 1908

Honorary Members.
Forrest, The Hon. Sir J., K.C.M.G., West Australia ... 1888

Liversidge, Professor A., LL.D., F.R.S., Hornton-street, 1892
Kensington, Lond.

Neumayer, Prof. George, Ph.D., F.R.S 1857

Scott, Rev. W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W 1855

Todd, Sir Charles, K.C.M.G., F.R.S 1856

Verbeek, Dr. R. D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java 1886

Life Members.

Butters, J. S., F.R.G.S., Empire Buildings, Collins-street 1860
west, Melb.

Eaton, H. F 1857

Fowler, Thos. W., M.C.E., Colonial Mutual Ch., 421 Col- 1879
lins-street, Melb.

Gibbons, Sydney, F.C.S., 31 Gipps-street, East Melb. 1854
Gilbert, J. E., "Melrose,'^ Glenferrie-road, Kew, Vic. ... 1872

Love, E. F. J., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.A.S., 213 Victoria 1888
Terrace, Royal Park, Vic.

Nicholas, William, F.G.S 1864

Rusden, H. K., Glenhuntly-road, Elsternwick, Vic 1866

Selby, G. W., 99 Queen-street, Melb 1881

White, E. J., F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melb ... 1868

352 List of Merabers.

Ordinary Members.

Anderson, J. H., M.B.B.S., Medical School, University, 1909
Melb.

Balfour, Lewis, B.A., M.B., B.S., Burwood-road, Haw- 1892
thorn, "Vic.

Baracchi, Pietro, F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melb 1887

Barnes, Benjamin, Queen's Terrace, South Melb 1866

Barrett, A. 0., " Melisse," Bruce-street, Toorak, Vic. . . . 1908

Bavay, A. F. J. de, Foster Brewery, Collingwood, Vic. ... 1905

Boys, R. D., B.A., Public Library, Melbourne 1903

Berry, Prof. R. J. A., M.D., F.R.S.E., University, Melb. 1906

Cherry, T., M.D., M.S., Department of Agriculture, Melb. 1893

Cohen, Joseph B., A.R.LB.A., Public Works Department, 1877
Melb.

Dunn, E. J., F.G.S., " Roseneath," Pakington-street, Kew, 1893
Vic.

Ewart, Prof. A. J., D.Sc, F.L.S., University, Melb. ... 1906

Fryett, A. G., care Dr. F. Bird, Spring-street, Melb. ... 1900

Gault, Dr. E. L., M.A., M.B., B.S., Collins-street, Melb. 1899

Gillott, The Hon. Sir S., K.C.M.G.,, " Edensor,' Bruns- 1905

wick-street, Fitzroy, Vic.

Gilruth, Prof. J. A., D.V.Sc, M.R.C.V.S., F.R.S.E., 1909

University, Melb.

Griffiths, R. F., Commonwealth Meteorological Bureau, 1908

Carlton, Vic.

Grut, P. de Jersey, 125 Osborne-street, South Yarra, Vic. 1901

Hake, C. N., F.C.S., Melbourne Club, Melb 1890

Hall, T. S., M.A., D.Sc. University, Melb 1890

Hartnell, W. A., '' Irrewarra," Burke-road, Camberwell, 1900

Vic.

Harvey, J. H., A.R.V.I.A., 128 Powlett-street, East Melb. 1895

Heffernan, E. B., M.D., B.S., 1879

Hooper, Dr. J. W. Dunbar, M.D., L.R.C.S., etc., Collins- 1904

street, Melb.

Hunt, H. A., Commonwealth Meteorological Bureau, 1908

Carlton, Vic.

Jamieson, James, M.D., 96 Exhibition-street, Melb. ... 1877

List of Members. 353

Kernot, W. K, B.C.E., Working Men's College, Melb. ... 1906

Kershaw, J. A., F.E.S., National Museum, Melb 1900

Kitson, A. E., F.G.S 1894

Leach, A. J., M.Sc, Education Department, Melb 1904

Lyle, Prof. T. R., M.A., University, Melb 1889

Loughrey, B., M.A., M.D., Ch.B,, M.C.E., 1 Elgin-street, 1880
Hawthorn, Vic.

Masson, Prof. Orme, M.A., D.Sc, University, Melb 1887

Michell, J. H., M.A., F.R.S., University, Melb 1900

Mills, A. L 1903

Nanson, Prof. E. T., M.A., University, Melb 1875

Oliver, C. E., M.C.E., Metropolitan Board of Works, 1878
Melb.

Robertson, A. W. D., M.B., B.S., University, Melb. .. 1909

RoAve, W. C, " Invicta," Chaucer-street, Canterbury, Vic. 1908

Schlapp, H. H., 31 Queen-street, Melb 1906

Shephard, John, Clarke-street, South Melb 1894

Skeats, Prof. E. W., D.Sc, University, Melb 1905

Spencer, Prof. W. Baldwin, C.M.G., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., 1887

University, Melb.

Sugden, Rev. E." H., M.A., B.Sc, Queen's College, Carl- 1899

ton, Vic.

Sweet, George, F.G.S., Wilson-street, Brunswick, Vic. ... 1887

Swinburne, Tlie Hon. G., M.L.A., •" Shenton," Kinkora- 1905

road. Hawthorn, Vic.

Tait, Thos., -Lanark," Queen's-road, South Melb 1905

Taylor. R., 31 Queen-street, Melb 1907*

Walcott, R. H., F.G.S., Technological Museum, Melb. ... 1897

Ware, S., M.A., Education Department, Melb 1901

Wisewould, F., 408 Collins-street, Melb 1902

Country Members^.

Brittlebank, C. C, Government Vegetable Pathologist's 1898
Office, Lonsdale-street, Melb.

Desmond, J., R.V.S., G.M.V.C, '• EUerslie,'' Hurtle- 1901
square, Adelaide, S.A.,

354 List of Members.

Gregory, Prof. J. W., D.Sc, F.R.S., University, Glasgow 1900

Hart, T. S., M.A., B.C.E., F.G.S., School of Mines, Bal- 1894

larat, Vic.
Hogg, H. R., M.A., 2 Vicarage Gate, Kensington, W. ... 1890

Ingram, Alex., Hamilton, Vic 1903

Lea, A. M., F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Hobart 1909

Maplestone, C. M., Eltham, Victoria 1898

Mennell, F. P., Rhodesian Museum, Buluwayo, South 1902

Africa

Murray, Stuart, C.E., " Morningside," Kyneton, Vic. ... 1874

Oddie, James, Dana-street, Ballarat, Vic 1882

Officer. C, G. W., B.Sc., ''Kallara," Bourke, N.S.W. ... 1890

Corresponding Members.

Bailey, F. M., F.L.S., Government Botanist, Brisbane, 1880
Queensland

Dendy, Professor Arthur, D.Sc, F.L.S., King's College, 1888
London

Etheridge, Robert, Junr., Australian Museum, Sydney, 1877

N.S.W.

Lucas, A. H. S., M.A., B.Sc, Sydney Grammar School, 1895
Sydney, N.S.W.

^tirton, James, M.D., F.L.S., 15 Newton-street, Glasgow 1880

Associates.
Armitage, R. W., Continuation School, East Melb. ... 1907

Bage, Mrs. Edward, " Cranford," Fulton-street, St. Kilda, 1906

Vic.

Bage, Miss F., M.Sc, Fulton-street, St. Kilda, Vic 1906

Baker, Thomas, Bond-street, Abbotsford, Vic 1889

Bale, W. M., F.R.M.S., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, Kew, 1887

Vic.

Bennetts, W. R., Pakington-street, Kew, Vic 1894

Lid of Members. 355

Booth, John, M.C.E., 25 Rathdown-street, Carlton, Vic. 1872

Brook, R. H. T., 119 Errard-street, Ballarat, Vic 1906

Chapman, F., A.L.S., National Museum, Melb 1902

Corbett, J., '' Clifton," 39 Rushall-crescent, N. Fitzroy, 1907

Vic.

Danks, A. T., 391 Bourke-street West, Melb 1883

Ferguson, W. H., ''Maryland Villa," Camberwell-road, 1894
Camberwell, Vic.

Finney, W. H., 40 Merton-street, Albert Park, Vic 1881

Fulton, S. W., 369 Collins-street, Melb 1900

Gabriel, C. J., Victoria-street, Abbotsford, Vic 1908

Gabriel, J., Victoria-street, Abbotsford, Vic 1887

Gatliff, J. H., Commercial Bank of Australasia, Lygon- 1898
street, Carlton, Vic.

Grant, Kerr, M.Sc, University, Adelaide, S.A., 1905

Green, W. Heber, D.Sc, University, Melb 1896

Grayson, H. J,, University, Melb , 1902

Hardy, A. D., F.L.S., Lands Department, Melb 1903

Henderson, A. A., M.Sc, Agricultural High School, Wan- 1905

garatta, Vic.

Herman, Hyman, B.C.E., F.G.S., 60 Queen-stret, Melb. 1897

Hunter, S. B., Department of Mines, Melb 1908

Jobbins, G. G., Electric Lighting and Traction Co., 1902

Geelong, Vic.

Jutson, J. T., " Oakworth," Smith-street, Northcote, Vic. 1902

Kenyon, Mrs. A. F., Highett-street, Richmond, Vic. ... 1908

Kenyon, A. S., Heidelberg, Vic 1901

Lambert, Thomas, Bank of New South Wales, Benalla, 1890
Vic.

Lambie, J., 29 Illawarra-road, Hawthorn 1908

Larking, R. J., " Woorigoleen," Clendon-road, Toorak ... 1905

Luly, W. H., Department of Lands, Treasury, Melb. ... 1896

Mitchell, S. R., Carrington grove, E. St. Kilda, Vic. ... 1908

Maclean, C. W., " Bronte," Strand, Williamstown, Vic. 1879

Mahoney, D. J., B.Sc, " Coonal," Clendon-road, Toorak, 1904
Vic.

Mathew, Rev. John, M.A., B.D., Coburg, Vic 1890

McEwan, John, 317 Collins-street, Vic 1898

McKenzie, G. Lands Department, Melb 1907

Miller, E. E., Boundary-road, Toorak, Vic 1908

356 List of Meinhcrs.

Nicholls, E. B., 164a Victoria-street, North Melb 1904

Nimmo, W. H. R., B.C.E., 793 Punt-road, S. Yarra, 1908
Vic.

O'Neill, W. J., Lands Department, Melb 1903

Pritchard, G. B., B.Sc. F.G.S., Mantell-street, Moonee 1892
Ponds, Vic.

Richards, H. C, M.Sc, Central Technical College, Bris- 1909

bane, Queensland

Ritchie, E. G., Assoc. M.I.C.E., Met. Board of Works, 1909

Melb.

Roberts, R. D., 198 Cotham-road, Kew, Vic 1909

Sayce, 0. A., Harcourt-street, Hawthorn, Vic 1898

Schafer, R., " InvercloY," Napier-street, Essendon, Vic. 1883

Smith, J. A., 15 Collins-place, Melb 1905

Summers, H., B.Sc., 49 Airlie-street, S. Yarra, Vic. ... 1902

Sutton, C. S., M.B., B.S., Rathdown-street, N. Carlton, 1908

Vic.

Sutherland, Ian M., M.C.E., " Novar," Dandenong, Vic. 1905

Sweet, Miss G., D.Sc, Wilson-street, Brunswick, Vic. ... 1906

Thorn, Wm., Lands Department, Melb 1907

Thiele, E. 0., B.Sc, c/o 0. A. Thiele, "Evandale," 1898

Chatham-road, Canterbury, Vic.

Traill, J. C, B.A., B.C.E., " Osmington," Domain-road, 1903

South Yarra, Vic.

Wedeles, James, 231 Flinders-lane, Melb 1896

White, Miss R. E. J., M.Sc, Observatory Quarters, 1908

S. Yarra, Vic.

Wilkinson, H. L., M.C.E., Equitable Buildings, Melb. ... 1909

WoodAvard, J. H., 'Queen's Buildings, Rathdown-street, 1903

Carlton. Vic.

INDEX.

{The names of nevj genera and species are printed in italics).

Acacia leucosperma, 91

Mackeyana, 6

ramulosa, 92

seriocarpa, 7
Acacicis ahnndans, 149
Ag-ianthus axilijiorus, 315

strictns, var. lanigerus, 92
Algae, fossil, 308
Allelidea brevipennis, 131

curvifasciata, 132

quadrinotata, 132
AUenia Blackiaua, var. microphyila,

8
Allium Scorodoprasum, 315
Amaranthiis deflexns, 24
Amphistegina lessonii, 294
Anderson's Creek, Physical History,

153, 1G7
Ang'ianthiis iiiicrupoidcs, var. filagi-

noides, 92
Annual Report for 1908, 335

Report for 1909, 341
Anomalina arumonoides, 286

grosserugosa, 286
Anthozoa, fossil, 304
Argophyllum Nulliiniense, 9
Aster snbulatus, 316
Asymmetron bassanuni. Structure,

85
Atriplex lobativalve, 10
Audas, J. W., 6, 26
Augomela ignita, 152
Australia, Flora, G, 91, 315
Australian Coleoptera, 113

Earthworms, 59, 209, 224, 244
Bage, Freda, 224
Bairdia amygdaloides, 298

foveolata, 299

Batesford Limestone, 263

Berry, Richard J. A., and Robertson

A. W. D., 47
Berkheya (Stobaea) rigida, 20
Bigenerina conica, 271
Bledius, atcrrimus, 121'

caroli, 121

insignicornis, 125

m andibularis, 1 24

miuax, 125

parvulus, 124

phytosinus, 124

semicircular is, 123
Bolivina, limbata, 275

punctata, 274

textilarioides, 274
Brachiopoda, fossil, 306
Brenthidae, 150

Buchanan, dwynneth, 5'.', 209, 221
Bufonidae, 204
Bulimina elegantissima, 274

elegantissima, var. apiculata.
274
Bythocypris reniformis, 298
Caladenia ixioides, 317

Roei, 317
Calamites macnabi, 261
Caleya Sullivani, 10
Calocephalus SJceatsiana, 317
Calochilus paludosus, 10
Calodera alternans, 117

eritima, 118

inaequalis, 118

marginicollis, 1 15

microps, 117

rufipennis, 116

tenuicornis, 115
Calotis plumulifera, 92

358

Til rJex.

Calystp^ia Soldanella. :U9
Oarpenteria proteifonnis, 28(5
Cassidulina calabra, 275

siil>.i;-lobos;i, 27r>

laevi<>,-ata, 27.")
Casuarina distyla, var. prostrata,

319
Centrolepis platychlainys, 11

glabra. 1 1
Cei'atiocaris pardoeana, 109

'pingxiis, 107
Cetacea, fossil, 308
Chapman, F., 1, 101, 263
Chenopodmm (Roubieva) inidtifi-

dum, 21
Chiroleptes alboguttatus, 203
Chrysomelidae, 151
Cistus salvifolius, 24
Cleridae, 131

Coleoptera, Australian and Tas-
mania, 113
Committees, 350
Conosoma anstrale, 121

harycephalum, 118

hijiartituni, 120

elongatnhim, 121

eximium, 121

myrmecoxjJiilnni, 119

nonuni, 121

orthodoxvm, 120

tertium, 121
Crania, Tasmanian, 47
Cristellaria articulata, 279

crepidula, 278

crepidula, var. arcuata, 278

crepidula, var. gladius. 278

rotnlata, 279
Crossotarsus armipennisi, 134

mniszechi, 133

suhpellucidus, 134
Crustacea, fossil, 101
Cryphahis coiupaciits, 139

melasomus, 140

pilosellus, 143

aetistriahis, 141

fitriatopiirirfntKs. 142

Cryphalus, subconipactns, 140

tantilhis, 142

tricolor, 141
Cryptandra opetala, 93
Cryptodrilns grandis. 21 (i

hulmei, 75

manifestns, 215

saccarius, 218, 221, 251

saccariiis, Glands, 221
Cucnjidae, 127

Cyclammina complanata, 270
Cycloclypeiis pu.stnlosns, 295
Cypridae, 298
Cystignathidae, 202
Cythere wyville-thomsoni, 299
Cytheridae, 299
Cytlieropteron angustatum, 300

batesfordiense, 300
Davisiea Grahami, 12
Digaster armifera, 230

excavata, 73
Dimorphotheca pulvialis, 24
Diporochaeta bakeri, 79, 252

copel^ndi, 78

davallia, 64, 228

grandis, 230

richardi, 68

tanjilensis, 77, 252

yarraensis, 7G
Discorljina biconcava, 283

dimidiata, 283

orbicularis, 282

pileolus, 282

polystomelloides, 284

valvulata, 283
Drosera Andersoniana, 93

Huegelii, var. fiavi flora, 12
Dryocora, 127
Earthworms, Alimentary Canal, 244

Australian, 59, 209, 224, 244

Blood Vessels, 59, 209

Nephridia, 224
Echinodermata, fossil, 305
Ectocemus 10-maculatus. var.

ptei-ygorrhinus, 150
Ehrenborgina scrrata, 27<)

Index.

35U

Eriochlamys Knappii, WV.)
Eucalyi^tus coiTn«^-Hta, 12

leucoxylon, '•V12
Euphorbia Drumnioiulii, id
Ewart, A. J., 6, 91, 315
Ficicis koehelei, 14S

varians, 147
Fletcherodrihis imicius, OS. 2ol, 2:is

imicus, var. major, 23(5
Flora, Australia, H, 91, 31.')

National Park, 20

Wilson's Promontory, 25
Foraminifera. Fossil, 203, 208, 302
Fossil Flora, 257

Leperditia, 1
Fossils, Bacchus Marsh, 255

Batesford, 203

Victorian, 101

Worms and Crustacea, 101
Freycinetia Gaudichaudii, 13
Gabriel, C. J., 35, 37
Galium murale, 320
Gasteropoda, fossil, 307
Gatliff, J. H., 35, 37
Gaudryina rugosa, 273
Gilia achilleaefolia. 24
Gilruthia, 13

Berryana, 14

Osborni, 14
Globigerina triloba, 281
Globigerinidae, 281
Grevillea Helmsii, 323

Pritzelii, 95
Gypsina globulus, 290

howchini, 291

vesicularis, 290
Hakea dactyloides, 10

Pritzelii, 320
Halgania Lehmanniana, 321

tomentosa, 321
Heleioporus i^ictus, 203
Hclii)terum Troedelii, 15
Heterostegina depressa, 295
Hyla aurea, 201
Hylesinosoma, 143
Hylesinus cordipennis, 144

Hylesiuus, intcrdilidlis, 145
llylidao. 201
Jutsun, J. '\\. 153
Kershaw, J. .A., 330
Kochia Atkinsiaiia, Ki

Mnrrayana, 1(5
Ijagena favosopunctata, 270
globosa, 270

orbignyana, var. clathrata, 270
Lagenidae, 270

Lamprima aurata, var. mariae, 131
Larina (?) tvrbinata, 35
Jjathropus lyiccicolUs, 128

siriyiceps, 128
Jjea, Arthur M., 113
Leperditia sliearshli, 2

Yass, 1
Lepidocyclina marginata, 29(5

martini, 297

tournoueri, 295
Limestont', Batesford, 203
Limnodynastes dorsalis, 2(i2
Liuaria Pelisseriana, 24, 323
Lindsaya trichomanoides, 323
Lithocharis te^iuicornis, 122

tristis, 123
Lithothamnium, 308
Lituolidae, 270
Loxoconcha alata, 299
Lucanidae, 129
Macadamia verticillata, 323
Malva moschata, 24
Megascolex australis, 210

coxii, 74

dorsalis, 72, 225, 249

fielderi, 70, 227, 250

goonmurk, 63

tenax, 05, 250
Megascolides australis, 231

gippslandicus, 01
Members, List of, 351
Mesembryanthemum angidatum, 24
Micrantheum demissum, it
Miliolidae, 208
Miliolina ferussacii, 2(59

oblonga, 268

360

Index.

Miliolina polygona, 269

vul<>-aris, 269
Minuriella, IG
Monotaxis gi-andiflora, var. minor,

17
Montia fontana, 96
Morris, Ethel Remfrey, 85
Neolamprima inandibularis, 129
Nodosaria badenensis, 278

consobrina, 277

obliqua, 277

pauperata, 277

scalaris, 278

soluta, 277
Nonionina boueana, 292

iimbilicatiila, 292
Notaden bennetti, 204-
Notoplatypus elongatus, 136
Notoscolex camdenensis, 212

queenslandica, 213, 236
Nummulinidae, 292
Office-bearers, 349
Oliver, Kathleen K., 198
Operciilina coiiiplanata, 294

coinplanata, var. g-ranulosa, 294
Orthocarpiis pusilhis, 324
Orychodes digramma, 151
Ostracoda, Fossil, 263, 298, 307
Pandanus Forsteri, 17

spiralis, 17
Pelecypoda, fossil, 306
Perichaeta macquariensis, 67

iiianni, 6()

obsciira, ()6

valida, ()7
Perissogaster excavata, 231
Phascoloinys virsinns, 330
Phloeopthorus acaciae, 146
Phyllocharis gracilis, 152
Physalis angulata, 24
Pisces, fossil, 307
Pitlioearpa c«>ryuil)ulosa, 324
Pityrodia (('hloanthes) coenilea..

321
Planorbuliiia larvata, 284
Plants, Introduced, 24

Platypus cupulatus, 135

omnivorus, 135

solidus, 135
Plenty River, Physical History, 153
Podopetalnm Oruiondi, 96
Polygoniim platycladuni, 18
Polymorphina compressa, 280

elegantissima, 280

gibba, 279

oblonga, 280

regina, 281
Polystomella antonina, 293

crispa, 293

subnodosa, 293

verriculata, 293
Polytrema minutmn, 292
Polyzoa, fossil, 305
Pontocypris attenuata, 298
Prasophyllum Tepperi, 19
Pritchard, G. B., 255
Pseudophryne semimarmorata, 201
Pulvinulma concentrica, 287

elegans, 288

partschiana, 287

pulchella, 288

punctulata, 287

scahricula, 288

schreibersii, 289
Quedius mediofuscus, 121
Raff, Janet W., 85, 244
Ranunculus repens, 21
Rees, Bertha, 6
Richards, Henry C, 172
Richmondia camel us, 152
Robertson, A. W. D., 47
Romulea (Triehonenia) cruciata,

325
h'utalia, clatlu-ata, 2S1)
Rotaliidae, 282
Rotalina calcar. 289
Rubus laciniatus, 21
Salicornia Lylei, 20
Sandstones, Bacclius Mai-sli, 255.

Victoria, 172
8ai'tallus signatus, 125
Sayce, 0. A., 29

Index.

361

Sclioenus uitcns, var. major, 32G
Scolytidae, 133
Shells, Catalogue, 37
Shell, new marine, 35
Solaniini elaeannifoliiun, 24-
Sphaeroidina bulloides, 2H1
Spirillina inaei^ualis, 282
Spiroplecta carinata, 273

sagittuhi, 272

sag-ittula, var. fistulosa, 273

siphonifera, 272
Spongida, fossil, 304
Staphylinidae, 115
Slethoniela foveipennis, 152

fulvitarsis, 152
Stones, Building-, 172
Stylidium Dielsianuni, 320

Yilo-arnense, 20
Talitridae, Victoria, 29
Talitrus kershawi, 32

^jlvaticus, 30
Tetragona decumbens, 24

fruticosa, 25
Tetratheca ericifolia, var. rubae-

oides, 325
Textularia gibbosa, 270

,, var. tuberosa, 270

granien, 271
Textulariidae, 270
Thelymitra cai-nea, 326

Elizabethae, 327

Mackibbinii, 327

rubra, 327
Tillaea i^edicellosa, 20
Tomicus acanthurus; 137
Tovey, J. R., G, 24
Toxanthus Mueller i, 20
Trachyderma crassituba, 103

squamosa, 104
Trichinium (Ptilotus) eriotrichum,

325

Trichinium (Ptilotus) incaniun,
var. intermedium, 97
(Ptilotus) incamun, var. par-
vifiorum, 97
Trogophlaeus, adelaidae, 127

aincirufxis, 125
bilineatus, 127

exiguus, 127

noctivafjus, 125

lyirtipes, 126

punctatus, 127

simplex, 127
'J'runcatulina lobatula, 284

refidgens, 284

reticulata, 286

tenuimargo, 285

ungeriana, 285

variabilis, 285

wuellerstorfi, 285
Truncus arteriosus, Structvire, 19S
Turrilepas ornatus, 105

yeringiae, 106
Ursinia chrysanthemoides, 25
Uvigerina augulosa, 281
Verneuilina ensiformis, 271
White, Jean, 6, 91, 315
Wilson's Promontory, Flora, 25
Wombat, Flinders Island, 330
Woodwardia cooraniensis, 234

gippslandica, 233
Worms, Fossil, 101
Xestoleberis curta, 300
Xiphidiocaris/aZcaia, 110
Xyleborus compressus, 138

funereus, 139

hirsutus, 138

parvus, 138
Zygophyllum sessilifolium, 25

END OF VOLUME XXII.

[Part II. Issued Aphil, 1910.]

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

iapl ^mtls^ of firtoriH^

A^OL. XXII. (New Series).

PART I.

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED SEPTEMBER, igog.

{Containing Papers read before the Society during the months of
March to July, igog).

TUB AUTUORS OK THB SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SEVERALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THB

SOUNDNESS OK THB OPINIONS GIVEN AND KOR TUE ACCURACY OF THB

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
FOKD & SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1909.

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement of Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society of Victoria.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

These Hvo Societies then ajnalgamated and became: —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). Vols. 5-24.

Transactions. Vols. 1, 2, 3 (part one only), 4. 1888-95.

Proceedings (New Series). Vols. 1 . 1888 .

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index [all
published]. 1879-82.

[The Society then combined with the Royal Society of Victoria].

Note. — Most of the volumes published before i8go are out
of prifit.

PROCEEDINGS

foijal ^mt\^ of f irtona.

VOL. XXII. (New SERrEs).

PART II.

Edited tinder the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED APRIL, igio.

{Containing Papers read before the Society during the months of
September to December, lyOQj.

THK AUTHORS OK THK 8BVBRAL PAPKR8 ARK SKVBRALLY RKSFONSIBLB KOH THK

S0UNDNK88 OK TUB OPINIONS GIVBN AND FOR THK ACCURACY OK THB

STATEMENTS MADE JTHBREIN.

MELBOUKNE :
FOKD & SON, PKINTERS. DRUMMOND STREET, (JAKLTON.

AGJiNTS TO THK SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1910.

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement of Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society of Victoria.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

These hvo Societies then amalgamated and became: —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). Vols. 5-24.
Transactions. Vols. 1, 2, 3 (part one only), 4. 1888-95.
Proceedings (New Series). Vols. 1 . 1888 .

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index [all
published]. 1879-82.

[The Society then combined with the Royal Society of Victoria].

Note. — Most of the volumes published before iSgo are out
of print.

;^7824

PROCEEDINGS

§a|3]il ^cfnetij of tirtorte.

L I fe R A H Y

VOL. XXIII. (New Series)^^^^^^

PART I. ^^^

Edited under the Authority of the
ISSUED AUGUST, igio.

{^Containutg Papers read before the Society during the months of
February to July, igioj.

THK AUTHORS OK THB SBVBRAIi PAPBR8 ARE 8BVERALLV RK8P0N81BLK KOR THR

SOUNDNESS OF THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OK THB

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUKNE :
FORD & SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

1910.

Publications of tlie Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement op Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society op Victoria.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855,

These hvo Societies then amalgamated and became: —

Philosophical Institute op Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society op Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). Vols. 5-24.

Transactions. Vols. 1, 2, 3 (part one only), 4. 1888-95.

Proceedings (New Series). Vols. 1 . 1888 ,

Microscopical Society op Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, fw/zV/trd? Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index {all
published]. 1879-82.

[The Society then combined ivith the Royal Society op Victoria].

Note. — Most of the volumes published be/ore iSgo are out
of print.

MBL WHOl Library - Serials

5 WHSE 00605